Textile, Leather, Paper and Industrial Chemicals

LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN ANA is used for the preparation of gloss-forming compositions in electroplating.
LUGALVAN ANA is introduced into alkaline zinc galvanic baths as a finishing gloss former, concentrations of 0.1 - 1 g/l.
As a rule, LUGALVAN ANA is used in the form of an adduct with bisulfite.

CAS Number: 123-11-5
EC Number: 204-602-6

LUGALVAN ANA is additives nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN ANA is brightener for alkaline zinc.

Functions of LUGALVAN ANA:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Top Brightener.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN ANA:
Provides grain refinement

Safety of LUGALVAN ANA:
Acute toxicity - oral: Not available
Acute toxicity - dermal: Not available
Acute toxicity - inhalation: Not available
Specific target organ toxicity - single exposure: Not available

This classification comes from an automated conversion of the classification established under the Controlled Products Regulations.
The complete classification under the Hazardous Products Regulations will be determined at a later date.

LUGALVAN ANA was not controlled under the Controlled Products Regulations.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN ANA:
Substance Anisaldehyde
CAS: 123-11-5
EC number: 204-602-6
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN ANA:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Aromatic based plating chemical

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN BES
DESCRIPTION:

Lugalvan BES is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electro­plating industry.
Lugalvan BES is particularly effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc and tin electrolytes.
Lugalvan BES has the following advantages in zinc and tin electrolytes:



Lugalvan BES increases the cloud point of the bath.
Lugalvan BES emulsifies oils and fats.
Lugalvan BES acts as a solubilizer for benzylidene acetone and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde.

Lugalvan BES is effective at a wide range of concentrations, from 1 g/l to 30 g/l.
Lugalvan BES is compatible with all conventional surfactants.
Lugalvan BES does not impair throwing power.

Lugalvan BES prevents charring at high current densities.
Lugalvan BES does not impair the solubility of the anode.


The usage of Lugalvan BES forms films which adhere well to metal.
Lugalvan BES is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts and it also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.
Lugalvan BES can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and it can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.



APPLICATIONS OF LUGALVAN BES:
Lugalvan BES is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
Lugalvan BES is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BES is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

Lugalvan BES has the following advantages in acid zinc electrolytes:
Lugalvan BES prevents charring at high current densities.
Lugalvan BES improves the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.

Lugalvan BES improves the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.
Lugalvan BES performs very well in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

Lugalvan BES is low-foaming.
Lugalvan BES suppresses the formation of foam, especially in combination with Lugalvan NES.
Its solubilizing action on Lugalvan TC-BAR is comparable to that of Pluriol E 400 or E 600.
Lugalvan BES has no effect on the cloud point of the bath.



CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUGALVAN BES:
Physical Form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 %
Viscosity: 25 –170 at 23°C
Density 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3
pH: 8.5 – 9.
Primary Chemistry: Aqueous Solution
Physical form Yellowish or brownish, waxy solid
Water content max. 1%
Iodine colour max. 12
Density 1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
Viscosity 100 –160 mPa • s
pH 6.0 – 7.5
Setting point 24 – 30 °C
Solubility:
LUGALVAN BES is easy to dissolve in water when it has been melted.
Storage:
LUGALVAN BES has a shelf life of two years in its sealed original packaging, provided it is stored properly.











SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUGALVAN BES :
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product



LUGALVAN BNO 12
DESCRIPTION:
Lugalvan BNO 12 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
Lugalvan BNO 12 can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.


CAS NUMBER: 35545-57-4
IUPAC Name:
2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-naphthalen-2-yloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol
Molecular Formula: C34H56O13
MW:188.22248

A chemical structure of a molecule includes the arrangement of atoms and the chemical bonds that hold the atoms together.
The Lugalvan BNO-12 molecule contains a total of 104 bond(s).
There are 48 non-H bond(s), 11 multiple bond(s), 36 rotatable bond(s), 11 aromatic bond(s), 2 six-membered ring(s), 1 ten-membered ring(s), 1 hydroxyl group(s), 1 primary alcohol(s), 11 ether(s) (aliphatic), and 1 ether(s) (aromatic).
The 2D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO-12 is also called skeletal formula, which is the standard notation for organic molecules.

The carbon atoms in the chemical structure of Lugalvan BNO-12 are implied to be located at the corner(s) and hydrogen atoms attached to carbon atoms are not indicated – each carbon atom is considered to be associated with enough hydrogen atoms to provide the carbon atom with four bonds.

The 3D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO-12 is based on the ball-and-stick model which displays both the three-dimensional position of the atoms and the bonds between them.
The radius of the spheres is therefore smaller than the rod lengths in order to provide a clearer view of the atoms and bonds throughout the chemical structure model of Lugalvan BNO-12.




SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUGALVAN BNO 12:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product











CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUGALVAN BNO 12:
Molecular Weight 672.8 g/mol
XLogP3 1.2
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count 1
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count 13
Rotatable Bond Count 36
Exact Mass 672.37209184 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass 672.37209184 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area 131Ų
Heavy Atom Count 47
Formal Charge 0
Complexity 633
Isotope Atom Count 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count 1
Compound Is Canonicalized Yes
Concentration: 98-100%
Water Content: 0.5%
Density: 1.13-1.15 g/cm3
Viscosity: 120-150 mm2/s
Cloud Point: 69-72 °C
pH: 6-8
Primary Chemistry: β-Naphthol Ethoxylate




LUGALVAN BNO 12 ENTSALZT
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry, chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a highly viscous, yellowish liquid at 20°C.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is the chemical structure of a molecule, which includes the arrangement of atoms and chemical bonds.

CAS Number: 35545-57-4
Molecular Formula: C34H48N4O10
Molecular Weight: 672.8

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry, chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt takes part in the synthesis of brightening additives.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
It can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt acts as an intermediate in formulating some chemicals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used in the chemical industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has versatile uses as a nonionic active ingredient.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to dissolve high-level brighteners.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and chemical industries, with the chemical formula Lugalvan BNO 12 C12H12O2.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a non-ionic surfactant for the electroplating industry as well as for the chemical and similar industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is an auxiliary brightener for the electroplating industry.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt molecules contain a total of 104 bonds.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is an excellent polishing and leveling agent.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is mainly used to formulate brightening additives used in the nickel electroplating industry and is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a highly viscous compound.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a yellowish color.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a liquid form at 20 C.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are often more water-soluble than their non-ethoxylated counterparts.
This enhanced solubility can make the Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt more versatile in various applications where dispersibility or solubility in water is desired.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can function as an emulsifying agent, helping to mix substances that would normally not dissolve together, such as oil and water.
This property is particularly useful in industries where emulsification is required, such as cosmetics, paints, and agricultural formulations.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts often exhibit surfactant properties, meaning they can reduce the surface tension between liquids or the interface between liquids and solids.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in the textile industry as a leveling agent in dyeing processes.
Leveling agents help ensure even and consistent dyeing of fabrics.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts can be found in cosmetics, skin care products, shampoos, and body washes as foaming agents, emulsifiers, and stabilizers.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used in pesticide formulations to improve the dispersion and stability of active ingredients in water-based formulations.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used in industrial formulations where surface-active properties are beneficial, such as in the production of paints, coatings, adhesives, and lubricants.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt involves the reaction of a compound with ethylene oxide, which is an epoxide compound.
The Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt molecules add to the hydroxyl group of β-naphthol, resulting in the incorporation of ethylene oxide units into the molecular structure.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt often have varying hydrophilic (water-attracting) and lipophilic (oil-attracting) characteristics based on the degree of ethoxylation.

The properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be tailored by controlling the degree of ethoxylation.
Different numbers of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt units can result in variations in solubility, dispersibility, and emulsification properties.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzts are used to stabilize emulsions, preventing the separation of immiscible liquids.

The surfactant properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt contribute to its ability to generate foam.
This property is useful in applications like shampoos, detergents, and other cleaning products.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can aid in the dispersion of solid particles in liquids, ensuring uniform distribution.

Molecular Weight: 672.8
XLogP3-AA: 2
Full Mass: 672.33704374
Monoisotopic Mass: 672.33704374
Topological Polar Surface Area: 188 Ų
Physical Form: High viscosity liquid
Concentration: 99.5%
Water Content: 0.5%
Cloud Point: 59-71°C
Freezing Point: 18°C
pH Value: 6.5
Density: 1.14 g/ml
Viscosity: 140 mm2/s
Wetting Power: >300 s
Surface Tension: 52 mN/m

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used in the chemical industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has versatile uses as a nonionic active ingredient.
Lugalvan BNO 12 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to solubilize top brighteners such as Lugalvan TC-BAR, etc.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is particularly effective as a brightener.
The 2D chemical structure image of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is also called skeletal formula, which is the standard notation for organic molecules.
The carbon atoms in the chemical structure of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are implied to be located at the corner(s) and hydrogen atoms attached to carbon atoms are not indicated – each carbon atom is considered to be associated with enough hydrogen atoms to provide the carbon atom with four bonds.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can also be used to dissolve varnishes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt has a viscous form.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt often have surfactant properties, meaning they can lower the surface tension of liquids and help with emulsification (mixing of immiscible liquids, such as oil and water).

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an ingredient in detergents, cleaners, and emulsifying agents.
Surfactants are commonly used in the textile industry for processes like dyeing, finishing, and sizing.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might find use in these applications due to its emulsifying properties.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be found in cosmetics, shampoos, and body washes where they contribute to foaming and cleansing properties.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in various industrial processes where surfactant properties are desirable, such as in the production of paints, coatings, and adhesives.
Some agricultural formulations might use Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt as adjuvants or dispersing agents to improve the distribution of active ingredients.

The specific applications and properties of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt would depend on factors like the degree of ethoxylation (how many ethylene oxide units are added), the resulting molecular structure, and the intended use.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can vary widely in their properties based on these factors.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt are often chosen as environmentally friendly alternatives to more traditional surfactants due to their biodegradability and lower environmental impact.
The choice of an Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt in a formulation depends on its compatibility with other ingredients and the desired application.
As with any chemical, regulatory considerations are essential when formulating with Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt.

Uses
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt also has an important place in the electroplating sector.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a surfactant in most industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt should be used in certain concentrations depending on the area of use.

Unlike other substances, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt contains strong and multiple chemical bonds.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is widely used in the coating industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is often used in the nickel electroplating industry.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt takes part in the synthesis of brightening additives.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt acts as an intermediate in formulating some chemicals.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as an excipient in acid zinc electrolytes.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt is used as a corrosion inhibitor for ferrous metals.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used as a leveling agent in textile dyeing processes, ensuring even and consistent coloration.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be added to dye baths to help disperse and stabilize dyes, improving the dyeing process.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can be used as a foaming agent and emulsifier in shampoos, body washes, and other personal care products.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used as an emulsifying agent to stabilize oil-water mixtures in cosmetic creams and lotions.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can contribute to the foaming and cleaning properties of detergents and household cleaners.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in industrial cleaning formulations to help solubilize oils and other contaminants.
In agriculture, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an emulsifying and dispersing agent in pesticide formulations to improve the mixing and effectiveness of active ingredients.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used as an emulsifying agent in water-based paints and coatings to ensure uniform dispersion of pigments and other additives.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be included in adhesive and sealant formulations to improve their wetting and spreading properties.
In various industrial processes, it can be used for emulsifying oils in water or dispersing solid particles in liquids.

Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used in industrial cleaning formulations for removing oils and greases.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt might be used as an additive in polymer processing to aid in dispersion and compounding.
In some applications, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could be used to control and stabilize foam, such as in the production of foam products.

Safety
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can potentially cause skin and eye irritation upon contact.
Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt's important to wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), such as gloves and safety goggles, when handling the compound.
Some individuals might be sensitive or allergic to certain chemical compounds, including Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt.

Fine particles or aerosols of Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt could potentially be inhaled during handling.
Inhalation of airborne particles can lead to respiratory irritation.

Environmental Impact
Depending on the specific formulation and concentration, Lugalvan BNO 12 Entsalzt can have an environmental impact if not properly managed.
Disposal practices should follow regulations and best practices to minimize potential harm to the environment.

SYNONYMS:
Ethoxylatedb-naphthol
Ethylene oxide-b-naphthol condensate
Hi 5108
Lugalvan BNO 12
Lugalvan BNO 24
2-(naphthalen-2-yloxy)ethanol
2-(2-NAPHTHYLOXY)ETHANOL
2-(2-Naphthoxy)ethanol
Anavenol
2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
2-naphthalen-2-yloxyethanol
2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)ethanol
Ethanol, 2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)-
Ethylene glycol mono-2-naphthyl ether
.beta.-Naphthoxyethanol
beta-Naphthoxyethanol
Ethanol, 2-(2-naphthyloxy)-
35545-57-4
2-(naphthalen-2-yloxy)ethan-1-ol
UNII-7M7CUT7CCU
NSC 37574
7M7CUT7CCU
2-(.beta.-Naphthoxy)ethanol
2-(beta-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
beta-Hydroxyethyl-2-naphthyl ether
EINECS 202-228-8
2-(.beta.-Hydroxyethoxy)naphthalene
beta-Hydroxyethyl beta-naphthol ether
.beta.-Hydroxyethyl-2-naphthyl ether
NSC-37574
.beta.-Hydroxyethyl .beta.-naphthol ether
AI3-09174
EC 202-228-8
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-2-naphthalenyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
2-(2-Naphthoxy) Ethanol
SCHEMBL432069
2-(2-naphthyloxy)-1-ethanol
2-(2-Naphthyloxy)ethyl alcohol
Ethanol,2-(2-naphthalenyloxy)-
DTXSID00870427
NSC37574
MFCD00016809
STK505598
2-(naphthalene-2-yloxy) ethan-1-ol
AKOS003617490
SB83940
2-(2-NAPHTHYLOXY)ETHANOL [MI]
FT-0608495
F79756
A844475
Q27268562
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is auxiliary brightener for the electroplating industry.

CAS Number: 35545-57-4
Molecular Formula: C58H104O25
Molar Mass: 1201.47 g/mol

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 can also be used to substantially increase the cloud point of zinc plating baths.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2-6 g/l.

Applications of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is a nonionic surfactant for use in the electroplating industry and the chemical and allied industries.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 is also used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.

LUGALVAN BNO 24 is particularly effective as an auxiliary brightener in acid zinc electrolytes for increasing the throwing power and improving ductility.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 can also be used to substantially increase the cloud point of zinc plating baths.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 needs to be employed at a concentration of 2 – 6 g/l.

Storage of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
LUGALVAN BNO 24 has a shelf life of at least two years in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN BNO 24 is stored properly

Safety of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN BNO 24 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN BNO 24 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN BNO 24 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN BNO 24 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Molecular formula: C58H104O25
Molar mass: (DIN 51405) 1201.47 g/mol
Chemical nature: ß-Naphthol ethoxylate

Properties of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Physical form: Clear, yellow liquid
Concentration: 74 – 76% (100 %-water content)
Water content: 24 – 26 % (DIN 51777, Part 1; ASTM D 1744)
Density: 1.11 –1.14 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, 23 °C)
Viscosity: 155 – 205 mm2/s (Ubbelohde, DIN 51562, Part 1, ASTM D 445, 23 °C)
Cloud point: 80 – 84 °C (DIN EN 1890, in NaCl solution)
pH: 6 – 8(ISO 976, 10 %)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN BNO 24 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN BNO 24 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN BNO 24:
Ethoxylatedb-naphthol
Ethylene oxide-b-naphthol condensate
Hi 5108
LUGALVAN BNO 12
LUGALVAN BNO 24
Newcol B 10
Newcol B 18
Newcol B 4
Poly(oxyethylene)-b-naphthyl ether
Polyethylene glycol mono(2-naphthyl) ether
Polyethyleneglycol monoether with b-naphthol
Polyethylene glycol b-naphthyl ether
RT 100
Solsperse 2700
Solsperse27000
b-Naphthol polyethylene oxide
Ethoxylated 2-naphthol
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN DC is an aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer that is commonly applied to metal surfaces to improve resistance to corrosion and to improve aesthetic appearance.
LUGALVAN DC is ingredient of transparent protective coatings for use in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN DC is wax emulsion for the production of transparent anti-corrosion coatings.

The usage of LUGALVAN DC forms films which adhere well to metal.
LUGALVAN DC is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts and LUGALVAN DC also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.
LUGALVAN DC can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and LUGALVAN DC can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.

Applications of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC is applied to metal surfaces to improve their resistance to corrosion and their aesthetic appearance.
LUGALVAN DC forms films which adhere well to metal.

LUGALVAN DC is especially effective on chromated, zinc-plated parts.
LUGALVAN DC also reduces the tendency of chromium(VI) ions to be leached out.

LUGALVAN DC can be used to prevent nickel and other metals from tarnishing, and LUGALVAN DC can be applied as a decorative coating to non-ferrous metals.
LUGALVAN DC does not contain an emulsifier.

LUGALVAN DC is miscible with water in all proportions, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.
Experience has shown that LUGALVAN DC can be advisable to add ammonia or amines such as dimethylethanolamine to maintain the pH at around 9 in order to prevent precipitation.

On metal surfaces, LUGALVAN DC forms a corrosion-protective film with good adhesive capacity that enhances the appearance of the sealed products.
LUGALVAN DC can be applied to zinc-plated steel (passivated or not passivated) and to ungalvanized steel, nickel, aluminium and non-ferrous metals.

Basically, LUGALVAN DC is possible to apply LUGALVAN DC to other metals, this must, however, be tested on a case-by-case basis.
LUGALVAN DC enhances the corrosion protection of metal surfaces regardless of the type of pre-treatment.

LUGALVAN DC is available as an aqueous, emulsifier-free polymer emulsion, which is miscible with water in all proportions, provided the pH value does not fall below 8.5.
Experience has shown that LUGALVAN DC may be advisable to adjust the pH value at around 9 by adding ammonia or amines, e. g. dimethylethanol amine, in order to prevent precipitation of LUGALVAN DC.

The corrosion resistance of sheet metals treated with LUGALVAN DC can be further enhanced by adding silicates.
If LUGALVAN DC is applied to copper or alloys containing copper, LUGALVAN DC may be required to add benzotriazole, to prevent corrosion during application when LUGALVAN DC is wet.

LUGALVAN DC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.
For spraying applications, a solids content of > 10% is recommended.

The thickness of the polymer film can be adjusted via the viscosity.
The viscosity basically depends on the solids content of the coating bath but also on the pH value.

At pH values above 9.5, the viscosity will decrease.
Usually, films of ca. 1 µm are formed from coating baths with a solids content of 5%.

Higher film thicknesses can be achieved through a higher solids concentration or multiple dipping with intermediate drying.
To achieve constant film thicknesses, LUGALVAN DC is required to monitor the solids concentration in the coating bath.

Depending on the thickness of the film, LUGALVAN DC can be advisable to use higher temperatures for the drying process.
Depending on size and geometry the parts can be dried within one minute at 80°C (fan heater); higher temperatures will reduce the drying time.

LUGALVAN DC can be pigmented by mixing LUGALVAN DC with Luconyl or Dispers pigment preparations.
The components can be mixed by simple stirring and do not require a complicated mixing procedure.
Films produced from LUGALVAN DC are ductile and insensitive to the deformation of the substrate.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Preventatives,
Electroplating.

Problems Solved of LUGALVAN DC:
Premature Metal Surface Tarnishing,
Poor Metal Resistance to Corrosion & Rust.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Rust Prevention,
Surfactant.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN DC:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Handling of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC should be prevented from coming into contact with the eyes and skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling LUGALVAN DC in its undiluted form.
Further information is given in our Safety Data Sheet.

Storage of LUGALVAN DC:
The freeze-thaw stability of LUGALVAN DC is very good.
LUGALVAN DC viscosity can undergo a slight, gradual increase during storage.

We would recommend filtering it if LUGALVAN DC has been stored for a long time or if a crust has formed.
LUGALVAN DC has a shelf life of one year, provided LUGALVAN DC is stored properly.

Being an aqueous emulsion, LUGALVAN DC has a good freeze-thaw stability.
The viscosity may slightly increase during storage.

In case of prolonged storage and crust formation due to volatilisation of water, LUGALVAN DC is recommended to filter LUGALVAN DC before usage.
Keep container tightly closed and store LUGALVAN DC in a cool location.
LUGALVAN DC has a shelf life of at least one year, provided LUGALVAN DC is stored properly in originally sealed drums.

Safety of LUGALVAN DC:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN DC for the purpose for which LUGALVAN DC is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to our information and experience, LUGALVAN DC does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN DC is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

Disposal of LUGALVAN DC:
LUGALVAN DC can be cleaned from coating equipment with aqueous, alkaline cleaners after LUGALVAN DC has dried.
The polymer can be removed from waste water by adjusting its pH so that LUGALVAN DC is slightly acid.
The precipitate can then be filtered out.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN DC:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.

If on skin:
Wash thoroughly with soap and water.

If in eyes:
Wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink plenty of water.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN DC:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
The degree of risk is governed by the burning substance and the fire conditions.
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN DC:
Physical form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 % (ISO 3251, 2 h at 120 °C)
Viscosity: 25 –170 s (ISO 2431, 4 mm cup, 23 °C)
Density: 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, Part 1, 23 °C, ASTM D 1298)
pH: 8.5 – 9.5 (ISO 976)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN DC does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN DC specification.

Form: emulsion
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: white to yellow
pH value: 8.5 - 9.5 ( 25 °C) (measured with the undiluted substance)
solidification temperature: approx. 0 °C (DIN ISO 3013)
Boiling point: 100 °C
Flash point: > 100 °C (DIN EN 22719; ISO 2719)
Flammability: not flammable
Lower explosion limit: Study does not need to be conducted.
Upper explosion limit: Study does not need to be conducted.
Autoignition: > 200 °C (DIN 51794)
Vapour pressure: 23.4 hPa ( 20 °C)
Density: 0.98 - 1.0 g/cm3 ( 23 °C) (DIN 51757)
Relative density: 0.99 ( 20 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: not determined
Viscosity, dynamic: 72 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: dispersible
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Specifications of LUGALVAN DC:
Physical Form: Aqueous, opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22 %
Viscosity: 25 –170 at 23°C
Density 0.98 –1.00 g/cm3
pH: 8.5 – 9.
Primary Chemistry: Aqueous Solution

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN DC:

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Chemical Nature:
Aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer

Related Products of LUGALVAN DC:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN DC

Lugalvan DC is a specialized aqueous emulsion renowned for its corrosion-resistant properties on metal surfaces.
Lugalvan DC, containing an ethylene copolymer, forms robust and adherent films upon application.
Metal parts treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit an enhanced resistance to corrosion, ensuring prolonged durability.
Lugalvan DC excels in protecting chromated and zinc-plated components, providing an effective shield against environmental degradation.



APPLICATIONS


Lugalvan DC is extensively employed as a corrosion-resistant coating in the metal processing and fabrication industry.
Metal parts and components treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit enhanced resistance to environmental corrosion, prolonging their service life.
Its specialized aqueous emulsion is a preferred choice for protecting chromated and zinc-plated surfaces against degradation.
Lugalvan DC's versatility extends to the electroplating industry, where it ensures durability and longevity in plated components.

Lugalvan DC finds application in preventing tarnishing of nickel and other metals, maintaining their aesthetic appeal.
As a decorative coating for non-ferrous metals, Lugalvan DC enhances visual aesthetics while providing robust protection.
Lugalvan DC is used to form adherent films on metal surfaces, offering a reliable shield against the leaching of chromium(VI) ions.

Metalworking operations benefit from Lugalvan DC as a corrosion preventative, contributing to the overall efficiency of fabrication processes.
Lugalvan DC's viscosity range of 25 to 170 at 23°C facilitates easy application and uniform coverage on various metal substrates.
Lugalvan DC's slightly alkaline pH of 8.5-9 makes it compatible with a wide range of metal surfaces and processing conditions.

Industries involved in the manufacturing of metal artifacts utilize Lugalvan DC to ensure the preservation of components over time.
Lugalvan DC is an indispensable tool in the prevention of corrosion on ferrous and non-ferrous metals in challenging environmental conditions.

Lugalvan DC acts as a protective coating during metal finishing processes, contributing to the quality and durability of the final product.
Electroplated components treated with Lugalvan DC showcase increased resistance to environmental factors, ensuring a longer lifespan.
Lugalvan DC's opalescent appearance aids in visual quality control during application, ensuring even coverage on treated surfaces.

Its compatibility with different metal substrates makes Lugalvan DC suitable for a wide range of industrial applications.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the aerospace industry to protect metal components from corrosion in demanding operational environments.

As a corrosion preventative in the automotive sector, it contributes to the longevity and reliability of various metal parts.
Applications extend to the protection of metal components in marine environments, where exposure to saltwater can accelerate corrosion.
Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for architectural and structural metal elements.

Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the preservation of historical metal artifacts and structures, safeguarding them from environmental deterioration.
Lugalvan DC's stability and resistance to extremes of temperature make it suitable for protecting metal components in diverse climates.

Lugalvan DC is applied as a protective coating on critical infrastructure components, ensuring their structural integrity over time.
In the electronics industry, it serves as a corrosion-resistant coating for metal components in various electronic devices.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the energy sector to protect metal structures and components used in power generation and distribution.

Lugalvan DC is frequently utilized as a corrosion-resistant coating in diverse metal processing and fabrication applications.
Its effectiveness in preventing corrosion makes it a valuable solution for protecting metal parts exposed to harsh environmental conditions.
In the automotive industry, Lugalvan DC plays a pivotal role in safeguarding critical metal components, contributing to the overall durability of vehicles.

Lugalvan DC is an integral part of the aerospace sector, where it helps protect metal parts of aircraft from corrosion during their operational life.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the marine industry, where it guards against corrosion in ship components exposed to corrosive saltwater environments.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the construction sector, where it contributes to the longevity of architectural metal elements and structural components.
Lugalvan DC's role extends to the electronics industry, where it acts as a protective coating for metal components in electronic devices.

In the energy sector, it is utilized to safeguard metal structures and components in power plants, ensuring reliability and longevity.
Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal parts used in industrial machinery and equipment.
Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of specialty coatings for metal surfaces in the oil and gas sector, protecting against corrosive environments.
As a corrosion preventative, it is employed in the fabrication of metal parts for renewable energy systems, contributing to their extended service life.

Lugalvan DC is used in the production of corrosion-resistant materials for the chemical processing industry, ensuring the integrity of equipment.
Lugalvan DC serves as an effective solution for protecting metal components in the medical industry, where hygiene and durability are paramount.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the agricultural sector, where it contributes to the protection of metal parts in farming equipment exposed to various environmental conditions.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the preservation of historical artifacts, providing a protective coating to prevent corrosion on metal objects of cultural significance.

Lugalvan DC is applied to metal surfaces in the manufacturing of consumer goods, contributing to the longevity and quality of finished products.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the fabrication of metal components for the defense industry, ensuring the durability and reliability of military equipment.
Its application in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal furniture contributes to the aesthetic appeal and durability of the products.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the creation of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the production of appliances and household items.
Lugalvan DC plays a role in the protection of metal components in transportation systems, including railways and public transit, enhancing their lifespan.

In the telecommunications industry, Lugalvan DC is used as a protective coating for metal structures and components in communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the durability of metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial pumps and valves, where corrosion resistance is critical.

Lugalvan DC is incorporated into the production of corrosion-resistant materials for the semiconductor industry, ensuring the reliability of electronic components.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal parts in the textile industry, protecting machinery and equipment from corrosion in textile manufacturing processes.
In the food and beverage industry, Lugalvan DC finds application in protecting metal components used in processing and packaging equipment, meeting stringent hygiene standards.

Lugalvan DC is instrumental in the protection of metal components in the aviation industry, safeguarding aircraft against corrosion in challenging atmospheric conditions.
In the petrochemical sector, Lugalvan DC is utilized to shield metal parts from corrosive elements, enhancing the longevity of processing equipment.
Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the manufacturing of metal containers, ensuring the durability and corrosion resistance of packaging materials.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the fabrication of heat exchangers, providing corrosion protection for efficient heat transfer in industrial processes.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal pipelines in the oil and gas transportation industry.
In the automotive manufacturing process, Lugalvan DC is used to protect metal surfaces during various stages of production, preventing corrosion before assembly.

Lugalvan DC finds application in the creation of corrosion-resistant materials for the production of medical devices, ensuring longevity and safety in healthcare settings.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal components in the renewable energy sector, protecting solar panels and wind turbine parts from environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the fabrication of metal components for desalination plants, where corrosion resistance is crucial for operational efficiency.
In the semiconductor manufacturing industry, Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal parts in the production of electronic components.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the chemical manufacturing sector, ensuring product integrity.

Lugalvan DC is used in the protection of metal surfaces in wastewater treatment plants, guarding against corrosion in harsh chemical environments.
Lugalvan DC plays a role in the preservation of metal components in historical and cultural heritage sites, preventing corrosion on architectural elements.
In the telecommunications infrastructure, Lugalvan DC protects metal structures and components in cell towers and communication equipment.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the durability of metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial boilers and pressure vessels, where corrosion resistance is critical.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the railway industry, ensuring safety and reliability.
Lugalvan DC plays a part in the protection of metal parts in offshore structures, such as oil platforms and marine installations, against corrosive marine conditions.
In the construction of bridges and tunnels, Lugalvan DC is used to coat metal structures, providing long-lasting corrosion protection in challenging environments.
Lugalvan DCn contributes to the protection of metal components in power transmission and distribution systems, ensuring reliability in electrical infrastructure.

Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of metal parts for agricultural machinery, protecting against corrosion in farming equipment.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the fabrication of metal components for mining equipment, contributing to the durability of machinery used in harsh mining environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the protection of metal surfaces in food processing plants, ensuring compliance with hygiene standards and preventing corrosion.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the pulp and paper industry, enhancing equipment longevity.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the manufacturing of metal parts for the automotive aftermarket, providing corrosion protection for replacement components.
In the production of industrial fans and HVAC systems, Lugalvan DC is used to protect metal parts, ensuring efficient and corrosion-resistant operation.

Lugalvan DC is integral to the manufacturing of metal components for renewable energy systems, protecting against corrosion in solar panel frames and wind turbine structures.
In the marine industry, Lugalvan DC contributes to the preservation of ship structures and components, safeguarding against the corrosive effects of saltwater.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the fabrication of metal components for desalination plants, ensuring resistance to corrosion in saline environments.
Lugalvan DC finds application in the protection of metal surfaces in chemical processing plants, where resistance to corrosive chemicals is paramount.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in water treatment facilities, ensuring longevity and efficiency.

Lugalvan DC plays a role in protecting metal parts in the nuclear industry, where corrosion resistance is crucial for the safety and reliability of equipment.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal components in the manufacturing of industrial compressors, ensuring corrosion resistance in varied operational conditions.
In the construction of industrial storage tanks, Lugalvan DC is used to coat metal surfaces, providing durable protection against corrosive substances.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal components in aerospace manufacturing, ensuring the longevity and safety of aircraft structures.

Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in electronic enclosures and control panels.
Lugalvan DC plays a crucial role in the protection of metal surfaces in chemical refineries, where exposure to aggressive chemicals poses corrosion risks.

In the fabrication of metal components for geothermal power plants, Lugalvan DC ensures corrosion resistance in high-temperature and corrosive environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the production of corrosion-resistant materials for metal components in the pharmaceutical industry, meeting stringent quality standards.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal parts in the manufacturing of industrial furnaces, protecting against corrosion in high-temperature and aggressive atmospheres.

Lugalvan DC contributes to the protection of metal components in hydropower facilities, where exposure to water and humidity necessitates robust corrosion resistance.
Lugalvan DC is utilized in the manufacturing of metal components for high-speed trains, providing corrosion protection for critical railway infrastructure.
In the production of metal components for oil refineries, Lugalvan DC ensures resistance to corrosive substances in various refining processes.
Lugalvan DC is applied to metal surfaces in the production of industrial pumps, ensuring longevity and corrosion resistance in fluid-handling applications.

Lugalvan DC plays a role in protecting metal parts used in the fabrication of industrial boilers, contributing to safety and efficiency in steam generation.
Lugalvan DC is employed in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components used in the production of semiconductor manufacturing equipment.
Lugalvan DC contributes to the preservation of metal components in historical monuments, protecting against corrosion and environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC is utilized in the protection of metal surfaces in railway infrastructure, ensuring the durability and safety of tracks and structures.
Lugalvan DC is applied in the manufacturing of metal components for electric vehicles, contributing to the longevity and corrosion resistance of critical parts.

In the production of metal components for wastewater treatment plants, Lugalvan DC ensures corrosion resistance in aggressive chemical environments.
Lugalvan DC is used in the fabrication of metal components for telecommunications infrastructure, protecting against corrosion in communication towers and equipment.



DESCRIPTION


Lugalvan DC is a specialized aqueous emulsion renowned for its corrosion-resistant properties on metal surfaces.
Lugalvan DC, containing an ethylene copolymer, forms robust and adherent films upon application.
Metal parts treated with Lugalvan DC exhibit an enhanced resistance to corrosion, ensuring prolonged durability.
Lugalvan DC excels in protecting chromated and zinc-plated components, providing an effective shield against environmental degradation.

Lugalvan DC showcases versatility by not only fortifying metal surfaces but also contributing to an improved aesthetic appearance.
Lugalvan DC demonstrates efficacy in reducing the leaching of chromium(VI) ions, addressing environmental and safety concerns.

Lugalvan DC's composition imparts a unique ability to prevent tarnishing, making it an ideal choice for nickel and other metal applications.
Applied as a decorative coating on non-ferrous metals, Lugalvan DC enhances visual appeal while preserving material integrity.
With a concentration range of 20-22%, it strikes a balance between effectiveness and ease of application.

Lugalvan DC's viscosity, ranging from 25 to 170 at 23°C, facilitates uniform coverage and adherence to various metal substrates.
Lugalvan DC's aqueous nature simplifies handling and application processes, minimizing potential health and safety concerns.
As a corrosion preventative, it finds indispensable utility in metal processing and fabrication industries.

Electroplating operations benefit from Lugalvan DC's protective capabilities, ensuring a high level of durability in plated components.
Lugalvan DC's density of 0.98-1.00 g/cm³ contributes to its stability and ease of storage.
Exhibiting a slightly alkaline pH range of 8.5-9, Lugalvan DC is compatible with many metal surfaces and processing conditions.

Lugalvan DC's ability to adhere well to metal surfaces is a key factor in its effectiveness as a protective coating.
Lugalvan DC acts as a versatile solution in various metalworking processes, contributing to the overall efficiency of fabrication operations.
Its resistance to extremes of temperature ensures that the protective films remain intact even in challenging environmental conditions.

The opalescent appearance of the emulsion adds a visual cue to its presence, aiding in quality control during application.
Nickel and other metal components treated with Lugalvan DC maintain a lustrous and corrosion-free appearance over extended periods.
Lugalvan DC serves as a valuable tool in the preservation of metal artifacts and components in diverse industrial applications.
Its compatibility with different metal substrates makes Lugalvan DC a go-to choice for comprehensive metal protection solutions.

Lugalvan DC's formulation undergoes strict quality control measures to ensure consistency and reliability in its protective properties.
Lugalvan DC's application in the manufacturing sector extends beyond protection to encompass aesthetic enhancements, contributing to the overall quality of finished products.
With its role in reducing environmental impact through the controlled leaching of chromium(VI) ions, Lugalvan DC exemplifies a commitment to sustainable metal processing practices.



PROPERTIES


Chemical Composition: Aqueous emulsion of an ethylene copolymer
Physical Form: Opalescent emulsion
Concentration: 20 – 22%
Viscosity: 25 – 170 at 23°C
Density: 0.98 – 1.00 g/cm³
pH: 8.5 – 9
Corrosion Resistance: Provides effective protection against corrosion on metal surfaces.
Adhesion: Forms adherent films on metal surfaces, enhancing longevity.
Versatility: Suitable for use on chromated and zinc-plated parts.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, promptly move the affected person to fresh air to avoid further exposure.
If respiratory distress occurs or if breathing is difficult, administer artificial respiration.
Seek immediate medical attention, and provide information about the inhaled substance (Lugalvan DC).
Keep the affected person calm and at rest while awaiting medical assistance.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, promptly remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash the affected area thoroughly with soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or other adverse reactions persist, seek medical attention.
If skin irritation is severe, consider seeking prompt medical evaluation.


Eye Contact:

In case of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes gently with water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower eyelids.
Seek immediate medical attention, and provide information about the substance involved (Lugalvan DC).
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do so, after the initial rinse.


Ingestion:

If Lugalvan DC is swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide information about the ingested substance.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.


General First Aid Measures:

If first aid is administered, ensure that it is performed by trained personnel.
Have the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or relevant product information available for medical professionals.
Monitor vital signs, including breathing and pulse.
Keep the affected person under observation and provide supportive care as necessary.
If irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.


Note:

Never administer first aid unless you are trained and equipped to do so safely.
Do not leave the affected person unattended.
Be cautious about the potential for secondary contamination when providing assistance.


Important Considerations:

Lugalvan DC may cause skin and eye irritation; avoid contact with skin, eyes, and mucous membranes.
Inhalation exposure should be minimized; use appropriate respiratory protection in situations where inhalation may occur.
Ingestion should be avoided; do not consume or allow accidental ingestion.
Seek medical attention for any suspected exposure or adverse health effects.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear suitable protective clothing, including gloves and safety goggles or a face shield.
Use respiratory protection if handling Lugalvan DC in conditions that may generate dust or vapors.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area to minimize exposure to airborne particles or vapors.
Consider local exhaust ventilation to control airborne concentrations.

Avoidance of Contact:
Avoid skin contact and inhalation of dust or vapors.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Lugalvan DC.

Hygiene Practices:
Wash hands and exposed skin thoroughly after handling Lugalvan DC.
Do not touch the face, eyes, or mouth with contaminated hands.

Storage:
Store Lugalvan DC in a cool, dry place away from incompatible materials.
Keep containers tightly closed to prevent moisture absorption and contamination.

Separation from Incompatibles:
Store away from strong acids, strong bases, and other incompatible materials.
Take precautions to avoid contact with reducing agents and strong oxidizers.

Handling Precautions:
Use appropriate equipment for handling, such as scoops or shovels, to minimize dust generation.
Implement powder-handling procedures to minimize the release of airborne dust.

Emergency Measures:
Have emergency equipment, including eyewash stations and safety showers, accessible in the handling area.
Ensure that personnel are trained in emergency response procedures.


Storage:

Storage Temperature:
Store Lugalvan DC at ambient temperatures, avoiding extremes of heat and cold.

Moisture Control:
Protect from moisture to prevent clumping and degradation of the substance.
Consider using desiccants or moisture-absorbing materials in storage areas.

Container Material:
Use containers made of materials compatible with Lugalvan DC, such as polyethylene or glass.
Ensure that containers are properly labeled with hazard information.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with appropriate hazard information and handling instructions.
Include the date of receipt and other relevant information on storage containers.

Segregation:
Store away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizers and reducing agents.
Implement segregation measures to prevent cross-contamination.

Fire Precautions:
Lugalvan DC is not flammable, but it may emit toxic fumes in a fire.
Store away from potential ignition sources.

Security Measures:
Store Lugalvan DC in a secure location to prevent unauthorized access and potential misuse.

Regular Inspection:
Regularly inspect storage areas for signs of damage, leaks, or other issues.
Follow the recommended shelf-life and expiration dates provided by the manufacturer.

Training:
Train personnel on proper handling and storage procedures, including emergency response measures.
Keep records of training sessions and updates.
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN EDC is transparent, scratch-resistant, free of heavy metals.
LUGALVAN EDC offers a transparent, cathodic dip paint with particular scratch resistance, which protects metal from corrosion and tarnishing.

LUGALVAN EDC is particularly suitable for use in electroplating shops.

LUGALVAN EDC is a transparent, cathodic electrodeposition coating with very high scratch resistance.
This new transparent product for sealing metal surfaces differs from conventional electrodeposition coatings in that LUGALVAN EDC is not pigmented, which makes LUGALVAN EDC more versatile.

LUGALVAN EDC forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN EDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN EDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

The main practical advantage of LUGALVAN EDC is that it consists of only one-component, which makes LUGALVAN EDC easier to use than the conventional two- component on today's market.
In the past, chromate conversion coatings have regularly been applied to zinc-plated parts and fittings to protect them from corrosion.

This is no longer possible, because the EU Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment that came into force on 1 July 2006 EU and the EU Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles that comes into force on 15 July 2007 prohibit the use of certain heavy metal compounds, including chromate.

The idea of coating metal parts instead of treating them with chromate is neither new nor particularly effective.
Conventional coatings protect metal surfaces well, but their coverage of sharp edges is insufficient and these remain virtually unprotected.

Small parts with a complicated shape are particularly prone to corrosion.
The solution here is to use a cathodic electrodeposition coating, which is applied by means of a process that is similar to electroplating.

The metal part to be coated is dipped in a tank containing LUGALVAN EDC and attached to the cathode.
An electrical current is then applied, which causes a thin layer of polymer to be deposited on the substrate.

The polymer layer forms a film of uniform thickness, even in nooks and crannies.
The process automatically comes to a halt when the layer reaches a certain thickness, and the result is a very even coating applied to the whole surface of the substrate.
Cathodic electrodeposition coatings have been in use for a long time as base coats in automotive and appliances manufacturing.

The idea of using a cathodic electrodeposition coating as a transparent top coat, and not just as a base coat, is relatively new, who is responsible for the development and application technology of LUGALVAN coatings.
LUGALVAN EDC offers much more than preventing corrosion on functional metal components.

For instance, LUGALVAN EDC can also be used to prevent tarnishing on decorative brass fittings.
In this particular application, the coating has to do more than merely preventing corrosion, because the surface of the metal has to appear as if LUGALVAN EDC has just been freshly polished and LUGALVAN EDC has to be resistant to scratching as well as resistant to tarnishing.

Typical examples are brass door handles and furniture fittings made from brass.
These products no longer have to be polished in everyday use.
LUGALVAN EDC is superior to conventional transparent coatings in this application, because cathodic electrodeposition coatings have very high resistance to abrasion.

LUGALVAN EDC contributes to sustainability and protecting the environment, because this new product makes LUGALVAN EDC possible to prolong the working life of metal parts without having to resort to corrosion protection methods that employ heavy metals.
LUGALVAN is a well-known brand in the surface treatment industry for products that are used in zinc plating and finishing processes.

Applications of LUGALVAN EDC:
LUGALVAN EDC effectively protects zinc-plated parts from corrosion.
Decorative, scratch-resistant coating for brass.
Crystal-clear top coats can be applied to components with a complex shape.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN EHS is defined as Sulfonated and Sulfated Alkylphenol Ethoxylate.
LUGALVAN EHS is used to formulate brightening additives used in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN EHS is particularly effective in brightening formulations for acid zinc and tin electrolytes.

CAS Number: 126-92-1
Molecular Formula: C8H17NaO4S
Molecular Weight: 232.27

LUGALVAN EHS has the following advantages in zinc and tin electrolytes:
Increases the cloud point of the bath.
Emulsifies liquid and solid fats.

Acts as a solvent for the LUGALVAN TC-BAR.
LUGALVAN reduces TC-BAR consumption.

Consumption remains constant throughout the lifetime of the bath.
Effective in a wide concentration range from 0.1 g/l to 15 g/l.

LUGALVAN EHS can be applied alone.
Compatible with all conventional surfactants.

Does not impair the throwing power.
Prevents carbonization at high current densities.

Does not degrade the resolution of the anode.
LUGALVAN EHS can also be used for zinc-nickel alloy plating.

Storage of LUGALVAN EHS:
Solidified product should be heated up to about 50 °C and homogenized before LUGALVAN EHS will be processed.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN EHS:
If stored properly in LUGALVAN EHS original sealed packaging the shelf life is at least 2 years.

Safety of LUGALVAN EHS:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN EHS for the purpose for which LUGALVAN EHS is intended and from processing LUGALVAN EHS in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN EHS does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN EHS is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam.

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN EHS:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN EHS:
Molecular weight: 232.27
Formula: C8H17NaO4S
Color/Form: Colourless Solution
InChI: InChI=1S/C8H18O4S.Na/c1-3-5-6-8(4-2)7-12-13(9,10)11;/h8H,3-7H2,1-2H3,(H,9,10,11);/q;+1/p-1
InChI key: InChIKey=DGSDBJMBHCQYGN-UHFFFAOYSA-M
SMILES: CCCCC(CC)COS(=O)(=O)O[Na]

CAS Number:126-92-1
Alternate CAS: #72214-01-8
Molecular Formula:C₈H₁₇NaO₄S
Appearance:Colourless Solution
Molecular Weight:232.27

Related Products of LUGALVAN EHS:
5,7-Dimethoxycoumarin
2,3-Dimethoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine
Dimethyl Dicarbonate
5,5-Dimethylisoxazolidin-3-one
2-Dimethylaminoethyl Benzilate

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN EHS:
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate Sodium Salt
Avirol SA 4106
Carsonol SHS
Disponil EHS 47
Emcol D 5-10
Ethasulfate Sodium
Kraftex OA
LUGALVAN TC-EHS
Lutensit TC-EHS
NAS 08
NSC 4744
Newcol 1000SN
Niaproof 08
Nissan Sintrex EHR
Pentrone ON
Pionin A 20
Rewopol NEHS 40
Rhodapon BOS
Rhodapon OLS
Sandet OHE
Sinolin SO 35
Sintrex EHR
Sodium 2-ethylhexyl Sulfate
Sodium Etasulfate
Sodium Ethasulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulphate
Sole Tege TS 25
Stepanol EHS
Steponol EHS
Sulfirol 8
Sulfopon O
Sulfotex CA
Sulfotex OA
Supralate SP
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate Sodium Salt
Avirol SA 4106
Carsonol SHS
Disponil EHS 47
Emcol D 5-10
Ethasulfate Sodium
Kraftex OA
LUGALVAN TC-EHS
Lutensit TC-EHS
NAS 08
NSC 4744
Newcol 1000SN
Niaproof 08
Nissan Sintrex EHR
Pentrone ON
Pionin A 20
Rewopol NEHS 40
Rhodapon BOS
Rhodapon OLS
Sandet OHE
Sinolin SO 35
Sintrex EHR
Sodium 2-ethylhexyl Sulfate
Sodium Etasulfate
Sodium Ethasulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulfate
Sodium Octyl Sulphate
Sole Tege TS 25
Stepanol EHS
Steponol EHS
Sulfirol 8
Sulfopon O
Sulfotex CA
Sulfotex OA
Supralate SP
TC-EHS
Tergemist
Tergimist
Tergitol 08
Tergitol Anionic 08
Texapon 890
Texapon EHS
Witcolate D 5-10
08-Unioncarbide
1-Hexanol, 2-ethyl-, hydrogen sulfate, sodium salt
1-Hexanol,2-Ethyl-,Hydrogensulfate,Sodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolhydrogensulfatesodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolsodiumsulfate
2-Ethyl-1-Hexanolsulfatesodiumsalt
2-Ethyl-1-hexanol sodium sulfate
2-Ethyl-1-hexanol sulfate sodium salt
2-Ethylhexyl Sulfate
2-Ethylhexyl sodium sulfate
2-Ethylhexyl sulfate sodium salt
2-Ethylhexylsiransodny
2-Ethylhexylsodiumsulfate
2-Ethylhexylsulfate Sodium salt
2-Ethylhexylsulfatesodium
2-Ethylhexylsulfuricacid,Sodium
2-Ethylhexylsulfuricacid,Sodiumsalt Emcold5-10
2-Ethylhexylsulphate,Sodium Salt
Emersal6465
Ethasulfate sodium
Mono(2-Ethylhexyl Sulfatesodiumsalt
Nas 08
Nci-C50204
Niaproof Type 8
Niaproof08
Pentroneon
Propaste6708
Sipexbos
Sodium 2-Ethylhexyl Sulphate
Sodium ethasulfate
Sodium octyl sulfate
Sodium octyl sulphate
Sulfuric acid, mono(2-ethylhexyl) ester, sodium salt
Sulfuric acid, mono(2-ethylhexyl) ester, sodium salt (1:1)
Tc-Ehs
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN FDC is additives nonionic surfactant for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN FDC is an aqueous polymer emulsion that is free of emulsifiers.
LUGALVAN FDC is miscible in all proportions with water, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.

Experience has shown that LUGALVAN FDC can be advisable to adjust the pH to approx 9 if necessary with ammonia or with amines such as triethanolamine or dimethylethanolamine in order to prevent the solids from precipitating.
LUGALVAN FDC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.

Careful attention should be paid to ensure that foam does not form if LUGALVAN FDC is applied by spraying.
For instance, 200 ml of a solution of LUGALVAN FDC that has been diluted down to a solids content of 15% forms more than 350 ml of foam after 30 cycles in a foam-testing apparatus when LUGALVAN FDC is agitated for 30 seconds and then left to stand for 30 seconds.

The volume of foam that is formed can be reduced to less than 50 ml by adding 0.1% Degressal SD 20 without impairing the corrosion resistance.
The thickness of the polymer film can be controlled by adjusting the viscosity.

The viscosity largely depends on the solids content of the bath, but LUGALVAN FDC can also be influenced by the bath temperature, pH or the presence of additives.
Transparent films that are applied by dipping in an aqueous bath usually have a thickness of 1 – 10 µm.

Thicker films can be applied by dipping the substrate several times and allowing LUGALVAN FDC to dry each time it is dipped.
Very homogeneous films are obtained by consecutive dipping into diluted solutions of LUGALVAN FDC and intermediate drying steps.

If baths are open to the atmosphere and stirred, LUGALVAN FDC is advisable to monitor their solids content to ensure that the film thickness remains constant.
Depending on the thickness of the film, LUGALVAN FDC is usually advisable to dry the film at elevated temperatures.

Depending on their size, shape and thickness, components that have been coated with LUGALVAN FDC can usually be dried to a tack-free finish by drying them 1 minute at 80 °C (fan heater).
For increased corrosion protection drying at elevated temperature or prolonged reaction time is recommendable, e.g. 10 minutes at 80°C or 1 munite at 130 °C.

The drying times are corres­pondingly shorter at higher temperatures.
The film can gradually become yellow if LUGALVAN FDC is exposed to temperatures in excess of 150 °C for prolonged periods, but the discoloration is purely aesthetic and the polymer does not undergo any thermal degradation.

LUGALVAN FDC can be coloured with our Luconyl and Dispers pigment preparations, which normally need to be added at a rate of 0.1 – 5%.
The pigments can simply be mixed in by stirring and no elaborate mixing techniques are necessary, but we would recommend filtering the emulsion if necessary in order to remove any undispersed pigment.

LUGALVAN FDC is a transparent, cathodic electrodeposition coating with high scratch resistance.
According to the company, this new transparent product for sealing metal surfaces differs from conventional electrodeposition coatings in that LUGALVAN FDC is not pigmented, which makes LUGALVAN FDC more versatile.

The coating forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN FDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN FDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

Uses of LUGALVAN FDC:
LUGALVAN FDC is miscible in all proportions with water, provided the pH does not fall below 8.5.
LUGALVAN FDC can be applied by dipping, spinning or spraying.

The coating forms a crystal-clear layer that protects metal from corrosion and prevents LUGALVAN FDC from tarnishing.
Because LUGALVAN FDC is applied by electrophoretic deposition, this new product is particularly suited to the demands of electroplating companies.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN FDC:

Precautions for safe handling:
No special measures necessary provided product is used correctly.

Protection against fire and explosion:
No special precautions necessary.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Suitable materials for containers: Stainless steel 1.4401, Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Polyester resin, glass reinforced (Palatal A410), High density polyethylene (HDPE), glass, Low density polyethylene (LDPE).

Further information on storage conditions: Keep container tightly closed and in a cool place.
Protect from temperatures above: 40 °C

Storage of LUGALVAN FDC:
Solidified product should be heated up to about 50 °C and homogenized before LUGALVAN FDC will be processed.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN FDC:
If stored properly in LUGALVAN FDC original sealed packaging the shelf life is at least 2 years.

Safety of LUGALVAN FDC:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN FDC for the purpose for which LUGALVAN FDC is intended and from processing LUGALVAN FDC in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN FDC does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN FDC is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Description of first aid measures:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN FDC:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN G 15000 is high-molecular polyethylene imine.
LUGALVAN G 15000 is used to formulate brightener additives for the electroplating industry and for other applications in the chemical and allied industries

Applications of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN G 15000 also has a variety of applications in the chemical and allied industries, e.g. as a sedimentation aid for metal hydroxides, a protective colloid and a deodorizer.

Functions of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Improves throwing power.

Solubility of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 is soluble in water.

Storage of LUGALVAN G 15000:
LUGALVAN G 15000 has a shelf life of one year in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN G 15000 is stored properly.

Safety of LUGALVAN G 15000:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN G 15000 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN G 15000 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN G 15000 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN G 15000 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Description of first aid measures:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN G 15000:
Physical form: Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid
Concentration: 48 – 52 %
Ethylenimine monomer content: < 1 ppm
Refractive index: approx. 1.450 (DIN 51423, Part 2, 23 °C)
Viscosity 18 000 – 30 000 mPa · s (ISO 2555, Brookfield RVT, spindle 6, 20 °C, 20 rpm)
pH: 10 – 1
Density: approx. 1.08 g/cm3 (DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, hydrometer, 23 °C)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN G 15000 does not necessarily form part of the product specification.

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN G 15000:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals,
Polymers.

Chemistry:
Polyethylene imine and derivatives

Chemical nature:
High-molar-mass polyethylenimine

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN G 35 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.

LUGALVAN G 35 is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.
LUGALVAN G 35 is also used as a protective colloid in the chemical and allied industries.

Applications of LUGALVAN G 35:
LUGALVAN G 35 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially as a polymeric basic brightener in zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN G 35 is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.
LUGALVAN G 35 is also used as a protective colloid in the chemical and allied industries.

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN G 35:

Precautions for safe handling:
No special measures necessary provided product is used correctly.

Protection against fire and explosion:
No special precautions necessary.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Suitable materials for containers:
Stainless steel 1.4401, Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Polyester resin, glass reinforced (Palatal A410), High density polyethylene (HDPE), glass, Low density polyethylene (LDPE)

Further information on storage conditions:
Keep container tightly closed and in a cool place.

Protect from temperatures above:
40 °C

Storage of LUGALVAN G 35:
LUGALVAN G 35 has a shelf life of one year in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN G 35 is stored properly.

Stability and Reactivity of LUGALVAN G 35:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals: No corrosive effect on metal.

Chemical Stability:
LUGALVAN G 35 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.

Safety of LUGALVAN G 35:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN G 35 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN G 35 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
LUGALVAN G 35 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN G 35 is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

On skin contact:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

On contact with eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

On ingestion:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Harmful vapours, carbon oxides
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Special protective equipment:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN G 35:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use personal protective clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Contain contaminated water/firefighting water.
Do not discharge into drains/surface waters/groundwater.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For large amounts:
Dike spillage.
Pump off product.

For residues:
Pick up with suitable absorbent material.
Dispose of absorbed material in accordance with regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN G 35:

Chemical nature:
Low-molar-mass polyethylenimine

Physical form:
Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid

Concentration:
48 – 52 %
(method derived from ISO 3251, 2 g, 130 °C, 2 h)

Refractive index:
approx. 1.450
(DIN 51423, Part 2, 23 °C),

Viscosity:
80 – 130 s
(ISO 2431, No. 4, 20 °C)

pH:
10 – 12
(method derived from ISO 976, 10 %)

Density:
approx. 1.08 g/cm3
(DIN 51757, ASTM D 1298, hydrometer, 23 °C)

pH: 10 – 12
Viscosity: 80 – 130 s
Refractive index: 1.450
Concentration: 48–52%
Density: 1.08 g/cm3

Physical form: Slightly cloudy, colourless or yellowish liquid
Concentration 48 – 52 %
Refractive index: approx. 1.450
Viscosity: 80 – 130 s
pH: 10 – 12
Density: approx. 1.08 g/cm3

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN G 35 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN G 35 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN G 35:
Aziridine, homopolymer
Ethylenimine, polymers
Montrek 1000
Polymin FL
Tydex 12
PEI 1120
PEI 18
Montrek 6
CF 218 (polymer)
PEI 6
Polyaziridine
PEI 100
PEI 1
PEI 2
PEI 12
PEI 400
PEI 1000
PEI 600
Everamine 210T
Everamine 50T
PEI
Everamine
CF 218
Polyethylenimine
Polymin HS
2MB
Emerlube 6717
Corcat P 200
15T
Corcat P 18
Corcat P 100
EL 420
Corcat P 145
SP 200
Polymin G 35
Corcat P 600
EL 402
Polymin Waterfree
Corcat P 150
Corcat P 12
Polymin G 15M
Aziridine polymer
Epomin P 1000
Epomin 150T
Epomin SP 003
Epomin SP 012
Epomin D 3000
Epomin SP 110
Epomin SP 200
Epomin SP 103
Epomin 1000
Epomin P 500
Epomin SP 018
Epomin SP 006
Epomin P 1500
Sedipur CL 930
SN
SP 012
Epomin SP 1000
Epomin SP 300
P 1000
SP 300
P 600
Everamine 150T
Everamine 500T
Montrek 12
Montrek 18
Montrek 600
Polymin G 500;Polymin 6
K 203C
AC 871
Polyethenimide
SP 018
UP 300 (polyamine)
210T
P 600XE
XA 1007
Epomin P 003
T 13A
P 70 (polyamine)
P 70
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 15
LUGALVAN G 35
UP 300
Polymin SNA
PR 20 (release agent);PR 20
P 100 (polyamine)
P 0381
P 100
Lupasol WF
Polymin G 100
Lupasol P
Adcote 372
SP 003
Lupasol G 35
Bufloc 595
Polymin G 20
Lupasol FG
Epomin P 1050
A 131X
Ethylenimine homopolymer
Lupasol G 20
Lupasol HF
Basocoll PR 8086
Epomin P 200
Epomin P 012
Lupasol G 100
Lupasol PR 8515
Epomin
G 35
Ethyleneimine homopolymer
Lupasol PS
Duramax 1007
G 20
PR 8515
WF
FC
G 100
HF
Lupasol FC
SP 006
39289-19-5
66456-64-2
69522-69-6
73597-47-4
81210-07-3
81210-08-4
81210-09-5
92047-44-4
96956-22-8
96956-23-9
96956-24-0
145379-92-6
217821-63-1
391936-72-4
461012-73-7
949092-53-9
1084334-00-8
1244969-44-5
1257304-92-9
1333407-92-3
1349653-19-5
1360462-35-6
1384465-19-3
1394151-56-4
1402087-16-4
1606980-34-0
1821214-71-4
1821214-75-8
1821214-80-5
1821214-82-7
1983974-20-4
1997302-19-8
1997302-20-1
2101731-67-1
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives and LUGALVAN HS 1000 is known for its stellar performance in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 prevents charring at high current densities and is great at improving the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.
This metal surface treatment also helps improve the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives and LUGALVAN HS 1000 is known for its stellar performance in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

Application of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is especially effective in brightener formulations for acid zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is usually employed at a concentration of 0.1 – 5 g/l.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is used to formulate brightener additives.
This metal surface treatment also helps improve the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 has the following advantages in acid zinc electrolytes:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 prevents charring at high current densities.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 improves the ductility of the plated metal at high current densities.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 improves the brightness of the plated metal over the whole range of current densities.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 performs very well in combination with nonionic and anionic surfactants.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 is low-foaming.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 suppresses the formation of foam, especially in combination with LUGALVAN NES.

LUGALVAN HS 1000 solubilizing action on LUGALVAN TC-BAR is comparable to that of Pluriol E 400 or E 600.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 has no effect on the cloud point of the bath.

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication.

Functions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Surface Modification,
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Copper,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Acidic,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Precautions for safe handling:
Breathing must be protected when large quantities are decanted without local exhaust ventilation.

Protection against fire and explosion:
Avoid dust formation.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Suitable materials for containers:
Low density polyethylene (LDPE), High density polyethylene
(HDPE), Carbon steel (Iron), Stainless steel 1.4301 (V2), Stainless steel 1.4401, Stove-lacquer RDL 50, Stainless steel 1.4541

Further information on storage conditions:
Keep container tightly closed and dry.
Store in a cool place.

Shelf life of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 has a shelf life of two years in its sealed original packaging, provided LUGALVAN HS 1000 is stored properly.

Stability and Reactivity of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
No corrosive effect on metal.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating.

Chemical stability:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is chemically stable.

Safety of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN HS 1000 for the purpose for which LUGALVAN HS 1000 is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN HS 1000 does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that it is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.

If on skin:
Wash thoroughly with soap and water

If in eyes:
Wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Dry powder, foam.

Unsuitable extinguishing media for safety reasons:
Carbon dioxide.

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours, carbon oxides, sulfur oxides.
Evolution of fumes/fog. The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
The degree of risk is governed by the burning substance and the fire conditions.
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Physical form:
Yellowish or brownish, waxy solid

Water content:
max. 1%
(DIN 51777, Part 1, ASTM D 1744)

Iodine colour:
max. 12
(DIN EN 1557, 40 °C),

Density:
1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
(DIN 51757, 40 °C, ASTM D 1298)

Viscosity:
100 –160 mPa · s
(DIN 53019, 40 °C)

pH:
6.0 – 7.5
(ISO 976, 10 %)

Setting point:
24 – 30 °C
(ISO 3016)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
LUGALVAN HS 1000 does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN HS 1000 specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF nepresentative.

Specifications of LUGALVAN HS 1000:
Water Content: 1%
Iodine Colour: 12
Density: 1.11 –1.13 g/cm3
Viscosity: 100 –160 mPa · s
pH: 6.0 – 7.5
Setting Point: 24 – 30
Primary Chemistry: Thiodiglycol Ethoxylate

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

Solubility:
LUGALVAN HS 1000 is easy to dissolve in water when it has been melted.

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Other alkoxylate

Related Products of LUGALVAN HS 1000:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN IMZ is a water and alcohol soluble top brightener for zinc electroplating with a high concentration of >99.5%.
LUGALVAN IMZ is used to formulate brightener additives for the electroplating industry.

Molecular Formula: C3H4N2
Molar Mass (DIN 51405): 68.08 g/mol

Applications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ is used to formulate brightener additives employed in the electroplating industry, especially in alkaline zinc electrolytes.
LUGALVAN IMZ can be caused to react with a wide variety of other substances.
LUGALVAN IMZ is employed at a concentration of 0.5 – 5 g/l.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Electroplating.

Functions of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Tin,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener.

Other Functions of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Raw material copper electroplating.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Solubility of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ is soluble in water and alcohols.

Safety of LUGALVAN IMZ:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN IMZ for the purpose for which LUGALVAN IMZ is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN IMZ does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN IMZ is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheet are observed.

Handling and Storage of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Precautions for safe handling:
Breathing must be protected when large quantities are decanted without local exhaust ventilation.

Protection against fire and explosion:
Dust can form an explosive mixture with air.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Segregate from acids and acid forming substances.

Suitable materials for containers:
Low density polyethylene (LDPE), glass, High density polyethylene (HDPE), Stove-lacquer RDL 16

Unsuitable materials for containers:
Aluminium, Galvanized carbon steel (Zinc), Lead-plated, Paper/Fibreboard, Carbon steel (Iron), tinned carbon steel (Tinplate).

Further information on storage conditions:
Containers should be stored tightly sealed in a dry place.

Storage Stability of LUGALVAN IMZ:
LUGALVAN IMZ has a shelf life of two years in LUGALVAN IMZ sealed original packaging.

Storage duration:
24 Months

From the data on storage duration in this safety data sheet no agreed statement regarding the warrantee of application properties can be deduced.

First-Aid Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

General advice:
First aid personnel should pay attention to their own safety.
If the patient is likely to become unconscious, place and transport in stable sideways position (recovery position).
Immediately remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air.
Assist in breathing if necessary.
Seek medical attention.

If on skin:
Wash affected areas thoroughly with soap and water.
Remove contaminated clothing.
If irritation develops, seek medical attention.

If in eyes:
In case of contact with the eyes, rinse immediately for at least 15 minutes with plenty of water.
Immediate medical attention required.

If swallowed:
Rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water.
Do not induce vomiting.
Immediate medical attention required.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam, carbon dioxide

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and chemical-protective clothing.

Further information:
Collect contaminated extinguishing water separately, do not allow to reach sewage or effluent systems.

Accidental Release Measures of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Use breathing apparatus if exposed to vapours/dust/aerosol.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes and clothing.

Environmental precautions:
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:

For small amounts:
Pick up with suitable appliance and dispose of.

For large amounts:
Pick up with suitable appliance and dispose of.

Identifiers of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Molecular Formula: C3H4N2
Molar Mass (DIN 51405): 68.08 g/mol

Properties of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Form: powder, crystalline
Odour: amine-like
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: 10.5
Melting point: 88 - 90°C (DIN EN ISO 3146)
Boiling point: 256°C
Flash point: > 135°C
Flammability: Vapours are flammable.
Autoignition: 480 °C (DIN 51794)
SADT: Not a substance/mixture liable to self-decomposition according to GHS.
Vapour pressure: 0.003 mbar ( 20°C)
Density: 1,233 g/cm3 ( 20°C)
Bulk density: 500 - 700 kg/m3 (ISO 697)
Self-ignition temperature:
Based on its structural properties LUGALVAN IMZ is not classified as selfigniting.
Not self-igniting The value has not be determined because of the low risk of self-ignition in consequence of the low melting point.
Thermal decomposition: Stable up to boiling point.
Viscosity, dynamic: 2.696 mPa.s ( 100°C)
Viscosity, kinematic: not applicable, LUGALVAN IMZ is a solid

Physical form: Colourless or pale yellow flakes

Concentration: >99.5%
(BASF method, GC, % area under the curve)

Bulk density: 0.5–0.7 g/cm3 (ISO 697)

pH: 9 – 11 (ISO 976, 10 %, 23 °C)

The above information is correct at the time of going to press.
It does not necessarily form part of LUGALVAN IMZ specification.

A detailed product specification is available from your local BASF representative.

Specifications of LUGALVAN IMZ:
Physical Form: Colorless or Pale Yellow Flakes
Concentration: >99.5%
Bulk Density: 0.5–0.7 g/cm 3
pH: 9–11
Primary Chemistry: Imidazole

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN IMZ:

Product Type:
Plating Chemicals

Chemistry:
Aromatic based plating chemical

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN IMZ:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IZE has been developed for use in the formulation of brightener additives for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN IZE acts as a basic brightener in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.

LUGALVAN IZE is usually used in combination with top brighteners.
LUGALVAN IZE is normally employed at a concentration of 1-10 g/l.
LUGALVAN IZE has also been shown to perform particularly well in combination with LUGALVAN BPC 48, and also with LUGALVAN G.

Applications of LUGALVAN IZE:
LUGALVAN IZE has been developed for use in the formulation of brightener additives for the electroplating industry.
LUGALVAN IZE acts as a basic brightener in alkaline zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.

LUGALVAN IZE is usually used in combination with top brighteners.
LUGALVAN IZE is normally employed at a concentration of 1-10 g/l.

The compatibility of LUGALVAN IZE with conventional top brighteners is good.
LUGALVAN IZE has been shown to perform particularly well in combination with LUGALVAN BPC 48, and also with LUGALVAN G types.
LUGALVAN IZE gives high throwing power and ensures that the plated metal is evenly distributed.

LUGALVAN IZE gives high brightness, particularly at low current densities, and LUGALVAN IZE inhibits blistering.
Zinc-plated components plated with the aid of LUGALVAN IZE are easy to chromate.

Other Applications of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Electroplating.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN IZE:
LUGALVAN IZE gives high throwing power and ensures that the plated metal is evenly distributed.
LUGALVAN IZE gives high brightness, particularly at low current densities and LUGALVAN IZE inhibits blistering.
Zinc-plated components plated with the aid of LUGALVAN IZE are typically easier to chromate.

Related Functions of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Brighteners,
Electroplating,
Surfactant.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN IZE:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous.

Storage of LUGALVAN IZE:
Storage stability in sealed containers min. 12 month (no special measures necessary providing product is used correctly).

Safety of LUGALVAN IZE:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUGALVAN IZE for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained up to now and other information at our disposal, LUGALVAN IZE does not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that LUGALVAN IZE is used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet are observed.

Properties of LUGALVAN IZE:
Appearance: liquid
Physical form: clear, yellow
Concentration: 100 % - water content 42 - 48 %
Water content: ISO 760, Karl Fischer 52 – 58 %
Density: DIN 51757-1, ASTM D 1298, 20 °C 1.14 – 1.18 kg/m³
pH: DIN 19268, 20°C 8 – 10
APHA colour: DIN EN 1557 < 850
Viscosity: DIN 53015, 20 °C 10 – 40 mPa·s
Epichlorohydrin content: BASF method < 1 ppm
Solubility: Miscible with water

Specifications of LUGALVAN IZE:
Physical Form: Clear, Yellow
Concentration: 42-48%
Water Content: 52-58%
pH: 8 – 10
Viscosity: 10–40
Primary Chemistry: Reaction Product of Imidazole and Epichlorohydrin

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN IZE:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500
LUGALVAN IZE

Lugalvan IZE is a specialized additive crafted for formulating brighteners in the electroplating industry.
Developed for use in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels, particularly in cyanide-free baths.
Its physical form is characterized by a clear and vibrant yellow appearance, enhancing its recognition in industrial processes.



APPLICATIONS


Lugalvan IZE finds primary application in the electroplating industry as a crucial additive in the formulation of brighteners.
Specifically designed for alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels in ensuring high-quality plated surfaces.

Its utilization is prominent in cyanide-free electroplating baths, aligning with modern environmental and safety standards.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in combination with top brighteners to enhance the overall electroplating process.

With an optimal concentration range of 1-10 g/l, it acts as a fundamental brightener, contributing to surface quality.
The additive demonstrates superior performance when used in conjunction with Lugalvan BPC 48 and Lugalvan G.

In electroplating processes, Lugalvan IZE contributes to the even distribution of plated metals, ensuring uniformity.
Lugalvan IZE provides high throwing power, making it particularly effective in challenging plating scenarios.

Lugalvan IZE excels at enhancing brightness, especially at low current densities during electroplating operations.
Its inhibition of blistering during plating results in a smoother and more consistent surface finish.
Chromating zinc-plated components becomes more efficient and streamlined with the incorporation of Lugalvan IZE.
The additive is employed in various metal substrates, making it versatile across a range of electroplating applications.

Lugalvan IZE facilitates the electroplating of metals with high precision and control, meeting specific industry demands.
Industries reliant on electroplating for corrosion resistance benefit from the protective properties of Lugalvan IZE.

Applications extend to the automotive sector, where Lugalvan IZE contributes to the electroplating of essential components.
In the electronics industry, it ensures the precision plating of metal parts used in electronic devices and components.

Lugalvan IZE is applied in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for architectural and structural metal elements.
Aerospace applications utilize Lugalvan IZE for electroplating critical components, ensuring both durability and reliability.
Its efficiency makes Lugalvan IZE a preferred choice for plating metal components used in marine environments.

The additive contributes to the electroplating of components in the renewable energy sector, ensuring longevity.
Applications extend to the protection of metal components in the medical industry, where precision and reliability are paramount.
Lugalvan IZE plays a role in the protection of historical artifacts, contributing to their preservation in museums and collections.
In the manufacturing of consumer goods, Lugalvan IZE is employed to enhance the aesthetic and functional qualities of metal parts.

The telecommunications industry benefits from Lugalvan IZE in plating metal structures for communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan IZE is a versatile additive, making significant contributions to the efficiency and quality of various electroplating applications.

Lugalvan IZE is a key component in the electroplating of precision components used in the production of electronic devices.
Its application in the jewelry industry ensures the creation of durable and aesthetically pleasing plated metal pieces.
Lugalvan IZE is instrumental in enhancing the corrosion resistance of metal parts used in the construction and architectural sectors.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal elements in the oil and gas industry.

In the energy sector, Lugalvan IZE is applied to protect metal components in power generation and distribution systems.
The aerospace industry benefits from the use of Lugalvan IZE in the electroplating of aircraft components for longevity and reliability.
Automotive applications leverage Lugalvan IZE for precision plating of critical components, ensuring both function and appearance.

Lugalvan IZE plays a role in enhancing the durability and corrosion resistance of metal parts in renewable energy systems.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the plating of metal components used in medical devices, meeting stringent quality and safety standards.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the fabrication of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal parts in chemical processing plants.
Lugalvan IZE finds application in the protection of metal surfaces in the manufacturing of industrial machinery and equipment.

In the defense industry, Lugalvan IZE is utilized for the electroplating of military equipment to ensure durability and functionality.
Lugalvan IZE is applied in the preservation of historical and cultural artifacts, protecting metal objects from corrosion.
Lugalvan IZE is integral to the manufacturing of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal furniture, enhancing both aesthetics and longevity.

In the agricultural sector, it contributes to the protection of metal parts in farming equipment exposed to diverse environmental conditions.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the fabrication of metal components for mining equipment, ensuring durability in harsh mining environments.
The textile industry benefits from Lugalvan IZE in protecting metal machinery components from corrosion in textile manufacturing processes.
Lugalvan IZE plays a crucial role in the food and beverage industry, protecting metal components used in processing and packaging equipment.

Lugalvan IZE is utilized in the plating of metal parts for industrial pumps and valves, ensuring corrosion resistance in fluid-handling applications.
In the manufacturing of consumer goods, it contributes to the electroplating of metal surfaces, enhancing product longevity and quality.
Lugalvan IZE is employed in the protection of metal components in transportation systems, including railways and public transit.

Lugalvan IZE finds application in the fabrication of metal parts for the telecommunications industry, protecting against corrosion in communication infrastructure.
Lugalvan IZE is used in the production of corrosion-resistant coatings for metal components in the semiconductor industry.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the durability of metal parts in the production of appliances and household items.
Lugalvan IZE is applied in the protection of metal components used in water treatment plants, ensuring corrosion resistance in harsh chemical environments.



DESCRIPTION


Lugalvan IZE is a specialized additive crafted for formulating brighteners in the electroplating industry.
Developed for use in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, it excels, particularly in cyanide-free baths.
Its physical form is characterized by a clear and vibrant yellow appearance, enhancing its recognition in industrial processes.

With a concentration ranging from 42% to 48%, Lugalvan IZE is carefully formulated for optimal electroplating performance.
The water content in Lugalvan IZE falls within the range of 52% to 58%, contributing to its specific application requirements.

Operating within a mildly alkaline pH range of 8 to 10, Lugalvan IZE ensures compatibility with diverse plating conditions.
The viscosity of Lugalvan IZE, measured at 10–40, facilitates smooth application and adherence to metal surfaces.
Utilized in concentrations of 1-10 g/l, Lugalvan IZE acts as a fundamental brightener in the electroplating process.

Lugalvan IZE synergizes effectively with top brighteners, enhancing the overall electroplating efficiency.
Its performance has been demonstrated to be particularly remarkable when combined with Lugalvan BPC 48.

In combination with Lugalvan G, it exhibits enhanced properties, contributing to the quality of plated metal.
Plated metals with Lugalvan IZE boast high throwing power, ensuring uniform distribution and coverage.
The additive imparts a remarkable level of brightness, especially at low current densities during electroplating.

Blistering, a common concern in electroplating, is effectively inhibited by the application of Lugalvan IZE.
Chromating zinc-plated components becomes notably easier when Lugalvan IZE is incorporated into the process.

Its formulation aims to achieve not just electroplating functionality but also aesthetic and surface quality enhancements.
Lugalvan IZE addresses industry needs for effective brightening agents in an environmentally conscious manner.
The clear and yellow appearance of Lugalvan IZE provides visual cues during the electroplating process.
Plating with Lugalvan IZE is a meticulously controlled process, optimizing both efficiency and end-product quality.

The additive's characteristics make it well-suited for applications in modern, eco-friendly electroplating solutions.
Lugalvan IZE contributes to the overall efficiency and sustainability of electroplating practices.
Manufacturers appreciate its consistent performance, which contributes to reliable and reproducible electroplating results.

As an integral part of the electroplating industry, Lugalvan IZE adheres to stringent quality and safety standards.
Its versatility extends to various metal substrates, making it a valuable asset in diverse electroplating applications.
Lugalvan IZE stands as a testament to advancements in electroplating technology, offering a balance of performance and environmental considerations.



PROPERTIES


Chemical Composition: The specific chemical composition is not provided, as Lugalvan IZE is often a proprietary formulation designed for electroplating applications.
Physical Form: Clear, Yellow
Concentration: 42-48%
Water Content: 52-58%
pH: 8 – 10
Viscosity: 10–40
Application: Used as a basic brightener in alkalin zinc and zinc-alloy plating, especially in cyanide-free baths.
Compatibility: Demonstrates compatibility with top brighteners, including Lugalvan BPC 48 and Lugalvan G.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, immediately remove the affected person to fresh air away from the source of exposure.
If respiratory distress persists or if breathing is difficult, seek immediate medical attention.
Administer artificial respiration if the person is not breathing and if trained to do so.
Keep the affected person calm and at rest while awaiting medical assistance.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, promptly remove contaminated clothing, including shoes.
Wash the affected area thoroughly with mild soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or other adverse reactions persist, seek medical attention.
If skin irritation is severe, consider seeking prompt medical evaluation.


Eye Contact:

In case of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes with gently flowing water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower eyelids.
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do so, after the initial rinse.
Seek immediate medical attention if irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist.


Ingestion:

If Lugalvan IZE is swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide information about the ingested substance.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.


General First Aid Measures:

If first aid is administered, ensure that it is performed by trained personnel.
Have the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or relevant product information available for medical professionals.
Monitor vital signs, including breathing and pulse.
Keep the affected person under observation and provide supportive care as necessary.
If irritation, redness, or other symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.


Note:

Never administer first aid unless you are trained and equipped to do so safely.
Do not leave the affected person unattended.
Be cautious about the potential for secondary contamination when providing assistance.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear suitable protective clothing, including gloves and safety goggles or a face shield.
Use respiratory protection if handling Lugalvan IZE in conditions that may generate dust or vapors.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area to minimize exposure to airborne particles or vapors.
Consider local exhaust ventilation to control airborne concentrations.

Avoidance of Contact:
Avoid skin contact and inhalation of dust or vapors.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Lugalvan IZE.

Hygiene Practices:
Wash hands and exposed skin thoroughly after handling Lugalvan IZE.
Do not touch the face, eyes, or mouth with contaminated hands.

Storage:
Store Lugalvan IZE in a cool, dry place away from incompatible materials.
Keep containers tightly closed to prevent moisture absorption and contamination.

Separation from Incompatibles:
Store away from strong acids, strong bases, and other incompatible materials.
Take precautions to avoid contact with reducing agents and strong oxidizers.

Handling Precautions:
Use appropriate equipment for handling, such as scoops or shovels, to minimize dust generation.
Implement powder-handling procedures to minimize the release of airborne dust.

Emergency Measures:
Have emergency equipment, including eyewash stations and safety showers, accessible in the handling area.
Ensure that personnel are trained in emergency response procedures.


Storage:

Storage Temperature:
Store Lugalvan IZE at ambient temperatures, avoiding extremes of heat and cold.

Moisture Control:
Protect from moisture to prevent clumping and degradation of the substance.
Consider using desiccants or moisture-absorbing materials in storage areas.

Container Material:
Use containers made of materials compatible with Lugalvan IZE, such as polyethylene or glass.
Ensure that containers are properly labeled with hazard information.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with appropriate hazard information and handling instructions.
Include the date of receipt and other relevant information on storage containers.

Segregation:
Store away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizers and reducing agents.
Implement segregation measures to prevent cross-contamination.

Fire Precautions:
Lugalvan IZE is not flammable, but it may emit toxic fumes in a fire.
Store away from potential ignition sources.

Security Measures:
Store Lugalvan IZE in a secure location to prevent unauthorized access and potential misuse.

Regular Inspection:
Regularly inspect storage areas for signs of damage, leaks, or other issues.
Follow the recommended shelf-life and expiration dates provided by the manufacturer.

Training:
Train personnel on proper handling and storage procedures, including emergency response measures.
Keep records of training sessions and updates.
LUGALVAN P
LUGALVAN P is an additive that is very soluble in saline media.
LUGALVAN P is impervious to water hardness and protects metals against corrosion in acidic, neutral and alkaline media.

LUGALVAN P is an easy-to-formulate corrosion inhibitor used in galvanoplating, descaling boilers, preventing deposits and inhibiting corrosion in crude oil production.

CAS Number: 68555-36-2
Molecular Formula: (C11H26N4O)n.(C4H8Cl2O)n

LUGALVAN P is characterized by superior throwing power, i.e. metal distribution, in alkaline cyanide-free zinc plating processes.
Recent studies have shown that LUGALVAN P also acts as a film former with anti-corrosion properties.
LUGALVAN P prevents pitting of stainless steel in highly chloride-containing environments and can stop pitting that is already present.

Applications of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Preventatives,
Electroplating.

Functions of LUGALVAN P:
Electroplating Additive,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Zinc,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Medium Alkaline,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Basic Brightener,
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Polarization Agent.

Other Functions of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Corrosion Protection,
Surfactant.

Features and Benefits of LUGALVAN P:
Improves metal distribution.

Related End Markets of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Consumer Products,
Electronics,
General Industrial,
Transportation.

Related Substrates of LUGALVAN P:
Metal Processing & Fabrication,
Non-Ferrous,
Zinc.

Identifers of LUGALVAN P:
CAS No.:68555-36-2
Other Names:PUB
MF:(C11H26N4O)n.(C4H8Cl2O)n
EINECS No.:---
Purity: ≥65%
Type: Other, Alkaline Zn leveling agent
Usage: Coating Auxiliary Agents

Specifications of LUGALVAN P:
Color: Colourless to Yellow
pH value: 7.5-9
Boiling Point: 105 °C
Flash Point: 100 °C
Flammability: Not Flammable
Vapour Pressure: 23.4 mbar
Primary Chemistry: Sulfonated and Sulfated Alkylphenol Ethoxylate

Other Descriptions of LUGALVAN P:

Plating Chemicals:
Polymers

Chemistry:
Other plating chemical

Industries:
Metal Processing & Fabrication

Related Products of LUGALVAN P:

DEGRESSAL Surfactants:
DEGRESSAL SD 20

GOLPANOL Metal Brighteners:
GOLPANOL HD
GOLPANOL MBS
GOLPANOL PA
GOLPANOL VS

LUTRON Functional Fluids:
LUTRON Q 75
LUTRON HF 1
LUTRON KS 1

Other LUGALVAN Products:
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN IZE
LUGALVAN IMZ
LUGALVAN DC
LUGALVAN EHS
LUGALVAN FDC
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN TC-BAR
LUGALVAN TC-OCB
LUGALVAN ANA
LUGALVAN BNO
LUGALVAN BNO 24
LUGALVAN BPC 48
LUGALVAN EDC
LUGALVAN FDCP
LUGALVAN EH 158
LUGALVAN G 15000
LUGALVAN BAN
LUGALVAN BAR
LUGALVAN BAT
LUGALVAN BNS
LUGALVAN G 15 M
LUGALVAN HS 1000
LUGALVAN NES
LUGALVAN RED
LUGALVAN SOR
LUGALVAN TC-BPC
LUGALVAN U 20
LUGALVAN U 35
LUGALVAN U 500

Synonyms of LUGALVAN P:
1040CF30
15T
210T
2MB
3106P44
A 131X
AC 871
ATB 9800
Adcote 372
Adcote372MW
Aldrich 408719
Aldrich 482595
Aziridine Polymer
Basocoll PR 8086
Basomin G 500
Basonal White FO 1
Bufloc 595
CF 218
CF 218 (Polymer)
CP 8994
Corcat P 100
Corcat P 12
Corcat P 145
Corcat P 150
Corcat P 18
Corcat P 200
Corcat P 600
Duramax 1007
EA 275
EAz 1300
EAz 800
EC 005
EL 402
EL 420
EP 108
EP 108 (Polymer)
Emerlube 6717
Epomin
Epomin 018
Epomin 1000
Epomin 1050
Epomin 150T
Epomin D 3000
Epomin HM 2000
Epomin L 18
Epomin P 003
Epomin P 012
Epomin P 1000
Epomin P 1030
Epomin P 1050
Epomin P 1500
Epomin P 200
Epomin P 500
Epomin S 1000
Epomin S 300
Epomin SP 003
Epomin SP 006
Epomin SP 012
Epomin SP 012D
Epomin SP 018
Epomin SP 030
Epomin SP 050
Epomin SP 075
Epomin SP 1000
Epomin SP 103
Epomin SP 110
Epomin SP 12
Epomin SP 200
Epomin SP 300
Ethyleneimine Homopolymer
Ethylenimine Homopolymer
Everamine
Everamine 150T
Everamine 210T
Everamine 500T
Everamine 50T
F 2S
FC
Fluka P 3142
G 100
G 20
G 20WF
G 35
G 500
HF
HG 20
HM 2000
HZ 20
HZ 20 (Polyamine)
IP 232
JS 980
K 203C
Katax 6760
L 771
Liposol G
Loxanol MI 6730
Loxanol MI 6735
LUGALVAN G 15
LUGALVAN G 20
LUGALVAN G 35
LUGALVAN G 50
Lupasol 800
Lupasol 8515
LUPASOL HF
Lupasol HF has a branched cationic structure with high charge density that enables improved adhesion of dissimilar materials.
Lupasol HF is branched spherical polymeric amines.


CAS Number: 9002-98-6
EC Number: 205-793-9
Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form



p 1000 (polyamine), epamine 150t, epomin sp 110, epomin p 500, epomin p 003, xa 1007, polymin g 15m, poly (ethylenimine), lupasol g 35, pei, polymin fl, pr 20 (release agent), pei 1000, polymin p, k 203c, pei-30, polymin sna, sedipur cl 930, epomin sp 300, pei 18, aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, pei-700, everamine, everamine 210t, pei 100, polyethyleneimine, epomin sp 200, epomin sp 003, dow pei-18, pei-10, montrek 6, epomin p 1500, el 402, polymin g 100, pei-275, lupasol wf, epomin sp 012, ethylenimine, polymers, pei-250, pei-600, epomin sp 1000, epomin d 3000, polymin 6, montrek 1000, everamine 150t, dow pei-6, p 600xe, epomine 150t, dow pei-600e, 15t, lupasol sk, pei 2, epomin sp 018, pei-45, polymin g 35, polymin, epomin sp 006, corcat p 18, pei-7, lugalvan g 15, epomine p 1000, everamine 50t, polymin hs, pei 400, polyethylenimine, m.w.600, pei 600, ethoxylated polyethylenimine, m.w. 60,000, p 0381, epomin 150t, ethylenimine resins, p 1000, 2mb, bufloc 595, pei 1120, polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, lugalvan g 35, pei-14m, corcat p 145, pei-35, pei 12, cf 218 (polymer), corcat p 600, montrek 600, epomine 1000, corcat p 150, epomin p 1000, lugalvan g 20, aziridine homopolymer, montrek 12, emerlube 6717, pei 1, epomin 1000, pei-15, tydex 12, everamine 500t, pei 6, p 100 (polyamine), polymin g 20, corcat p 200, epomin sp 103, lupasol g 20, lupasol fg, p 70 (polyamine), basocoll pr 8086, montrek pei 6, montrek 18, corcat p 12, lupasol hf, corcat p 100, 1/c2h5n/c1-2-3-1/h3h,1-2h, polymin g 500, epomin pp 061, ethylenimine, homopolymer, up 300 (polyamine), adcote 372, lupasol p, el 420, montrek pei 18, ethylenimine polymer, epomin p 1050, paz 33, polymine p, polyethylenimine, m.w.1800, Ethylenimine, polymers, Montrek 1000, PEI 18, Epomin SP 003, Montrek PEI 18, Corcat P 12, Epomin P 500, Montrek PEI 6, XA 1007, Lugalvan G 15, Polyethylenimine, M.W.1800, Lupasol HF, Ethylenimine resins, Epomin P 1500, Epomin SP 018, Corcat P 150, Montrek 12, Polymine P, Epomin P 003, P 1000 (polyamine), Ethylenimine, homopolymer, Lupasol WF, Epomin 150T, Polymin HS, EL 420, Dow PEI-600e, Polymin G 20, PAZ 33, Lupasol G 20, Lugalvan G 20, Montrek 6, Everamine 210T, Aziridine homopolymer, Epomin SP 012, UP 300 (polyamine), PEI, P 100 (polyamine), Montrek 18, K 203C, 15T, Epomin P 1000, Epomin SP 1000, Everamine 500T, Polymin P, Tydex 12, 1/C2H5N/c1-2-3-1/h3H,1-2H, Epamine 150T, Corcat P 200, Epomine P 1000, Epomin PP 061, Aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, PEI-600, Adcote 372, PEI 600, PR 20 (release agent), Everamine 50T, Epomin 1000, Epomin SP 006, Polymin 6, Epomin P 1050, Polyethyleneimine, PEI 400, Corcat P 145, PEI 1, PEI 12, Polymin G 100, Basocoll PR 8086, Lupasol G 35, Dow PEI-6, Polymin G 15M, PEI 1000, Ethylenimine polymer, PEI 6, Polyethylenimine, M.W.600, Epomine 1000, Polymin, Epomin SP 200, 2MB, CF 218 (polymer), Everamine, Dow PEI-18, PEI 100, Lupasol SK, Epomin SP 103, P 0381, Lupasol P, Ethoxylated polyethylenimine, M.W. 60,000, Corcat P 600, Epomin D 3000, Polymin G 35, EL 402, Poly (ethylenimine), P 600XE, Epomin SP 110, P 1000, Polymin G 500, Everamine 150T, Lugalvan G 35, PEI 1120, Sedipur CL 930, Epomin SP 300, P 70 (polyamine), Polymin FL, Emerlube 6717, Corcat P 100, PEI 2, Lupasol FG, Epomine 150T, Corcat P 18, Montrek 600, Bufloc 595, Polymin SNA, Polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, epomine 150t, pei-600, polymine p, aziridine,polymers,homopolymer, everamine 50t, polyethyleneimine, lupasol fg, corcat p 145, montrek 12, ethylenimine polymer, p 100 (polyamine), pei-700, corcat p 600, polymin g 35, pei-7, lupasol p, epomin pp 061, corcat p 12, pei-35, epomin p 003, polymin p, pei 400, epomin sp 300, ethylenimine, polymers, up 300 (polyamine), pr 20 (release agent), basocoll pr 8086, 1/c2h5n/c1-2-3-1/h3h,1-2h, montrek 1000, ethylenimine, homopolymer, el 402, lupasol wf, polymin g 20, bufloc 595, pei, ethylenimine resins, aziridine homopolymer, pei 18, el 420, polymin g 100, polymin fl, montrek 18, epomin sp 1000, epomin d 3000, epomin 150t, epomin p 1050, 2mb, everamine 150t, epomin sp 012, pei 12, epomin p 1500, epomin sp 200, p 600xe, dow pei-18, polymin hs, pei 1, sedipur cl 930, polymin sna, polyethylenimine, m.w.1800, pei 6, montrek pei 18, corcat p 100, epomin 1000, epomin p 500, k 203c, corcat p 200, p 0381, everamine 500t, xa 1007, pei-275, p 1000, pei-14m, epomine 1000, pei 1000, lupasol g 20, pei-10, lupasol hf, epomin p 1000, pei 1120, corcat p 150, paz 33, pei-250, epomin sp 103, polyethyleneimine, 50 % solution in water, polymin g 15m, corcat p 18, dow pei-6, lugalvan g 20, polymin 6, ethoxylated polyethylenimine, m.w. 60,000, everamine, lupasol g 35, poly (ethylenimine), 15t, polymin g 500, epomine p 1000, adcote 372, everamine 210t, epomin sp 003, emerlube 6717, polymin, pei 600, pei-45, epomin sp 018, lupasol sk, polyethylenimine, m.w.600, epomin sp 110, pei 2, montrek pei 6, montrek 6, pei 100, pei-15, pei-30, dow pei-600e, lugalvan g 15, montrek 600, epomin sp 006, p 1000 (polyamine), epamine 150t, p 70 (polyamine), cf 218 (polymer), tydex 12, lugalvan g 35, Adcote372MW, Aldrich 408719, Aldrich 482595, Aziridine Polymer, Basocoll PR 8086, Basomin G 500, Basonal White FO 1, Bufloc 595, CF 218, CF 218 (Polymer), CP 8994, Corcat P 100, Corcat P 12, Corcat P 145, Corcat P 150, Corcat P 18, Corcat P 200, Corcat P 600, Duramax 1007, EA 275, EAz 1300, EAz 800, EC 005, EL 402, EL 420, EP 108, EP 108 (Polymer), Emerlube 6717, Epomin, Epomin 018, Epomin 1000, Epomin 1050, Epomin 150T, Epomin D 3000, Epomin HM 2000, Epomin L 18, Epomin P 003, Epomin P 012, Epomin P 1000, Epomin P 1030, Epomin P 1050, Epomin P 1500, Epomin P 200, Epomin P 500, Epomin S 1000, Epomin S 300, Epomin SP 003, Epomin SP 006, Epomin SP 012, Epomin SP 012D, Epomin SP 018, Epomin SP 030, Epomin SP 050, Epomin SP 075, Epomin SP 1000, Epomin SP 103, Epomin SP 110, Epomin SP 12, Epomin SP 200, Epomin SP 300, Ethyleneimine Homopolymer, Ethylenimine Homopolymer, Everamine, Everamine 150T, Everamine 210T, Everamine 500T, Everamine 50T, F 2S, FC, Fluka P 3142, G 100, G 20, G 20WF, G 35, G 500, HF, HG 20, HM 2000, HZ 20, HZ 20 (Polyamine), IP 232, JS 980, K 203C, Katax 6760, L 771, Liposol G, Loxanol MI 6730, Loxanol MI 6735, Lugalvan G 15, Lugalvan G 20, Lugalvan G 35, Lugalvan G 50, Lupasol 800, Lupasol 8515, Lupasol C 20, Lupasol F-WF, Lupasol FC, Lupasol FG, Lupasol FG 800, Lupasol FS, Lupasol G 10, Lupasol G 100, Lupasol G 20, Lupasol G 20WF, Lupasol G 20WFR, Lupasol G 35, Lupasol G 500, Lupasol G20 Waterfree, Lupasol HF, Lupasol HF Plus, Lupasol HF+, Lupasol LU 321, Lupasol P, Lupasol P-WF, Lupasol PN 40, Lupasol PR, Lupasol PR 8515, Lupasol PS, Lupasol R, Lupasol SN, Lupasol WF, Lupasoli G, Lupazol, Luposal P, Luprasol SK, Mica A 131X, Montrek 1000, Montrek 12, Montrek 18, Montrek 6, Montrek 600, OEI 800, Oribain EL 420, P 0381, P 100, P 100 (Polyamine), P 1000, P 1030, P 200, P 3142, P 3143, P 600, P 600XE, P 70, P 70 (Polyamine), PC 8994, PEI, PEI 1, PEI 100, PEI 1000, PEI 1120, PEI 12, PEI 18, PEI 2, PEI 300, PEI 400, PEI 6, PEI 600, PEI 700000, PEO 113V, PR 20, PR 20 (Release Agent), PR 8515, Poly 8, Polyaziridine, Polyethenimide, Polyimin P, Polymin 6, Polymin FL, Polymin G 100, Polymin G 15M, Polymin G 20, Polymin G 35, Polymin G 500, Polymin HM, Polymin HS, Polymin PR 9711, Polymin PR 971L, Polymin SKA, Polymin SNA, Polymin WF, Polymin Waterfree, Rewin CLE, Rhenocure DR, SN, SP 003, SP 006, SP 012, SP 012D, SP 018, SP 1050, SP 110, SP 200, SP 300, SP 400, SP 400 (Polyimine), SP 600, Sedipur CL 930, T 13A, TS 280, TS 280 (Crosslinking Agent), Titabond 185E, Titabond T 100, Toyobain 210K, Toyobine 210K, Tydex 12, UN 3082, UP 300, UP 300 (Polyamine), WF, XA 1007, XUS 19036.00, Poly(iminoethylene), Polyaziridine, Poly[imino(1,2-ethanediyl)], MFCD00084427, Aziridine, homopolymer, aziridine, homopolymer, PEI, PEI-10, polyethyleneimine, branched, m.w. 1800, Aziridine,homopolymer, polyethylenimine(10,000), POLYETHYLENEIMINE, BRANCHED, PEI-35, PEI-2500, PEI-1500, polyethylenimine(20,000), Ethyleneimine,homopolymer, Aziridine, Ethylenimine, Azacyclopropane, Everamine, Polymin, Dimethyleneimine, Polyethyleneimine, Dihydroazirene, Dihydroazirine, Polymine P, Aziran, Polymin P, ETHYLENEIMINE, Polymin FL, Ethylene imine, Montrek 6, Ethylenimine resins, Everamine 50T, Poly(ethylenimine), Polyaziridine



Lupasol HF is available in water-free and waterborne grades of various molecular weights.
Lupasol HF has the largest possible amino group density of all commercially available polyamines, with a nitrogen-to-carbon ratio of 1:2.
Lupasol HF thus has a high cationic charge density that is strongly dependent on pH, being highest at pH 2–4.


Lupasol HF is generally compatible with non-ionic and cationic systems and incompatible with anionic systems.
Lupasol HF is soluble in water as well as both polar and aprotic nonpolar solvents.
The high charge density of Lupasol HF forms strong bonds on negatively charged surfaces, including cellulose, polyester, polyolefins, polyamides, and metals.


The ratio of primary amine to secondary amine to tertiary amine is 1:2:1.
In each Lupasol HF molecule, one nitrogen atom in every two carbon atoms is protonated.
Due to the different pKa values of primary, secondary, and tertiary amino groups, Lupasol HF could capture protons under different pH conditions, which is called the "proton sponge" mechanism.


As a cationic polymer, Lupasol HF is also a widely used transfection reagent in molecular biology and a dispersant in nanotechnology.
Lupasol HF can form a positively charged complex with DNA, which binds to anionic cell surface residues and enters the cell via endocytosis. Lupasol HF is available with an organic matrix of a polystyrene polymer.


The Lupasol HF magnetic particles can capture negatively charged molecules, such as DNA and RNA, through charge-charge interaction.
Lupasol HF is a cationic polymer containing a large number of nitrogen atoms,which usually has a highly branched structure.
Lupasol HF has good solubility,adsorption,and reducibility,and has important functions in many applications.


Lupasol HF is highly branched liquid water soluble polyamine with high cationic charge density.
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Lupasol HF is a clear viscous liquid.


Lupasol HF, an organic polyamine polymer, is one of the most prominent examples of cationic polymers capable of gene transfection in vitro and in vivo into various cell lines and tissues.
Lupasol HF was also applied in different fields from gene therapy and several studies have emphasized the importance of this polymer in medicinal chemistry.


Lupasol HF is a clear viscous liquid.
Lupasol HF or polyaziridine is a polymer with repeating units composed of the amine group and two carbon aliphatic CH2CH2 spacers.
Linear polyethyleneimines contain all secondary amines, in contrast to branched PEIs which contain primary, secondary and tertiary amino groups.


Lupasol HF has a branched cationic structure with high charge density that enables improved adhesion of dissimilar materials.
Lupasol HF can be used as a formulation additive or primer coat for: adhesion promotion, pigment stabilization, and increased particle cohesion.
Lupasol HF is obtained from the polymerization of ethylenimine, this line of polymers is available in a wide range of molecular weights (from 800 -106 g/mol).


Lupasol HF in detail along with its key properties like mechanical, thermal, electrical, etc. and understand what makes it an ideal choice in high-end engineering applications.
Lupasol HF is a powerful, trusted, and cost-effective transient transfection reagent.


Lupasol HF improves in vitro and in vivo delivery of oligonucleotides and nucleic acids (DNA, siRNA, mRNA), and improve transfection efficiency.
Lupasol HF is a saturated organic heteromonocyclic parent, a member of aziridines and an azacycloalkane.
Lupasol HF has a role as an alkylating agent.


Lupasol HF is a conjugate base of an aziridinium.
All polyethylene imine polymers are hydrophilic and may contain approx. 30% hydrated water.
Lupasol HF is a highly charged cationic polymer that easily binds negatively charged nucleic acid molecules, forms a complex, and allows the complex to enter the cell.


Lupasol HF is highly branched liquid water soluble polyamine with high cationic charge density.
Lupasol HF contains primary, secondary, and tertiary amine groups in approximately 25/50/25 ratio.
Lupasol HF branched is a organic macromolecule with high cationic-charge-density potential.


Lupasol HF's a linear compound noted for its remarkable attributes and versatile applications across myriad industrial, research, and other sectors.
With a linear average molecular weight of 5,000 and a Polydispersity Index (PDI) exceeding 1.3, Lupasol HF stands out as an essential component in many processes.


Lupasol HF or polyaziridine is a polymer with repeating unit composed of the amine group and two carbon aliphatic CH2CH2 spacer.
Linear Polyethylenimines (PEI) contain all secondary amines, in contrast to branched Lupasol HFs which contain primary, secondary and tertiary amino groups.


Totally branched, dendrimeric forms were also reported.
Lupasol HF magnetic particles are superparamagnetic beads covalently functionalized with PEI.
Lupasol HF is a kind of branched polymer with a high-density amine group.


Lupasol HF can ensnare DNA as well as attach to cell membrane, PEI also retains a substantial buffering capacity at virtually any pH.
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Industrially, Lupasol HF can improve the appearance of negatively charged dyes by modulating their properties and improving their adherence to surfaces.


In research, Lupasol HF readily binds to DNA and other negatively charged biological molecules, making it the most efficient vector carriers available.
Lupasol HF is soluble in: hot water, cold water at low pH, methanol and ethanol


Lupasol HF products are water soluble and also exhibit good solubility in polar solvents with the added benefit of having a strong eco-toxicological profile including several food contact compliances.
Lupasol HF is branched spherical polymeric amines.


Lupasol HF is one of the polyethyleneimines which may be used according to the patent in suit as the "primary and/or secondary amine compound having an Odor Intensity index of less than that of a 1% solution of methylanthranilate in dipropylene glycol".
Lupasol HF is a powder, or liquid


Lupasol HF is insoluble in: benzene, ethyl ether and acetone
Lupasol HF is a high-charge cationic polymer that readily binds highly anionic substrates.
Industrially, linear Lupasol HF can improve the appearance of negatively charged dyes by modulating their properties and improving their adherence to surfaces.


In research, Lupasol HF readily binds to DNA and other negatively charged biological molecules, making it the most efficient vector carriers available.
Lupasol HF polymers are suitable solutions for a wide range of adhesive applications.


Lupasol HF (molecular weight 40,000) is a highly charged cationic polymer that readily binds to DNA or other negatively charged biomacromolecules, making it a common and effective cell transfection reagent.
In principle, Lupasol HF condenses DNA plasmid into positively charged complexes.


Lupasol HF belongs to the categories of Polymers; Amine-Functional Polymers; Hydrophilic Polymers; Polymer Science.
Lupasol HF's cas registry number is 9002-98-6.
Lupasol HF is also called Aziridine, homopolymer ; Ethylenimine, polymers (8CI) ; Polyethylenimine (10,000) ; Polyethylenimine (20,000) ; Polyethylenimine (35,000) .


The complexes can adhere to negatively charged cell surface residues, and then enters the cell through endocytosis.
As a transient transfection reagent, Lupasol HF has the advantages of high efficiency, low cost and relative stability, etc., which has been validated for a wide range of common cell lines including HEK-293, HEK293T, CHO-K1, HepG2 and Hela cell transfection.


In HEK293 and CHO cell expression systems, Lupasol HF provides excellent transfection results at different sizes (from 96-well plates to 100 L bioreactors).
Lupasol HF is widely utilized in Industrial settings, numerous Research fields, and a plethora of other distinctive applications.


Lupasol HF, also known as CAS Number: 9002-98-6, is a multi-functional linear polymer with an average molecular weight of 5,000 and a minimum Polydispersity Index (PDI) of 1.3.
Lupasol HF is a high-performing polymer identified primarily by CAS Number 9002-98-6.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is used Pharmaceuticals, intermediates, APIs, custom synthesis, chemicals.
Applications of Lupasol HF: Paints & Coatings — Building & Construction, Architectural Coatings, Building & Construction — Building Envelope & Roofing, Architectural Coatings, Industrial — Leather & Textiles, and Textile Manufacturing.


Due to their high charge density Lupasol HF adsorbs tightly on negatively charged surfaces.
This mode of action can be applied to a huge variety of materials, such as cellulose, polyesters, polyolefines, polyamides, and metals, and provides visible advantages to the user.


Lupasol HF acts as a protein precipitant used to purify proteins.
Lupasol HF is used as a chelating agent and as a scavenger for aldehydes and oxides.
Lupasol HF is also used in detergents, paper industry, dyes, printing inks and in water treatment.


Lupasol HF is widely used in many applications due to its polycationic character.
Unlike its linear equivalent, branched Lupasol HF contains primary, secondary, and tertiary amines.
Primarily utilized in industrial applications, high molecular weight Lupasol HF has been used as a flocculating agent, textile coating, adhesion promoter, enzyme carrier, and as a material for CO2 capture.


Lupasol HF is used as a polyelectrolyte multilayer on charged surfaces to provide a biocompatible coating on surfaces.
Lupasol HF is used detergents, adhesives, water treatment, printing inks, dyes, cosmetics, and paper industry, adhesion promoter, lamination primer, fixative agent, flocculant, cationic dispersant, stability enhancer, surface activator, chelating agent, scavenger for aldehydes and oxides.


Lupasol HF is the ideal adhesion promoter between different types of plastics or between plastics and polar substrates, such as polyolefine films and paper.
Lupasol HF improves dye acceptance, paintability, and barrier properties
In lamination inks, Lupasol HF acts as a tie-bond for the plastic film placed over the substrate.


Lupasol HF is used Adhesion Promoter; Compatibilizer; Plastic Adhesion; Impart Paintability; Barrier Coating; Tie-Bond; Lamination Adhesives
Lupasol HF is multifunctional, cationic, branched polyethyleneimines (PEI).
Lupasol HF is used as adhesion promoters, primers, compatibilizers, and flocculants for multiple applications and substrates.


Lupasol HF can be used as a non-viral synthetic polymer carrier for in vivo delivery of therapeutic nucleic acids.
The interaction between the negatively charged nucleic acid and the positively charged polymer backbone leads to the formation of nanoscale complexes.
This neutralising complex protects the enclosed nucleic acid from enzymes and maintains Lupasol HF's stability until cellular uptake occurs.


For example, human serum albumin-coupled PEI shows good pDNA transfection and low toxicity.
Lupasol HF can be used to functionalize single-walled nanotubes (SWNTs) to improve their solubility and biocompatibility while maintaining the structural integrity of the original SWNT.


Covalently functionalized SWNTs can be used for CO2 uptake and gene delivery.
Lupasol HF can also be used to modify the surface properties of adsorbents.
Lupasol HF-modified aqueous zirconia/PAN nanofibres have a high fluoride adsorption capacity and a wide working pH range, and can therefore be used for groundwater defluoridation.


Lupasol HF may be used as an adhesion promoter for printing inks used on plastic films.
For inkjet inks, Lupasol HF increases resolution and water fastness on paper.
Lupasol HF may also be used as a primer to increase the surface energy of a variety of plastic films and metal foils, making them more receptive to applying adhesives to form multilayer flexible packaging.


For applications where Lupasol HF is used as an adhesion promoter, an appropriate grade to select is one having a similar molecular weight to the other polymers in the system.
In coating applications, Lupasol HF can impart tie-layer and paint adhesion.


Lupasol HF is produced on industrial scale and finds many applications usually derived from its polycationic character.
Lupasol HF is used as a polyelectrolyte multilayer on charged surfaces to provide a biocompatible coating on surfaces.
Totally branched, dendrimeric forms were also reported.


Water Treatment: Lupasol HF proves beneficial in removing heavy metals and organic contaminants in water treatment processes.
Photography: In the field of photography, Lupasol HF is used as a wetting agent and as a constituent in developer solutions.
Personal Care: Lupasol HF is a popular addition in personal care products for its moisturizing and detangling properties.


Characterized by a combination of outstanding thermal, mechanical and electrical properties, Lupasol HF has made its place in high performance applications like automotive, aerospace, industrial and many more.
Lupasol HF is used Capturing negatively charged molecules, Transfection reagent and dispersant, and DNA and protein concentration.


This imparts a high buffering ability at nearly any pH.
Hence, once inside the endosome, Lupasol HF disrupts the vacuole and releases the genetic material into the cytoplasm.
Stable complexation with DNA, efficient entry into the cell, and ability to escape the endosome makes Lupasol HF a highly efficient transfection reagent which is compatible for a wide range of cell lines/types including the most commonly used HEK293 and CHO cells grown in adherent and suspension cultures.


Lupasol HF has multiple industrial, medical, biological and research applications.
Lupasol HF is a difficult compound to analyze by HPLC.
The problem has many degrees of difficulty.


Lupasol HF is not a single compound, but a mixture of different molecules with different lengths and branching structures.
Lupasol HF has multiple charges in acidic and neutral pH, which is most common in HPLC PEI molecules have no UV chromophores and can not be measured by UV-Vis detector, the most common detector in analytical laboratories.


Lupasol HF is produced on an industrial scale and finds many applications usually derived from its polycationic character.
Polyethyleneimine finds many applications in products like: detergents, adhesives, water treatment agents and cosmetics.
Owing to its ability to modify the surface of cellulose fibres, Lupasol HF is employed as a wet-strength agent in the paper-making process.


Lupasol HF is also used as flocculating agent with silica sols and as a chelating agent with the ability to complex metal ions such as zinc and zirconium.
Biology uses of Lupasol HF: Lupasol HF has a number of uses in laboratory biology, especially tissue culture.
Lupasol HF is a powerful, trusted, and cost-effective reagent widely considered as a current gold standard for both in vitro and in vivo transfection.


Wet adhesion of paints may be improved by blending a small concentration of Lupasol HFinto the formula.
Lupasol HF is particularly useful as a primer in UV curing systems to improve adhesion where volume shrinkage occurs.
Lower molecular weight Lupasol HF grades are useful as cross-linkers for coating and adhesive formulations, where they increase cohesive strength while maintaining the same level of adhesion.


Lupasol HF is widely used as transfection reagent.
Coatings and Adhesives: Lupasol HF contributes significantly to the formulation of coatings and adhesives, lending them exceptional bonding properties.
Textiles: The textile industry utilizes Lupasol HF in their finishing processes to enhance fabric properties such as water resistance and color fastness.
Paper Manufacturing: Lupasol HF’s function as a wet-strength agent enhances the durability and strength of paper products.


Instead, this analysis requires MS, CAD, ELSD with their own limitations of the mobile phase composition.
Lupasol HF irreversibly binds to silica-based columns, limiting the type of adsorbents that can be used for analysis.
If composition of Lupasol HF with proteins or peptides needs to be analyzed then the peptide/protein signal can interfere with PEI peak SIELC developed a new methodology and a corresponding HPLC column to address these difficulties and offer a simple and reliable method for PEI quantitation in any liquid samples.


The method is based on forming a complex of Lupasol HF with Cu (II) which has strong UV and visible light adsorption maximums.
This complex can be measured by UV-Vis detector and can be separated from Cu (II) signal and other Cu complexes using specially designed Lupasol HF specific HPLC column.


Oil and Gas: Lupasol HF is integral to the oil and gas industry as it improves the flow properties of petroleum products.
Gene Delivery: Lupasol HF is a preferred transfection agent for gene delivery, facilitating efficient genetic material transfer into cells.
Nanoparticle Synthesis: Lupasol HF aids in the controlled synthesis of nanoparticles, acting as a stabilizing agent.


Surface Modification: Lupasol HF is used for surface modifications, enhancing adhesion and improving surface properties.
Biomedical Engineering: In biomedical engineering, Lupasol HF is used in tissue engineering scaffolds, drug delivery systems, and diagnostic assays.


The high positive charge density mentioned also allows high molecular weight grades of Lupasol HF to flocculate highly charged, anionic particles such as proteins, zeolites, and silicates.
This property makes Lupasol HF useful in water treatment and protein immobilization applications.


-Attachment promoteruses of Lupasol HF:
Lupasol HF is used in the cell culture of weakly anchoring cells to increase attachment.
Lupasol HF is a cationic polymer; the negatively charged outer surfaces of cells are attracted to dishes coated in PEI, facilitating stronger attachments between the cells and the plate.


-Transfection reagent uses of Lupasol HF:
Poly(ethylenimine) was the second polymeric transfection agent discovered, after poly-L-lysine.
Lupasol HF condenses DNA into positively charged particles, which bind to anionic cell surface residues and are brought into the cell via endocytosis.

Once inside the cell, protonation of the amines results in an influx of counter-ions and a lowering of the osmotic potential.
Osmotic swelling results and bursts the vesicle releasing the polymer-DNA complex (polyplex) into the cytoplasm.
If the polyplex unpacks then the DNA is free to diffuse to the nucleus.
Permeabilization of gram negative bacteria Lupasol HF is also an effective permeabilizer of the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria.



LOW WORK FUNCTION MODIFIER FOR ELECTRONICS, LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF and poly(ethylenimine) ethoxylated (PEIE) have been shown as effective low-work function modifiers for organic electronics by Zhou and Kippelen et al.
Lupasol HF could universally reduce the work function of metals, metal oxides, conducting polymers and graphene, and so on.

Lupasol HF is very important that low-work function solution-processed conducting polymer could be produced by the Lupasol HF or PEIE modification.
Based on this discovery, Lupasol HF has been widely used for organic solar cells, organic light-emitting diodes, organic field-effect transistors, perovskite solar cells, perovskite light-emitting diodes, quantum-dot solar cells and light-emitting diodes etc.



USE IN DELIVERY OF HIV-GENE THERAPIES, LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF, a cationic polymer, has been widely studied and shown great promise as an efficient gene delivery vehicle.
Likewise, the HIV-1 Tat peptide, a cell-permeable peptide, has been successfully used for intracellular gene delivery.



FEATURES OF LUPASOL HF:
*Superior Performance:
High transfection efficiency with low cytotoxicity.

*Flexible Workflow:
Easy to optimize and introduce into application protocols.
Scalable for well plates, flasks, and larger capacity bioreactors.

*Cost-Effective:
Economical compared to similar transfection products in the market.



FEATURES OF LUPASOL HF:
*Improved Color Acceptance



PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUPASOL HF:
(1) Refractive index: n20/D 1.5290;
(2) Melting Point: 59-60°C ;
(3) Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.);
(4) Flash Point: >230 °F;
(5) Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C.



PROPERTIES OF LUPASOL HF:
The linear Lupasol HF is a semi-crystalline solid at room temperature while branched Lupasol HF is a fully amorphous polymer existing as a liquid at all molecular weights.
Linear Lupasol HF is soluble in hot water, at low pH, in methanol, ethanol, or chloroform.

Lupasol HF is insoluble in cold water, benzene, ethyl ether, and acetone.
Linear Lupasol HF has a melting point of around 67 °C.
Both linear and branched Lupasol HF can be stored at room temperature.
Linear Lupasol HF is able to form cryogels upon freezing and subsequent thawing of its aqueous solutions.



SYNTHESIS OF LUPASOL HF:
Branched Lupasol HF can be synthesized by the ring opening polymerization of aziridine.
Depending on the reaction conditions different degree of branching can be achieved.
Linear Lupasol HF is available by post-modification of other polymers like poly(2-oxazolines) or N-substituted polyaziridines.
Linear Lupasol HF was synthesised by the hydrolysis of poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) and sold as jetPEI.
The current generation in-vivo-jet Lupasol HF uses bespoke poly(2-ethyl-2-oxazoline) polymers as precursors.



UNMATCHED QUALITIES OF LUPASOL HF:
The versatility of Lupasol HF lies in its unique properties which include outstanding adhesion and bonding attributes.
It's these traits that have led to Lupasol HF being a choice compound in numerous areas of application.



PRODUCTION METHODS OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is produced by the homopolymerization of ethylenimine.
The reaction is catalyzed by acids, Lewis acids, or haloalkanes.
The polymerization is usually carried out at 90 – 110 ℃ in water or in a variety of organic solvents.

The average molecular mass of the Lupasol HF prepared as described above is 10 000 – 20 000.
Higher molecular mass polymers are prepared by addition of a difunctional alkylating agent, such as chloromethyloxirane or 1,2-dichloroethane.
Polyethylenimines (PEI) with a higher average molecular mass can also be provided by ultrafiltration of polymers with a broad mass distribution.
Likewise, polymers of lower molecular mass can be obtained by inclusion of a low molecular mass amine, such as 1,2- ethanediamine, during polymerization.

By using these techniques a range of molecular masses from 300 to 10 6 can be obtained.
Cross-linking during the polymerization of ethylenimine in organic solvents leads to solid Polyethylenimines (PEI).
Furthermore the polymerization process can be conducted on the surface of organic or inorganic materials, thus fixing the Polyethylenimines (PEI) to a support.



STRUCTURE AND CONFORMATION OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF exists as both a branched and linear structure.
Branched Lupasol HF (bPEI) is synthesized via acid-catalyzed polymerization of aziridine, whereas the linear structure (lPEI) is synthesized via ring opening polymerization of 2-ethyl-2-oxazoline followed by hydrolysis.



BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY OF LUPASOL HF:
Lupasol HF is nondegradable and the molecular weight of PEI affects the cytotoxicity and gene transfer activity.
Lupasol HF acts as a low toxicity and efficient gene vector.



CO2 CAPTURE, LUPASOL HF:
Both linear and branched Lupasol HF have been used for CO2 capture, frequently impregnated over porous materials.
First use of Lupasol HF polymer in CO2 capture was devoted to improve the CO2 removal in space craft applications, impregnated over a polymeric matrix.

After that, the support was changed to MCM-41, an hexagonal mesostructured silica, and large amounts of Lupasol HF were retained in the so-called "molecular basket".
MCM-41-PEI adsorbent materials led to higher CO2 adsorption capacities than bulk Lupasol HF or MCM-41 material individually considered.

The authors claim that, in this case, a synergic effect takes place due to the high Lupasol HF dispersion inside the pore structure of the material.
As a result of this improvement, further works were developed to study more in depth the behaviour of these materials.

Exhaustive works have been focused on the CO2 adsorption capacity as well as the CO2/O2 and CO2/N2 adsorption selectivity of several MCM-41-PEI materials with Lupasol HF polymers.
Also, Lupasol HF impregnation has been tested over different supports such as a glass fiber matrix and monoliths.

However, for an appropriate performance under real conditions in post-combustion capture (mild temperatures between 45-75 °C and the presence of moisture) it is necessary to use thermally and hydrothermally stable silica materials, such as SBA-15, which also presents an hexagonal mesostructure.
Moisture and real world conditions have also been tested when using Lupasol HF-impregnated materials to adsorb CO2 from the air.

A detailed comparison among Lupasol HF and other amino-containing molecules showed an excellent performance of PEI-containing samples with cycles.
Also, only a slight decrease was registered in their CO2 uptake when increasing the temperature from 25 to 100 °C, demonstrating a high contribution of chemisorption to the adsorption capacity of these solids.

For the same reason, the adsorption capacity under diluted CO2 was up to 90% of the value under pure CO2 and also, a high unwanted selectivity towards SO2 was observed.
Lately, many efforts have been made in order to improve Lupasol HF diffusion within the porous structure of the support used.

A better dispersion of Lupasol HF and a higher CO2 efficiency (CO2/NH molar ratio) were achieved by impregnating a template-occluded PE-MCM-41 material rather than perfect cylindrical pores of a calcined material, following a previously described route.
The combined use of organosilanes such as aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane, AP, and Lupasol HF has also been studied.

The first approach used a combination of them to impregnate porous supports, achieving faster CO2-adsorption kinetics and higher stability during reutilization cycles, but no higher efficiencies.
A novel method is the so-called "double-functionalization".

It is based on the impregnation of materials previously functionalized by grafting (covalent bonding of organosilanes).
Amino groups incorporated by both paths have shown synergic effects, achieving high CO2 uptakes up to 235 mg CO2/g (5.34 mmol CO2/g).
CO2 adsorption kinetics were also studied for these materials, showing similar adsorption rates as impregnated solids.

This is an interesting finding, taking into account the smaller pore volume available in double-functionalized materials.
Thus, it can be also concluded that their higher CO2 uptake and efficiency compared to impregnated solids can be ascribed to a synergic effect of the amino groups incorporated by two methods (grafting and impregnation) rather than to a faster adsorption kinetics.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUPASOL HF:
Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form
Molar mass: 43.04 (repeat unit), mass of polymer variable
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 ºF
Melting Point: 59-60 °C
Refractive index: n20D 1.5290
CAS No.: 9002-98-6
Molecular Formula: (C2H5N)x
InChIKeys: InChIKey=NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Molecular Weight: 43.069
Exact Mass: 43.04220

EC Number: 205-793-9
HScode: 39019090
Categories: Polymer
PSA: 21.94000
XLogP3: -0.4
Appearance: Pale yellow Liquid
Density: 1.05 g/cm3
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 °F
Refractive Index: n20/D 1.5290
Water Solubility: soluble in water.
Storage Conditions: 2-8°C
Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg ( 20 °C)
Vapor Density: 1.48

Flammability characteristics: Class IB
Explosive limit: Explosive limits , vol% in air: 3.3-55
Odor: Pungent, ammonia-like odor
PH: Strongly alkaline
Name: Polyethyleneimine
EINECS: 205-793-9
CAS No.: 9002-98-6
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
PSA: 21.94000
LogP: -0.08160
Solubility: Soluble in water.
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Formula: (C2H5N)x
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Molecular Weight: 43.06780
Flash Point: >230 °F
Appearance: N/A

Chemical formula: (C2H5N)n, linear form
Molar mass: 43.04 (repeat unit), mass of polymer variable
Melting Point: 59-60°C
Boiling Point: 250 °C(lit.)
Flash Point: >230 °F
Molecular Formula: C2H5N
Molecular Weight: 43.06780
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Physical state: viscous
Color: colorless
Odor: No data available
Melting point/freezing point
Melting point/range: 54 - 59 °C
Initial boiling point and boiling range: 250 °C - lit.
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available

Flash point: > 110 °C - closed cup
Autoignition temperature: > 200 °C
Decomposition temperature: > 250 °C
pH: 11 - DIN 19268
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: 15.000 mPa.s at 50 °C
Water solubility soluble
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Density: 1,030 g/cm3 at 25 °C
Relative density: No data available
Relative vapor density: No data available
Particle characteristics: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: none
Other safety information: No data available

Fòrmula: (C2H5N)x
No. CAS: 9002-98-6
Appearance: Liquid
Color: Colorless to light yellow
SMILES: NCCN(CCN)CCN(CCCNCN)CCN(CCNCCN)CCNCCN(CCN)CCN.[n]
Appearance (Form): Viscous Liquid
Refractive index: n20/D 1.5290
Boiling point: 250 °C(lit.)
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C
Impurities: ≤1% water
CBNumber: CB9162514
Molecular Formula:C2H5N
Molecular Weight:43.07
MDL Number:MFCD00803910
MOL File:9002-98-6.mol
Melting point: 59-60°C
Boiling point: 250 °C(lit.)
Density: 1.030 g/mL at 25 °C

vapor pressure: 9 mmHg ( 20 °C)
refractive index: n20/D 1.5290
Flash point: >230 °F
storage temp.: 2-8°C
solubility: DMSO (Sparingly)
form: Liquid
color: Pale yellow
Specific Gravity: 1.045 (20/4℃)
PH: pH(50g/l, 25℃) : 10~12
Water Solubility: Soluble in water.
Sensitive: Hygroscopic
InChI: InChI=1S/C2H5N/c1-2-3-1/h3H,1-2H2
InChIKey: NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
SMILES: C1NC1
LogP: -0.969 (est)

Indirect Additives used in Food Contact Substances: POLYETHYLENIMINE
EWG's Food Scores: 1
EPA Substance Registry System: Aziridine, homopolymer (9002-98-6)
IUPAC Name: aziridine
Molecular Weight: 10,000
Molecular Formula: C2H5N
Canonical SMILES: C1CN1
InChI Key: NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Density: 1.029-1.038
EC Number: 205-793-9
Exact Mass: 43.04220
H-Bond Acceptor: 1
H-Bond Donor: 1
UN Number: 1185
Viscosity: 40,000 - 150,000 cps



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*General advice:
Show this material safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled:
After inhalation:
Fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
Consult a physician.
*In case of eye contact:
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Call in ophthalmologist.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed:
After swallowing:
Immediately make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult a physician.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Observe possible material restrictions.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.
Clean up affected area



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUPASOL HF:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information:
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUPASOL HF:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection
Safety glasses
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
protective clothing
*Respiratory protection:
Recommended Filter type: Filter type P2
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUPASOL HF:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
Immediately change contaminated clothing.
Apply preventive skin protection.
Wash hands and face after working with substance.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUPASOL HF:
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature) .
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available


LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is a chemical compound (specifically, an organic peroxide) with structural formula (C6H5−C(=O)O−)2, often abbreviated as (BzO)2.
In terms of its structure, the molecule can be described as two benzoyl (C6H5−C(=O)−, Bz) groups connected by a peroxide (−O−O−).
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is a white granular solid with a faint odour of benzaldehyde, poorly soluble in water but soluble in acetone, ethanol, and many other organic solvents.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is an oxidizer, which is principally used as in the production of polymers.


CAS Number, 94-36-0
EC number, 202-327-6
Chemical Formula: C14H10O4
Molecular Weight: 242.23


SYNONYMS OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
benzoperoxide, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide, BPO PEROXAN BP,DBP,Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide,Benzac,Clearasil,Panoxyl,Perkadox, Peroxide, dibenzoyl; Acetoxyl; Akneroxid 5; Asidopan; Benoxyl; Benzac; Benzoic acid, peroxide; Benzol peroxide; Benzoperoxide; Benzoyl superoxide; Benzoylperoxid; Benzoyl peroxyde;Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide; Dibenzoylperoxid; Dibenzoylperoxyde; Diphenylglyoxal peroxide; Dry and Clear; Duresthin 5; Eloxyl; Epi-Clear; G20; Lucidol; Lucidol B 50; Lucidol G 20; Luperco AST; Mytolac; Nayper BO; Oxy 5; Oxylite; Panoxyl; Perossido di benzoile; Peroxyde de benzoyle; Persa-Gel; Persadox; Resdan Akne; Theraderm; Acnegel; Aztec BPO; Benzaknew; BZF-60; Cadet; Cadox; Cadox BS; Clearasil Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide lotion; Clearasil BP acne treatment; Cuticura acne cream; Debroxide; Fostex; Garox; Incidol; Loroxide; Luperco; Luperox FL; NA 2085 (DOT); Nayper B and BO; Norox bzp-250; Norox bzp-C-35; Novadelox; OXY-10; OXY WASH; Quinolor compound; Superox; Topex; UN 2085 (DOT); UN 2086; UN 2088; Vanoxide; Xerac; Acne-Aid Cream; Benzac W; Clear By Design; Abcure S-40-25; Akneroxid L; Akneroxide L; Benzagel 10; Benzaknen; BPO; Brevoxyl; Cadet BPO 78W; Cadox 40E; Dermoxyl; Desanden; Lucidol 78; Lucidol 75FP; Luzidol; Nericur; NSC 675; Oxy-L; Peroxyderm; Peroxydex; Preoxydex; Sanoxit; Xerac BP 10; Xerac BP 5; Triaz; Perkadox 20S; Cadox B; Desquam E; Lucidol (peroxide); Luperco AA; Nyper B; Nyper BMT; W 75



Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is primarily used in the manufacture of polymers, as a polymerisation initiator.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can also be used in other applications: as an oxidant in anti-acne formulations, as a hardener/cross-linking agent (in production of unsaturated polyester resins and silicone rubbers) and as a bleaching agent.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is in the form of white powder or paste with a molecular mass of 242 g/mol.
This material is available as a 75% pure powder for polymerization applications or as a 55% paste.
The percentage of active oxygen for this material should be at least 4.9%.

The half-life time of this substance in chlorobenzene is 10 hours at 71°C and 1 hour at 91°C.
Its bulk density at 20 degrees Celsius is 500 kg/m3.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide like other peroxide compounds starts to decompose at a temperature above 20 degrees Celsius.
Its storage time is a maximum of 6 months.


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mainly used in production of plastics[5] and for bleaching flour, hair, plastics and textiles.
As a bleach, it has been used as a medication and a water disinfectant.

As a medication, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mostly used to treat acne, either alone or in combination with other treatments.
Some versions are sold mixed with antibiotics such as clindamycin.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is on the World Health Organization's List of Essential Medicines.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is available as an over-the-counter and generic medication.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is also used in dentistry for teeth whitening.
In 2021, it was the 284th most commonly prescribed medication in the United States, with more than 700,000 prescriptions



STRUCTURE AND REACTIVITY OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
Structure of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide from X-ray crystallography.
The O=C-O-O dihedral angle is 90°.
The O-O distance is 1.434 Å.

The original 1858 synthesis by Liebig reacted benzoyl chloride with barium peroxide,[15] a reaction that probably follows this equation:
2 C6H5C(O)Cl + BaO2 → (C6H5CO)2O2 + BaCl2
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is usually prepared by treating hydrogen peroxide with benzoyl chloride under alkaline conditions.
2 C6H5COCl + H2O2 + 2 NaOH → (C6H5CO)2O2 + 2 NaCl + 2 H2O

The oxygen–oxygen bond in peroxides is weak.
Thus, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide readily undergoes homolysis (symmetrical fission), forming free radicals:
(C6H5CO)2O2 → 2 C6H5CO•2
The symbol • indicates that the products are radicals; i.e., they contain at least one unpaired electron.
Such species are highly reactive.

The homolysis is usually induced by heating.
The half-life of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is one hour at 92 °C. At 131 °C, the half-life is one minute.


In 1901, J. H. Kastle and his graduate student A. S. Loevenhart observed that the compound made the tincture of guaiacum tincture turn blue, a sign of oxygen being released.
Around 1905, Loevenhart reported on the successful use of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide to treat various skin conditions, including burns, chronic varicose leg tumors, and tinea sycosis.
He also reported animal experiments that showed the relatively low toxicity of the compound.


Treatment with Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was proposed for wounds by Lyon and Reynolds in 1929, and for sycosis vulgaris and acne varioliformis by Peck and Chagrin in 1934.
However, preparations were often of questionable quality.
It was officially approved for the treatment of acne in the US in 1960.

Polymerization:
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is mainly used as a radical initiator to induce chain-growth polymerization reactions,[4] such as for polyester and poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) resins and dental cements and restoratives.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is the most important among the various organic peroxides used for this purpose, a relatively safe alternative to the much more hazardous methyl ethyl ketone peroxide.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is also used in rubber curing and as a finishing agent for some acetate yarns.

USES OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
Tube of a water-based 5% Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide preparation for the treatment of acne
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is effective for treating acne lesions.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide does not induce antibiotic resistance.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide may be combined with salicylic acid, sulfur, erythromycin or clindamycin (antibiotics), or adapalene (a synthetic retinoid).
Two common combination drugs include Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin and adapalene/Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide, adapalene being a chemically stable retinoid that can be combined with Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide[26] unlike tezarotene and tretinoin.
Combination products such as Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin and Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide/salicylic acid appear to be slightly more effective than Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide alone for the treatment of acne lesions.

The combination tretinoin/Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was approved for medical use in the United States in 2021.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide for acne treatment is typically applied to the affected areas in gel, cream, or liquid, in concentrations of 2.5% increasing through 5.0%, and up to 10%.
No strong evidence supports the idea that higher concentrations of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide are more effective than lower concentrations.


Mechanism of action:
Classically, Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is thought to have a three-fold activity in treating acne.
It is sebostatic, comedolytic, and inhibits growth of Cutibacterium acnes, the main bacterium associated with acne.

In general, acne vulgaris is a hormone-mediated inflammation of sebaceous glands and hair follicles.
Hormone changes cause an increase in keratin and sebum production, leading to blocked drainage. C. acnes has many lytic enzymes that break down the proteins and lipids in the sebum, leading to an inflammatory response.

The free-radical reaction of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can break down the keratin, therefore unblocking the drainage of sebum (comedolytic).
It can cause nonspecific peroxidation of C. acnes, making it bactericidal,[6] and it was thought to decrease sebum production, but disagreement exists within the literature on this.

Some evidence suggests that Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide has an anti-inflammatory effect as well.
In micromolar concentrations it prevents neutrophils from releasing reactive oxygen species, part of the inflammatory response in acne



APPLICATIONS OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE
For some special applications it is desirable to use a dry Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide powder as a catalyst.
For these cases the Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide formulation Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide was introduced, which is a mixture of Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide and filler.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can be handled very easily and without risk.

Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide contains no plasticizer and is lower concentrated than the usual Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide formulations, which makes dosing easier.
One of the most important applications for Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is as a catalyst for putties based on unsaturated polyester resins.
A putty containing an accelerated polyester resin and Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide cures rapidly so that after a short time the surface can be sanded and polished


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide is primarily used as a radical initiator to induce polymerisation (free radical polymerisation process), for the manufacture of e.g. expandible polystyrene in suspension, acrylics polymers (for road marking paints).
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide can also be used in other applications, in production, as an oxidant in anti-acne formulation, as a hardener of unsaturated polyester resins, as a cross-linking agent for the production of and silicone rubbers, and as a bleaching agent.


Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxides are used to harden the resin in hot mold.
It is applied alone at high temperatures and with accelerators at room temperature.
Luperox A75 benzoyl peroxide paste;It is used together with marble adhesives in the hardening of polyester repair pastes used in automotive parts repair at ambient temperature.
• Styrene polymerization
• Acne treatment
• Copolymerization of acrylonitrile and vinyl acetate
• Paint and resin industries
• Polymerization of acrylate and methacrylate
• Bleaching agent in various industries


CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL OF LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
Formula, C14H10O4
Molar mass, 242.230 g•mol−1
3D model (JSmol), Interactive image
Density, 1.334 g/cm3
Melting point, 103 to 105 °C (217 to 221 °F) decomposes
Solubility in water, poor mg/mL (20 °C)
Chemical family
Organic peroxide
CAS number
94-36-0
Physical form
Powder
Regional availability
Africa, Asia Pacific, China, Europe, India, Middle East
Chemical name
DiLuperox A75 benzoyl peroxide
Appearance, white powder or doughy
SADT, 80 °C
AppeThe maximum storage temperaturearance, ≤ 20 °C
Active oxygen, 4.9 wt.%
Physical state Solid at ambient temperature, low dustiness (wet powder)
Form White powder, moist
Colour White
Odour Slightly benzaldehyde-like
Density 1.33 g/cm3 at 20°C
Melting point 103-108°C at 1013 hPa
Explosive properties The pure substance is explosive
Self-Accelerating Decomposition Temperature (SADT) 65°C
Vapour pressure 9.07.10-5 hPa (at 25°C) (by calculation)
Mol weight 242.23 g/mol
Water solubility 0.35 mg/L at 20ºC Octanol-water partition coefficient (LogKow) 3.2 at 20°C
Appearance, White granular powder
Assay, 48.0 – 51.0 %
Acidity (as COOH), ≤0.50 %
Cl, ≤0.40 %
(In)organic hydrolysable Cl, ≤0.50 %
Water, ≤1.00 %
Molecular formula, C14H10O4
Molecular weight, 242.23 g/mol
Smiles notation, O=C(OOC(=O)c1ccccc1)c2ccccc2
InChi key, OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYAV
Flash point, Not applicable
Flammability, Highly flammable
Melting point, 103 – 105 20 °C @ 1.013 hPa
Partition coefficient (log Pow), 3.43 @ 20 °C
Relative density, 1.33 @ 25 °C
Solubility in water, Slightly soluble (9 .1 mg/l) @ 25 °C
Vapour pressure, < 1mm Hg @ 20 °C



SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUPEROX A75 BENZOYL PEROXIDE:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product
LUPRAGEN N 205
LUPRAGEN N 205 LUPRAGEN N 205 is a tertiary amine that primarily promotes the urea (water-isocyanate) reaction in flexible and rigid polyurethane foams. LUPRAGEN N 205 can be used in all types of foam formulations. The strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. If amine emissions are a concern, TOYOCAT ETSlow-emission alternatives are available for many end use applications. Bis(2-Dimethylaminoethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a colorless to yellowish liquid, with an amine-like odor. LUPRAGEN N 205 is also miscible with water. Bis (2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) reacts as a base. Reacts exothermically with acids. May form explosive peroxides upon exposure to the air. Formula of LUPRAGEN N 205: C8H20N2O Molecular weight of LUPRAGEN N 205: 160.2572 IUPAC Standard InChI: InChI=1S/C8H20N2O/c1-9(2)5-7-11-8-6-10(3)4/h5-8H2,1-4H3 IUPAC Standard InChIKey: GTEXIOINCJRBIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) appears as a clear or yellow liquid. Bp: 188°C. Toxic by inhalation, by skin absorption, ingestion, and eye contact. DMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) vapor was readily absorbed at a constant rate, slowly eliminated mainly by urinary excretion, and without preferential specific organ/tissue accumulation. DMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is used primarily as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams. NIAX Catalyst ESN, its components, dimethylaminopropionitrile and bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) In May 1978, OSHA and NIOSH jointly published the Current Intelligence Bulletin (CIB) 26: NIAX Catalyst ESN. In this CIB, OSHA and NIOSH recommended that occupational exposure to NIAX Catalyst ESN, its components, dimethylaminopropionitrile and bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)ether (LUPRAGEN N 205), as well as formulations containing either component, be minimized. Acute Exposure/ Unoccluded application of 10 uL of undiluted LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) to the skin of rabbits produced marked local necrosis. More serious skin lesions were produced when the material was kept on the skin under occlusive dressing for 4 hr. Acute Exposure/ LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) was applied to the eyes of rabbits undiluted or as a 1%, 5%, or 15% aqueous solution. When administered undiluted, LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) produced extensive corneal injury, iritis, severe conjunctival irritation, and chemosis. A 15% solution did not produce a corneal injury and produced only mild conjunctivitis. No ocular effects were produced by a 1% solution. In rabbits, measurements of corneal thickness were made prior to exposure, several times on the day following exposure, and at 24, 48, and 72 hr after the exposure. Exposures were by inhalation for 2 hr at 0.1, 1, 5, 10, 12, 15, 25, or 30 ppm LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE). Concentration-related increases in corneal thickness in rabbits were observed immediately following the exposure at between 10 and 30 ppm of LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE), with the thickness generally reaching a maximum at 3 hr postexposure. Groups of six female rats were exposed to air saturated with the vapors of LUPRAGEN N 205 (DMAEE) for 8 hr. No deaths occurred. Lacrimation and excess conjunctival irritation were observed. For more Non-Human Toxicity Excerpts (Complete) data for Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) (10 total), please visit the HSDB record page. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. If released to air, an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist solely as a vapor in the atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 0.6 hrs. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm, and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 13. However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 0% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in 4 weeks indicating that biodegradation is not a rapid environmental fate process. If released into water, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa values indicate LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. An estimated BCF of 3 suggests the potential for bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent(1) and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil(SRC). However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(5). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(3) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), which has an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 6 hrs(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), present at 100 mg/L, reached 0% of its theoretical BOD in 4 weeks using an activated sludge inoculum at 30 mg/L in the Japanese MITI test(1). The rate constant for the vapor-phase reaction of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals has been estimated as 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) using a structure estimation method(1). This corresponds to an atmospheric half-life of about 0.6 hours at an atmospheric concentration of 5X10+5 hydroxyl radicals per cu cm(1). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to undergo hydrolysis in the environment due to the lack of functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(3), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). An estimated BCF of 3 was calculated in fish for LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)(SRC), using an estimated log Kow of -0.54(1) and a regression-derived equation(2). Using a structure estimation method based on molecular connectivity indices(1), the Koc of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) can be estimated to be 13(SRC). According to a classification scheme(2), this estimated Koc value suggests that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil. However, the pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are pKa1 = 8.14 and pKa2 = 9.21, indicating that this compound will almost entirely exist in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(1) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) was tested for but not detected in river water samples collected on April 2, 1980 from the highly polluted Hahashida River in Japan; the Hayashida is a tributary of the Ibo River that runs through Tatsuno City, Hyogo Prefecture, a center of leather manufacture(1). NIOSH (NOES Survey 1981-1983) has statistically estimated that 1,529 workers (165 of these were female) were potentially exposed to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) in the US(1). Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used(SRC). Description and features of LUPRAGEN N 205 AminCat A-1 ( bis-2-dimethylaminoethyl-ether, LUPRAGEN N 205 ) is one of the most active amine blowing catalysts available. LUPRAGEN N 205 consists of 70% bis (2-Dimethylaminoethyl) ether diluted with 30% dipropylene glycol for ease and accuracy of metering. Although AminCat A-1 (LUPRAGEN N 205) catalyzes both the blowing and gelling reactions, its unique emphasis on the isocyanate reaction has established it as the industry standard for all types of polyurethane systems where efficient catalysis of the blowing reaction is required. Application of LUPRAGEN N 205 LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) is the established blowing catalyst for all types of flexible foam. Its strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. When used in flexible slabstock formulations, LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) catalyst improves the processing of all grades of foam ranging from low to high density, and from filled to high resiliency grades. The unique performance characteristics of LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) catalyst make it an effective choice for high resiliency molded foam. In this application, a catalyst system containing both LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) and a strong gelling catalyst will effectively meet most standard processing requirements. Storage Store Bis (2-Dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) in a cool, dry and well-ventilated area and in line with legal requirements. Keep LUPRAGEN N 205 (AminCat A-1) away from heat sources and oxidizing agents. BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a tertiary amine that is used as a blowing catalyst in the manufacture of polyurethane foam. PURPOSE: The most common polyurethane foam catalysts are tertiary amines. BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a strong blowing catalyst that promotes the reaction between isocyanate and water, producing polyurea and carbon dioxide gas, which acts as a blowing agent. The blowing reaction for BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst, such as A-Cat-33 (LUPRAGEN N 205). APPLICATION of LUPRAGEN N 205: BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a strong blowing catalyst for use in the manufacture of flexible slab-stock and rigid polyurethane foam. ADVANTAGES of LUPRAGEN N 205: Gulbrandsen is able to utilize its cost effective manufacturing to provide dilute mixtures of BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) to various ratios with Dipropylene Glycol, Polyol, and Natural Polyol. Gulbrandsen can also provide blends of BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) with Triethylene Diamine (TEDA) and Natural Polyol. PROPERTIES of LUPRAGEN N 205: Results are for pure Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) Ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) APHA Color = 100 MAX BDMAEE, wt% = 97.0% MIN Water, wt% = 0.50% MAX PACKAGING of LUPRAGEN N 205: BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) diluted solutions or amine blends are supplied in 55 gallon steel drums and polyethylene steel-reinforced tote bins. The loaded weight will depend on the ratio of the dilution or the ratio of the blend components. Description of LUPRAGEN N 205v NT CAT BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) is a tertiary amine that primarily promotes the urea (water-isocyanate) reaction in flexible and rigid polyurethane foams. Applications of LUPRAGEN N 205 NT CAT BDMAEE (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be used in all types of foam formulations. The strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. If amine emissions are a concern, low-emission alternatives are available for many end use applications. Ether amine catalysts The 2,2'-dichloroethyl ether (abbreviated as chloroether) amination method is an earlier reported LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) synthesis process. In 1968, Fedor et al. used chloroether as a raw material to synthesize LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) through ammoniation and demethylation [13]. In high-rebound soft foams, bis(2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) is used as a conventional foaming catalyst due to its unique chemical structure, which is a typical strong and efficient tertiary amine catalyst, promotes the reaction of water with isocyanate, also known as the foaming reaction or early reaction. The vast majority of foam formulations use LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) in combination with triethylenediamine TEDA. TEDA is a commonly used gel catalyst. Currently, there are many commercially available catalysts that use a mixture of catalysts for the purpose of balancing effects and process rates. The synthetic route of LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) by condensation of amido ester and formaldehyde In 2013, Chen Songlin and Huang Daqi et al. reported on a two-step process for the synthesis of LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) using dimethylaminoethoxyethanol (abbreviated as DMAEE) through aminolysis and condensation reduction [15]. The reaction process is shown in Figure 5. JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst is one of the most active amine blowing catalysts available. Although JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyzes both the blowing and gelling reactions, its unique emphasis on the isocyanate reaction has established it as the industry standard for all types of polyurethane systems where efficient catalysis of the blowing reaction is required. JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) is the established blowing catalyst for all types of flexible foam. Its strong catalytic effect on the blowing reaction can be balanced by the addition of a strong gelling catalyst. When used in flexible slabstock formulations, JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst improves the processing of all grades of foam ranging from low to high density, and from filled to high resiliency grades. The unique performance characteristics of JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) catalyst make it an effective choice for high resiliency molded foam. In this application, a catalyst system containing both JD LUPRAGEN N 205 (BDMAEE) and a strong gelling catalyst will effectively meet most standard processing requirements. Production method of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) can be obtained by reacting dimethylethanol with dimethylamino-2-chloroethane to dehydrogenate. Features and uses of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is one of the important amine catalysts in the polyurethane industry. Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) has very high catalytic activity and selectivity for the foaming reaction, and the pure product has high activity. People use diol to dilute it into solution. A-1 catalyst is a catalyst composed of 70% bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) and 30% dipropylene glycol (DPG). use of LUPRAGEN N 205: Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) is one of the important amine catalysts in the polyurethane industry. Bis(dimethylaminoethyl) ether (LUPRAGEN N 205) has very high catalytic activity and selectivity for the foaming reaction, and the pure product has high activity. People use diol to dilute it into solution. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. If released to air, an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist solely as a vapor in the atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 0.6 hrs. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm, and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 13. However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 0% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in 4 weeks indicating that biodegradation is not a rapid environmental fate process. If released into water, LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa values indicate LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. An estimated BCF of 3 suggests the potential for bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is produced or used. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether)'s production and use as a laboratory reagent(1) and as a catalyst in the manufacturing of polyurethane foams(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to have very high mobility in soil(SRC). However, the estimated pKa values of LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) are 8.14 and 9.21(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the cation form in the environment and cations generally adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the compound exists as a cation and cations do not volatilize. LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(5). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 13(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). The estimated pKa values of 8.14 and 9.21(3) indicate that LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) will exist almost entirely in the cation form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether), which has an estimated vapor pressure of 0.75 mm Hg at 25 °C(SRC), determined from a fragment constant method(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 6 hrs(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.1X10-10 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). LUPRAGEN N 205 (Bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether) does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4), and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC).
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 3 is a nonionic surfactant for commercial laundry and vehicle and transportation care applications.
LUTENSOL AO 3 is nonionic surfactants for use in detergents and cleaners and in the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL AO 3 has the advantages of low critical micelle concentration, low chemical oxygen consumption, low dosage, and environmental friendliness.

CAS Number: 64425-86-1
EC Number: 613-595-2

LUTENSOL AO 3 is a lipophilic emulsifier, which can enhance the solubility of some substances in organic solvents and has the advantage of low bubbles.
LUTENSOL AO has a carbon chain length of C13 ~ C15, which is a medium-length carbon chain with excellent cleaning ability and super emulsification.

LUTENSOL AO 5 and M 7 are compounded, and they have relatively stable oil removal performance under the high and low temperature of different synthetic fibers.
And the dynamic and static foam of AO5 is very low.

LUTENSOL AO 7 single oil removal experiment(silicone oil removal on polyester fabric) shows excellent anti-fouling and oil removal performance.
The compound oil removal with LUTENSOL TO 5 also provides excellent oil removal and anti-fouling effects on synthetic fabrics such as polyamide and polyester.

LUTENSOL AO 11 has excellent alkaline resistance.

Applications of LUTENSOL AO 3:
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on C13C15 oxo alcohol that consists of ca. 67% C13 and ca. 33% C15.

The LUTENSOL AO types conform to the following structural formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = C13C15 oxo alcohol
x = 3, 5, 7, 8, 11

The degree of ethoxylation is denoted by the numeric product designation.
LUTENSOL AO 79 consist of ca. 10% water and ca. 90% LUTENSOL AO 7 and LUTENSOL AO 8 respectively.

These products are supplied in the form of mobile liquids, and they are easier to process than 100% active products supplied in paste form.
LUTENSOL AO 3109 is a mixture of LUTENSOL AO 3 and LUTENSOL AO 10 with an active content of ca. 90% w/w and a water content of ca. 10% w/w.

The LUTENSOL AO types are manufactured by causing the C13C15 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance surfactants with low toxicity are formed

Properties of LUTENSOL AO 3:
LUTENSOL AO 3, AO 5 and AO 7 are cloudy, colourless liquids at 23 °C.
They have a tendency to form a sediment, but they form clear solutions at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL AO 79 and AO 3109 are clear liquids at 23 °C.
LUTENSOL AO 8 and AO 11 are soft, colourless pastes.

Handling of LUTENSOL AO 3:
All contact with the eyes and prolonged contact with the skin should be avoided.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.
Further details are given in our Safety Data Sheets.

Ecology of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Biodegradability:
The LUTENSOL TO types are, on average, at least 90 % biodegradable and satisfy the requirements of German surfactants legislation of 4 June 1986.

Labelling:
According to European and German legislation, the LUTENSOL TO types
have to be labelled as follows.

Hazard labelling:
Xn = Harmful
Xi = Irritant
R 22 = Harmful if swallowed
R 36 = Irritating to eyes
R 38 = Irritating to skin
R 41 = Risk of serious damage to eyes

Labelling “Dangerous for the environment”

N = Dangerous for the environment (Symbol: dead tree/fish)
R 50 = Very toxic to aquatic organisms
R 51 = Toxic to aquatic organisms
R 52 = Harmful to aquatic organisms
R 53 = May cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment
NLN = No labelling necessary

Storage of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types should be stored in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL AO types are hygroscopic and soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums should be tightly resealed each time material is taken from them.

The LUTENSOL AO types should not be stored at temperatures substantially below 20°C.
Attention also needs to be paid to their setting points.

LUTENSOL AO 3, AO 5, and AO 7 are supplied in the form of cloudy liquids, and they have a tendency to form a sediment.
They become clear at ca. 50°C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to 50 – 60°C and homogenized before use.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 70°C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL AO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks at 50 – 60°C (LUTENSOL AO 30: 70°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X6 CrNiMoTi 17122)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL AO 3:
The LUTENSOL AO types have a shelf life of at least two years, provided they are
stored in their original packaging and kept tightly sealed.

Safet of LUTENSOL AO 3:y
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL AO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL AO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL AO 3:
CAS no.: 64425-86-1
EC / List no.: 613-595-2

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13C15-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL AO 3:

Regulatory process name:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

IUPAC name:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

Trade names:
AE7; 7-EO
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated
Alcohols, C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Alcool gras ethoxyle 7 OE; 7-EO
Alk 3
Alkohole, C13-15, ethoxyliert
Bn 751/72; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Bn Te 1471; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO (CTFA)
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 11,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 11,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 19,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 19,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3 EO; 3-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3,2 EO, Basis Synperol ICI; 3,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 7,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 7,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehydol AE 7; 7-EO
Dehydol PL255; unbekannt1
Ethoxylated alcohols, C13-15
Ethoxylated C13-15 alcohols
FA + 10 EO, Oxo C13-15; 10-EO
FA + 11 EO, Oxo C13-15; 11-EO
FA + 3 EO, Oxo C13-15; 3-EO
FA + 4 EO, Oxo C13-15; 4-EO
FA + 7 EO, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + 7 OE, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + EO, Oxo C13-15
FA C13-15 + min 20EO; >20-EO
FA-C13-15, ethoxylated
FA-C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Fatty alcs., C13-15, ethoxylated
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15 6EO; 6-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15, 7 EO; 7-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat, 3 EO; 3-EO
Genapol 070; 7-EO
HED AF 2484; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2485; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2506; 8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2507; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2508; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin C 135/110
Imbentin C 135/110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL A 04; 4-EO
LUTENSOL A 05; 5-EO
LUTENSOL A0 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL A0 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO
LUTENSOL AO 10
LUTENSOL AO 109; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 10; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 11; 11-EO
LUTENSOL AO 12
LUTENSOL AO 12; 12-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 30
LUTENSOL AO 30; 30-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3109; 5,8-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL AO 4; 4-EO
LUTENSOL AO 5; 5-EO
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 79
LUTENSOL AO 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO 8
Neonol 2V1315-12
Neonol 2V1315-9
Neopol 25-12
OXAEO C13-15 + 10EO; 10-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11.2EO; 11,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11EO; 11-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 12EO; 12-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 19.2EO; 19,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 20EO; 20-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3.2EO; 3,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 30EO; 30-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3EO; 3-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 4EO; 4-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5,8EO; 5,8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5EO; 5-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 6EO; 6-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7.2EO; 7,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7EO; 7-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 8EO; 8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 9EO; 9-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + nEO; n-EO
Oxoalkohol(C13/15)-7 EO
Oxoalkohol, C13-15 + EO
Prawozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Präwozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Renex 706
RENEX 707; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
RENEX 711; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su Af 1111; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su AF 674; 9-EO
Su Af 797; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic 7
Synperonic A
Synperonic A 10
Synperonic A 11
Synperonic A 14
Synperonic A 18
Synperonic A 2
Synperonic A 20
Synperonic A 20; 20-EO
Synperonic A 3
Synperonic A 4
Synperonic A 5
Synperonic A 50
Synperonic A 6
Synperonic A 6; 6-EO
Synperonic A 7
Synperonic A 7 / 90; 7-EO
Synperonic A 7; 7-EO
Synperonic A 9
Synperonic A 9; 9-EO
SYNPERONIC A11; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A2; 2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A3; 3-EO
SYNPERONIC A4; 4-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic E 3
Ukanil 43; 7-EO
Ukanil 69; 9-EO
Ukanil 87

Other identifier:
64425-86-1
LUTENSOL FA 12K
CAS Number: 61791-14-8



APPLICATIONS


General uses of Lutensol FA 12K:

Performance claims
Sustainability claims

Lutensol FA 12K can be used as antistatic agent, emulsifier, dispersants, solubilizers, rust inhibitors and corrosion inhibitors.

Lutensol FA 12K surfactants are ethoxylated coco amines with approximately two to seven and one-half moles of ethylene oxide.
They were developed for use as emulsifiers for a variety of pesticide formulations.
Lutensol FA 12K can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants.

Advantages of Lutensol FA 12K:

Effective emulsifier
Resistant to hard water and acid and alkaline environments,
Lutensol FA 12K has anti-corrosion properties,
Very good detergent and dispersing properties,
Properties that accelerate the drying of the car body after washing the car.

ApplicationS of Lutensol FA 12K:

Metalworking
Metal degreasing
Industrial and institutional cleaning
Agrochemicals
Car washes

Lutensol FA 12K uses and applications include:

Corrosion inhibitor
Emulsifier for waxes
Solution oils
Pesticides
Cleaners
Bitumen
Silicone oils
Antistat for textile spin finishes
Paper processing
Plastics
Wetting agent
Dispersant in electrostatic paints
Inks
Dyes
Pigments
Food packaging



DESCRIPTION


Characteristics of Lutensol FA 12K:

Excellent detergency
High wetting power
Moderate foamer
Readily biodegradable

Applications of Lutensol FA 12K include light-duty and heavy-duty laundry, powders and liquids, industrial and household cleaners.
Lutensol FA 12K is an important raw material.

Lutensol FA 12K belongs to the non-ionic surfactant-polyether-amine Polyether, slightly soluble in water to soluble in water. The solubility of Lutensol FA 12K increases with increasing EO number.
Lutensol FA 12K can be dissolved in acetone, benzene and other organic solvents.

Lutensol FA 12K has excellent emulsification, dispersion, solubilization, antistatic, lubrication, corrosion inhibition, Anti Rust performance.
The performance of Lutensol FA 12K is related to the EO number in the structure.
When the EO number is low, it is not alkali resistant, at the same time, the compatibility with anionic surfactants is poor.

Due to the presence of a double oxyethylene chain at the nitrogen atom, Lutensol FA 12K shows a combination of action in the application as a non-ionic and cationic surfactant, especially in acidic systems.

Due to its cationic nature, the Lutensol FA 12K molecule can form a single layer (film) on the metal surface.
This makes Lutensol FA 12K anti-corrosive, especially in relation to ferrous metals.

Good emulsifying properties enable the use of Lutensol FA 12K in agrochemical formulations, such as: EW, EC, SL, ME, WP, WG. Lutensol FA 12K is also suitable for the formation of cationic emulsions.

In this application, Lutensol FA 12K can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants.
On the other hand, in the lubricant industry, Lutensol FA 12K is used as a component in the formulation of cooling and lubricating fluids and flame-retardant hydraulic fluids.

Lutensol FA 12K has very good detergent and dispersing properties, thanks to which it effectively removes persistent dirt. Furthermore, Lutensol FA 12K works well in acidic and alkaline formulations, it is also resistant to hard water.

Thanks to such properties, Lutensol FA 12K can be used in the industrial and institutional cleaning industry as a component of hard surface cleaners, industrial degreasers and metal cleaning agents.
Lutensol FA 12K also exhibits drying properties when used in washing preparations for car washes.



PROPERTIES


Appearance, 25°C: Pale Yellow Liquid
Density, g/ml (lbs/U.S. gal), 25°C: 0.90 (7.5)
Moisture, %: 0.5 max
pH, 5% in 1:1 IPA/H2O: 10.8
Viscosity, 25°C, cps: 117
Flash Point, PMCC, °C (°F): >94 (>201)
Pour Point, °C (°F): 2 (36)
Amine Value: 191
Tertiary Amine, %: 96 min.
Approx. Moles, EO: 2
HLB, calculated: 6
RVOC, U.S. EPA, %: 0
Solubility Water: Dispersible
Methanol: Soluble
Kerosene: Soluble
Xylene: Soluble



FIRST AID


General information:

Take person away from hazardous area.
Immediately get medical help.

After inhalation:

Supply fresh air.
If required give artificial respiration.

Keep patient warm.
Consult physician if symptoms persist.

After skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
Wash off with plenty of water and soap.
Consult a physician if irritation persists.

After eye contact:

Remove contact lens.
Rinse open eyes with plenty of water (10-15 min).
Consult physician.

After ingestion:

Rinse mouth with water and give plenty of water to drink.
Consult a physician.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.



STORAGE AND HANDLING


Precautions for Safe Handling
Instructions on safe handling:

Wear adequate protective clothing.

Hygienic measures:

Do not eat or drink during work.
Do not smoke.

Conditions for Safe Storage, including any Incompatibilities
Storage conditions:

Store in tightly sealed containers in a well ventilated location.
Protect Lutensol FA 12K from direct sunlight.

Requirements for storage areas and containers:

No special measures necessary.

Information on fire and explosion protection:

Keep away from sources of ignition - do not smoke.

Storage class:

3 B; combustible liquids (TRGS 510)

Further Information:

Store in a dry place.

Specific End Use(s)
Further information:

No information available.



SYNONYMS


Atmer 169
Berol 307
Berol 397
Blaunon L 210
Blaunon L 220
Chemeen C 10
Chemeen C 12G
Chemeen C 2
Coulter Dispersant IIIA
Crisamine PC 2
Crodamet 02
Crodamet C 20
Crodamet C 5
Esomine C 25
Ethomeen C
Ethomeen C 12
Ethomeen C 15
Ethomeen C 20
Ethomeen C 25
Ethox CAM 15
Ethox CAM 2
Ethoxylated coco alkyl amines
Ethylan TLM
GN 8361
Genamin C
Genamin C 020
Genamin C 050
Genamin C 200
K 215
Kostat P 650/5
Lutensol FA 12K
Lutensol FA 5K
Mazeen C 2
Mazeen C 5
Nissan Nymeen F 215
Noramox C
Noramox C 11
Noramox C 2
Nymeen F 202
Nymeen F 215
Optamine PC 5
PPEM 239
Rhodameen C 5
Rofamin KD 3
Sinopol 412
Surfonic C 2
Variquat 1215
Varonic K 202
Varonic K 205
Varonic K 209
Varonic K 210
Varonic K 210LC
Varonic K 215
Varonic K 215LC
Witcamine 302
Witcamine 305
Ethoxylated cocoamines
Cocoamine, ethoxylated
PEG-n Cocamine
Polyethylene glycol (n) coconut amine
2-Hydroxyethyl coco amine, ethoxylated
(Coconut oil alkyl)amine, ethoxylated
Polyoxyethylene (n) coconut amine
28053HD34J
2F9J4Q575K
8L6LB12TSJ
KTM00873VC
PMT39AFQ4Z
Z99UKQ29D9
ZA36V5XS8F
61791-14-8
PEG-10 Cocamine
PEG-15 Cocamine
PEG-2 Cocamine
PEG-20 Cocamine
PEG-3 Cocamine
PEG-5 Cocamine
Polyethylene glycol 1000 cocamine
Polyethylene glycol 100 coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (15) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (3) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol (5) coconut amine
Polyethylene glycol 500 coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (20) cocamine
Polyoxyethylene (10) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (15) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (2) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (20) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (3) coconut amine
Polyoxyethylene (5) coconut amine
Amines, coco alkyl, ethoxylated
Ethomeen C/l5
Cocoamine, ethoxylated
(Coconut oil alkyl)amine, ethoxylated
2-Hydroxyethyl coco amine, ethoxylated
Primary coco amine ethylene oxide adduct
Ethoxylated cocoamines
UNII-28053HD34J
UNII-2F9J4Q575K
UNII-8L6LB12TSJ
UNII-KTM00873VC
UNII-PMT39AFQ4Z
UNII-Z99UKQ29D9
UNII-ZA36V5XS8F
N-(Coco alkyl)N,N-bis(2-omega-hydroxypoly(oxyethylene)ethyl)amine
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL ON 110 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 110 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 110 is HLB 15.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is water soluble.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 110:
LUTENSOL ON 110 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Other Uses:
Wetting agents

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 110 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 110, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 110 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 110 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 110:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Functions of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Emulsifying
Emulsifier
Emulsifier Oil / Water
Oil / Water Paraffinic
Oil / Water Naphthenic
Oil / Water Aromatic
Oil / Water Triglyceride
Oil / Water Silicone
Emulsifier Dynamic Wetting fast
Surface Modification
Surface Modification Wetting Agent
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Fast
Foam Behavior Medium
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier Modification Type Hydrophilization
Electroplating Additive Metal Type Elektroplating Function Surfactant / Wetting Agent

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Low toxicity

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 110:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 110:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 110:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 110:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL ON 110:

Product Type:
Polymers
Surfactants
Surfactant Type Nonionic
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical
Surfactants EO number 9-15
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 14.5-16

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Synonyms of LUTENSOL ON 110:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-decyl-w-hydroxy-
AlkasurfDA 3
Biodac 39
Biodac 59
Blaunon EL 1303
C10E10
Cemulsol 860
Chemal DA 4
Conion N 100
Conion N 30
Conion N 60
DeSonic DA 4
DeSonic DA 6
Decanol E3
Deceth
Deceth 4
Deceth 6
Deceth 9
Decyl poly(oxyethylene) ether
Dehydol D3
Empilan KAS
Emulgin BL 309
Emulphogene DA 630
Enazol DE 4
Enazol ODE 4
Ethal DA 4
Ethal DA 6
Ethoxylated decanol
Ethoxylated decylalcohol
Findet10/15
Findet SE 2249
Finesurf D 1303
Finesurf D 1305
Finesurf D 1310
Finesurf EL 1303
H 1110
Iconol DA 4
Iconol DA 9
Ifralan X 1008L
Imbentin91/35
Imbentin AG 100/040
Imbentin E 100/100
KX-NS 12030
Karawet LOG
LD654-15
Lauropal 0205
lutensol ON 110
lutensol ON 50
lutensol XL 80
lutensol XL 90
Makon DA 4
Makon DA 6
Marlox K 158
Noigen SD 400
Noigen SD70
Noigen XL 1000
Noigen XL 160
Oxetal D 104
PEG decyl ether
Poly(oxyethylene) decyl ether
Poly(oxyethylene) monodecyl ether
Polyethyleneglycol 1-decanol monoether
Polyethylene glycol decyl ether
Polyethyleneglycol monodecyl ether
Polyethylene oxide decyl ether
Renex KB
SD 110
SD70
SXS
Sanmorin 11
Trycol 5950
Trycol 5953
Trycol 5956
Trycol DA 4
Trycol DA 6
XL 80
a-Decyl-w-hydroxy-poly(oxyethylene)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a,a'-[[(9Z)-(1-oxo-9-octadecen-1-yl)imino]di-2,1-ethanediyl]bis[w-hydroxy-
Glycols,polyethylene, ether with (Z)-N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-9-octadecenamide (2:1)(8CI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a,a'-[[(9Z)-(1-oxo-9-octadecenyl)imino]di-2,1-ethanediyl]bis[w-hydroxy- (9CI)
Dionil OC
Dipoly(oxyethylene)oleamide
Ethomid O 12
Ethomid O 15
Ethomid O 17
lutensolFSA 10
Nikkol TAMDO 5
Oleic acid diethanolamide ethoxylate
Oleic aciddiethanolamide-ethylene oxide adduct
Poly(oxyethylene) oleoamide
Polyethyleneglycol ether with (Z)-N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-9-octadecenamide (2:1)
Polyethylene glycol oleic acid amide
TAMDO 10
TAMDO 15
TAMDO 5
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
CaflonDE 0600
Chemal DA 6
Chemal DA 9
Correctol SE
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethoxylated isodecyl alcohol
Ethylan CD 109
Finesurf D 45
Genapol ID 60
ID206
Iconol DA 6
Igepal DA 530
lutensol XP 89
lutensol XP 90
Marlipal013Ei
Naroacty ID 60
Nissan Nonion ID 206
Noigen SD 110
Noigen SD 150
Noigen SD 30
Noigen SD 300
Noigen SD 60
Noigen SD 80
Noigen SDX 60
NoigenXL 1000F
Noigen XL 140
Nonion ID 206
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether withExxal 10
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Rhodasurf 860P
Rhodasurf DA530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Rhodasurf DA 630E
Rhodasurf DA 639
SDX 60
StepantexDA 6
Surfonic DA 6
Synperonic 10/11
Synperonic 10/5
Synperonic 10/7
Trend90
Trend 90EC
Trycol 5952
Trycol LF 1
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 30 is nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 30 is low foam emulsifier (HLB 9) and wetting agent.
LUTENSOL ON 30 has defoaming properties.

CAS Number: 78330-20-8

LUTENSOL ON 30 is used in CIP washing, dishwasher rinses and other non-foaming formulations.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is requires the use of a hydrotrope.
LUTENSOL ON 30 can be used in solvent based cleaners.

Benefits as a detergent:
LUTENSOL ON 30 is used for cleaning agents for the chemical industry.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 30:
LUTENSOL ON 30 is a nonionic surfactant, 100% active, alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol, with approximately 3 moles of Ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity, great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL ON 30 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Nonionic Surfactant,
Emulsifier,
Detergent,
Dispersant,
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 30 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 30 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 30 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 30:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 30:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 30:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 30:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 30:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 30:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 30
Scientific name: 70-100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
CAS No.: 78330-20-8
Industry/Industry Name: Chemicals, Textile Aux.
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 190 kg/drum

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL ON 30:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 50 is nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 50 is wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 50 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 50 is GLB 11.5.
LUTENSOL ON 50 has excellent penetrating power.
LUTENSOL ON 50 is water soluble, but requires the use of a hydrotrope in the presence of electrolytes.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Commercial Laundry,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 50 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 50 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 50:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 50:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 50:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 50:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL ON 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Oxo alcohol + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 60 is useful as a detergent and cleaning agent for the chemical industry.

LUTENSOL ON 60 has excellent penetrating power.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is water soluble, but requires the use of a hydrotrope in the presence of electrolytes.

CAS Number: 78330-20-8

LUTENSOL ON 60 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).

LUTENSOL ON 60 is GLB 12.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 60:
LUTENSOL ON 60 is a nonionic surfactant, 100% active, alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol, with approximately 6 moles of Ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity, great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL ON 60 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Emulsifier,
Dispersing Agent/Antiscale,
Detergent.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 60 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 60 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 60 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 60:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 60:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 60:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 60:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 60:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 60
Scientific name: 70-<100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
CAS No.: 78330-20-8
Industry/Industry Name: Textile Aux., Chemicals
Application: Emulsifier, Dispersing Agent/Antiscale, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 190 kg/drum

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 60:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 70 is a C-10 oxo alcohol ethoxylate.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is acts as a surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 70 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates.

CAS Number: 26183-52-8

LUTENSOL ON 70 is useful as a detergent and cleaning agent for the chemical industry.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is nnionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL ON 70 is foam wetting agent, degreaser and emulsifier (100%).
LUTENSOL ON 70 is HLB 13.

LUTENSOL ON 70 is water soluble.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Uses of LUTENSOL ON 70:
LUTENSOL ON 70 is used in compositions for dishwashers, industrial and auto chemical goods, production of microemulsions.

Other Uses:
Wetting agents.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 70 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 70 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 70 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 70:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Functions of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Emulsifying,
Emulsifier,
Emulsifier Oil / Water,
Oil / Water Paraffinic,
Oil / Water Naphthenic,
Oil / Water Aromatic,
Oil / Water Triglyceride,
Oil / Water Silicone,
Emulsifier Dynamic Wetting fast,
Surface Modification,
Surface Modification Wetting Agent,
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Fast,
Foam Behavior Medium,
Wetting Substrate Cotton,
Wetting Substrate Glass Fibre,
Wetting Substrate Metal,
Wetting Substrate Hydrophobic Surfaces,
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier,
Hydrophobic / Hydrophilic Modifier Modification Type Hydrophilization.

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Low toxicity.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 70:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 70:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 70:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 70:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL ON 70:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL ON 70
Scientific name: 70-<100% Alcohols, C9-11-iso-, C10-rich, ethoxylated.
Industry/Industry Name: Household Cleaning, Textile Aux., Chemicals, Emulsifier, Nonionic Surfactant, Dispersant, Detergent
Application: Anionic Surfactant, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail, 200 kg/drum

Typical properties of LUTENSOL ON 70:

Product Type:
Polymers,
Surfactants,
Surfactant Type Nonionic,
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical,
Surfactants EO number 4-8,
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 12.5-14.

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 70:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 80 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is C-10 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in the detergents and cleaners industry, and in other branches of industry by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their detergency and soil-dispersing capacity are also very pronounced, with the result that they perform particularly well in household, industrial and institutional laundry detergents.

Their high surface activity makes them particularly effective wetting agents for use in water and other polar liquids.
The LUTENSOL ON types perform particularly well in products that contain only small or moderate amounts of neutral salts or bases such as caustic alkalis, soluble carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They also perform well in formulations that contain no inorganic substances.

Compatibility:
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL ON types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulfonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulfates and other sulfated and sulfonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with Lutensit TC-KLC 50 (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzylammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A, AO, AT, TO, XP, XL and F types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL ON types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation have a spontaneous emulsifying effect, which is very useful in emulsion-type cleaners and cleaners that are applied cold.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Dishwashing detergents and cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 together with other LUTENSOL types, Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Neutral water-based cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range – all except LUTENSOL ON 80 – perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are used to clean metal before LUTENSOL ON types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 perform best, in combination with Lutensit A-PS, other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid water-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110 are used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric or amidosulfonic acid.
Formulations also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-PS, and corrosion inhibitors such as Korantin BH.

Contract cleaning, disinfectants:
Disinfectants and cleaners for offices, etc., can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70, ON 80 and ON 110, LUTENSOL A 8, FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 or Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL ON 80 can be used alongside Emulan® A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits, kerosene and diesel oil in solventbased cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Toilet cones:
Solid blocks and cones can be formulated with LUTENSOL ON types, Lutensit AT types, Pluriol® E 9000, dyes and fragrance.
Combinations of LUTENSOL ON types such as ON 30 and ON 110 can also be used.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL ON types with a low degree of ethoxylation are effective emulsifiers for some oils and solvents.
They can be combined with other emulsifiers from our Emulan range, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulfonated oils.

Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amount required.
Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided solids or water-soluble solvents.

Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.
LUTENSOL ON 80 is especially recommended for emulsifying spindle oil, machine oil, mineral spirits and kerosene in cleaners, drilling oils, rolling oils, drawing oils and mould-release agents.
LUTENSOL ON types may be used alone or in combination with other nonionic emulsifiers such as Emulan A, P and PO, anionic emulsifiers such as Korantin SH, and sulfonated oils and amine soaps.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is their single most important attribute if sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL ON types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and for dispersing the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL ON types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications of LUTENSOL ON 80:
There are applications for the LUTENSOL ON types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Replacement products for alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEO):
In June 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC which places restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, noylphenol ethoxylates) in the Official Journal of the European Union.
This legislation entered into force on 17 January 2005 in response to demands to reduce the risks identified in the EU risk assesment of nonylphenol.

LUTENSOL ON types applies to all applications in which these products are discharged as effluent, and LUTENSOL ON types aim is to minimising the release of NP and NPEO into surface waters.
If effectively amounts to ban on these substances.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a saturated synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol.

They conform to the following formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = saturated, synthetic, short-chain fatty alcohol
x = 3, 5, 6, 6.5, 7, 8 or 11

The numeric code in LUTENSOL ON types name usually indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL ON types are manufactured by causing the fatty alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Properties of LUTENSOL ON 80:
LUTENSOL ON 30, ON 50, ON 60, ON 66, ON 70 and ON 80 are clear or cloudy, virtually colourless liquids.

LUTENSOL ON 110 is a soft, colourless paste.

The most important properties of the LUTENSOL ON types are shown in the table below.
The figures quoted are averages from representative batches of product.

Storage of LUTENSOL ON 80:
The LUTENSOL ON types should be stored indoors in their original packaging, which should be kept tightly sealed.

They are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20°C, and storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL ON types can become slightly cloudy if they are stored at low temperatures, but this has no effect on their performance.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to 20 – 30°C, or 50°C in the case of LUTENSOL ON 110.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of precipitation should be heated to around 30°C (LUTENSOL ON 110 : 50°C) and rehomogenized before LUTENSOL ON types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL ON types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60°C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.
AISI 304 stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810)
AISI 316 stainless steel (X10CrNiMoTi1810)
Iron lined with a phenolic resin

Shelf life of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL ON types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL ON 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL ON types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL ON types is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL ON types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL ON 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability of LUTENSOL ON 80:
These products fulfil the requirements of Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on detergents, tested according to the methods listed in Annex III.
Further information on their ecological and toxicological properties can be found un the safety data sheets.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL ON 80:

Regulatory process names:
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-

IUPAC names:
2-(8-methylnonoxy)ethanol
Alcol isodecilico 7 OE
Fatty Alcohol ethoxylate
Fattyalcohol-ethoxylate
ISODECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isodecanol, ethoxylated
isodecanol, ethoxylated
Isodecanolo etossilato, 6 OE
Isodecylalcohol polyethoxylate
ISOTRIDECYLALCOHOL, ETHOXYLATED
NONION ID-203
poly oxy 1,2 ethanediyl alpha isodecyl omega hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) , .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isodecyl-w-hydroxy- (7 EO)
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
polyoxyethylated (6) decyl alcohol
POLYOXYETHYLATED (6) ISODECYL ALCOHOL
POLYOXYETHYLENE ISODECYL ETHER
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether

Trade names:
Aquaflow NHS-350
ARBYL R CONC; 4,4-EO
Arbyl R KONZ.; 4,4-EO
BF 5583; 4,4-EO
BF 5658; 3-EO
Emulphogene DA 530
Ethylan CD 109
FA + 7 EO, Isodecyl; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isodecyl; 8-EO
FA-C11-19 + EO-butylformal
Fettalkohol, C11-19 + EO-butylformal
FETTALKOHOLETHOXILAT; 7-EO
Igepal DA 530
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C10 with EO
Isodecanol + EO
Isodecyl alcohol + 4.4 EO; 4,4-EO
ISODECYLALKOHOL + 4EO; 4-EO
Isodecylalkohol 4,4 EO; 4,4-EO
Isodecylalkohol-(4,4)-polyglycolether
IsoFAEO C10 + 11EO; 11-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 3EO; 3-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4.4EO; 4,4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 4EO; 4-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 5EO; 5-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6.2EO; 6,2-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 6EO; 6-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 7EO; 7-EO
IsoFAEO C10 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C10 + nEO; n-EO
LUTENSOL 0N 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL ON 30; 3-EO
LUTENSOL ON 50; 5-EO
LUTENSOL ON 60; 6-EO
LUTENSOL ON 65
LUTENSOL ON 66
LUTENSOL ON 70 D; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 70; 7-EO
LUTENSOL ON 80; 8-EO
LUTENSOL-ON-Butanol-Mischformal
OMC 824; 6,2-EO
Oxoalkohol, C11-19 + EO
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isodecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isodecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isodecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoisodecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isodecyl ether
Rhodasurf DA 530
Rhodasurf DA 630
Trycol LF 1
ZÖ 5130-55; 6,2-EO
α-Isodécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other names:
fafty alcohol ethoxylate
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isodecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-

Other identifier:
61827-42-7
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 10 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 10 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 10 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 10 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 10:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 10:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 10:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 10:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 10:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 109 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5
EC Number: 500-027-2

LUTENSOL TO 109 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 109 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 109 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 109:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 109:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 109:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 109:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 109:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 109:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 12 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 12 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 12 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 12 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO 12 belongs to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
LUTENSOL TO 12 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 12:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 12:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 12:
Physical form (25°C): liquid
Molar mass (g/mol): approx. 750
pH: approx. 7
Cloud point (1:3 BDG-H2O) [°C]: approx. 93
HLB: approx. 14.5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 12:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 12
CAS number: 69011-36-5



APPLICATIONS


Uses of Lutensol TO 12:

Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Lutensol TO 12 types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Main area of Lutensol TO 12's application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the Lutensol TO 12 types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
Lutensol TO 12 is fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

Lutensol TO 12 is also compatible with the Protectol types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our Lutensol A N, TO, AP, AT, EC, F, GD and ON types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper
range is also very good.

The versatility of the Lutensol TO 12 types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the Lutensol range.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in high-temperature powders:

Lutensol TO 12 is recommended for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 is used in powders for use at 60 °C:

The Lutensol TO 12 types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
Lutensol TO 12 is recommended, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO types.

Lutensol TO 12 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, low-phosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with Lutensol AO 3109.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 have been shown to remove fatty stains very effectively in combination with Lutensol TO 8.
Combinations of Lutensol TO 12 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.

Light-duty liquids and powders,detergents for wool, hand-washing Lutensol TO 12 perform very well in detergents of this
detergents for wool, hand-washing type detergents in combination with Lutensol AO 3109 and Plurafac LF detergents 400 or Plurafac LF 401.


General use of Lutensol TO 12:

Performance claims
Sustainability claims
Function, Applications
Usage level


Lutensol TO 12 is a very good emulsifier and dispersant.
Further, Lutensol TO 12 is good wetting agent.

Lutensol TO 12 has excellent detergency properties.
Moreover, Lutensol TO 12 has hydrophilic properties.
Lutensol TO 12 is stable under oxidizing, reducing and hard water conditions.

Lutensol TO 12 is compatible with non-ionic.
Furhermore, Lutensol TO 12 is anionic and cationic components of the formulation.

Lutensol TO 12 shows stability in acidic and alkaline formulations.
More to that, Lutensol TO 12 improves capillarity of the dye after the bleaching process has been carried out.

Lutensol TO 12 removes oil stains from hard surfaces as well as from knit and woven fabrics.
Thus, Lutensol TO 12 easily biodegradable.
Lutensol TO 12 is approved for use as an indirect food additive.

Applications of Lutensol TO 12:

Dishwashing liquids,
Cleaning hard surfaces,
Liquid detergents and softeners,
Products for commercial washing,
Cleaning kitchen soiling,
Institutional cleaning products,
Products for bleaching cotton,
Removing dye from a dyebath,
Agents for removing oil stains resulting from weaving processes.





FIRST AID


General information:

Take person away from hazardous area.
Immediately get medical help.

After inhalation:

Supply fresh air.
If required give artificial respiration.
Keep patient warm.
Consult physician if symptoms persist.

After skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing immediately.
Wash off with plenty of water and soap.
Consult a physician if irritation persists.

After eye contact:

Remove contact lens.
Rinse open eyes with plenty of water (10-15 min).
Consult physician.

After ingestion:

Rinse mouth with water and give plenty of water to drink.
Consult a physician.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.



STORAGE AND HANDLING


Lutensol TO 12 types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

Lutensol TO 12 types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly. Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of Lutensol TO 12 also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 12 is cloudy liquids at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.
This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

Lutensol TO 12 types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.


Materials:

The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

a) AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
b) AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)


Shelf life:

Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the Lutensol TO 12 types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

All contact with the eyes and prolonged contact with the skin should be avoided.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.



SYNONYMS


lutensol TO 109
merpol SH
poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-tridecyl-omega-hydroxy-, branched
polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
isobranched
tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
Lutensol TO;Trideceth
Dehydol series
Isotridecanol ethoxylates
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
TRIDECETH-4
Lutensol TO-6
Lutensol TO-5
Lutensol TO-7
Trideceth
Lutensol TO
Dehydol series
Lutensol TO series
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Polyoxyethylene trimethyldecyl alcohol
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Polyethylene glycol mono(branched tridecyl) ether
TRIDECETH-4
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-tridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-, branched
Branched tridecylalcohol, ethoxylated
tridecanol, branched, ethoxylated
Dehydol series
Isotridecyl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether
Lutensol TO series
Polyethylene glycol
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 129 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 129 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 129 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 129 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

LUTENSOL TO 129 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85% LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Nonionic Surfactant
Emulsifying
Emulsifier
Emulsifier Oil / Water
Oil / Water Paraffinic
Oil / Water Naphthenic
Oil / Water Aromatic
Oil / Water Triglyceride
Oil / Water Silicone
Oil / Water Resins
Emulsifier Salt / Water Hardness Stability
Dispersion Substrate Tall Oil / Pitch (Pulp)
Surface Modification
Surface Modification Wetting Agent
Surface Modification Wetting Dynamics Medium
Foam Behavior Medium
Wetting Substrate Cotton
Wetting Substrate Metal
Wetting Substrate Hydrophobic Surfaces

Features and Benefits of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Consists of approx. 90% surfactant and 10% water.
Low toxicity.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 129:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 129:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 129:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 129:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 129:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Product Type:
Polymers
Surfactants
Surfactant Type Nonionic
Surfactants Alcohol Source Petrochemical
Surfactants EO number 9-15
Surfactants HLB Value (Griffin) 14.5-16

Chemistry:
Alcohol alkoxylate

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 12 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 129:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 15 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 15 similar performance characteristics.

EC Number: 613-595-2
CAS Number: 64425-86-1

LUTENSOL TO 15 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 15 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 15 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL TO 15 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 15:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 15:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 15:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 15:
EC / List no.: 613-595-2
CAS no.: 64425-86-1

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 15:

Regulatory process names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated

Trade names:
AE7; 7-EO
Alcohols, C13-15, ethoxylated
Alcohols, C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Alcool gras ethoxyle 7 OE; 7-EO
Alk 3
Alkohole, C13-15, ethoxyliert
Bn 751/72; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Bn Te 1471; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO
C13-15-Oxoalkohol + EO (CTFA)
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 11,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 11,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 19,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 19,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3 EO; 3-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 3,2 EO, Basis Synperol ICI; 3,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 7,2 EO, ex ICI-Alkohol; 7,2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
C13/15-Oxoalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehydol AE 7; 7-EO
Dehydol PL255; unbekannt1
Ethoxylated alcohols, C13-15
Ethoxylated C13-15 alcohols
FA + 10 EO, Oxo C13-15; 10-EO
FA + 11 EO, Oxo C13-15; 11-EO
FA + 3 EO, Oxo C13-15; 3-EO
FA + 4 EO, Oxo C13-15; 4-EO
FA + 7 EO, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + 7 OE, Oxo C13-15; 7-EO
FA + EO, Oxo C13-15
FA C13-15 + min 20EO; >20-EO
FA-C13-15, ethoxylated
FA-C13-15-Alkyl, Ethoxylated
Fatty alcs., C13-15, ethoxylated
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15 6EO; 6-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat C13-15, 7 EO; 7-EO
Fettalkoholethoxylat, 3 EO; 3-EO
Genapol 070; 7-EO
HED AF 2484; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2485; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2506; 8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2507; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
HED AF 2508; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin C 135/110
Imbentin C 135/110; 11-EO
LUTENSOL A 04; 4-EO
LUTENSOL A 05; 5-EO
LUTENSOL A0 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL A0 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO
LUTENSOL AO 10
LUTENSOL AO 109; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 10; 10-EO
LUTENSOL AO 11; 11-EO
LUTENSOL AO 12
LUTENSOL AO 12; 12-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 30
LUTENSOL AO 30; 30-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3109; 5,8-EO
LUTENSOL AO 3; 3-EO
LUTENSOL AO 4; 4-EO
LUTENSOL AO 5; 5-EO
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 79
LUTENSOL AO 7; 7-EO
LUTENSOL AO 8
Neonol 2V1315-12
Neonol 2V1315-9
Neopol 25-12
OXAEO C13-15 + 10EO; 10-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11.2EO; 11,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 11EO; 11-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 12EO; 12-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 19.2EO; 19,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 20EO; 20-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3.2EO; 3,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 30EO; 30-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 3EO; 3-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 4EO; 4-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5,8EO; 5,8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 5EO; 5-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 6EO; 6-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7.2EO; 7,2-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 7EO; 7-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 8EO; 8-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + 9EO; 9-EO
OXAEO C13-15 + nEO; n-EO
Oxoalkohol(C13/15)-7 EO
Oxoalkohol, C13-15 + EO
Prawozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Präwozell F 1315/7 A; 7-EO
Renex 706
RENEX 707; 7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su Af 1111; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Su AF 674; 9-EO
Su Af 797; 9-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic 7
Synperonic A
Synperonic A 10
Synperonic A 11
Synperonic A 14
Synperonic A 18
Synperonic A 2
Synperonic A 20
Synperonic A 20; 20-EO
Synperonic A 3
Synperonic A 4
Synperonic A 5
Synperonic A 50
Synperonic A 6
Synperonic A 6; 6-EO
Synperonic A 7
Synperonic A 7 / 90; 7-EO
Synperonic A 7; 7-EO
Synperonic A 9
Synperonic A 9; 9-EO
SYNPERONIC A11; 11-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A2; 2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
SYNPERONIC A3; 3-EO
SYNPERONIC A4; 4-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Synperonic E 3
Ukanil 43; 7-EO
Ukanil 69; 9-EO
Ukanil 87

Other identifier:
64425-86-1
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 2 is nonionic surfactant for use in detergents and cleaners and for the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 2 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 2 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 2 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 2 is clear at 50°C.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Related solutions of LUTENSOL TO 2:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 2:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 2:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 2:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 2:

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 2 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 20 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 20 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

EC Number: 500-027-2
CAS Number: 9043-30-5

LUTENSOL TO 20 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
LUTENSOL TO 20 is a soft, slightly yellowish paste.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 20:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 20:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 20:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 20:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 20:
EC / List no.: 500-027-2
CAS no.: 9043-30-5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Solid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 20 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140


Names of LUTENSOL TO 20:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 3 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 9043-30-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 3 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is low lather detergent.

LUTENSOL TO 3 is can be used as an emulsifier and co-emulsifier.
LUTENSOL TO 3 is biodegradable.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO 3 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 3 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 3 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The Lutensol TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The Lutensol TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

Lutensol TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The Lutensol TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 3:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 3:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 3:
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 9
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 3:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 3 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL TO 389 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 389 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 389 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90% and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 389:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 389:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 389:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

Names of LUTENSOL TO 389:

Regulatory process names:
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated

IUPAC names:
2-[2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy]ethan-1-ol
2-{2-[(11-methyldodecyl)oxy]ethoxy}ethan-1-ol
Alcohol C13-iso, ethoxylated
Alcohol Ethoxylate
alpha-i-tridecyl-omega-hydroxypolyglycolether
ethoxylated Isotridecanol
Fettalkoholethoxylat
Isotredecanol, ethoxylated
ISOTRIDECANOL, ETHOXYLATED
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (1 - 2.5 mol EO)
isotridecanol, ethoxylated (5 =< EO =< 20)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated (>7EO)
Isotridecanol, ethoxylated; Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Isotridecanol, ethoxylatedvarying EO amount
isotridecanol,ethoxylated
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecyl alcohol ethoxylate
Izotridekanol, etoxilált
Poli(oxy-1,,2-ethanedyl) alpha isotridecyl
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), .alpha.-isotridecyl-.omega.-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy- / (0-2,5 EO)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl),a-isotridecyl-w-hydroxy-
Polyoxy-1,2-ethanediyl, alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
POLYOXYETHYLENE ETHER OF ISOTRIDECYL ALCOHOL
α-Isotridecyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)

Trade names:
ALFONIC® TDA-6 Ethoxylate
ARLYPON IT 10 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80
ARLYPON IT 10/80 FLUESSIG; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10/80; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 10; 10-EO
Arlypon IT 16
ARLYPON IT 16 FLUESSIG; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 16; 16-EO
Arlypon IT 2; 2-EO
Arlypon IT 5; 5-EO
Arlypon IT 6; 6-EO
Arlypon IT 8; 8-EO
Arlypon IT 9; 9-EO
Arlypon-IT-4; 4-EO
BF 5520; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Bhl-Fo-6530-166; 2-EO
BHL-FO-6779-12; Tetramerpropen+7-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Dehscoxid 732
Dehydol PIT 5; 5-EO
Dehydol PIT 6; 6,5-EO
Dehydol PIT 8; 8-EO
Disponil SA 2020 EXP (EW-POL 9486)
EMULAN OK 5; 5-EO
EMULSOGEN COL 050 A
Ethoxylated isotridecyl alcohol
EW POL 9230; 10-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW POL 9231; 30-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
EW-POL 7868/I; 7,5-EO
EW-POL 9112; 15-EO
Exxal 13 + 11 EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Exxal 13 + 7 EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Exxal 13 + 9 EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
Exxal F 5716
FA + 15 EO, Isotridecyl; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
FA + 7 EO, Isotridecyl-; 7-EO
FA + 8 EO, Isotridecyl; 8-EO
FA C13 + 8 EO, Oxo; 8-EO
FA+5,5 EO, C13 + FA+6 EO, C13 1:1; 5,5-6-EO
Genapol X
Genapol X 020; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Genapol X 030
Genapol X 050
Genapol X 060
GENAPOL X 060; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Genapol X 080; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Genapol X 150
Genapol X 150; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
GENAPOL X 3556; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Genapol X-080
Genapol-X-050; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Gezetol 138
I-C13-Alkohol + 9,1 EO; 9,1-EO
ICONOL TDA-8-90%; 8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
Imbentin T 050
Imbentin T 090; 9-EO
Imbentin T 100
Imbentin T 200
Imbentin-T/65
Iso-C13-Gemisch 5050; 5,5-6-EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 mit EO
Isoalkyl Polyglykolether C13 with EO
isoFAEO C13 + 10EO; 10-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 11EO; 11-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 12EO; 12-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 13EO; 13-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 15EO; 15-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 16EO; 16-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 20EO; 20-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 2EO; 2-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 30EO; 30-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 3EO; 3-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 40EO; 40-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 4EO; 4-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5,5-6EO; 5,5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6,5EO; 5-6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-6EO; 5-6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5-7EO; 5-7-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5.5EO /6EO; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6.5EO; 5-EO + 6,5-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 6EO; 5-EO + 6-EO
IsoFAEO C13 + 5EO + 7EO; 5-EO + 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 5EO; 5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6,5EO; 6,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 6EO; 6-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7,5EO; 7,5-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 7EO; 7-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 8EO; 8-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9,1EO; 9,1-EO
isoFAEO C13 + 9EO; 9-EO
isoFAEO C13 + nEO; n-EO
Isotridecanol + 5 EO-Isotridecanol + 6.5 EO-Gemisch; 5-6,5-EO
Isotridecanol + 7 EO (Basis: Exxal 13); 7-EO
Isotridecanol N + 2 EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Isotridecanol, ethoxyliert
Isotridecanolethoxylate
Isotridecanolethoxylate (5 bzw. 6,5 EO)
Isotridecylalkohol + 10 EO; 10-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 30 EO; 30-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 5 EO; 5-EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL + 8EO; 8-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + 9 EO; 9-EO
Isotridecylalkohol + EO
ISOTRIDECYLALKOHOL+ 15EO; 15-EO
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolet
Isotridecylalkohol-(10)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(16)polyglycolether
Isotridecylalkohol-(5)polyglycolether
KP-63; 5-EO
LP-16; 5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 109; 10-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 10; Trimerbuten+10-EO
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 12; Trimerbuten+12-EO
LUTENSOL TO 15; Trimerbuten+15-EO
LUTENSOL TO 20; Trimerbuten+20-EO
LUTENSOL TO 389; 7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 3; Trimerbuten+3-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565 (ALTE BEZ.: TO 6); 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 565; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 5; Trimerbuten+5-EO
LUTENSOL TO 69
LUTENSOL TO 6; 5,5-EO + 6-EO
LUTENSOL TO 7; Trimerbuten+7-EO
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 89; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 90% Active Matter; active substance
LUTENSOL TO 8; Trimerbuten+8-EO; 100% Active Matter; active substance
Marlipal 013/10
Marlipal 013/100
Marlipal 013/120
Marlipal 013/170
Marlipal 013/400
Marlipal 013/50
Marlipal 013/70
Marlipal 013/80
Marlipal 013/89
Marlipal 013/90
Mergital TD 785; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO; 85% Active Matter; active substance
Novanit MA
Oxoalkohol ethoxyliert
PEG isotridecyl ether
PEG isotridecyl ether (INCI)
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), alpha-isotridecyl-omega-hydroxy-
Poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl), α-isotridecyl-ω-hydroxy-
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl ether
Polyethylene glycol isotridecyl monoether
Polyethylene glycol monoether with isotridecyl alcohol
Polyethylene glycol monoisotridecyl ether
Polyoxyethylene isotridecyl ether
Rokanol IT
Silres BS 1208 CN
Tetramerpropene + 11EO; Tetramerpropen+11-EO
Tetramerpropene + 12EO; Tetramerpropen+12-EO
Tetramerpropene + 13EO; Tetramerpropen+13-EO
Tetramerpropene + 15EO; Tetramerpropen+15-EO
Tetramerpropene + 20EO; Tetramerpropen+20-EO
Tetramerpropene + 2EO; Tetramerpropen+2-EO
Tetramerpropene + 3EO; Tetramerpropen+3-EO
Tetramerpropene + 40EO; Tetramerpropen+40-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/6EO; Tetramerpropen+5/6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5/7EO; Tetramerpropen+5/7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 5EO; Tetramerpropen+5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 6EO; Tetramerpropen+6-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7.5EO; Tetramerpropen+7,5-EO
Tetramerpropene + 7EO; Tetramerpropen+7-EO
Tetramerpropene + 8EO; Tetramerpropen+8-EO
Tetramerpropene + 9EO; Tetramerpropen+9-EO
TL 55-3; 3-EO
Trimerbutene + 10EO; Trimerbuten+10-EO
Trimerbutene + 12EO; Trimerbuten+12-EO
Trimerbutene + 2EO; Trimerbuten+2-EO
Trimerbutene + 3EO; Trimerbuten+3-EO
Trimerbutene + 5EO; Trimerbuten+5-EO
Trimerbutene + 7EO; Trimerbuten+7-EO
Trimerbutene + 8EO; Trimerbuten+8-EO
Ultralube E 389
Vinnapas SAF 34
α-Isotridécyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyéthylène)

Other identifier:
9043-30-5
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 5 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 5 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is has good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 5 similar performance characteristics.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 5 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
T hey are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The numeric code in the product name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 79 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 7 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90 % LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 109 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 10 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 129 consists of approx. 85 % LUTENSOL TO 12 and approx. 15 % water.

LUTENSOL TO 389 is a special mixture of LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 8 with an active content of approx. 90 % and a water content of approx. 10 %.

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 5:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 5:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Based on LUTENSOL TO 5 structural properties LUTENSOL TO 5 is not classified as oxidizing.

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL TO 5 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL TO 5 is chemically stable.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention. Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Unsuitable extinguishing media for safety reasons:
Water jet

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Trademarks: LUTENSOL TO 5
Generic Name: C13-Oxo Alcohol Ethoxylate
CAS #: 69011-36-5
Apperance: Liquid

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 5:
Colour: colourless
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 20 °C)
solidification temperature: < 5 °C ( 1,013 hPa)
Drop point: approx. 14 °C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: > 150 °C (DIN 51758)
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling. The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 200 °C (DIN 51794)
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa ( 20 °C)
Density: 0.96 g/cm3 ( 23 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 200 °C
Viscosity, dynamic: 80 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / LUTENSOL TO 5 is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: partly soluble
Miscibility with water: partly miscible
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): alcohols, aromatic hydrocarbons, mineral oils,
Evaporation rate: not determined
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 5:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 5 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 6 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is C-13 oxo alcohol alkoxylates used as an industrial formulator.
LUTENSOL TO 6's is ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1

LUTENSOL TO 6 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 6 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 6 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 6 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 6 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO 6 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 6 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 6 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 6 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 6 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 6:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 6:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 6:
CAS No.: 160875-66-1
Environmental Protection: Yes
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Kind: Wetting Agent
Appearance: Liquid
HS Code: 34024200

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 6:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 11
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 6:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 6 EO

Applications:
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Industrial Cleaning

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 65 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 65 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 65:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 6.5 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 65 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 65 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 65 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12,
TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 65:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 65:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 65:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 7 is an emulsifier and wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is exhibits excellent surface activity and therefore an outstanding wetting action.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is designed for coatings applications.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 7 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 7 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is clear at 50°C.

Example of Use of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO 7 has excellent wetting properties and LUTENSOL TO 7 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with other composition, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL TO 7 has established itself in detergent and cleaner, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they displayed.

LUTENSOL TO 7 can be used as alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates due to LUTENSOL TO 7 similar performance characteristics.
The main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a nonionic surfactant, approximately 100% active, that is based on a saturated iso-C13- alcohol with 7 moles ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL TO 7 is a high-performance surfactant with low toxicity.
LUTENSOL TO 7 offers great emulsification, dispersion, wetting and compatibilizing properties.

LUTENSOL TO 7 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Suspension concentrates,
Microemulsions,
Oil dispersions,
Suspo-emulsions.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Functions of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 7:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 7:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL TO 7:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 12
Shelf Life: 24 months

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic surfactant based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is exhibits excellent surface activity, outstanding wetting action and good emulsifying properties.
LUTENSOL TO 8 can be used as an alternative to alkylphenol ethoxylates.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 8 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid at 23°C, and LUTENSOL TO 8 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear at 50°C.

LUTENSOL TO 8 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 8 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 8 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
At 23°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is a cloudy liquid, which tends to form a sediment, at 50°C LUTENSOL TO 8 is clear.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
LUTENSOL TO 8 yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 8 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect;

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
LUTENSOL TO 8 is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan). LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our
Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Structure of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The molecular structure is isomeric tridecanol polyoxyethylene ether, which is obtained by condensation of isomeric tridecanol and EO.

Structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 8:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 8:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Environmental Protection: Yes
Kind: Wetting Agent
HS Code: 34024200
CAS Number: 160875-66-1
Structure Formula: RO(CH2CH2O)XH

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 8:
Color: Colorless Transparent Liquid
Appearance: Liquid

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 8:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is C13 oxo alcohol ethoxylate-based wetting agent.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is exhibits excellent surface activity and good emulsifying properties.

CAS Number: 69011-36-5

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is based on a saturated iso-C13-alcohol.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation tempature is kept as low as possible.

This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL TO 89 name indicates the degree of ethoxylation.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C.
LUTENSOL TO 89 consists of approx. 90% LUTENSOL TO 8 and approx. 10% water.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is designed for coatings applications.

LUTENSOL TO 89 provides high performance in Laundry and Hard Surface cleaning for Industrial, Institutional, and Home Care applications.
LUTENSOL TO 89 offers enhanced production process quality as compared to similar C13 -Alcohol Ethoxylates, due to LUTENSOL TO 89 more consistent composition.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is a non-ionic medium branched surfactant based on BASF’s saturated iso-C13- alcohol.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is a clear liquid at 23°C, which is a 90% solution of LUTENSOL TO 8.

Benefits include superior wetting as compared to linear alcohol ethoxylates of similar chain length, a lower foam profile for medium foam applications, faster spreading in spray application to improve cleaning performance, effective degreasing power at low concentrations, and high formulation stability.
This product yields strong performance when the mechanism of cleaning is by emulsification.

LUTENSOL TO 89 is also less difficult to defoam than TDA based ethoxylates, and offers lower viscosity during dilution, resulting in faster production.
LUTENSOL TO 89 is biodegradable, has a great environmental profile, and is globally available.

Common applications include hard surfaces: floor, toilet, degreasing, all purpose, F&B open plant cleaner.

LUTENSOL TO series products can be used as wetting agents, penetrants, emulsifiers, leveling agents, etc. in the textile industry.
In terms of pre-treatment auxiliary agents: (such as degreasing agent, refining agent, wool cleaning agent, etc.), adding a small amount of isomeric alcohol polyoxyethylene ether can obtain an excellent refining cleaning effect.

Two or more of the LUTENSOL TO series products are properly compounded to obtain a silicone oil emulsifier with excellent performance, which has a special emulsification effect on amino silicone oil and dimethyl silicone oil, and the amount of silicone oil is less than that of general emulsifiers.
The emulsion is more stable.

At the same time, LUTENSOL TO series products can also be used as raw materials for solvent-based cleaning agents, emulsifiers in emulsion polymerization, with extremely strong penetrating power, which can penetrate into the inside of fibers.

Uses of LUTENSOL TO 89:
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry.

Applications of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity that they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL TO types can be combined very effectively with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit TC-ALB types), ether sulphates (Lutensit AS 2230) and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit KLC types (cationic products based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AP, AT, F, GD, ON, XA, XL and XP types, and with the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and our Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL TO types is such that they can be used to formulate acid, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied demands.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Laundry Detergents:
The LUTENSOL TO types and other similar nonionic surfactants have been gaining in importance in recent years, for the following reasons.

1. Detergent manufacturers have been working steadily for years to reduce the amount of pentasodium triphosphate (STP) in their products, or to eliminate LUTENSOL TO completely, for ecological reasons.
The proportion of nonionic surfactants in detergent formulations, in terms of their total surfactant content, has had to be increased to compensate for the drop in performance caused by replacing STP with other builders.
Fatty alcohol ethoxylates, especially those with a medium-length alkyl chain, have been shown to provide substantial increases in detergency in extensive trials.

2. Laundry detergents that contain predominately anionic surfactants are only really effective on cotton fabrics at high temperatures and at high concentrations.
Detergents, especially all-temperature detergents, have to contain a large proportion of nonionic surfactants if they are to provide acceptable results on cotton, synthetic fibres and blended fabrics.
The detergency of medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates is substantially better than that of anionic surfactants, especially in the low-to-medium temperature range and at reduced concentrations.

3. Medium-chain fatty alcohol ethoxylates can be used to control foaming in household detergents.
Their degree of ethoxylation can be in the lower or upper range, depending on the temperatures for which detergents are designed.
Detergents are often expected to produce different amounts of foam at different temperatures, and this is normally achieved simply by adjusting the proportions of linear alkylbenzenesulphonate, fatty alcohol sulphate, soap and nonionic surfactants, but special antifoams can be added if required.

4. Nonionic surfactants with ca. 7 mol of EO are the best choice for liquid laundry detergents, because they are the most effective in the 60°C temperature range.
The popularity of LUTENSOL TO 7 and LUTENSOL TO 79 has been increasing in line with the increasing demand for household liquid detergents.
High-temperature powders We would recommend LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11 and LUTENSOL TO 12 for use at temperatures of up to 95 °C, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

Machine-washing detergents for The LUTENSOL TO types with a medium degree of ethoxylation perform use at 60°C best at 60 °C, and they perform well in low-phosphate and phosphate-free formulations.
We would therefore recommend using LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 8 and LUTENSOL TO 89 here, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO types.

LUTENSOL TO 389 has been shown to perform very well in low-foaming, lowphosphate and phosphate-free detergents and in institutional laundry detergents, either alone or in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109.
LUTENSOL TO 389, TO 5, TO 6 and TO 65 have been shown to remove fatty soil very effectively in combination with LUTENSOL TO 8.

Combinations of LUTENSOL TO 5 or TO 6 and Plurafac LF 403 can be employed in low-foaming institutional laundry detergents for use at 60 – 70 °C.
Light-duty liquids and powders, LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 89 and TO 389 perform very well in detergents for wool, hand-washing detergents of this type in combination with LUTENSOL AO 3109 and detergents Plurafac LF 400 or Plurafac LF 401.

Cleaners:
The LUTENSOL TO types have high detergency and high soil-dispersing capacity, and they are very effective emulsifiers and wetting agents.
LUTENSOL TO is for this reason that they are frequently employed in detergents and cleaners and in other industrial processes that require this type of performance.

The LUTENSOL TO types with a low degree of ethoxylation perform very well as emulsifiers for mineral oils, which is particularly useful in cleaners that are applied cold.
The LUTENSOL TO types with a degree of ethoxylation in the middle of the range perform particularly well in all-purpose cleaners and in cleaners for industrial, household and institutional use that are applied at higher temperatures.

Large amounts of acids, alkalis, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL TO types.

Electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL TO types to decompose, but they can cause surfactant solutions to become cloudy or to separate out.
Nevertheless, the performance of solutions of LUTENSOL TO types is not affected by turbidity provided they are still homogeneous.

Neutral Cleaners:
The water-soluble products in the range - LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 - perform particularly well in neutral cleaners in combination with anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (Lutensit TC-ALB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan CP and PA types) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL TO can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as Korantin MAT, Korantin PAT, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL TO 8 or TO 89 and LUTENSOL TO 10 or TO 109, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkalis and carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL TO is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO 11 and TO 12 perform best, in combination with anionic surfactants such as Lutensit TC-APS 35 and Lutensit TC-ALB types, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Tamol N types).
LUTENSOL TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can also be employed in liquid alkaline cleaners.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL TO 8, TO 10, TO11, TO 12, TO 89, TO 109 and TO 129 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or sulphamic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12 K, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH types, Korantin PM and Korantin PP.

Household cleaners:
Household cleaners are mostly neutral, but they can be slightly alkaline or slightly acidic.
They can be formulated with LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 79, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 89 and TO 109 together with other anionic and nonionic surfactants, chelating agents (Trilon) and dispersing agents (Sokalan).
LUTENSOL TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used alongside our Pluriol E types as binders for solid cleaners.

Solvent-based:
cleaners LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be used alongside Emulan P to emulsify hydrocarbons such as kerosene and white mineral spirits in emulsion-type cleaners and solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL TO types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be assessed according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL TO types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best emulsifiers or combinations of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

LUTENSOL TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15, TO 20 and TO 389 can be used to emulsify aromatic solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and solvent naphtha.
LUTENSOL TO 7, TO 8, TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 can be used in emulsion polymerization process to emulsify monomers such as styrene, acrylic and vinyl compounds, either alone or in combination with anionic emulsifiers such as Emulphor OPS 25.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, can be their single most important attribute in situations in which sparingly soluble solids have to be dispersed in water, polar solvents or mixtures of water and solvents.
The LUTENSOL TO types are effective dispersing agents in grinding and milling processes, and they can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids, depending on the particular application.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL TO types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in many branches of industry in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes in aqueous media.

No specific recommendations can be made on account of the diversity of these processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many other applications for the LUTENSOL TO types in the manufacture of leather, paper, paints and building products.
LUTENSOL TO 3 and LUTENSOL TO 5 can be employed as feedstocks in the production of ether sulphates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
In July 2003, the European Parliament published Directive 2003/53/EC ethoxylates (APEO) “….relating to restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations (nonylphenol, nonylphenol ethoxylates….” in the Official Journal.
This legislation was introduced in response to demands to minimise the risks posed by nonylphenol that were identified in the EU Risk Assessment.

This legislation has been in force since January 2005.
The directive covers all applications that result in discharges, emissions or losses to the environment and has the aim of minimising discharges of nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates into receiving waters.

Nonylphenol and nonylphenol ethoxylates may only be brought into circulation at concentrations of less than 0.1 % w/w as substances or as ingredients of preparations in applications in which they are discharged.
The applications that are affected by this directive include commercial cleaning, household cleaning and textile and leather processing.
These requirements also apply to products that are imported from outside Europe.

Properties of LUTENSOL TO 89:
LUTENSOL TO 2, TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 65, TO 7 and TO 8 are cloudy liquids at 23 °C which tend to form a sediment.
They are clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 79, TO 89, TO 109, TO 129 and TO 389 are clear liquids at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL TO 10, TO 11, TO 12, TO 15 and TO 20 are soft, slightly yellowish pastes.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types are nonionic surfactants.
They are based on a saturated iso-C13 alcohol.

They conform to the following structural formula.
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = iso-C13H27
x = 2, 3, 5, 6, 6,5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20

The LUTENSOL TO types are manufactured by causing the iso-C13 oxo alcohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The ethoxylation temperature is kept as low as possible.
This, combined with the high purity of the feedstocks, ensures that high-performance products with low toxicity are obtained.

Storage of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL TO types are hygroscopic and readily soluble in water, with the result that they absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL TO 3, TO 5, TO 6, TO 7, TO 8, TO 65 and TO 565 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
This cloudiness can be dissipated by heating them to ca. 50 °C.
Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL TO types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils

Shelf life of LUTENSOL TO 89:
The LUTENSOL TO types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging, provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed.

Safety of LUTENSOL TO 89:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using the LUTENSOL TO types for the purpose for which they are intended and from processing them in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, the LUTENSOL TO types do not exert any harmful effects on health, provided that they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our safety data sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL TO 89:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C13-Oxo alcohol + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Acidic Cleaning-in-Place agents
Laundry with eco credentials
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 100 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 100 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in formulations for floor and sanitary cleaners, neutral water-based cleaners for industrial use, neutral cleaners for metals and degreasers and alkaline cleaners based on carbonates, silicates and phosphates, acid cleaners based on sulfuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric or amidosulfonic acid.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is used in disinfectants for cleaning buildings.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is highly effective in combination with other LUTENSOL products with different ethoxylation ranges.
The LUTENSOL XL 100 has excellent wetting properties and well solubilizing capacity, and can be degraded absolutely.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XL 100 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (10)(100% active) that is synthetically derived and readily biodegradable.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is a very good solubilizer that offers great emulsification properties.

LUTENSOL XL 100 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable powders and wettable granules.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 100 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature
The LUTENSOL XL 100 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 100 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 100:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 100:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Physical form (23°C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 10
pH (5% in water): Approx. 7
Cloud point (1% in water) [°C]: 80
HLB: Approx. 15

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 100:
Appearance 23°C: Colorless to slightly pasty liquid yellow.
Appearance 50°C: Clear liquid.
Degree of ethoxylation: 10.0 approx.
Concentration; %: 100.0
pH value: 7.0 approx.
Density 60°C; g/cm3 : 0.99 approx.
Brookfield Viscosity 60°C, 60rpm; mPa•s: 30.0 approx.
HLB value: 15.0 approx.
Hydroxyl number; mg KOH/g: 75.0 approx.
Surface tension 20°C, 1g/l in distilled water; mN/m: 28.0 approx.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 140 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 140 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 140 is a soft, colourless or slightly yellowish paste at 23°C.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Industrial Cleaning.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 140 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 140:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 140:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 140:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 140:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 140:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 14 EO

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 40                
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 50 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

CAS Number: 166736-08-9
EC Number: 605-450-7

Synonyms: LUTENSOL A 3 N, LUTENSOL A 65 N, LUTENSOL A 9 N, LUTENSOL A 12 N, LUTENSOL AO 3, LUTENSOL AO 5, LUTENSOL AO 7, LUTENSOL AO 11, LUTENSOL AT 18 20%, LUTENSOL AT 25 E, LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE, LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER, LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES, LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER, LUTENSOL FT LT 7, LUTENSOL LA 60, LUTENSOL ON 30, LUTENSOL ON 50, LUTENSOL ON 60, LUTENSOL ON 70, LUTENSOL ON 80, LUTENSOL ON 110, LUTENSOL TO 2, LUTENSOL TO 3, LUTENSOL TO 5, LUTENSOL TO 6, LUTENSOL TO 7, LUTENSOL TO 8, LUTENSOL TO 10, LUTENSOL TO 11, LUTENSOL TO 12, LUTENSOL TO 15, LUTENSOL TO 20, LUTENSOL TO 65, LUTENSOL TO 79, LUTENSOL TO 89, LUTENSOL TO 108, LUTENSOL TO 109, LUTENSOL TO 129, LUTENSOL TO 389, LUTENSOL XP 30, LUTENSOL XP 40, LUTENSOL XP 50, LUTENSOL XP 60, LUTENSOL XP 69, LUTENSOL XP 70, LUTENSOL XP 79, LUTENSOL XP 80, LUTESNOL XP 89, LUTENSOL XP 90, LUTENSOL XP 99, LUTENSOL XP 100, LUTENSOL XP 140, LUTENSOL XL 40, LUTENSOL XL 60, LUTENSOL XL 70, LUTENSOL XL 79, LUTENSOL XL 80, LUTENSOL XL 89, LUTENSOL XL 90, LUTENSOL XL 99, LUTENSOL XL 100, LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 50 is a clear to cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 50 tends to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 50 is sold as a 100% active product and is suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

LUTENSOL XL 50 is level of residual alcohol is comparatively very low as compared to regular alcohol ethoxylates with the same degree of ethoxylation.
LUTENSOL XL 50 has a HLB of 11.5.

Value:
Suitable for machine floor cleaning as a foam controlling and degreasing agent.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Floor Cleaning and Care,
Manual Dishwashing.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Paints & Coatings,
Pulp & Paper,
Water Treatment.

LUTENSOL XL 50 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 50 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 50:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 50:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Available as a 100% active product.
HLB of 11.5.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 50:
Substance: 2-Propylheptanol, ethoxylated, propoxylated
CAS: 166736-08-9
EC number: 605-450-7
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical
Molar Weight [g/mol]: 0.000

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Benefits:
Low Foam Detergency

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 79 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 79 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Functions of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Compatibilizer.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 79 is a C10 guerbet alcohol alkoxylate POE (7) (85% active) Easy to handle wetting agent and emulsifier that offers improved performance over IDA.
Synthetically derived and readily degradable.

LUTENSOL XL 79 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrates,
Emulsions (oil and water),
Microemulsions,
Suspension concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble liquids,
Wettable granules and wettable powders.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 79 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 79 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL 79 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XL 79 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 79:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 79:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 79:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 79:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 80 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 80 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 80 contains also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and it tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

LUTENSOL XL 80 has a lower tendency to form gel compared to longer chain alcohol ethoxylates.
LUTENSOL XL 80 has a HLB of 13 and cloud point of 56 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is listed on safer choice.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 80 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.
LUTENSOL XL 80 is even, when used in low levels, can boost the degreasing power of the detergent without reducing the foam.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Low Foam Detergency,
Detergents,
Cleaning.

Benefits as a surfactant form:
LUTENSOL XL 80 is nonionic is used for the manufacture of detergents and cleaners and is used in the chemical industry.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants,
Agriculture,
Chemical Manufacturing,
Cleaning Products,
Other Industries,
Construction,
Leather & Textiles,
Packaging Materials,
Paints & Coatings.

LUTENSOL XL 80 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants

Other Uses of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Carpet Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Manual Dishwashing
Floor Cleaning and Care
Manual Dishwashing
Dishwashing
Laundry
Hard Surface Cleaning
Food and Beverage Processing
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene
Commercial Laundry
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation
Vehicle and Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 80 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 80:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 80:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 80:
It is HLB of 13.
It is cloud point of 56 °C.
It is listed on safer choice.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XL 80:
Trade Name: LUTENSOL XL 80
Scientific name: Oxirane, 2-methyl-, polymer with oxirane, mono (2-propylheptyl) ether.
CAS No.: 166736-08-9
Industry/Industry Name: Household Cleaning, I&I Cleaning, Chemicals
Application: Emulsifier, Nonionic Surfactant, Detergent
Appearance: liquid
Packing size (kg.): 30 kg/pail,200 kg/drum.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 80:

Markets:
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene
Vehicle & Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol alkoxylate + 8 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sparkling clean kitchens
Sustainable Cleaning
Sustainable cleaning on an industrial scale

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 8EO

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XL 90 also higher alkylene oxide in small amounts.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL products are alkyl poly-propylene and ethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XL 90 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on safer Choice.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

LUTENSOL XL 90 has a HLB of 14 and cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Value:
LUTENSOL XL 90 will improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XL 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Low Foaming Solutions,
Detergents,
Cleaning,
Disinfection and Hygiene.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Carpet Cleaning,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing,
Open Plant Cleaning,
Teat Dips,
Manual Dishwashing.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 90 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 90:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 90:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Technical Specs of LUTENSOL XL 90:
LUTENSOL XL 90 is available as a 100% active product.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is HLB of 14.

LUTENSOL XL 90 is cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XL 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Specifications of LUTENSOL XL 90:
Cloud point °C, 1% aqueous: 67.0 - 70.0
pH (5% aqueous): 5.0 – 8.0
Color, APHA, 70°C: 50 max
Wt % water: 0.50 max
OH#, mg KOH/g: 83.00 – 89.00
Molecular weight SEC-MALS: 630 - 676
1, 4 dioxane, ppm: 2 max

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 90:

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Alkoxylates, 9EO

Markets:
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene,
Food & Beverage Processing,
Vehicle & Transportation Care,
Industrial Cleaning,
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Dishwashing.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XL 99 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XL 99 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 99 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.

They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, TO, ON, AT, AO and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.
Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.

The versatility of the LUTENSOL XL types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.
They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.

Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.
High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XL types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to become cloudy or to separate but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XL types for the products listed below.

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80 XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XL types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XL types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain
LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XL types like LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90 and XL 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XL 70 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XL types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XL types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XL types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surfacetreatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XL types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many counethoxylates (APEO) tries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XL types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in most detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL AO, LUTENSOL TO and LUTENSOL ON types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Characteristics of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Superior cleaning benefits,
Listed on Safer Choice,
Quicker manufacturing process due to low gelling vs. standard ethoxylates.

Chemical character of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyehtlyene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
These products contain also higher alkylene oxides in small amounts.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)XH

R = C10H21
x = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XL 99 name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.

Properties of LUTENSOL XL 99:
LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XL 99:
The LUTENSOL XL types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XL types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XL 40, XL 50, XL 60, XL 70, XL 80 and XL 90 are cloudy liquids at room termperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XL 100 and XL 140 are soft, clourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

LUTENSOL XL 70, XL 80, XL 90, XL 100 and XL 140 become clear liquids at 50 °C
LUTENSOL XL 79, XL 89 and XL 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XL types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XL types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XL types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XL 99:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XL types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XL types.

Classification:
The LUTENSOL XL types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XL 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XL 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XL 140 irritant, harmful

Safety of LUTENSOL XL 99:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XL types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XL types in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XL types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XL 99:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 9 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 100 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 100 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 100 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 100 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 100 is a soft, colourless or slightly yellowish paste at 23°C.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.
Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH

R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 100:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.
They become clear at 50 °C.

LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 100:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 100:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 100:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 100 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 100:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Paste

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 10 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 30 is nonionic surfactants for detergents and cleaners, and for the chemical and allied industries.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 30 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 30 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 30 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 30 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 30 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Dishwashing,
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Structure of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Isomerized deca alcohol polyoxyethylene ether composed of ten-carbon Guerbet alcohol and EO.

Structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)xH

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 30:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 30:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 30:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 30:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 30:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 3 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 40 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XP 40 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1

LUTENSOL XP 40 is a nonionic surfactant.

LUTENSOL XP 40 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 40 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 40 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 40 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 40:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 40:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 40:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 40:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 40:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 4 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

LUTENSOL XP 50 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 50 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 50 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is a liquid nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide and a degree of ethoxilation of approximately 4.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is displays high levels of surface activity and exhibits Emulsifying, dispersing and wetting properties.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates, ehter sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.
LUTENSOL XP 50 is can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP50 has excellent wetting properties, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 50 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 50 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 50 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use

Example of Uses of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Laundry,
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 50:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 50:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 50:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants. They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 11.5
Shelf Life: 24 months
Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 50:
Physical form(23 °C) liquid
Degree of ethoxilation Approx. 5
pH (5% in water) 7
Cloud point (BDG) [° C] 56
HLB Approx. 11.6

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 50:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 5 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
The eco-challenge

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 60 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 60 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 60 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 60 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 60 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 60 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 60 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Dishwashing,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 60:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 60:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing it in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 60:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 60:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 6 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Quick cleaning, spotless drying
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable Cleaning

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 70 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 70 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 70 tends to form a sediment.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP 70 can quickly clean the filth in low temperature and be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 70 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 70 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 70 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Other Uses
Laundry,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP 70 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
The LUTENSOL XP 70 is manufactured by reacting the C10-alcohol with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 70:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 70:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 70 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 70 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
Caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 60:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 70 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 70:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours.
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7
REACH compliant:-
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Color: -
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 70:
Physical form (23 °C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 7
pH (5% in water): 7
Cloud point (BDG) [° C]: 68
HLB: Approx. 13.2

Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 23 °C)
Solidification temperature: approx. 9 °C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: approx. 130°C
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa (20°C)
Density:
Approx. 1.00 g/cm3 (25°C)
Approx. 0.96 g/cm3 ( 70 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C
Viscosity, dynamic:
approx. 300 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
< 20 mPa.s ( 70 °C)
< 20 mPa.s ( 60 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol,
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 70:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 7 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel
Suitable for Nordic Swan

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink
Sustainable Cleaning
The eco-challenge

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 79 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 79 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 79 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Floor Cleaning and Care,
Manual Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Value:
LUTENSOL XP 79 is can generate very high initial foam (institutional cleaning and sanitation).
LUTENSOL XP 79 is can generate very high initial foam.

LUTENSOL XP 79 is can cause skin irritation.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is recommended to use with Glucopon surfactants to synergistically reduce the skin irritation (food service and kitchen hygiene).

Technical Specs:
Available at a concentration of ~29%.
Slightly yellow as a sold, slightly pasty substance as a liquid.
Contains no preservative.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 79:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 79:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Storerooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Stability and Reactivity of LUTENSOL XP 79:

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 79 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 79 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
Atmospheric moisture, caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 79:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 79 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 79:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 79:

Suitable extinguishing media:
Water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Hazards during fire-fighting:
Harmful vapours
Evolution of fumes/fog.
The substances/groups of substances mentioned can be released in case of fire.

Advice for fire-fighters:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 79:
Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 ( 50 g/l, 23°C)
Solidification temperature: < 5°C
Boiling point: not applicable, contains water
Flash point: approx. 140 °C (DIN ISO 2592)
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa (20°C)
Density:
approx. 0.98 g/cm3 (70°C)
approx. 1.01 g/cm3 ( 25 °C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C
Viscosity, dynamic: approx. 70 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Miscibility with water: partly miscible
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol, Ethanol
Evaporation rate: Value can be approximated from Henry's Law Constant or vapor pressure.
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 79:

General Characteristics:
Dots decoration
Markets
Institutional Cleaning & Sanitation
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Benefits:
High Foam Detergency

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylates, 7EO

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 7 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTENSOL XP 80 is one of the product which are suitable for Iodophore formulations.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is readily biodegradable Non ionic Surfactant derived from C10 Gaurbet Alcohol.
LUTENSOL XP 80 has good solubility and activity for Iodine.

CAS Number: 160875-66-1
EC Number: 605-233-7

LUTENSOL XP 80 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 80 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 80 tends to form a sediment.

Functions of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Surfactant,
Silicone emulsions,
Wetting agent,
Low foaming cleaner.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 80:
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a C10 Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylate POE (8) (100% active).
LUTENSOL XP 80 is a wetting agent that is a great replacement for Np –9.
Synthetically derived and readily degradable.

LUTENSOL XP 80 is used for the following formulation types:
Emulsifier concentrate,
Emulsion (oil and water),
Microemulsion,
Suspension Concentrates,
Suspo-emulsions,
Soluble Liquids and Wettable Powders.

LUTENSOL XP 80 can be used in the following industries:
Adhesives & Sealants, Agriculture, Chemical Manufacturing, Cleaning Products, Other Industries, Construction, Leather & Textiles, Packaging Materials, Paints & Coatings.

LUTENSOL XP 80 can be applied as:
Other Surfactants.

Example of Uses of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Dishwashing,Laundry,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation,
Vehicle and Transportation Care,
Hard Surface Cleaning.

General Uses:
Performance claims, Sustainability claims, Function, Applications, Usage level

Technical Uses:
Chemical group, Chemical properties, Physical properties, Appearance, Colors, Origin, Origin Species

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, it can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before it is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
It can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 80:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 80:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before it is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Stability and Reactivity

Reactivity:
No hazardous reactions if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Corrosion to metals:
Corrosive effects to metal are not anticipated.

Oxidizing properties:
Not fire-propagating

Chemical stability:
LUTENSOL XP 80 is stable if stored and handled as prescribed/indicated.

Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No hazardous reactions when stored and handled according to instructions.
LUTENSOL XP 80 is chemically stable.

Incompatible materials:
caustics, halogens, Alkalines, acids, reactive chemicals

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 80:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which it is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 80 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

First-Aid Measures of LUTENSOL XP 80:

General advice:
Remove contaminated clothing.

If inhaled:
Keep patient calm, remove to fresh air, seek medical attention.
Immediately administer a corticosteroid from a controlled/metered dose inhaler.

If on skin:
Immediately wash thoroughly with plenty of water, apply sterile dressings, consult a skin specialist.

If in eyes:
Immediately wash affected eyes for at least 15 minutes under running water with eyelids held open, consult an eye specialist.

If swallowed:
Immediately rinse mouth and then drink 200-300 ml of water, seek medical attention.

Fire-Fighting Measures of LUTENSOL XP 80:

Suitable extinguishing media:
water spray, dry powder, foam

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:

Protective equipment for fire-fighting:
Firefighters should be equipped with self-contained breathing apparatus and turn-out gear.

Further information:
Contaminated extinguishing water must be disposed of in accordance with official regulations.

Identifiers of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Usage/Application: Industrial
Categories: Agrichemicals
Grade Standard: Industrial Grade
Packaging Type: Drum
Physical State: Liquid

Substance: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
CAS: 160875-66-1
EC number: 605-233-7
REACH compliant: -
Min. purity / concentration: 0%
Color: -
Appearance: Liquid
Grades: Technical

IUPAC name: 2-Propyl-1-heptanol, ethoxylated
Molecular formula: -
Molar Weight [g/mol]: 0.000

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 80:
Chemical description: Nonionic surfactants. They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Physical form: Liquid
Concentration: approx. 100%
pH value: approx. 7
Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance: approx. 14

Form: liquid
Odour: product specific
Odour threshold: not determined
Colour: colourless to yellowish
pH value: approx. 7 (50 g/l, 20°C)
Solidification temperature:
approx. 14°C
Boiling point: not applicable
Flash point: approx. 140 °C
Flammability: not self-igniting
Lower explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling. The lower explosion point may be 5 - 15 °C below the flash point.
Upper explosion limit: For liquids not relevant for classification and labelling.
Autoignition: > 300 °C
Vapour pressure: < 0.1 hPa ( 20°C)
Density:
approx. 0.97 g/cm3 ( 70°C)
approx. 1.00 g/cm3 ( 25°C)
Vapour density: not determined
Partitioning coefficient noctanol/water (log Pow): not applicable
Self-ignition temperature: not self-igniting
Thermal decomposition: > 350 °C (DTA)
Viscosity, dynamic: approx. 300 mPa.s ( 23 °C)
Particle size: The substance / product is marketed or used in a non solid or granular form.
Solubility in water: soluble
Miscibility with water: miscible in all proportions
Solubility (qualitative): soluble
solvent(s): Ethanol, Ethanol
Evaporation rate: not determined
Other Information: If necessary, information on other physical and chemical parameters is indicated in this section.

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140

LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 90 is a nonionic surfactant, this is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.
Manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 90 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is a cloudy liquid at room temperature, and LUTENSOL XP 90 tends to form a sediment.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is used Improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and good non-ionic emulsifier for oily soils.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is listed on safer choice.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

LUTENSOL XP 90 has a HLB of 14 and cloud point of 69 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Value:
Will improve the wetting and boost the degreasing power of a foam cleaner.
LUTENSOL XP 90 has very fast dynamics and excellent detergency on oily soils.

Functions of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Adjuvant,
Wetter,
Emulsifier,
Process Aid,
Binder.

Benefits of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Detergents,
Cleaning,
Low Foaming Solutions.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 90:
LUTENSOL XP 90 – C10 Guerbet alcohol ethoxylate (POE 9), 100% active.
Easy to handle surfactant that is a great replacement for NP9 in wetting applications.

Synthetically derived and readily biodegradable.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is used as a emulsifier and wetting agent.

The LUTENSOL XP 90 has excellent wetting properties, and can be degraded absolutely.
LUTENSOL XP 90 can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.

LUTENSOL XP 90 is very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
And LUTENSOL XP 90 main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Other Uses of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Carpet Cleaning,
Hard Surface Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing,
Open Plant Cleaning,
Manual Dishwashing.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP 90 is a 100% nonionic surfactants.
LUTENSOL XP 90 is alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers made from a C10-Guerbet Alcohol and ethylene oxide.
The LUTENSOL XP 90 is manufactured by reacting the C10-alcohol with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 90:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 90:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.
LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 90:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 90 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Typical Properties of LUTENSOL XP 90:
Physical form(23°C): liquid
Degree of ethoxilation: Approx. 9
pH (5% in water): 5.0 to 8.0
Cloud point (water) [°C]: 69
HLB: Approx. 14.5

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 90:

Technical Specs:
Available as a 100% active product.
HLB of 14.
Cloud point of 69 °C.
Listed on EPA’s Safer Chemical Ingredients List.

Chemical Name:
C10-Guerbet Alcohol Ethoxylates, 9EO

Markets:
Food Service & Kitchen Hygiene
Food & Beverage Processing
Vehicle & Transportation Care
Industrial Cleaning
Hard Surface Cleaning
Dishwashing

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTENSOL XP 99
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a nonionic surfactant.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is an alkyl polyethylene glycol ether based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

LUTENSOL XP 99 is manufactured by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.
The numeric code in LUTENSOL XP 99 name indicates in general the degree of the ethoxilation.
LUTENSOL XP 99 is a clear liquid at room temperature.

Uses of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Dishwashing,
Food and Beverage Processing,
Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene,
Commercial Laundry,
Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation.

Applications of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types belong to a group of nonionic surfactants that have established themselves in detergents and cleaners, and in other branches of the chemical industry, by virtue of the high levels of surface activity they display.
Their main area of application is in detergents and cleaners for household, industrial and institutional use.

Because they are nonionic, the LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with anionic, cationic and nonionic surfactants and auxiliaries.
They are fully compatible with alkylaryl sulphonates (Lutensit A-LB types), ether sulphates and other sulphated and sulphonated products.

This enables synergistic effects and very high levels of performance to be obtained.
They are also compatible with the Lutensit TC-KLC 50 types (cationic biocides based on dimethyl fatty alkylbenzeneammonium chloride) and with other nonionic surfactants such as our LUTENSOL A N, AO, AT, TO, ON, F and GD types, and the low-foaming surfactants in our Plurafac LF and Pluronic PE and RPE ranges.

Their compatibility with dyes, pigments, protective colloids, thickeners and other substances with a molar mass in the upper range is also very good.
The versatility of the LUTENSOL XP types is such that they can be used to formulate acidic, alkaline and neutral cleaners that satisfy the most varied requirements.

They are very effective emulsifiers in combination with Emulan and other products from the LUTENSOL range.
Very large amounts of acids, alkali, salts and organic solvents may have to be added to some formulations in order to fulfil special requirements.

High concentrations of inorganic salts, bases and acids can impair the solubility of the LUTENSOL XP types.
Nevertheless, this does not necessarily affect their performance.
Although electrolytes of this type do not cause the LUTENSOL XP types to decompose, they can still cause solutions to seperate or to become cloudy but, provided they are still homogeneous, their performance is not affected.

Cleaners:
We recommend the following LUTENSOL XP types for the products listed below:

Household cleaners:
Cleaners for floors, sanitary ware, tiles and enamel can be formulated with LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with other LUTENSOL types and anionic surfactants from our Lutensit A range (especially Lutensit A-LB types), dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral water based cleaners:
The water soluble products like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 perform well in neutral cleaners in combination with Lutensit A types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).
Again, LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Neutral metal cleaners:
Neutral cleaners and degreasers with a corrosion-inhibiting action for metal pretreatment can be formulated from products such as our Korantin MAT and Korantin PAT.
The water-soluble surfactants in the range, especially LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100, are very effective wetting agents for use in this type of formulation.

Alkaline water-based cleaners:
Cleaners of this type are based on caustic alkali, on alkali carbonates, silicates and phosphates.
They are mainly used to clean metal before LUTENSOL XP types is plated, coated, phosphatized or anodized.

LUTENSOL XP 60, XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 are recommended for this purpose, in combination with other LUTENSOL types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and, chelating agents (Trilon).
LUTENSOL XP types can be advisable to add a solubilizer such as cumene sulphonate to highly concentrated formulations.

Acid cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90, XP 100 and XP 140 can be used in pickling solutions, degreasers, descalers and derusters based on hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric or amidosulphonic acid.
Formulations can also contain LUTENSOL FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types as well as corrosion inhibitors such as our Korantin BH.

Building care, disinfectants:
For the formulation of disinfectants and cleaners for building care we recommend the use of the water soluble LUTENSOL XP types like LUTENSOL XP 70, XP 80, XP 90 and XP 100 in combination with LUTENSOL A 8, LUTENSOL TO types, LUTENSOL FSA 10, FA 12, Lutensit TC-KLC 50 and Lutensit A-LB types, dispersing agents (Sokalan) and chelating agents (Trilon).

Solvent-based cleaners:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40 and XP 50 can be used alongside Emulan A, P and PO to emulsify hydrocarbons such as mineral spirits and kerosene in solvent-based cleaners that are applied cold.
Cleaners of this type are used to clean motor vehicles, engines, machine parts, road and rail tankers, etc., and to degrease metal.

Emulsification:
The LUTENSOL XP types generally perform well as emulsifiers, although some perform better than others.
Their practical performance as emulsifiers can be gauged according to their hydrophilic-lipophilic balance, which correlates with their degree of ethoxylation.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be combined with other emulsifiers from our nonionic Emulan and anionic Emulphor ranges, and with alkali soaps, amine soaps and sulphonated oils.
Graduated tests are the most effective means of determining the best combination of emulsifiers and the amounts required.

Tests are indispensable if emulsions are subjected to severe demands due to the presence of electrolytes, finely divided suspended solids or water-soluble, organic solvents.
Special emulsifier combinations often have to be employed to cope with exceptional thermal or mechanical stress.

Dispersing:
The dispersing capacity of surfactants, which plays an important part in cleaning and emulsification processes, is the single most important attribute that has to be considered if sparingly soluble solids are to be dispersed in water or other solvents.
The LUTENSOL XP types can be used to disperse the solids generated by precipitation, coagulation and other chemical reactions.
They can be used alone or in combination with protective colloids.

Wetting:
The LUTENSOL XP types are very effective wetting agents.
They can be employed in a variety of refining, mixing, impregnating and surface-treatment processes.
Again, graduated tests under practical conditions are the most effective means of determining the best products for specific applications.

Other Applications:
There are many applications for the LUTENSOL XP types in the leather, paper, paints and building products industries.
LUTENSOL XP 30 can be used as raw material for ether sulfates.

Substitutes for alkylphenol:
Legislation and voluntary agreements have been adopted in many ethoxylates (APEO) countries to prohibit the use of alkylphenol ethoxylates in detergents and cleaners.
This was prompted by the ecological objections that have been raised owing to the toxicity of degradation products of APEO to fish.

The LUTENSOL XP types can be employed as substitutes for alkylphenol ethoxylates in some detergent and cleaner formulations.
The choice of the respective substitute may be based on criteria like HLB value or cloud point.
Our LUTENSOL XL and LUTENSOL TO types may be more appropriate depending on the formulation in question.

Chemical Nature of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types are nonionic surfactants.
They are alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guerbet alcohol and ethylene oxide.

They conform to the following formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)xH
R = C10H21
x = 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

The numeric code in the product name indicates in general the degree of ethoxilation.
The LUTENSOL XP types are manufactered by causing the C10-alkohol to react with ethylene oxide in stoichiometric proportions.

Properties of LUTENSOL XP 99:
LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50 °C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Storage of LUTENSOL XP 99:
The LUTENSOL XP types should be stored indoors in a dry place.
Store rooms must not be overheated.

The LUTENSOL XP types are hygroscopic due to their good solubility in water, with the result that they may absorb moisture very quickly.
Drums must be resealed each time they are opened.

The storage temperature should not be allowed to fall substantially below 20 °C.
The setting points of these products also need to be taken into account.

LUTENSOL XP 30, XP 40, XP 50, XP 60, XP 70, XP 80 and XP 90 are cloudy liquids at room temperature, and they tend to form a sediment.
LUTENSOL XP 100 and XP 140 are soft, colourless or slightly yellowish pastes at 23 °C.

They become clear at 50°C.
LUTENSOL XP 69, XP 79, XP 89 and XP 99 are clear liquids at room temperature.

Liquid that has solidified or that shows signs of sedimentation should be heated to 50 – 60 °C and homogenized before LUTENSOL XP types is processed.

Drums that have solidified or that have begun to precipitate should be reconstituted by gentle heating, preferably in a heating cabinet.
The temperature must not be allowed to exceed 60 °C.

This also applies if drums are heated by external electrical elements.
Internal electrical elements should not be used because of the localized anomalies in temperature that they cause.

The LUTENSOL XP types must be blanketed with nitrogen if they are stored in heated tanks (at 50 – 60 °C) to prevent them from coming into contact with air.
Constant, gentle stirring helps to prevent them being discoloured as a result of prolonged contact with electrical elements or external heating coils.

Materials:
The following materials can be used for tanks and drums.

AISI 321 stainless steel (X6 CrNiTi 1810)
AISI 316 Ti stainless steel (X10 CrNiMoTi 1810)

Handling of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Protect the eyes and avoid prolonged contact with the skin.
Safety glasses should be worn when handling these products in their undiluted form.

Biological Degradability:
The LUTENSOL XP types are readily biodegradable according to test methods OECD 301 A – F.
This refers also to the alcohol basis of the LUTENSOL XP types.

Classification The LUTENSOL XP types are classified as following according to the German chemical legislation based on the EU guideline 67/548/EWG.

LUTENSOL XP 30 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 40 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 50 irritant
LUTENSOL XP 60 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 69 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 70 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 79 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 80 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 89 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 90 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 99 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 100 irritant, harmful
LUTENSOL XP 140 irritant, harmful

Shelf life of LUTENSOL XP 99:
Provided they are stored properly and drums are kept tightly sealed, the LUTENSOL XP types have a shelf life of at least two years in their original packaging.

Safety of LUTENSOL XP 99:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using LUTENSOL XP types for the purpose for which LUTENSOL XP types is intended and from processing LUTENSOL XP 99 in accordance with current practices.
According to the experience that we have gained over many years and other information at our disposal, LUTENSOL XP types do not exert harmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention is given to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the information and advice given in our Safety Data Sheets are observed.

Other Descriptions of LUTENSOL XP 99:

Product Groups:
Nonionic Surfactants

Sub Product Groups:
Alcohol Ethoxylates

Function:
Nonionic Surfactant

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Chemical Description:
C10-Guerbet alcohol + 9 EO

Product Suitabilities:
Suitable for EU Ecolabel

Related solutions:
Laundry with eco credentials
Short work at the kitchen sink

Certificates:
Care Chemicals: ISO 14001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (Antwerpen)
Care Chemicals: ISO 9001 (global)

Other LUTENSOL Products:
LUTENSOL A 3 N
LUTENSOL A 65 N
LUTENSOL A 9 N
LUTENSOL A 12 N
LUTENSOL AO 3
LUTENSOL AO 5
LUTENSOL AO 7
LUTENSOL AO 11
LUTENSOL AT 18 20%
LUTENSOL AT 25 E
LUTENSOL AT 25 FLAKE
LUTENSOL AT 50 POWDER
LUTENSOL AT 50 FLAKES
LUTENSOL AT 80 POWDER
LUTENSOL FT LT 7
LUTENSOL LA 60
LUTENSOL ON 30
LUTENSOL ON 50
LUTENSOL ON 60
LUTENSOL ON 70
LUTENSOL ON 80
LUTENSOL ON 110
LUTENSOL TO 2
LUTENSOL TO 3
LUTENSOL TO 5
LUTENSOL TO 6
LUTENSOL TO 7
LUTENSOL TO 8
LUTENSOL TO 10
LUTENSOL TO 11
LUTENSOL TO 12
LUTENSOL TO 15
LUTENSOL TO 20
LUTENSOL TO 65
LUTENSOL TO 79
LUTENSOL TO 89
LUTENSOL TO 108
LUTENSOL TO 109
LUTENSOL TO 129
LUTENSOL TO 389
LUTENSOL XP 30
LUTENSOL XP 40
LUTENSOL XP 50
LUTENSOL XP 60
LUTENSOL XP 69
LUTENSOL XP 70
LUTENSOL XP 79
LUTENSOL XP 80
LUTESNOL XP 89
LUTENSOL XP 90
LUTENSOL XP 100
LUTENSOL XP 140
LUTENSOL XL 40
LUTENSOL XL 50
LUTENSOL XL 60
LUTENSOL XL 70
LUTENSOL XL 79
LUTENSOL XL 80
LUTENSOL XL 89
LUTENSOL XL 90
LUTENSOL XL 99
LUTENSOL XL 100
LUTENSOL XL 140
LUTROPUR MSA
Lutropur MSA High purity methanesulfonic acid 70% (in water). Highly effective, efficient and economical: that is probably the best way to describe Lutropur MSA − high purity methanesulfonic acid (MSA) from BASF. Because of its unique property profile, methanesulfonic acid is becoming increasingly important. In numerous different applications and industries, ranging from chemical synthesis and metal surface treatment through to industrial cleaning, Lutropur MSA is helping our customers to be more successful. Lutropur MSA is ideal for the manufacture of sustainable products. With Lutropur MSA it is often possible to meet more stringent environmental and safety requirements than with other acids. If Lutropur MSA helps ... to achieve optimum industrial results to comply with rules and regulations to cut costs Lutropur MSA is pure methanesulfonic acid. Methanesulfonic acid (MSA) is a strong and odorless organic acid with a unique property profile that distinguishes it from all other acids. Benefits in practical applications come, for example, from its nonoxidizing nature, the high solubility of its salts, the absence of color and odor, and the fact that it is readily biodegradable. Consequently, Lutropur MSA is becoming increasingly important in a number of applications and industries. Using a unique manufacturing process, BASF is able to provide a colorless and odorless product that is virtually free of metal ions and sulfates. Chlorinecontaining by-products are also ruled out by the halogen-free process. As a result, consumers in all relevant fields benefit from being able to use Lutropur MSA that is of very high purity. Lutropur MSA is supplied by BASF as a 70% aqueous solution under the brand name Lutropur MSA. Anhydrous Lutropur MSA is available under the brand name Lutropur MSA 100. Manufacturing Process In the manufacturing process developed and patented by BASF, sulfur, hydrogen and methanol are first converted into the intermediate product dimethyldisulfide (DMDS). The DMDS is refined by distillation and then catalytically oxidized with atmospheric oxygen to form methanesulfonic acid and water. A final distillation step ensures the unique purity of Lutropur MSA. Both BASF’s original production facility in Ludwigshafen, Germany (commissioned in 2003, annual capacity 10,000 metric tons) and the extension (to be commissioned in 2012, annual capacity 20,000 metric tons) operate according to this process. With a total annual manufacturing capacity of 30,000 metric tons, BASF is the world’s leading supplier of methanesulfonic acid. The advantages of this process are that it is very safe and reliable, the raw materials are readily available, the whole process is free of chlorine, and it fits very well into the integrated production complex in Ludwigshafen. This continuous process also ensures consistently high product quality Product Groups -Acids Function -Acid Form of Delivery -Liquid Chemical Description -Methanesulfonic acid in water Application -Dishwashing -Hard Surface Cleaning -Food and Beverage Processing -Food Service and Kitchen Hygiene Commercial Laundry -Institutional Cleaning and Sanitation Vehicle and Transportation Care -Industrial Cleaning Properties Lutropur MSA combines a number of beneficial physical and chemical properties. These properties make Lutropur MSA the reagent of choice in many different applications. Lutropur MSA is a strong organic acid with no oxidizing properties. Its high thermal stability compared with aromatic sulfonic acids is particularly useful in the synthesis of chemicals. One of the reasons why Lutropur MSA is so widely used in the electronics industry is that the salts that it forms with metals are highly soluble. Many organic salts of methanesulfonic acid also exhibit very good solubility properties. Especially methanesulfonates of heterocyclic nitrogen compounds often have a low melting point and are used as ionic liquids. Other advantages from the ecological point of view are its ready biodegradability and its low carbon content (TOC). With a melting point of –54°C, Lutropur MSA can be handled in the form of a liquid over a wide temperature range. Being odorless, Lutropur MSA can also be used in odor-sensitive applications and processors have a free choice when it comes to modifying the odor of their formulations. On the boundary between organic and inorganic chemistry With many of its properties, methanesulfonic acid is on the boundary between organic and inorganic chemistry. For example: Distribution between organic and inorganic phase This plays a role in catalysis: Lutropur MSA works better in an organic phase and can be washed out more easily than inorganic acids. Organic incrustations can also be removed more easily in cleaning processes. Acid strength: the acid strength of Lutropur MSA is between that of carboxylic acids and that of strong mineral acids. Lutropur MSA strong organic acid nonoxidizing easy to handle high thermal stability low vapor pressure no toxic fumes low carbon content (TOC) odorless colorless readily biodegradable hardly any contribution to COD free of nitrogen, phosphorus and halogens resistant to hydrolysis Lutropur MSA is odorless. Because the intensity of the odor is governed primarily by the vapor pressure of a compound, vapor pressure curves provide an indication of the odor intensity of a substance. Figure 1 shows the vapor pressure of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, acetic acid and methanesulfonic acid as a function of temperature. The curves show that compounds with a strong odor, such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid and formic acid, have a high vapor pressure, as would be expected. By contrast, methanesulfonic acid is characterized by an extremely low vapor pressure, which is consistent with its lack of odor The absence of any odor means greater safety at the workplace, as there are no acrid vapors. Formulators have more freedom to control the odor of their products if they use Lutropur MSA, which does not have any inherent odor to interfere with it. As a result, Lutropur MSA is preferred for use especially in high-temperature processes, e.g. in pickling baths, process cleaning solutions or the production of biodiesel, because it can be handled safely. Methanesulfonic acid is hygroscopic (cf. Chapter 6 Storage). This property becomes more pronounced as its concentration increases, and this is put to use in industrial applications. For example, with Eaton’s reagent (7.5% P2O5 dissolved in Lutropur MSA), water can be separated off from organic compounds without these compounds being oxidized. [4] 3.2 Chemical properties 3.2 a. Acid properties – the anion makes all the difference The strength of acids has a wide-ranging influence on the rate at which they react. For example, when limestone is dissolved, the protons present in the acid solution react with the insoluble calcium carbonate to form carbon dioxide, water and the soluble calcium salt of the acid being used (Figure 2). Therefore, the more protons, i.e. active species, the acid used is able to supply, the greater the efficiency of the dissolving process. Many other salts of Lutropur MSA, including rare-earth salts and compounds with nitrogenous bases, also have a remarkably high solubility (cf. Table 3). Because of the excellent solubility of the organic and inorganic methanesulfonates, methanesulfonic acid is used in applications where this feature, combined with the other beneficial properties of Lutropur MSA, provides crucial advantages: all types of acid cleaning processes electroplating neutralization of active chemical and pharmaceutical ingredients extractive metallurgy and mining metal recycling dissolving of rock industrial washing processes ionic liquids 3.2 c. Redox stability Lutropur MSA is very resistant to strong oxidizing agents. For example, it does not react, in the presence of hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid or permanganate. This means, amongst other things, that Lutropur MSA can be used in formulations that contain such oxidizing agents. Even in hot chromosulfuric acid, Lutropur MSA is relatively stable. This is also evident in the determination of the COD value, which, at about 4 mg O2/g COD, is equivalent to only about 2% of the amount of oxygen required theoretically for complete oxidation [6]. Lutropur MSA is also resistant to strong reducing agents, such as nascent hydrogen. In the cyclic voltammogram this high redox stability can also be seen in the electrochemical stability of Lutropur MSA. Lutropur MSA is stable over a remarkably wide range. At about 3.8 volt, the electrochemical window (ECW) of stability is very wide (cf. Figure 6). Not only the redox stability of Lutropur MSA, but its high level of stability generally should be highlighted. Apart from the formation of salts, Lutropur MSA hardly reacts chemically with anything and is therefore practically inert. That also means that, under practical conditions, no unwanted secondary reactions take place. Lutropur MSA is not subject to hydrolysis does not undergo addition reactions does not undergo substitution reactions is stable in air to 180°C Methanesulfonic acid is readily biodegradable according to OECD Guideline 301 A, forming carbon dioxide, sulfate, water and biomass as decomposition products. Of all the organic sulfonic acids, Lutropur MSA is the best choice from the environmental point of view because its oxygen demand for degradation is lower than that of all other organic sulfonic acids. As a result of its high resistance to oxidation, the measured chemical oxygen demand (COD) is also well below the figure for e.g. readily oxidizable carboxylic acids such as acetic acid. Because it contains no phosphorus, Lutropur MSA, unlike phosphoric acid, does not contribute to eutrophication and the associated increase in algal growth in aquatic environments. It is free of halogens and nitrogen and has a low toxicological risk potential to complete its attractive property profile. Methanesulfonic acid is formed as the result of the photochemical oxidation of dimethylsulfide in the atmosphere and is thus part of the natural sulfur cycle [5]. Lutropur MSA also has a lower vapor pressure than other acids (cf. Chapter 3), which is a further advantage from the point of view of safety at work and environmental protection. Therefore − unlike carboxylic acids such as acetic acid or glycolic acid − it is virtually free of volatile organic compounds (VOC). Further advice and information can be found in the safety data sheets for Lutropur MSA and Lutropur MSA 100. Lutropur MSA 100 strong organic acid. It has advantage that many of the salts that it forms with metals are very soluble in water. It is readily biodegradable, and it is also distinguished by its high thermal stability and its high conductivity. Lutropur MSA 100 strong organic acid. It has advantage that many of the salts that it forms with metals are very soluble in water. It is readily biodegradable, and it is also distinguished by its high thermal stability and its high conductivity. Lutropur MSA is a strong odorless organic acid that is fast acting, effective and safe for the environment, along with combines all these benefits while removing: Lime scale faster than other typical acids Calcium oxalate as well as other calcium deposits Rust and Grime Lutropur MSA shows high solubility of its salts for a highly efficient cleaning and high thermal stability. Exhibits a low viscosity and toxicity. Can safely be used on a broad range of surfaces and is non-oxidizing and non reducing. Product overview Lutropur MSA 70% (Methane Sulfonic Acid - CAS 75-75-2) is a strong acid widely used as a catalyst (esterification, alkylation, etc.) thanks to its performances, it is an interesting substitute for organic and inorganic strong acids in various applications. Ester quality, easy recyclability and "green" effluent are part of the major 70% methane sulfonic acid advantage is in esterification. Properties: -strong acid -biodegradable -non oxidizing and not foaming -compatible with oxidizing agent and biocides Lutropur MSA is particularly effective for catalyzing esterification and polymerization reactions, but it is also employed as a catalyst in condensation, cyclization, alkylation and rearrangement reactions. Apart from being used as a catalyst, Lutropur MSA is also employed as a feedstock in the manufacture of salts (the methanesulfonates) and as a solvent to improve yields in various processes. Properties of Lutropur MSA stands for MSA methansulfonic acid. Organic acid with a very versatile application range. Combines a number or beneficial physical and chemical properties. Strong acid with no oxidizing properties. High thermal stability. Compared with aromatic sulfonic acids, MSA is particularly useful in the synthesis of chemicals The formed organic salts show very good dissolution properties. Methansulfonic acid is odourless and has an excellent biodegradability performance. Applications of Lutropur MSA Use as a catalyst in many chemical reactions like -Esterification -Acylation -Alkylation -Dehydration -Hydrolysis -Cyclization -Polymerisation -Condensation -Salification -Diazotization -Rearrangement -Aromatic substitution -Solvent -Neutralisation The formed salts of methansulfonic acid (mesylates) show a high solubility property. General description The product is a 70% aqueous solution of methanesulfonic acid (MSA). Lutropur MSA is a strong organic acid. The chemical oxidation of dimetyl sulfide in the atmosphere leads to the formation of MSA in large quantities.[1] Lutropur MSA undergoes biodegradation by forming CO2 and sulphate. Lutropur MSA is considered a green acid as it is less toxic and corrosive in comparison to mineral acids. The aqueous Lutropur MSA solution has been considered a model electrolyte for electrochemical processes. Application of Lutropur MSA Methanesulfonic acid solution may be used to study the corrosion behavior of stainless steel. Marinosulfonomonas methylotropha strain TR3 is a marine methylotroph that uses methanesulfonic acid (Lutropur MSA) as a sole carbon and energy source. The genes from M. methylotropha strain TR3 encoding methanesulfonate monooxygenase, the enzyme responsible for the initial oxidation of Lutropur MSA to formaldehyde and sulfite, were cloned and sequenced. They were located on two gene clusters on the chromosome of this bacterium. A 5.0-kbp HindIII fragment contained msmA, msmB, and msmC, encoding the large and small subunits of the hydroxylase component and the ferredoxin component, respectively, of the methanesulfonate monooxygenase, while a 6.5-kbp HindIII fragment contained duplicate copies of msmA and msmB, as well as msmD, encoding the reductase component of methanesulfonate. Both sets of msmA and msmB genes were virtually identical, and the derived msmA and msmB sequences of M. methylotropha strain TR3, compared with the corresponding hydroxylase from the terrestrial Lutropur MSA utilizer Methylosulfonomonas methylovora strain M2 were found to be 82 and 69% identical. The msmA gene was investigated as a functional gene probe for detection of Lutropur MSA-utilizing bacteria. PCR primers spanning a region of msmA which encoded a unique Rieske [2Fe-2S] binding region were designed. These primers were used to amplify the corresponding msmA genes from newly isolated Hyphomicrobium, Methylobacterium, and Pedomicrobium species that utilized Lutropur MSA, from Lutropur MSA enrichment cultures, and from DNA samples extracted directly from the environment. The high degree of identity of these msmA gene fragments, compared to msmA sequences from extant Lutropur MSA utilizers, indicated the effectiveness of these PCR primers in molecular microbial ecology. Applications Methane sulfonic acid 70% solution (Lutropur MSA) is used virtually in all electronic applications involving tin or tin-alloy plating from non fluoborate systems. It replaces phosphoric acid in detergent formulations, thereby helping to avoid environmental phosphate pollution. Lutropur MSA is used in the preparation of polyaniline/graphene nanocomposites, which enhances its thermal and electrical properties. Lutropur MSA is utilized for electropolishing of aluminum as well as in electroplating of noble metals like gold, platinum, palladium and their alloys. Solubility Miscible with water. Slightly miscible with benzene and toluene. Immiscible with paraffins. Lutropur MSA's production and use as a catalyst in esterification, alkylation, olefin polymerization, and peroxidation reactions and as a solvent may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams. Lutropur MSA is produced by atmospheric hydrolysis of dimethyl sulfoxide, which itself is produced from naturally-derived dimethyl sulfide. If released to air, a vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C indicates Lutropur MSA will exist solely as a vapor. Vapor-phase Lutropur MSA will be degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals; the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 58 days. Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight. If released to soil, Lutropur MSA is expected to have very high mobility based upon an estimated Koc of 1. The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86, indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts. Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the acid exists as an anion and anions do not volatilize. Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process. If released into water, Lutropur MSA is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment based upon the estimated Koc. The pKa indicates Lutropur MSA will exist almost entirely in the anion form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process. Lutropur MSA is miscible with water and therefore bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low. Hydrolysis is not expected to be an important environmental fate process since this compound lacks functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions. Occupational exposure to Lutropur MSA may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where Lutropur MSA is produced or used. Monitoring data indicate that the general population may be exposed to methansulfonic acid via inhalation of ambient air; Lutropur MSA is widely detected in marine air. Lutropur MSA is produced by atmospheric hydrolysis of dimethyl sulfoxide(1), which itself is produced from the atmospheric photochemical oxidation of dimethyl sulfide, which comes from marine algae and salt marsh plants(2). Lutropur MSA's production and use as a catalyst in esterification, alkylation, olefin polymerization, peroxidation reactions(1) and as a solvent(2) may result in its release to the environment through various waste streams(SRC). Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 1(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that Lutropur MSA is expected to have very mobility in soil(SRC). The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86(3), indicating that this compound will exist almost entirely in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Volatilization from moist soil is not expected because the acid exists as an anion and anions do not volatilize. Lutropur MSA is not expected to volatilize from dry soil surfaces(SRC) based upon a vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C(5). Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks(6) indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process in soil(SRC). AQUATIC FATE: Based on a classification scheme(1), an estimated Koc value of 1(SRC), determined from a structure estimation method(2), indicates that Lutropur MSA is not expected to adsorb to suspended solids and sediment(SRC). A pKa of -1.86(3) indicates Lutropur MSA will exist almost entirely in the anion form at pH values of 5 to 9 and therefore volatilization from water surfaces is not expected to be an important fate process(4). Lutropur MSA is miscible with water(5) and therefore bioconcentration in aquatic organisms is low(SRC). Utilizing the Japanese MITI test, 100% of the Theoretical BOD was reached in four weeks(6) indicating that biodegradation is an important environmental fate process in water(SRC). ATMOSPHERIC FATE: According to a model of gas/particle partitioning of semivolatile organic compounds in the atmosphere(1), Lutropur MSA, which has a measured vapor pressure of 4.28X10-4 mm Hg at 25 °C(2), is expected to exist solely as a vapor in the ambient atmosphere. Vapor-phase Lutropur MSA is degraded in the atmosphere by reaction with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals(SRC); the half-life for this reaction in air is estimated to be 58 days(SRC), calculated from its rate constant of 2.8X10-13 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) that was derived using a structure estimation method(3). Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(4) and therefore is not expected to be susceptible to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). The rate constant for the vapor-phase reaction of Lutropur MSA with photochemically-produced hydroxyl radicals has been estimated as 2.8X10-13 cu cm/molecule-sec at 25 °C(SRC) using a structure estimation method(1). This corresponds to an atmospheric half-life of about 58 days at an atmospheric concentration of 5X10+5 hydroxyl radicals per cu cm(1). Lutropur MSA is not expected to undergo hydrolysis in the environment due to the lack of functional groups that hydrolyze under environmental conditions(2). Lutropur MSA does not contain chromophores that absorb at wavelengths >290 nm(2) and therefore is not expected to direct photolysis by sunlight(SRC). Using a structure estimation method based on molecular connectivity indices(1), the Koc of Lutropur MSA can be estimated to be 1(SRC). According to a classification scheme(2), this estimated Koc value suggests that Lutropur MSA is expected to have very high mobility in soil. The pKa of Lutropur MSA is -1.86(3), indicating that this compound will almost entirely exist in the anion form in the environment and anions generally do not adsorb more strongly to soils containing organic carbon and clay than their neutral counterparts(4). Lutropur MSA had sub-micrometer-aerosol concentration peaks of approximately 0.47 and 0.4 mol/cu m in February and December, respectively, in the atmosphere at Cape Grim off of Australia in 1989(1). Lutropur MSA was found at the highest levels in atmospheric samples collected around noon and concentrated in the smaller size particles (0.25-2 um in diameter) at concentrations of 5.3, 5.5, and 15.7 ng/cu meter in samples taken from the Southern Bahamas, the Northern Bahamas, and the Sargasso Sea, respectively(2). Lutropur MSA was found in Germany at concentrations of 0.02 - 0.43 ug/cu m in atmospheric samples taken in October and November of 1978(3). Aerosol Lutropur MSA was detected at six stations in the Pacific at mean concentrations of 0.097, 0.029, 0.044, 0.026, 0.021, and 0.024 ug/cu m(4). Aerosol Lutropur MSA has been found at mean concentrations of 9.27X10-9 and 1.14X10-9 mol/cu m in July of 1985 and December of 1986 in the marine atmosphere of the British Isles(5). NIOSH (NOES Survey 1981-1983) has statistically estimated that 8,084 workers (1,393 of these were female) were potentially exposed to Lutropur MSA in the US(1). Occupational exposure to methane sulfonic acid may occur through inhalation and dermal contact with this compound at workplaces where Lutropur MSA is produced or used. Monitoring data indicate that the general population may be exposed to Lutropur MSA via inhalation of ambient air(SRC). Lutropur MSA (MsOH) or methanesulphonic acid (in British English) is a colorless liquid with the chemical formula CH3SO3H. It is the simplest of the alkylsulfonic acids. Salts and esters of Lutropur MSA are known as mesylates (or methanesulfonates, as in ethyl methanesulfonate). It is hygroscopic in its concentrated form. Lutropur MSA may be considered an intermediate compound between sulfuric acid (H2SO4), and methylsulfonylmethane ((CH3)2SO2), effectively replacing an –OH group with a –CH3 group at each step. This pattern can extend no further in either direction without breaking down the –SO2– group. Lutropur MSA can dissolve a wide range of metal salts, many of them in significantly higher concentrations than in hydrochloric or sulfuric acid. Applications Lutropur MSA is used as an acid catalyst in organic reactions because it is a non-volatile, strong acid that is soluble in organic solvents. It is convenient for industrial applications because it is liquid at ambient temperature, while the closely related p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA) is solid. However, in a laboratory setting, solid PTSA is more convenient. Lutropur MSA can be used in the generation of borane (BH3) by reacting Lutropur MSA with NaBH4 in an aprotic solvent such as THF or DMS, the complex of BH3 and the solvent is formed. Electroplating Solutions of Lutropur MSA are used for the electroplating of tin and tin-lead solders. It is displacing the use of fluoroboric acid, which releases corrosive and volatile hydrogen fluoride.[5] Lutropur MSA is also a primary ingredient in rust and scale removers.[6] It is used to clean off surface rust from ceramic, tiles and porcelain which are usually susceptible to acid attack. Methanesulfonic acid (Lutropur MSA) is a green acid with a remarkably high solubility for several speciality and base metals including lead, making it an interesting leaching agent for metals. Lutropur MSA is safer and less toxic than the mineral acids (HCl, H2SO4, HNO3) currently employed for leaching metals from primary and secondary sources. In this study, Lutropur MSA was tested for the leaching of lead and zinc from the iron-rich jarosite residue of the zinc industry. The leaching of lead, zinc and iron increased as a function of the Lutropur MSA concentration in water up to 90 vol% Lutropur MSA. Higher Lutropur MSA concentrations resulted in precipitate formation due to the limited solubility of the iron and zinc methanesulfonate salts in water-lean Lutropur MSA. Leaching with pure Lutropur MSA resulted in a pregnant leach solution (PLS) comprising most of the lead and zinc, and a precipitate comprising the majority of the iron and a fraction of the zinc originally present in the jarosite. The optimization of the leaching conditions showed that increasing the liquid-to-solid ratio or temperature increased the leaching efficiencies of the metals, especially of lead. The leaching under optimized conditions was successfully performed on a larger scale using a temperature-controlled batch leaching reactor. The metal/iron mass ratio increased from 1/4 for Pb/Fe, and from 1/7 for Zn/Fe in the initial jarosite, to over 2.66/1 and 1/2, in the PLS, respectively. The remaining Lutropur MSA in the PLS was recovered by vacuum distillation and successfully reused for three leaching cycles.
LUVIGEL EM
Luvigel EM is a milky emulsion of sodium acrylates copolymer in caprylic/capric triglyceride and water.
Luvigel EM is used as a thickener in all kinds of cosmetic emulsions.

CAS Number: 256237-03-8



APPLICATIONS


Luvigel EM is commonly used as a thickener and emulsifier in personal care products.
Luvigel EM is suitable for use in a wide range of formulations, including lotions, creams, and gels.

Luvigel EM is particularly effective in creating stable emulsions with a smooth, non-greasy feel.
Luvigel EM can also improve the texture and sensory qualities of formulations.
In hair care products, Luvigel EM can enhance the conditioning and detangling properties.

Luvigel EM is often used in sun care products to improve the water resistance and spreadability.
Luvigel EM can also provide a cooling sensation when applied to the skin, making it ideal for after-sun products.

Luvigel EM is compatible with a wide range of ingredients, including both oil and water-based ingredients.
Luvigel EM can be used to stabilize high concentrations of oil-soluble actives, such as vitamins and botanical extracts.

In deodorant formulations, Luvigel EM can help to improve the spreadability and reduce the greasy feel of the product.
Luvigel EM is also used in anti-aging products to improve the firmness and elasticity of the skin.

Luvigel EM can help to reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.
Luvigel EM can also improve the sensory properties of makeup formulations, such as foundation and BB creams.
Luvigel EM can help to create a smooth, even texture and improve the spreadability of the product.

In shaving products, Luvigel EM can enhance the glide and lubricity of the formulation.
Luvigel EM can also reduce the potential for skin irritation and provide a moisturizing effect.

Luvigel EM can be used in baby care products, such as diaper creams, to provide a gentle, non-irritating texture.
Luvigel EM can help to reduce redness and irritation, while also moisturizing and protecting delicate skin.

Luvigel EM is suitable for use in both rinse-off and leave-on products.
Luvigel EM can provide a long-lasting, moisturizing effect in leave-on products such as body lotions and hand creams.
Luvigel EM can also be used in hair styling products, such as mousses and gels, to provide hold and texture.

Luvigel EM can help to create a flexible, non-sticky hold that lasts throughout the day.
Luvigel EM is easy to use and can be added to formulations at room temperature.

Luvigel EM does not require any special processing or equipment.
Luvigel EM is a versatile and effective ingredient for a wide range of personal care formulations.

Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener in hair care products such as shampoos and conditioners.
Luvigel EM is an effective emulsifier in skin care products such as lotions and creams.
Luvigel EM can be used as a gelling agent in bath and shower gels.

Luvigel EM is used as a rheology modifier in sunscreens and other UV-protection products.
Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of antiperspirants and deodorants to improve the texture and stability of the products.

Luvigel EM can be used as a stabilizer for fragrances in perfumes and colognes.
Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in facial masks and peels.

Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of makeup products such as foundations and concealers.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of shaving creams and gels.

Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of baby care products such as diaper creams and lotions.
Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in hand sanitizers and other sanitizing products.
Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in pet care products such as shampoos and conditioners.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of hair styling products such as gels and mousses.
Luvigel EM can be used in the formulation of self-tanning lotions and sprays.

Luvigel EM is used as a stabilizer and thickener in oral care products such as toothpastes and mouthwashes.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of massage oils and lotions.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of body washes and shower creams.
Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in hand and body lotions.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of foot care products such as foot creams and balms.

Luvigel EM is a common ingredient in facial cleansers and exfoliants.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of bubble baths and bath oils.

Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of hair coloring products such as hair dyes and tints.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of men's grooming products such as beard oils and balms.

Luvigel EM can be used as a thickener and emulsifier in massage gels and creams.
Luvigel EM is used in the formulation of fragranced body sprays and mists.


Luvigel EM is a multifunctional ingredient used in various personal care products.
Some of its applications include:

Skin care:

Luvigel EM is used in a range of skin care products, such as lotions, creams, and serums, as it helps to improve the texture and spreadability of the product.


Hair care:

In hair care products, Luvigel EM acts as a film-forming agent, providing a protective coating around the hair strands to improve their strength and resilience.


Sun care:

Luvigel EM is used in sunscreens to improve the viscosity and stability of the product, ensuring that the active ingredients are evenly distributed and providing optimal protection against UV rays.


Decorative cosmetics:

Luvigel EM is used in various makeup products, such as foundations and mascaras, to enhance their texture, spreadability, and adherence.


Fragrance:

Luvigel EM can also be used in fragrance products, such as perfumes and colognes, to improve the stability and longevity of the scent.


Overall, Luvigel EM is a versatile ingredient that can improve the overall performance and aesthetic of a wide range of personal care products.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of body lotions and creams, providing a smooth and silky texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of hair conditioners to provide a soft and manageable feel to the hair.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of facial moisturizers, providing a lightweight and non-greasy texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of hand sanitizers to provide a thick and stable gel-like texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of sunscreens to provide a smooth and easy-to-spread texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of facial masks to provide a creamy and luxurious feel to the skin.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of shaving creams and gels, providing a smooth and lubricating texture.

Luvigel EM is also used in the production of body scrubs and exfoliants to provide a thick and creamy texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of anti-aging creams and serums, providing a smooth and hydrating texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of lip balms and lipsticks, providing a smooth and moisturizing texture to the lips.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of foot creams and lotions, providing a soothing and moisturizing texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of hair styling products such as gels and mousses, providing a strong hold and definition.

Luvigel EM can be used in the production of hand creams and lotions, providing a soft and silky texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of bath and shower gels, providing a thick and luxurious lather.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of baby creams and lotions, providing a gentle and soothing texture.
Luvigel EM is also used in the production of massage oils and lotions, providing a smooth and glide-like texture.
Luvigel EM can be used in the production of deodorants and antiperspirants, providing a smooth and non-sticky texture.

Luvigel EM is used in the production of perfumes and fragrances, providing a thick and long-lasting texture.
Luvigel EM is used in the production of pet grooming products such as shampoos and conditioners, providing a soft and manageable texture to the fur.
Luvigel EM can also be used in the production of wound healing and scar treatment products, providing a smooth and healing texture to the skin.


Luvigel EM is used in a variety of applications in the personal care and cosmetics industry, some of which include:

Facial moisturizers
Anti-aging creams
Eye creams
Serums
Sunscreen lotions
Body lotions
Hand creams
Foot creams
Hair styling products
Hair gels
Hair mousses
Shampoos
Conditioners
Hair masks
Body washes
Shower gels
Bath foams
Shaving creams
After-shave lotions
Deodorants



DESCRIPTION


Luvigel EM is a milky emulsion of sodium acrylates copolymer in caprylic/capric triglyceride and water.
Luvigel EM is used as a thickener in all kinds of cosmetic emulsions.

Luvigel EM is a trade name for Acrylates/C10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer.
Luvigel EM is a high molecular weight acrylic acid polymer that functions as a thickening, stabilizing, and suspending agent in cosmetic and personal care products.
Luvigel EM is typically used in the formulation of skin care, hair care, and color cosmetic products.

Luvigel EM provides a smooth and velvety texture to formulations, enhances the stability of emulsions, and allows for the suspension of insoluble particles in the final product.
Luvigel EM is supplied as a white, free-flowing powder that is easy to disperse in water or oil phases of formulations.



PROPERTIES


Appearance: White to off-white powder.
Odor: Characteristic.
Solubility: Insoluble in water and ethanol; soluble in isopropanol.
pH: 6.0 - 8.5 (1% aqueous dispersion).
Melting point: > 70°C.
Molecular weight: Approximately 350,000 g/mol.
Viscosity: Forms highly viscous and stable gels.
Stability: Stable over a wide pH range and in the presence of electrolytes and surfactants.
Compatibility: Compatible with a wide range of ingredients, including lipophilic and hydrophilic compounds.
Emulsification: Capable of producing stable oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions.
Thickening: Increases the viscosity of formulations, providing texture and structure to the final product.
Stabilization: Improves the physical stability of formulations by preventing phase separation and coalescence.
Film-forming: Forms a continuous film on the skin, enhancing the longevity of cosmetic products.
Moisturizing: Helps to hydrate and soften the skin.
Non-ionic: Does not ionize in water, reducing the risk of irritation and compatibility issues with other ingredients.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove the affected person to fresh air immediately.
If breathing is difficult, give oxygen.
Seek medical attention if symptoms persist.


Skin contact:

Remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash affected skin with soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes.
Seek medical attention if skin irritation or other symptoms develop.


Eye contact:

Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting upper and lower eyelids occasionally.
Seek medical attention if irritation persists.


Ingestion:

If ingested, do not induce vomiting.
Rinse mouth and lips with water.
Seek medical attention immediately.


Note: In case of any doubt, or if symptoms persist, seek medical attention promptly.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing.
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves, and eye/face protection.
Use in a well-ventilated area.

Avoid inhalation of dust or mist.
Avoid prolonged or repeated exposure.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling.


Storage:

Store in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated area.
Keep container tightly closed when not in use.

Store away from incompatible materials.
Store away from sources of heat, sparks, or flames.

Store in a clean area away from potential sources of contamination.
Store in a separate area designated for flammable materials.
Store in accordance with local regulations.


Shelf life:

The recommended shelf life of Luvigel EM is two years from the date of manufacture.
Proper storage and handling can extend the shelf life of the product.


Disposal:

Dispose of Luvigel EM in accordance with local regulations.
Do not dispose of in a landfill or in water.
Consult with a licensed waste disposal company for proper disposal methods.



SYNONYMS


Polyacrylamide
Hydroxyethyl acrylate
Crosspolymer
Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
Carbomer
Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate crosspolymer
Acrylic acid polymer
Hydroxypropyl methacrylate
Methacrylic acid copolymer
Poly(acrylic acid)
Poly(methacrylic acid)
Acrylate copolymer
Sodium polyacrylate
Sodium acrylates copolymer
Polyacrylic acid sodium salt
Polymethyl methacrylate
Acrylamide copolymer
Polyvinylpyrrolidone
Ethylene glycol methacrylate
Sodium carbomer
Copolymer of acrylic acid and acrylamide
Vinyl acetate/crotonic acid copolymer
Octylacrylamide/acrylates/butylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer
Acrylate crosspolymer-4
Polysorbate 20/60/80/acrylate copolymer
Ammonium acryloyldimethyltaurate/VP copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Sodium acrylate/sodium acryloyldimethyl taurate copolymer
Polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate crosspolymer
Sodium polyacrylate/styrene sulfonate copolymer
Acrylates/C10-30 alkyl acrylate crosspolymer
Polyacrylate-10
Carbopol® Ultrez 20 polymer
Rheocare® TTA
Salcare® SC 91 polymer
Salcare® Super 7 polymer
Ultrez 20 polymer
Dovigel 200
Noveon® AA-1 polymer
Keltrol® CG-RD polymer
Pemulen™ TR-1 polymer
Polygel 110
Polygel 200
Polygel 300
Simulgel™ NS
Cosmedia® SP
Xanthan gum
Hyaluronic acid
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3
INCI name(s): Polyurethane-39


DESCRIPTION:
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is Aqueous solution of a polyurethane alkoxylate polymer with fatty alcohols as "hydrophobic" end groups.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is An associative rheology modifier that provides a waxy after-feel.
Luvigel Star AT 3 is a pH insensitive non-ionic electrolyte tolerant polyurethane-based associative rheology modifier.
Luvigel Star AT 3 interacts with structured hydrophobic ingredients in the formulation, requires no neutralization or pre-swelling, and is suitable for cold process formulations.
Luvigel Star AT 3 is recommended for face care, color care, body care, and sun care applications.



Luvigel Star AT 3 is a non-ionic associative rheology modifier developed specifically for skin and sun care applications.
Because of its innovative polyurethane technology, Luvigel STAR AT 3 provides outstanding thickening efficiency under challenging conditions, such as high salt concentrations or extreme pH values.

• Urethane-based associative rheology modifier
• Thickens a broad range of formulations independent of the electrolyte / salt concentration
• Easy to use
• Flexible dosing
• Cold processable
• Designed for enriched skin and sun care formulations with highactive levels
• Wide pH range of 2-12
High stability or tolerance in presence of high salt concentration or extreme pH values.

LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 by BASF is a non-ionic, electrolyte-tolerant and polyurethane-based rheology modifier.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 provides enriched skin and high active levels in sun-care formulations.
Moreover, LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 is used in color cosmetics and cleansing products even when a wide pH range is required.
LUVIGEL STAR AT 3 finds application in formulating conditioners and body-care products.

PROPERTIES OF LUVIGEL STAR AT 3:

Appearance:
Transparent and viscous non-ionic aqueous dispersion
Dose of Use / Active Matter : 0.5 - 5 % / ~ 20 %
pH Range: 2 - 12
Physical Form / Type: Liquid / Non-Ionic
Preservatives:
• 1.2 % mixture of Phenoxyethanol,
• Phenylpropanol, Propanediol, Caprylyl
• Glycol and Tocopherol


FORMULATIONS:
• Powdery Soft Butter, Butter Cream (SC-FR-14-000-C001)
• Luxurious Balm, Balm (SC-FR-14-000-B001)


FIELDS OF APPLICATION:
• Face Care
• Body Care
• Color Care
• Sun Care
• AP / Deo
• Hair Styling

Performance profile
• Associative thickener that interacts with structured hydrophobic ingredients in the formulation
• No neutralization or pre-swelling needed
• Very good electrolyte tolerance
• Influence on sensory properties


SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUVIGEL STAR AT 3:

First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.


LUVIMER 100 P

Luvimer 100 P is a specialized styling agent tailored for use in a variety of hair care products.
As a crucial component in hair styling formulations, Luvimer 100 P imparts essential hold and structure to various hairstyles.
Luvimer 100 P is particularly popular in aerosol hairsprays, pump sprays, lotions, and hair mousses.
Its versatile composition combines t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers to achieve desired styling effects.



APPLICATIONS


Luvimer 100 P finds its primary application as a styling agent in various hair care products, catering to diverse hairstyling needs.
Luvimer 100 P is extensively used in aerosol hairsprays, adding essential hold and structure to a wide range of hairstyles.

Pump sprays benefit from Luvimer 100 P's film-forming properties, enabling controlled application for sleek and textured styles.
Lotions incorporating Luvimer 100 P offer a versatile option for targeted styling effects, enhancing manageability and structure.
Hair mousses, enriched with Luvimer 100 P, help create voluminous and textured styles with enduring hold.

In the realm of pet care, this chemical is employed to achieve well-maintained and creatively styled pet fur.
The anionic film-forming agent properties of neutralized Luvimer 100 P make it indispensable for hair setting products.

Its incorporation in aerosol hairsprays ensures even distribution of fine droplets, resulting in consistent and lasting hold.
Hair care products featuring Luvimer 100 P help combat frizz and maintain sleek styles, regardless of humidity levels.
The combination of t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers makes Luvimer 100 P adaptable to various formulations.

Luvimer 100 P aids in achieving subtle volume, textured looks, and intricate styles, supporting a wide array of hairstyling preferences.
Its adhesive properties, attributed to the t-butyl acrylate component, ensure the longevity of diverse hairstyles.


Luvimer 100 P's film-forming properties enable it to create a protective layer over individual hair strands, ensuring longevity and shape retention of various hairstyles.
Hair care products formulated with Luvimer 100 P offer consumers a versatile range of styling options, from sleek and polished to textured and voluminous.
The neutralized anionic form of Luvimer 100 P contributes to its compatibility with a broad spectrum of hair setting formulations.

In the world of fashion and beauty, Luvimer 100 P assists hairstylists in crafting runway-worthy looks that defy gravity and showcase creative ingenuity.
The innovative use of Luvimer 100 P in pet care products reflects the growing trend of pampering pets with stylish and well-groomed fur.
Hair mousses featuring Luvimer 100 P provide a reliable tool for creating gravity-defying hairstyles that last throughout the day.
Lotions incorporating this styling agent cater to those seeking flexible and manageable hair while maintaining a structured look.
The combination of monomers in Luvimer 100 P ensures that hairstyles remain versatile, allowing for easy adjustments and restyling.

The presence of Luvimer 100 P in pet grooming products brings an element of creativity and playfulness to pet owners seeking unique fur styles.
Hair care enthusiasts appreciate the ability of Luvimer 100 P to transform ordinary hairstyles into extraordinary statements of self-expression.
The neutralized form of Luvimer 100 P helps create hair setting products that resist humidity, ensuring styles remain intact even in challenging weather.
Pump sprays enriched with Luvimer 100 P empower users to customize their hairstyles by adjusting the quantity applied for desired effects.

The terpolymer composition of Luvimer 100 P contributes to its adaptability, making it suitable for both simple everyday styles and intricate updos.
Hair care brands leverage Luvimer 100 P's unique attributes to create products that address the diverse preferences and needs of consumers.
The inclusion of Luvimer 100 P in hair styling formulations enhances the effectiveness of products designed for various hair textures and lengths.
Luvimer 100 P aligns with the modern desire for flexible yet enduring styles, offering a balance between creativity and practicality.
Luvimer 100 P enables hairstylists to push the boundaries of artistic expression, transforming hair into a canvas for their creative visions.

Consumers seeking bold, vibrant hair colors can rely on Luvimer 100 P to maintain the vibrancy and structure of their dyed hair.
In the realm of pet fashion, Luvimer 100 P assists groomers in creating themed or playful fur styles that reflect pet personalities.
Hairstyling products containing Luvimer 100 P exemplify the synergy of scientific innovation and artistic flair in the beauty industry.
Luvimer 100 P's presence in the pet care sector showcases the extension of grooming beyond functionality, embracing style and flair.
Luvimer 100 P is valued for its ability to create hairstyles that transition seamlessly from day to night, without losing hold or form.

Luvimer 100 P's compatibility with different formulations empowers manufacturers to create a diverse range of hair care solutions.
Its use in pet grooming fosters creativity, allowing pet owners to experiment with playful fur styles and themes.
Luvimer 100 P stands as a testament to the evolving landscape of hairstyling, where chemistry meets aesthetics to enable hair transformations that inspire confidence and creativity.



DESCRIPTION


Luvimer 100 P is a specialized styling agent tailored for use in a variety of hair care products.
As a crucial component in hair styling formulations, Luvimer 100 P imparts essential hold and structure to various hairstyles.
Luvimer 100 P is particularly popular in aerosol hairsprays, pump sprays, lotions, and hair mousses.
Its versatile composition combines t-butyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid monomers to achieve desired styling effects.
Luvimer 100 P exists as a fine white powder, ready to be incorporated into hair care formulations.

One of its key attributes is its film-forming ability, creating a durable layer that helps set and maintain hairstyles.
The inclusion of anionic properties in its neutralized form enhances its film-forming capabilities for hair setting products.

Luvimer 100 P's unique composition facilitates compatibility with other ingredients and additives in various styling formulations.
In the realm of hair care, it caters not only to human hair but also extends its application to pet care products.
Luvimer 100 P aids in achieving a range of hairstyles, from subtle volume to intricate textures.
Its t-butyl acrylate component contributes to the adhesive properties, ensuring styles remain intact.

to maintain hairstyle integrity even in humid conditions.
Luvimer 100 P enables hair care product manufacturers to create formulations tailored to specific styling needs.
Whether for casual day-to-day styles or elaborate updos, this chemical supports a wide range of looks.
Its adoption in pet care industry products helps groomers achieve creative and well-maintained pet fur styles.

Luvimer 100 P's properties are carefully balanced to provide effective styling without causing stiffness or discomfort.
As a versatile hair setting resin, it exemplifies the fusion of chemistry and hairstyling artistry.
Hair care professionals and enthusiasts rely on Luvimer 100 P to enhance the art of hairstyling and create stunning looks with confidence.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, immediately move the affected person to an area with fresh air.
Allow the person to rest in a comfortable position and keep them warm.
If breathing difficulties persist or if the person is experiencing severe symptoms, seek medical attention promptly.
If breathing stops or is compromised, administer artificial respiration and seek medical help immediately.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact, immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash the affected area gently with plenty of water and mild soap for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation, redness, or discomfort occurs, seek medical attention.
If a large area of skin is affected or symptoms worsen, seek medical help promptly.


Eye Contact:

In the event of eye contact, immediately rinse the eyes with gently flowing water for at least 15 minutes.
Remove contact lenses, if applicable, during the rinsing process.
Seek immediate medical attention, even if irritation appears to be mild.


Ingestion:

If ingested accidentally, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical professionals.
Rinse the mouth with water and drink plenty of water if the person is conscious.
Seek immediate medical attention and provide medical personnel with accurate information about the ingested substance.


General First Aid Guidelines:

Always prioritize safety and well-being.
While providing first aid measures, it is crucial to follow established safety practices.
If there is any doubt or concern about an individual's health or well-being, seek medical help.
Do not delay seeking medical attention if you suspect the exposure has resulted in serious symptoms or complications.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
Wear appropriate PPE, including chemical-resistant gloves, safety goggles, protective clothing, and respiratory protection if handling in an area with inadequate ventilation.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area, or use local exhaust ventilation to minimize inhalation exposure to dust or vapors.

Avoid Contact:
Prevent skin contact by wearing suitable protective clothing that covers exposed skin.
In case of accidental contact, remove contaminated clothing immediately and wash the affected area with soap and water.

Inhalation Prevention:
Avoid breathing in dust or vapors.
If airborne exposure is likely, wear a suitable respiratory mask or use supplied air respiratory protection.

No Eating or Drinking:
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Luvimer 100 P or in areas where it is present.

Contaminated Equipment:
Clean any equipment, tools, or surfaces that come into contact with Luvimer 100 P thoroughly before reuse.

Work Practices:
Implement good hygiene practices, such as regular hand washing, to minimize the risk of accidental ingestion.


Storage:

Cool, Dry Area:
Store Luvimer 100 P in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from direct sunlight, sources of heat, ignition, and incompatible materials.

Original Containers:
Keep the substance in its original tightly closed container to prevent moisture absorption and exposure to air.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with the appropriate hazard warnings and safety precautions.
Include the product name, manufacturer's details, and any relevant hazard symbols.

Segregation:
Store Luvimer 100 P away from incompatible substances, including strong oxidizing agents, strong acids, and bases.

Fire Prevention:
Keep away from open flames, sparks, and sources of ignition.
Store away from flammable materials.

Grounding:
If the substance is transferred, ensure proper grounding to prevent static electricity buildup, which could lead to ignition.

Storage Temperature:
Maintain storage temperatures within the recommended range to prevent degradation or alteration of the substance's properties.

Secondary Containment:
Consider using secondary containment measures to prevent leaks or spills from spreading.

Regulatory Compliance:
Adhere to local, national, and international regulations and guidelines for the storage of hazardous chemicals.

LUVIQUAT 9030
LUVIQUAT 9030 = VINYLAMINE/VINYLFORMAMIDE COPOLYMER


Chemical Name: Vinylamine/Vinylformamide Copolymer
Classification: Synthetic polymer


Luviquat 9030 is a copolymer of vinylamine and vinylformamide monomers.
Luviquat 9030 is colorless to slightly yellowish liquid.
Luviquat 9030 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat 9030 provides protective, wet combability improving properties and substantivity.


Luviquat 9030 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat 9030 is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat 9030 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.
Luviquat 9030 has a weight composition of 5% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 6.1 meq/g at pH 7.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUVIQUAT 9030:
Luviquat 9030 is used styling agent suitable for hair care products, especially mousses.
Luviquat 9030 is used for Shampoo and Hairconditioner.
Luviquat 9030 is used in hair styling products such as mousse, lotion, hair & skin conditioning like conditioning rinse, hair treatment, shampoo, shower products, body lotions and shaving preparations.


-Cosmetic Uses of Luviquat 9030:
*hair conditioning
*hair fixing agents



FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT 9030:
-HAIR CONDITIONER:
*Improves the appearance and feel of hair. Leaves hair easy to comb, supple, soft and shiny and/or imparts volume, lightness, shine, texture, etc.
*Leaves hair easy to comb, supple, soft and shiny and/or gives volume, lightness and shine
-HAIR FIXATION:
*Allows physical control of the hairstyle.
*Allows to control the style of the hair



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
Assay: 95.00 to 100.00
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Description of necessary first-aid measures:
*General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
Consult a physician.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.
*In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
*If swallowed:
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.
-Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary:
no data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Pick up and arrange disposal.
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Specific hazards arising from the chemical:
no data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Control parameters:
Occupational Exposure limit values: no data available
-Biological limit values:
no data available
-Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.
-Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment (PPE):
*Eye/face protection:
Safety glasses with side-shields.
*Skin protection:
Wear impervious clothing.
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Wash and dry hands.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUVIQUAT 9030:
-Reactivity: no data available
-Chemical stability: Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions: no data available
-Conditions to avoid: no data available
-Incompatible materials: no data available
-Hazardous decomposition products: no data available

LUVIQUAT FC 370
Luviquat FC 370 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat FC 370 is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat FC 370 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.

CAS: 95144-24-4
MF: C12H18ClN3O
MW: 255.75

Luviquat FC 370 has a weight composition of 70% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 2.0 meq/g at pH 7.
This product is ideally used in mouse, spray, hair and skin conditioner and shampoo, body lotion, and shaving preparations.
Luviquat FC 370 is a substantive cationic compound for use as a conditioner and styling product in hair and skin care preparations.
Luviquat FC 370 is also known as polyquaternium-16.
Luviquat FC 370 is a cationic copolymer of methylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.

Luviquat FC 370 Chemical Properties
Density: 1.12 g/mL at 20 °C
Refractive index: n20/D 1.421
PH: 5.0-8.0 (10% in H2O, active ingredients)
EPA Substance Registry System: Luviquat FC 370 (95144-24-4)

Uses
Luviquat FC 370 may be used in cosmetics, stabilizers, lubricants, coatings, bactericides, hair care and skin care products.
LUVIQUAT FC 370 by BASF is a conditioning agent and setting polymer.
LUVIQUAT FC 370 is used in conditioners, styling products, body lotions and styling formulations.

Synonyms
D16
LuviquatFC550
Luviquat?HM552
luviquat¨fc905
Luviquat?FC370
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatTMFC370
LuviquatTMFC905
PolyquaterniumD16
Polyquaternium-16
LUVIQUAT (R) FC 550
LuviquatTM FC 370
LuviquatTM HM 552
LuviquatTM FC 905
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium
Polyquaternium D10, Poly[(3-methyl-1-vinylimidazolium chloride)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)]
Polyquaternium D16, Poly[(3-methyl-1-vinylimidazolium chloride)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)]
95144-24-4
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatFC 550
UNII-1KX12A42IJ
UNII-F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL193281
1KX12A42IJ
F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL12983284
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;chloride
LUVIQUAT FC 370 (POLYQUATERNIUM)
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is also known as polyquaternium-16.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16)is a cationic copolymer of methylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) may be used in cosmetics, stabilizers, lubricants, coatings, bactericides, hair care and skin care products.

CAS: 95144-24-4
MF: C12H18ClN3O
MW: 255.75

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) Chemical Properties
Density: 1.12 g/mL at 20 °C
Refractive index: n20/D 1.421
PH: 5.0-8.0 (10% in H2O, active ingredients)
EPA Substance Registry System: Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) (95144-24-4)

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a multifunctional polymer and it is used in cosmetic formulations.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) acts as an antistatic (reduces static charges by neutralizing the electrical charge on the hair surface)and as hair conditioner and combability aid (reduces or prevents the confusion of the hair due to changes or damage to the hair surface and thus improves the combability).
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is because the molecules of the Polyquaternium-16 are positively charged.
They attach themselves to the (negatively charged) hair shaft and form a coherent film (film former) on the hair surface.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) makes the hair appear smoother and easier to comb.

Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is an aqueous solution of cationic polymers of different charge density and different degrees of setting and conditioning.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a slight characteristic odor.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) has a weight composition of 5% VP, a solids content of 38-42, and a charge density of 6.1 meq/g at pH 7.
Luviquat FC 370 (Polyquaternium 16) is a polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed frommethylvinylimidazolium chloride and vinylpyrrolidone.

Synonyms
95144-24-4
Luviquat FC 550
LuviquatFC 550
UNII-1KX12A42IJ
UNII-F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL193281
1KX12A42IJ
F0W09UU9M3
SCHEMBL12983284
1-ethenyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one;chloride
LUVIQUAT PQ 11
DESCRIPTION:
Luviquat PQ 11 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.

CAS No. : 53633-54-8
Formula : C18H34N2O7S
Molecular Weight. : 422.537



Luviquat PQ 11 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).
Luviquat PQ 11 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower & bath products and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches & colorants).


LUVIQUAT PQ 11 is a conditioner and styling auxiliary.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.

LUVIQUAT PQ 11 is suitable for hair care products like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos and in skin care products like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer for hair and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 is Conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.


APPLICATIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Hair care
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Shampoo and Conditioner
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Styling product

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Bath and Body
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care TSCA
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in Pet Care DSL



USES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Luviquat PQ 11 quaternary compound is a 20% solution of polyquaternium-11 in water.
Luviquat PQ 11 is preserved with 0.5 % of Phenonip [Phenoxyethanol (and) Methylparaben (and) Butylparaben (and) Ethylparaben (and) Propylparaben

The Luviquat products are aqueous solutions of cationic polymers with different charge densities.
The cationic Luviquat polymers have an affinity to keratin and are used as conditioners and styling agents in hair and skin care products.


Luviquat PQ 11 is Used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 Acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary.
Luviquat PQ 11 Possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 Offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel




FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
Polyquaterniums find particular application in conditioners, shampoo, hair mousse, hair spray, hair dye, and contact lens solutions.
Because they are positively charged, they neutralize the negative charges of most shampoos and hair proteins and help hair lie flat.
Their positive charges also ionically bond them to hair and skin.







CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
INCI Name: Polyquaternium-11
Function: Hair Fixative,Conditioner
Labeling Claims: Microplastics-free, Nanomaterials-free, Not Tested on Animals, Clean at Sephora, Antioxidants-free, Not Listed In California Proposition 65, Ulta Beauty's Conscious Beauty, Solvent-free, Radioactive-free
Certifications & Compliance: REACH (Europe), EU Cosmetic Regulation 1223/2009 Compliant, EC No.1907/2006, ISO 9001
Benefit Claims: Conditioning, Quick Setting, Substantivity, Ease of Styling, Hair Conditioning
Synonyms: N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate-Vinylpyrrolidone Copolymer Diethyl Sulfate Salt, Poly(N-Vinylpyrrolidone 2-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate) Diethyl Sulfate
Appearance: Clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquids
properties Odour: Weak, characteristic
Solubility: Miscible with water and ethanol
Molecular weight: 0.8
Charge density: 1,000,000
INCI : Polyquaternium-11
Application(s) : Capillaire
Fonction(s) : Styling
Fixant


SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT LUVIQUAT PQ 11:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product



LUVIQUAT PQ 11

Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer based on vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMAEMA).
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in the cosmetics and personal care industry as a conditioning agent and film-forming polymer in hair care products such as shampoos, conditioners, hair styling products, and hair treatments.

CAS Number: 53633-54-8
EC Number: 611-022-0

Synonyms: Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, Polyquaternium-11, VP/Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Poly(vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate polymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Luviquat PQ11, Polyquaternium 11, PVP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate crosspolymer, VP/DMAEMA polymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate graft copolymer, Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone-co-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Polyquaternium-11, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, Vinylpyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, VP/DMAEMA copolymer, Polyquaternium-11



APPLICATIONS


Luviquat PQ 11 is widely used in shampoos to provide conditioning benefits to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to conditioner formulations to improve detangling and manageability.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair masks and treatments by imparting softness and smoothness.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in leave-in conditioners to provide long-lasting hydration and frizz control.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair serums to add shine and protect against environmental damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in styling gels and mousses to provide hold and control while maintaining flexibility.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to define curls and reduce frizz in curl-enhancing products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair sprays to enhance hold and provide anti-static properties.

Luviquat PQ 11 improves the spreadability and application of hair oils and treatments.
This copolymer is used in heat protectant sprays to shield hair from damage caused by styling tools.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair color formulations to improve color retention and vibrancy.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to minimize color fading and maintain the integrity of dyed or bleached hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in hair relaxers and straightening treatments to improve manageability and reduce damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair volumizing products by adding body and fullness.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to dry shampoo formulations to absorb excess oil and refresh the hair between washes.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in pre-shampoo treatments to condition and protect the hair before cleansing.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair masks and deep conditioning treatments for intensive repair and hydration.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in anti-frizz serums and creams to smooth and control unruly hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to leave-on hair treatments to provide ongoing protection and nourishment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in hair styling waxes and pomades to provide texture and definition.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair texturizing sprays and sea salt sprays by adding hold and volume.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in hair repair treatments to strengthen and fortify damaged hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair growth serums and treatments to improve scalp health and stimulate hair growth.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair primers to create a smooth and even surface for styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in multi-benefit hair care products to provide a range of conditioning benefits in one formulation.

Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in hair masks to deeply nourish and repair damaged hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to split end treatments to seal and protect the hair cuticle, reducing breakage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in scalp treatments to soothe irritation and promote a healthy scalp environment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair glosses and shine sprays to add a glossy finish and enhance luster.
Luviquat PQ 11 is used in styling creams and lotions to provide soft hold and definition without weighing down the hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to improve the longevity of hairstyles by providing long-lasting hold and control.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair thickening products to create the appearance of fuller, thicker hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of leave-in hair treatments by locking in moisture and protecting against environmental damage.
Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in hair texturizing pastes and clays to create tousled, textured styles.

Luviquat PQ 11 is added to hair primers to smooth the hair cuticle and enhance the effectiveness of styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the efficacy of hair repair masks by delivering conditioning ingredients deep into the hair shaft.

Luviquat PQ 11 is used in overnight hair treatments to provide intensive hydration and repair while sleeping.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into anti-aging hair care products to minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles in the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to reduce static and flyaways in hair sprays and finishing sprays for a smooth, polished look.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in dry hair treatments to revive and refresh hair between washes.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of leave-in hair conditioners by detangling and smoothing the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 is added to frizz-fighting serums and creams to create a sleek, frizz-free finish.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to protect the hair from UV damage and environmental stressors in sun protection hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into color-safe hair care products to preserve the vibrancy and integrity of colored hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the elasticity and resilience of the hair in elasticity-enhancing treatments.

Luviquat PQ 11 is utilized in clarifying shampoos to remove product buildup and impurities from the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the performance of hair growth treatments by promoting a healthy scalp environment.

Luviquat PQ 11 is added to heat styling products to provide heat protection and prevent damage from styling tools.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to control oil production and reduce greasiness in oil-controlling hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is incorporated into hair fragrance mists to add a subtle scent and leave the hair smelling fresh and clean.



DESCRIPTION


Luviquat PQ 11 is a quaternized copolymer based on vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMAEMA).
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in the cosmetics and personal care industry as a conditioning agent and film-forming polymer in hair care products such as shampoos, conditioners, hair styling products, and hair treatments.
Luviquat PQ 11 helps to improve the manageability, smoothness, and overall appearance of hair by providing conditioning benefits, enhancing combability, and reducing static charge. Additionally, Luviquat PQ 11 can contribute to the formation of a protective film on the hair surface, which helps to minimize damage from heat styling and environmental stressors.

Luviquat PQ 11 is a versatile copolymer used in hair care formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 is derived from vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.

Luviquat PQ 11 appears as a clear or slightly cloudy liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 has a mild odor and is soluble in water.

Luviquat PQ 11 is known for its excellent conditioning properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 forms a thin film on the hair shaft, providing smoothness and shine.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to reduce static electricity and frizz in hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the manageability of hair, making it easier to comb and style.

Luviquat PQ 11 improves the overall appearance of hair by imparting a soft and silky texture.
Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used in shampoos, conditioners, hair serums, and styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the efficacy of hair care formulations by promoting even distribution of active ingredients.
This copolymer has moisturizing properties, helping to maintain hair hydration.

Luviquat PQ 11 is compatible with a wide range of other cosmetic ingredients.
Luviquat PQ 11 provides long-lasting effects, keeping hair soft and manageable throughout the day.

Luviquat PQ 11 helps to protect hair from environmental damage and heat styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 is suitable for use in both leave-on and rinse-off hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 is gentle on the scalp and suitable for all hair types, including chemically treated hair.

Luviquat PQ 11 contributes to the overall sensory experience of hair care products, providing a luxurious feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 improves the elasticity and strength of hair, reducing breakage and split ends.

Luviquat PQ 11 enhances the vibrancy and color retention of dyed or bleached hair.
This copolymer has been extensively tested for safety and efficacy in hair care applications.

Luviquat PQ 11 is commonly used by formulators to create high-performance hair care products.
Luviquat PQ 11 adds volume and body to hair, giving it a fuller and more youthful appearance.

Luviquat PQ 11 is pH-stable and does not interfere with the formulation's pH.
Luviquat PQ 11 is a key ingredient in achieving salon-quality results in hair care formulations.



PROPERTIES


Physical Properties:

Appearance: Clear or slightly cloudy liquid
Color: Colorless to pale yellow
Odor: Mild
Solubility: Soluble in water
pH: Typically around neutral (pH 6-8)
Density: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Viscosity: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Boiling Point: Not applicable (decomposition may occur at high temperatures)
Melting Point: Not applicable (remains in liquid state at room temperature)
Flash Point: Not applicable (not flammable)
Vapor Pressure: Low (not volatile)
Surface Tension: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Stability: Stable under normal storage conditions
Miscibility: Miscible with water and many organic solvents
Hygroscopicity: Low (not prone to absorbing moisture from the air)
Specific Gravity: Variable depending on concentration and temperature
Refractive Index: Variable depending on concentration and temperature


Chemical Properties:

Chemical Formula: Variable depending on polymerization ratio
Chemical Structure: Quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
Molecular Weight: Variable depending on polymerization ratio and degree of quaternization
Functional Groups: Quaternary ammonium, pyrrolidone, methacrylate
Polymerization: Copolymerization of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
Crosslinking: Possible depending on formulation and processing conditions
Reactivity: Reacts with certain reactive chemicals and functional groups
pH Stability: Stable within a wide pH range (typically pH 2-10)
Thermal Stability: Stable at normal processing temperatures



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove the affected person to fresh air immediately.
If breathing is difficult, provide oxygen if available and seek medical attention promptly.
Keep the affected person calm and reassured.
Monitor breathing and provide artificial respiration if necessary.
Seek medical attention if symptoms persist or worsen.


Skin Contact:

Remove contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash the affected skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
If irritation or redness develops, seek medical attention.
If irritation persists, seek medical advice from a healthcare professional.
Wash contaminated clothing and shoes before reuse.


Eye Contact:

Flush the eyes with lukewarm water or saline solution immediately, holding the eyelids open.
Continue flushing the eyes for at least 15 minutes, ensuring that the entire eye surface is rinsed.
Seek immediate medical attention from an eye care professional.
Remove contact lenses if present and easy to do so after flushing the eyes.
Do not rub the eyes, as this may exacerbate irritation or injury.


Ingestion:

Do not induce vomiting unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
Rinse the mouth thoroughly with water and spit out the rinse water.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Seek immediate medical attention or contact a poison control center.
Provide medical personnel with information about the ingested substance and its container if available.


General First Aid:

In all cases, provide supportive care as necessary based on the individual's symptoms and condition.
Keep the affected person warm and comfortable.
Monitor vital signs such as pulse, breathing, and blood pressure.
Do not administer any medications unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
If medical attention is required, provide transportation to the nearest medical facility.
Follow any additional instructions provided by medical professionals or poison control authorities.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves, and protective clothing, when handling Luviquat PQ 11.
Avoid direct contact with skin, eyes, and clothing.
In case of contact, follow the first aid measures outlined in the safety data sheet (SDS).
Use in a well-ventilated area to minimize inhalation exposure.
If ventilation is insufficient, use respiratory protection.
Avoid generating aerosols or dusts when handling Luviquat PQ 11 to prevent inhalation exposure.
Handle with care to prevent spills and leaks. Use spill containment measures such as absorbent materials and spill kits.
Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling Luviquat PQ 11.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling.
Follow good industrial hygiene practices and workplace safety procedures when handling this product.


Storage:

Store Luviquat PQ 11 in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight and sources of heat or ignition.
Keep containers tightly closed when not in use to prevent contamination and moisture ingress.
Store away from incompatible materials, including strong acids, bases, oxidizing agents, and reducing agents.
Keep containers upright and secure to prevent tipping or leakage.
Use appropriate secondary containment measures if necessary.
Do not store near food, beverages, or animal feed to prevent accidental contamination.
Store Luviquat PQ 11 away from children, pets, and unauthorized personnel.
Follow all local regulations and guidelines for the storage of chemicals, including any specific requirements for quaternary ammonium compounds.
Check containers regularly for signs of damage or deterioration and replace as needed.
Keep storage areas clean and free from clutter to minimize the risk of accidents and spills.
Ensure that storage facilities are equipped with appropriate fire detection and suppression systems in case of fire or other emergencies.
Follow manufacturer recommendations and guidelines for the safe storage of Luviquat PQ 11, as specified on the product label and safety data sheet.
LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary copolymer, used for hair styling products, and as a skin and hair conditioner.


CAS Number: 53633-54-8
EC Number: 611-022-0
MDL Number: MFCD00284283
Chem/IUPAC Name: 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate
Molecular Formula: C18H34N2O7S / (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S



2-methylacrylic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, Poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate), Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, MFCD00134019, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, vinylpyrrolidone/ dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ sulfate, Luviquat PQ 11 PN,
Polyquaternium D 11, Gafquat 755N, Polyquaternium 11, Uniquat 755N, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Ply(n-vinylpyrrolidone2 dimethylaminoethylmethacrylate)dimethylsulfate, Quaternized copolymer of VP/DMAEMA(PQ-11), PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), Polyquaternary ammonium salt -11,
2-methylacrylic acid 2-dimethylaminoethyl ester, Poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate),Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, MFCD00134019, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, vinylpyrrolidone/ dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate/ sulfate, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium D 11, 2-Propenoic acid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester,polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone,1-ethenyl-,polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate,compd. with diethyl sulfate, Sulfuric acid,diethyl ester,compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Quaternium 23, Polyquaternium 11, Celquat 200, Polyquat 11, Luviquat PQ 11, Copolymer 755, HC Polymer 2L, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 440, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ 11PN, Gafquat 755N-PP, HC 1NS, Gafquat 755N-PW, Gafquat 755N, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 3A, HC Polymer 1S(M), Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, HC Polymer 1NS, PQ 11, Viviprint 650, PDM Polymer, HC Polymer 1N(M), Polyquaternium D11, Luviquat PQ 11AT1, Gafquat 755N-O, HC Polymer GMR, 37348-62-2, 37348-63-3, 440634-64-0, 676999-73-8, 916899-67-7, 1254335-41-5, diethyl sulfate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate, 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulphate, diethyl sulfate, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate, 1-ethenylpyrrolidin-2-one, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate, UNII-0B44BS5IJS, Quaternium-23, 0B44BS5IJS, SCHEMBL444003, CS-0453451, Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, Gafquat 440, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Gafquat 755N, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 755N-PP, Gafquat 755N-PW, HC 1NS, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 1NS, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 1S(M), HC Polymer 2L, HC Polymer 3A, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), polyquaternium-11, PQ 11, PQ 11PN, Polyquat 11, Polyquaternium 11, Quaternium 23, 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate compound with diethyl sulfate and 1-vinylpyrrolidin-2-one (1:1:1), 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl esterpolymer with1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl2-methyl-2-propenoate, compd. with diethyl sulfateSulfuric acid, diethyl ester, compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl2-meth, 2-Propenoicacid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethylester,polymerwith1-ethenyl-2-yrrolidinone, compd.withdiethylsulfate, 2-Propenol acid, 2-methyl-2-(dimethlamino) ethyl ester, polymer and 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compound with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer and 2-(dimethylamino) ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate, compound with diethyl sulfate, Poly[(2-ethyldimethylammonioethyl methacrylate ethyl sulfate)-co-(1-vinylpyrrolidone)] average Mw <1,000,000 by GPC, 20 wt. % in H2O, 2-Propenoicacid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethylester,polymerwith1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, poly(1-vinylpyrrolidone-co-2-dimethylaminoethylmethacrylate), quaternizedsolution, yl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd.withdiethylsulfate, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE/DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE COPOLYMER, QUATERNIZED, POLY(1-VINYLPYRROLIDONE-CO-2-DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE), QUATERNIZED, poly(n-vinylpyrrolidone 2-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate) diethyl sulfate, POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE/2-DIMETHYLAMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE), DIMETHYL SULFATE QUATERNARY, Polyquaternium-11, 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-2-(dimethylamino) ethyl ester, polymer and 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, compd. with diethyl sulfate Quaternium-23, Vinylpyrrolidonedimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymerdiethyl sulfate reaction product, 2-Propenoic acid,2-methyl-,2-(dimethylamino)ethyl ester,polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,compd. with diethyl sulfate, 2-Pyrrolidinone,1-ethenyl-,polymer with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate,compd. with diethyl sulfate, Sulfuric acid,diethyl ester,compd. with 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methyl-2-propenoate polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, 1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone Polymer With 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl 2-Methyl-2-propenoate Compound With Diethyl Sulfate, Sulfuric Acid Diethyl Ester Compound With 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl 2-Methyl-2-propenoate Polymer With 1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Celquat 200, Copolymer 755, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl Methacrylate-vinylpyrrolidone Copolymer Diethyl Sulfate Salt, Gafquat 734, Gafquat 755, Quaternium 23, Polyquaternium 11, Celquat 200, Polyquat 11, Luviquat PQ 11, Copolymer 755, HC Polymer 2L, N,N-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate vinylpyrrolidone copolymer diethyl sulfate salt, Gafquat 755N-P, Gafquat 440, HC Polymer 1N, HC Polymer 5, Luviquat PQ 11PN, PQ 11PN, Gafquat 755N-PP, HC 1NS, Gafquat 755N-PW, Gafquat 755N, HC Polymer 1S, HC Polymer 3, HC Polymer 1S(M), Dehyquart CC 11, Flocare C 111, HC Polymer 1NS, PQ 11, Viviprint 650, PDM Polymer, HC Polymer 1N(M), Polyquaternium D11, Luviquat PQ 11AT1, Gafquat 755N-O, HC Polymer GMR, 37348-62-2, 37348-63-3, 440634-64-0, 676999-73-8, 916899-67-7, 1254335-41-5, PQ-22, HTH-4PQ-11, PQ 11 PN (1), poly quart 11, Luviquat PQ 11 PN, Polyquaternium-11, Polyquaternium D 11, LuviquatTM PQ 11 PN, PolyquaterniuM 11 (PQ11), Polyquaternary ammonium salt -11



Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, with the chemical formula (C10H24N2O)n and CAS registry number 53633-54-8, is a compound known for its applications in the personal care industry.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that provides mild conditioning when rinsing and styling hair, protecting the hair by forming a flexible film on the surface of the hair.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides shine, detangling and de-frizzing benefits to hair conditioners and shampoos by coating the hair in a clear film that adds visible and sensorial volume
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning and anti-static agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers protective & wet combability improving properties and substantivity.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.


When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.
When formulating in hot process applications, add to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is best known for its conditioning properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form clear, non-tacky, continuous films.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides conditioning and styling effects, with minimum build-up for hair substantively.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 improves wet and dry combability, gloss, smoothness and manageability for hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a film forming and form fixing agent.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary copolymer, used for hair styling products, and as a skin and hair conditioner.
Especially recommended of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 for use in hair styling products such as Hair Mousses & lotions
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour. Supplied as 20% active in water
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a unique cationic polymer with a very high film-forming power and excellent substantivity to hair and skin.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is ideally suited to improved both conditioning and hold in hair care products and to improve conditioning and skin-feel in skin care and cleansing products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer that can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. – 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a hazy highly viscous liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear, uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film is basically not sticky.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is in the chemical class known as quaternary ammonium compounds (generally referred to as a "Quat").
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a high viscous aqueous solution, Miscible with water and ethanol, Slightly characteristic odor.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is found to suppress melanin elution in shampoo thus may prevent hair from dulling after repeated shampoo use.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and quaternized vinylimidazole
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1’s high molecular weight and their specific composition provide a good setting effect.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is the polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed by the reaction of diethyl sulfate and a copolymer of vinyl pyrrolidone and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a polymeric quaternary ammonium salt formed by reaction of diethyl sulfate and a copolymer of diethyl sulfate and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer that can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. – 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to light yellow viscous liquid with characteristic odour.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides shine,detangling and de-frizzing benefits to hair conditioners and shampoos by coating the hair in a clear film that adds visible and sensorial volume.


Especially recommended of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 for styling products, e.g. hair mousses and lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1’s high molecular weight and their specific composition provide a good setting effect.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a conditioner and styling auxiliary.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a cloud, straw-colored film former and anti-static agent.It acts as a conditioning agent and film-former,styling auxiliary.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternary ammonium compound that forms flexible films with mild conditioning benefits in rinse off and styling applications.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower and bath products, and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches, and colorants).
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair styling products such as mousse, lotion, conditioning rinse, hair treatment products, shampoo and shower products, skin care products like body lotion & shaving preparations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Shampoo, oil conditioner, hair styling, shaving foam, etc.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling agents, hair conditioners and skin care applications.
Applications of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1: Conditioning, Shower/Bath Products, and Styling.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 which functions as a surfactant, conditioner, and cationic surfactant, claims to be self-emulsifying and effective in hair conditioning.


In the personal care market, focusing on beauty and care, especially hair care, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suited for creams and rinse-off products, catering to applications like hair conditioner and hair treatment and repair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.


Excellent for use with blow drying and straighteners where Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can provide thermal protection for the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary. Possesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a large molecular weight & its structural composition helps bring good styling results.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioning agent and film-former.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers characteristics such as substantivity, shine and control.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos, in skin care like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a conditioner and styling auxiliary. Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 pocesses spreading, electrostatic charging preventing and lubricating properties.


Because of its cationic properties, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used as a hair care agent to improve the combing and flexibility of hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film basically does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic characteristics.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is commonly used as a conditioning agent in hair care products, providing benefits such as improved manageability, enhanced shine, and reduced static.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with a wide range of hair types and can be found in shampoos, conditioners, styling products, and hair sprays.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an adjusting agent in long-acting curling fluid, shampoo and cleaning products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Film forming agent in hair styling products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an additive to increase comfort in products such as moisturizer, body lotion and shaving lotion.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film is basically not sticky.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works by forming a thin film on the hair, which helps to smooth the cuticle and reduce frizz.


Additionally, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has been found to have antimicrobial properties, making it useful in certain cosmetic formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Film-forming agent in styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent in conditioning shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.
When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is designed for styling mousses sprays, and conditioners, and can also be used for hair conditioning/styling resins for aerosol sprays, pump sprays, mousses, setting lotions, hair gels, glazes, lotions, and shampoos.
Overall, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a versatile ingredient that contributes to the performance and aesthetics of hair care products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has a solids content of 19.0% min. - 21.0% max., a color (Gardner, 23°C) of max. 3.0, and a pH value (10% in water) of 5.0-7.0.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in mousse, hair sprays, shampoos, hair conditioners and hair dyes.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in hair care like mousses, gels, pump sprays and spritzes.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers benefits including stabilized lather, substantivity, wet combability, soft, hold, smooth feel and silky skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 when used in a foaming product such as a shampoo or shower gel will enhance the foam levels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethyl aminoethylmethacrylate, acts as a fixative,film-forming and conditioning agent.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides excellent lubricity on wet hair and ease of combing and detangling on dry hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as an additive to increase comfort in products such as moisturizers, body lotions and aftershaves.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent in conditioning shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling while adding volume and body.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used film former in styling products, such as aerosol mousses, gels and glazes.
Spray on products (Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1) for conditioning and blow-drying.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used additive for improved skin feel in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, deodorants and antiperspirants, liquid and bar soaps.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides thermal/mechanical protection in styling products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used cationic styling polymer with good hold / stiffness, fair HHCR, good hair conditioning benefits.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms clear, non-tacky, continuous films and helps build body to hair while leaving it manageable.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 improves skin feel, provides smoothness during application and skin conditioning.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suggested for use in mousses, gels, styling sprays , novelty stylers, leave-in conditioning lotions, body care, color cosmetics, and facial care applications.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a conditioning agent in shampoos and cream or clear rinse conditioners.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides instant detangling whilst adding volume and body to the hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 may want to use in combination with other stronger holding polymers for improved HHCR.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms transparent, non-sticky and continuous membrane.
Its cationic nature has an affinity to hair, so Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 possesses a very fine conditioning and firm effects.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair more easily to be combed, lustrous, neat, flattening and also easily forms hair pattern.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has thickening effect and is compatible with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has no irritation to eyes and skin, with exceedingly low accumulation character.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 makes the hair easier to comb.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent for use with blow drying and straighteners where it can provide thermal protection for the hair.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products also for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 when used in a foaming product such as a shampoo or shower gel will enhance the foam levels.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is widely used in personal care, home care, and industrial sectors.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used compatible with various surfactants and offers distinctive performance versatility.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used shampoos & conditioners, styling products, body washes, antiperspirants & deodorants, and household cleaning products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Cationic styling polymer with good hold / stiffness, fair HHCR, good hair conditioning benefits.
May want to use in combination with other stronger holding polymers for improved HHCR.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 also can be used to improve the skin feeling in skin care products.


When formulating in hot process applications, add Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Conditioning, Shower/Bath Products, and Styling.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 acts as a setting polymer and conditioning agent.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a substantive cationic copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone (VP) and quaternized vinylimidazole (QVI).
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds application in formulating conditioners, shampoos, shower & bath products and hair styling aids (perms, bleaches & colorants).


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used in conditioners, styling products, body lotions and shower/bath formulations.
Applications of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1: Hair care, Shampoo and Conditioner, Styling product, Bath and Body, Pet Care, Pet Care TSCA, and Pet Care DSL.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is excellent combined with carbomer to produce smooth and easily applied gels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used as a long-acting curl fluid, setting agent in shampoos and cleaning products.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used ilm-forming substance in hair styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Body Care, Face Care, Hair Care, Hair Cleansing, Hair Conditioning, Hair Styling, Hair Treatment, Hand & Nail Care, Shaving, Skin Care.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is used Hair Care, Hair Cleansing, Hair Conditioning, Hair Styling, Hair Treatment, Skin Care
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a transparent and homogeneous liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anions and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used as a conditioner in shampoo, hair cream, etc., to rapidly improve the flexibility of hair.


Because of its film-forming property, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used as a styling agent in hair gel and mousse to improve the brightness and combability of hair.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is suitable for hair care products like lotions, mousses, gels, sprays, shampoos and in skin care products like soaps, shaving foam and body lotion.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in hair styling products, hair and skin conditioning, and skin care.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form a clear and uniform liquid film on the surface of the object, and the film does not show stickiness.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is particularly effective in hair styling products, including spray on conditioners and detanglers.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has cationic properties.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in combination with anionic and amphoteric surfactants.


Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also be used in shaving cream, bath liquid, bath milk, antiperspirant and solid soap and other skin care products, greatly improving the comfort of skin when contacting with such products.
The addition of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can also improve the thermal stability and shear resistance of the product.


-Hair care uses of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form transparent, non-sticky and flexible continuous film; it has affinity to hair, provides conditioning and firm effect, and accumulates very little, which makes hair easier to comb, shiny, smooth and easy to make hairstyle.
When used in a shampoos, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 enhances the foam levels


-Skin care uses of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be used in skincare products for improved skin feel.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 works well in shaving products, skin creams and lotions, liquid soap and bars of soap.

When used in a foaming product such as a shower gel, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 will enhance the foam levels.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is compatible with with non-ionic, anionic and amphoteric surfactants and rheology modifiers.
When combined with carbomer, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 forms smooth and easily applied gels.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can enhance the stability of surfactant, cream and lotion based formulations.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 also finds use in shaving creams



HOW TO USE LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is readily dissolved in water and thus it is easiest to dissolve into the water stage of formulation.
When used in surfactant based formulation we advise adding the Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 before surfactants for ease of dispersal.
When formulating in hot process applications, add to the water phase and disperse.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is resilient to heat.



ORIGIN OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is positively charged tetra-substituted nitrogen derivatives



FUNCTIONS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Conditioning Polymer
*Hair Conditioner
*Setting Polymer
*Surfactant,
*Conditioner,
*Surfactant (Cationic)



FEATURES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Conditioning agent for cosmetic applications, such as conditioners, styling products and body lotions.



GROUPS OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Product groups
*Conditioning Polymers
*Hair Conditioners
*Setting Polymers



HOW TO USE LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is supplied as a viscous liquid, though supplied in a jar for ease of use as the liquid is very thick.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 gently warming can help with the usability in formulation.



CHARACTER OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a cationic copolymer.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can form transparent, non-sticky and flexible continuous film.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 has an affinity for the hair, provides a softening and firming effect and accumulates very little, which makes it easier to comb the hair, making it shiny, smooth and shiny.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be compatible with anionic, non-ionic and amphoteric surfactants.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 does not irritate eyes and skin.



LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1, PRODUCTS TO USE IN:
*Hair Conditioner
*Shampoo
*Hair Styling Products
*Aftershave Balms
*Creams and Lotions
*Gels, especially those based upon Carbomer



SAFETY PROFILE OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is generally considered to be safe for topical use.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is mild, non-irritant and non-sensitizing to the skin, hence used in a wide range of cosmetic products.



ALTERNATIVES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*HYDROXYPROPYLTRIMONIUM HONEY,
*POLYQUATERNIUM6,
*POLYQUATERNIUM7,
*POLYQUATERNIUM10,
*HYDROXYPROPYL GUAR HYDROXYPROPYLTRIMONIUM CHLORIDE



LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1 - HIGH QUALITY PHARMACEUTICAL GRADE INGREDIENT FOR DIVERSE INDUSTRIES
Polyquaternium-11 (PQ-11) is a versatile material with usage across a multitude of industries owing to its unique properties.
This pharmaceutical grade product, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, echoes superior performance and safety standards, ensuring a top-quality experience for the end users.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a clear to slightly turbid yellowish viscous liquid, with a mild characteristic odor.

This visual and olfactory description is an exact manifestation of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1's high-quality construction.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1's impressively compatible with a variety of surfactants, including nonionic, anionic, and amphoteric variants, enhancing its application range within the formulation of multiple products.

Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is an internationally appreciated product being widely distributed across regions including North America, Central/South America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, Australasia, Asia, Middle East, and Africa.
This is due to its reliable performance and superior quality standards.

One core feature of Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is its pharmaceutical grade quality.
This signals stringent quality control measures, ensuring that your operations are graced with only the best product in its category.
With Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1, you can expect exceptional performance in a diverse range of applications.



FUNCTION OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Polyquaterniums find particular application in conditioners, shampoo, hair mousse, hair spray, hair dye, and contact lens solutions.
Because they are positively charged, they neutralize the negative charges of most shampoos and hair proteins and help hair lie flat.
Their positive charges also ionically bond them to hair and skin.



KEY FEATURES OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
*Skin and Hair Care:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is commonly utilized in cosmetic products such as shampoos, conditioners, and hair styling products.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 helps improve manageability, shine, and overall aesthetic appeal.

*Pharmaceuticals:
As a pharmaceutical grade ingredient, Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 finds use in various medical formulations including creams, gels, and ointments.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 aids in drug delivery, stability, and enhances the overall efficacy of the product.

*Personal Care:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 offers exceptional benefits when incorporated into personal care items such as body washes, soaps, and lotions.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 provides a luxurious feel, improves texture, and enhances the overall sensory experience.

*Textiles:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is also employed in the textile industry for fabric softeners, conditioners, and anti-static finishes.
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 imparts a soft touch, reduces static cling, and helps maintain fabric appearance even after multiple washes.

*Household Products:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 can be found in a variety of household items including fabric care products, air fresheners, and cleaning solutions.
Its versatile nature allows Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 to provide excellent product performance and consumer satisfaction.



ORIGIN OF LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Luviquat PQ 11 AT 1 is a quaternized copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.



WHAT DOES LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1 DO IN A FORMULATION?
*Film forming
*Foaming



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25°C
pH: 5.0-7.0 (10% solution)
CBNumber:CB8262152
Molecular Formula:C42H72N6O9X2
Molecular Weight:805.06
MDL Number:MFCD00284283
MOL File:53633-54-8.mol
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
refractive index: n20/D 1.369
solubility: soluble in Water
form: Clear Colourless Solution
LogP: 1.500 (est)
EWG's Food Scores: 1
FDA UNII: 0B44BS5IJS
EPA Substance Registry System: 2-(Dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate
N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer compd. with diethyl sulfate (53633-54-8)

Cosmetics Info: Polyquaternium-11
Boiling Point: No Data
Auto-ignition Temperature: Not Available
Flash Point (COC): No Data
Decomposition Temperature: Not Available
Evaporation Rate: Not Applicable
Viscosity (cP): 20,000 ~ 60,000cps (25°C)
Flammability (solid, gas): Not Applicable
Explosion Properties: None
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: Not Applicable
Oxidizing Properties: None
Molecular Weight: 422.5
Hydrogen Bond Donor Coun: 0
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 8
Rotatable Bond Count: 10

Exact Mass: 422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass: 422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area: 111 Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 28
Formal Charge: 0
Molecular Weight : 422.5
Appearance: Colorless to yellowish transparent liquid
Viscosity(25°2%C/mpa.s): 20000-60000
Solid content(%): 20.0±1.0
Residual monomer: ≤0.1
Ph: 5~7
Heavy Metal: ≤0.002
ASH(%): ≤0.1
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C

Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Flash Point: 70.6ºC
Exact Mass: 422.208679
PSA: 110.83000
LogP: 2.74250
Index of Refraction: n20/D 1.369
Assay: 95.00 to 100.00
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No
Boiling Point: 187.00 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg (est)
Vapor Pressure: 0.644000 mmHg @ 25.00 °C. (est)
Flash Point: 159.00 °F. TCC ( 70.60 °C. ) (est)
logP (o/w): 1.500 (est)
Soluble in: water, 61.44 mg/L @ 25 °C (est)
Appearance: Clear viscous liquid

Vapor Pressure: Not determined
Odor: Slight characteristic odor
Vapor Density: Not determined
Odor Threshold: No data available
Specific Gravity: No Data
pH: 5.0-7.0 Water Solubility: Soluble
Melting Point / freezing point: -7°C
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: Not Available
Complexity: 402
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0

Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 3
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
Molecular Weight: 422.5
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 8
Rotatable Bond Count: 10
Exact Mass: 422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass: 422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area: 111
Heavy Atom Count: 28
Complexity: 402
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 3
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
Melting Point: N/A
Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Flash Point: 70.6ºC

Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Molecular Weight:805.06
Exact Mass422.208679
EC Number:611-022-0
DSSTox ID:DTXSID0041303
HScode:29239000
PSA:110.83000
XLogP3:2.74250
Appearance:colorless to light yellow viscous liquid
Density:1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point:70.6ºC
Flash Point:70.6ºC
Refractive Index:n20/D 1.369
Molecular Weight:422.5
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count:8

Rotatable Bond Count:10
Exact Mass:422.20867260
Monoisotopic Mass:422.20867260
Topological Polar Surface Area:111
Heavy Atom Count:28
Complexity:402
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count:3
Compound Is Canonicalized:Yes
Density: 1.05 g/mL at 25 °C
Boiling Point: 70.6ºC
Molecular Formula: (C8H15NO2.C6H9NO)x.xC4H10O4S
Molecular Weight: 422.537
Flash Point: 70.6ºC
Exact Mass: 422.208679
PSA: 110.83000
LogP: 2.74250
Index of Refraction: n20/D 1.369



FIRST AID MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Description of First Aid Measures:
*Eye Contact:
Wash eyes immediately with large amounts of water or normal saline.
Get medical attention immediately.
*Skin Contact:
Remove contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash with soap or mild detergent and large amounts of water.
Get medical attention, if needed
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Environmental Precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and Material for Containment and Cleaning Up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Use water spray, alcohol resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Exposure Controls:
--Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use chemical goggles or face shield.
*Hand Protection:
Use chemical resistant gloves.
*Body Protection:
Wear appropriate chemical resistant clothing.
*Other:
An eye wash facility should be available in the work area.
Launder contaminated clothing before re-use.
--Environmental Exposure Controls:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Precautions for Safe Handling:
Normal measures for preventive fire protection.
-Conditions for Safe Storage, Including any Incompatibilities:
Keep container in a cool, well-ventiatled place.
-Specific end use(s):
Active ingredient in cosmetic and personal care applications.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LUVIQUAT PQ 11 AT 1:
-Reactivity:
Not reactive under normal conditions of use.
-Chemical Stability:
Stable at normal temperatures and pressure.
-Possibility of Hazardous Reactions:
Possible hazardous reactions at normal temperatures and pressure are not reported.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is a film former, thickener and emulsifier.
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder offers hold and possesses lubricant and binding properties.
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is used in hair gels, particularly wet look gels, hair mousses, pump sprays, liquid hair setting preparation, creams, shampoos and hair dyes.

CAS Number: 9003-39-8
EC Number: 618-363-4
Monomer Unit Molar Mass: 111.14 g/mol

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is styling agent suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is a nonionic vinylpyrrolidone homopolymer mainly used as a film former, but also as a thickener.
Readily soluble in water and compatible with almost all anionic, cationic and other non-ionic cosmetic polymers.

Also compatible with Carbomer-type thickeners and other crosslinked polyacrylates for gel-type applications.
Ideal for use in water based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the finished product.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is used in hair gels, particularly wetlook gels.
Possesses lubricant and binding properties.

LUVISKOL K 17 Powder is polyvinylpyrrolidone for use in cosmetic applications.

LUVISKOL K products are mainly used as film formers, but also as thickeners.
The molecular weight determines the setting and adhesive properties of PVP polymers.

The higher the molecular weight, the greater the setting.
They are ideal for use in water-based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the finished product (e.g. gels).
For hair-styling applications K 30, K 80, K 85 and K 90 are the best of the various molecular weights.

Applications and Technical Properties of LUVISKOL K Grades:
The LUVISKOL K grades are used in cosmetics for various applications.
They are mainly used as fi lm formers, but also as thickeners.

The LUVISKOL K products are nonionic vinylpyrrolidone homopolymers of different molecular weight.
The molecular weight determines the setting properties of PVP polymers.

The higher the molecular weight, the greater the setting.
The LUVISKOL K products are readily soluble in water and are compatible with almost all anionic, cationic, and other non-ionic cosmetic polymers.

They are compatible with Carbomer-type thickeners and other crosslinked polyacrylates for gel-type applications.
LUVISKOL K grades are ideal for use in water-based applications where a high degree of clarity is required in the fi nished products (e.g. gels).

Hair styling is the main application for the LUVISKOL K grades.
In hair gels, particularly wetlook gels, hair mousses, pump sprays, and liquid hair setting preparations they provide normal to strong hold.

LUVISKOL K 30 Powder can be used when manufacturing hair care products such as styling gels or solutions.
Besides the use in hair gel formulations, LUVISKOL K 30 can be used in pump sprays with normal hold, when low viscosity is important.

LUVISKOL K 80 and K 90 are for products with a strong hold and high viscosity, e.g. hair gels and hair mousses.
LUVISKOL K grades can also be used as thickening agents, emulsifi ers, lubricants, and binders.

They are particularly suitable for addition to cosmetic products that cleanse, dye or otherwise enhance the appearance of the skin or hair.
LUVISKOL K 30 Powder and LUVISKOL K 90 Powder can be used in the formulation of certain creams, both with an oil base and with an oil-free base.

LUVISKOL K 30 acts as a stiffening agent in hair setting preparations and improves the consistency of shampoos, hair dyes and similar preparations.
In contrast to anionic colloids, the LUVISKOL K grades can be combined with cationic substances, e.g. disinfectants or basic dyes, though of LUVISKOL K Grades: must be taken into account that LUVISKOL K 30 Powder tends to bind dyes.

Applications of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Styling product,
Pet Care,
Pet Care TSCA,
Pet Care DSL,
Bath & Shower,
Body Care,
Body Color,
Color Cosmetics,
Hair Care,
Hair Colorants,
Hair Conditioning,
Hair Styling,
Hair Treatment,
Hand Cleansing,
Liquid Soap,
Skin Care,
Skin Cleansing.

The use of LUVISKOL K in pharmaceutical preparations:
The LUVISKOL K products are not intended for use in pharmaceutical pre parations.
The range of Kollidon products (please ask for technical literature) is available especially for such applications.
They are manufactured for this purpose and are subject to special quality and purity controls.

Properties of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Water-soluble in high concentrations to form clear solutions.
At low relative humidity the films are hard and brittle.
At high relative humidity they are elastic and soft.
High water-absorption capacity.
Non-ionic, no neutralization required.
Compatible with anionic and cationic ingredients.

Storage/Stability of LUVISKOL K Grades:
LUVISKOL K 17, K 30, K 80 and K 90 powders have a shelf life of at least three years in the unopened original packaging below 25°C.
LUVISKOL K 30, K 80, K 85 CQ and K 90 solutions have a shelf life of at least two years in the unopened original pack aging below 20°C (preferably at 4°C).

First Aid of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:

Eyes:
First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present.
Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center.

Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop.

Skin:
IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing.
Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water.
If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment.

Inhalation:
IMMEDIATELY leave the contaminated area; take deep breaths of fresh air.
If symptoms (such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop, call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital.

Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere.
Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used.
If not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing.

Ingestion:
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
If the victim is conscious and not convulsing, give 1 or 2 glasses of water to dilute the chemical and IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center.

Be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital if advised by a physician.
If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, ensure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital.

Identifiers of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
CAS: 9003-39-8
EC number: 618-363-4
Monomer Unit Molar Mass: 111.14 g/mol

Physicochemical Properties of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
Appearance: The aqueous solutions are clear and colorless to slightly yellowish. The powder products are white.
Odor: Slight, characteristic
Solubility: Soluble in water, ethanol, and isopropanol.

Other Descriptions of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:

Product Categories:
Film Former,
Polymer,
Thickener.

Chemical Function:
Film Former,
Polymer,
Thickener.

Other LUVISKOL K range:
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Solution
LUVISKOL K 60 45% Solution
LUVISKOL K 85 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 115 CQ 11% Solution
LUVISKOL K 30 solution approx. 30%
LUVISKOL K 30 powder
LUVISKOL K 80 powder
LUVISKOL K 85 CQ solution approx. 20%
LUVISKOL K 90 solution approx. 20%
LUVISKOL K 90 powder

Other LUVISKOL Products:
LUVISKOL Plus
LUVISKOL VA 28 E
LUVISKOL VA 28 I
LUVISKOL VA 37 E
LUVISKOL VA 37 I
LUVISKOL VA 55 E
LUVISKOL VA 55 I
LUVISKOL VA 64 E
LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder
LUVISKOL VA 64 W
LUVISKOL VA 73 E
LUVISKOL VA 73 W
LUVISKOL VA 281
LUVISKOL VA 551
LUVISKOL VA 731

Alternate Chemical Names of LUVISKOL K 17 Powder:
AGENT AT 717
AGRIMER 30
AGRIMER K 30
ALBIGEN A
ALDACOL Q
ANTARON P 804
ANTITOX VANA
AT 717
B 7509
BOLINAN
CEVIAN A 88036
CROSPOVIDONE
DIVERGAN RS
1-ETHENYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE, HOMOPOLYMER (9CI)
GAFTEX AE-K 15
GANEX P 804
HEMODESIS
HEMODEZ
HUEPER'S POLYMER NO.5
K 115
K 115 (VINYL POLYMER)
K 120
K 120 (POLYMER)
K 15
K 15 (POLYMER)
K 25
K 25 (SURFACTANT)
K 30
K 60
K 60 (POLYMER)
K 90
KOLLIDON
KOLLIDON 12PF
KOLLIDON 17
KOLLIDON 17PF
KOLLIDON 25
KOLLIDON 30
KOLLIDON 90
KOLLIDON 90F
KOLLIDON CE 50/50
KOLLIDON K 25
KOLLIDON K 30
KOLLIDON K 90
LFC
LUMITEN PR 8450
LUVISKOL K 12
LUVISKOL K 17
LUVISKOL K 25
LUVISKOL K 30
LUVISKOL K 60
LUVISKOL K 80
LUVISKOL K 90
LUVISKOL KPO
MPK 90
N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE HOMOPOLYMER
N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE POLYMER
N-VINYLBUTYROLACTAM POLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE POLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE HOMOPOLYMER
N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE POLYMER
NEOCOMPENSAN
NP-K 30
NPK 15
NPK 90
P 0696
PAK-K 15
PEREGAL ST
PERISTON
PERISTON N
PEVISTON
PLASDONE
PLASDONE 4
PLASDONE C
PLASDONE C 15
PLASDONE K 15
PLASDONE K 29-32
PLASDONE K 30
PLASDONE K 90
PLASDONE XL
PLASMOSAN
POLY(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLY(1-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLY(N-VINYL-GAMMA-BUTYROLACTAM)
POLY(N-VINYLBUTYROLACTAM)
POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(N-VINYLPYRROLIDONE)
POLY(VINYLPYRROLIDINONE)
POLY(VINYLPYRROLIDONE)
POLY-(1-VINYL-2-PYRROLIDONE)
POLYCLAR AT
POLYCLAR H
POLYCLAR L
POLYPLASDONE
POLYPLASDONE INF 10
POLYPLASDONE XL
POLYPLASDONE XL 10
LUVISKOL VA 37 E
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a styling agent and thickener suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is solution of a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylacetate in ethanol.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is VP/VA Copolymer.

CAS Number: 25086-89-9
EC Number: 607-540-1
Molecular Formula: (C6H9NO.C4H6O2)x
Molecular Weight: 591.69

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a setting polymer and styling agent.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E finds application in hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a film-forming agents and fixatives in hair care, particularly in aerosol sprays, pump sprays, liquid products, mouses and gels.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is an easy-to-use aqueous solution that is compatible with carbomers, and is particularly suitable for alcohol-free formulations, forming a clear solution in water.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E has a K-Value (1% in ethanol) of 28.0-38.0, a solids content of 48.0-52.0%, and a water content of <0.50%.

The LUVISKOL VA grades are polymeric film-forming agents that are used as hair fixatives particularly in aerosol sprays, pump sprays, liquid products, mousses and gels.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E resin is a 50% solution of a copolymer of vinylpyrrolidone and vinylacetate in ethanol.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is a white to yellowish-white amorphous powder.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is typically spray-dried with a relatively fine particle size.
LUVISKOL VA 37 E has a slight odor and a faint taste.

Solubility of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
The solubility of the LUVISKOL VA grades in water depends on the VP:VA ratio.
Products with a high proportion of vinylpyrrolidone (LUVISKOL VA 64 and LUVISKOL VA 73) form clear solutions in water.

The other grades can be dispersed in water.
The solutions are slightly acidic.

The polymers are nonionic and thus do not need to be neutralized.
All the LUVISKOL grades are soluble in ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, glycerin, methylene chloride, esters and ketones.

Any precipitates that occur in solutions in ethanol or isopropanol in the cold disappear again on heating.
LUVISKOL VA 37 forms clear solutions in ethanol abs., ethanol 96% and ethanol/ water (VOC 80% and VOC 55%).

Solutions in isopropanol are clear, sometimes with a bluish tint.
Without a solubilizer, LUVISKOL VA Grades are not soluble in ether or aliphatic hydrocarbons.

Suitability for hair sprays of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
The LUVISKOL VA grades are used as film-forming agents and fixatives in hair care.
They possess excellent properties both for aerosol sprays and for non-aerosol products.

The higher the proportion of vinylpyrrolidone, the more hygroscopic the LUVISKOL VA grade is.
The adhesion of LUVISKOL VA films (e.g. LUVISKOL VA 64 and VA 73) to the hair also increases with the proportion of vinylpyrrolidone, without adversely affecting their excellent combing-out and washing-out properties, thanks to the nonionic nature of the polymer.

LUVISKOL VA 37 and VA 55 grades are particularly suitable for hair sprays whose films LUVISKOL VA Grades must be possible to remove from the hair by brushing.
The hair is even degreased on brushing, as the grease is effectively removed together with the LUVISKOL film.

The LUVISKOL VA 64 grades and the LUVISKOL VA 55 grades, by contrast, are preferable for hairsprays that are to have a particularly hydrophilic character, e.g. for use in dry climates.
They are also suitable for sprays with a high water content.

Hair sprays for dry and brittle hair should include a small quantity of plasticizer (0.1 – 0.2%), such as a polyethylene glycol like Pluracare E 400, or Palatinol M (dimethyl phthalate),
Luvitol EHO, silicone oils or other plasticizers frequently used in cosmetics.

Propellant Compatibility of LUVISKOL VA Grades:
Solutions of the LUVISKOL VA grades are readily compatible with dimethyl ether (DME).
Propane, butane, isobutane, pentane DME/pentane and DME/butane mixtures can be used together with solvents such as ethanol and methylene chloride.

Suitability for hair-setting solutions, gels and mousses:
Because of their good solubility in water, the LUVISKOL VA 64 and LUVISKOL VA 73 grades are particularly suitable for liquid hair setting products, gels and mousses.
Further, these polymers possess excellent setting properties.

All the LUVISKOL VA grades can be completely removed from the hair by straightforward washing.
The easy-to-use aqueous LUVISKOLVA solutions (VA 64 W and VA 73 W) as well as LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder are particularly suitable for alcohol-free formulations.

In the usual concentrations (1- 5% solid polymer), they form clear solutions in water and are very compatible with carbomers.
The moderate hydrocarbon compatibility of LUVISKOL VA 37 can be greatly improved by adding small quantities of water.
This makes LUVISKOL VA Grades possible to achieve cloud points below 0°C.

Uses of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
LUVISKOL VA 37 E is styling agent suitable for hair gels, hair creams, mousses, pump sprays and liquid hair styling preparations.
All important hair styling applications, such as LUVISKOL VA 37 E, pump sprays, setting lotions (all LUVISKOL VA grades), mousses and gels (mainly LUVISKOL VA 64/VA 73).

The main raw material of cosmetics, used in hair gel, mousse, shampoo, etc., also used in surfactants, medicine and other industries.
Mainly used as water-soluble adhesive and dry adhesive in granulation and direct compression technology, as The film-forming material is used in film coating and used as a pore former in taste masking agents.

LUVISKOL VA 37 E is used in sugar coating to prevent splitting, bottom coating is used for moisture-proof purposes.
VP/VA copolymer series products are mainly used as film-forming agents and setting agents in the cosmetics field, especially in hairspray, hair spray, mousse and shampoo products.

They play an important role as film formers and hair styling agents.
If used in conjunction with PVPK 30, they will enhance their effectiveness.

Applications of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Bath & Shower,
Body Care,
Face Care,
Hair Care,
Hair Cleansing,
Hair Conditioning,
Hair Styling,
Hair Treatment,
Hand & Nail Care,
Hand Cleansing,
Liquid Soap,
Shaving,
Skin Care,
Skin Cleansing,
Styling.

Properties of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Non-ionic, no neutralization required,
Compatible with ionic (anionic as well as cationic) additives,
Ranging from water-soluble to soluble in ethanol,
Easy to handle,
Easy to comb out,
Propane/butane compatibility 20 – 45 %,
DME compatibility up to 70 %.

Storage of LUVISKOL VA Grades:

At room temperature in the original sealed containers, LUVISKOL VA Grades can be stored as follows:
LUVISKOL VA 37 E - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 37 I - 2 years
Luvksol VA 55 I - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 73 E - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 64 P - 2 years
LUVISKOL VA 64 W - 1 year
LUVISKOL VA 73 W - 1 year

Aqueous solutions of the VA grades with a pH value below 7 can tend to develop mould.
This can be prevented by adding one of the preservatives commonly used in cosmetics, e.g. a hydroxybenzoate.

Identifers of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
CAS No: 25086-89-9
Formula: (C6H9NO.C4H6O2)x
Molecular Weight: 591.69
Exact Mass: 486.370911
EC Number: 607-540-1
NSC Number: 114026|114025|114024|114023
HScode: 29349990

Typical Properties of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Molecular Weight: 197.23
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 3
Rotatable Bond Count: 3
Exact Mass: 197.10519334
Monoisotopic Mass: 197.10519334
Topological Polar Surface Area: 46.6
Heavy Atom Count: 14
Complexity: 186
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 2
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Appearance of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
Clear, colorless to slightly yellowish liquid with faint characteristic odor.
The solutions are clear and colorless to slightly yellowish.
The powder is white.

Specifications of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
PSA: 46.61000
XLogP3: 9.76
Appearance: powder
Density: 1.0±0.1 g/cm3
Boiling Point: 536.7±50.0 °C at 760 mmHg
Flash Point: 72 °F
Refractive Index: 1.517
Storage Conditions: Copovidone is stable and should be stored in a well-closed containerin a cool, dry place.
Vapor Pressure: 0.132mmHg at 25°C
Toxicity: LD50 orl-rat: >630 mg/kg JACTDZ 2(5),141,83

Other Descriptions of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:

Functions:
Setting Polymer

INCI:
VP / VA Copolymer

Product groups:
Setting Polymers

Form of Delivery:
Liquid

Product Categories:
Film Former, Polymer

Other LUVISKOL Products:
LUVISKOL K 17 Powder
LUVISKOL K 30, 30% Solution
LUVISKOL K 30 Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Powder
LUVISKOL K 30 Super Solution
LUVISKOL K 60 45% Solution
LUVISKOL K 80 Powder
LUVISKOL K 85 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 85 CQ Solution
LUVISKOL K 90 20% Solution
LUVISKOL K 90 Powder
LUVISKOL K 115 CQ 11% Solution
LUVISKOL Plus
LUVISKOL VA 28 E
LUVISKOL VA 28 I
LUVISKOL VA 37 I
LUVISKOL VA 55 E
LUVISKOL VA 55 I
LUVISKOL VA 64 E
LUVISKOL VA 64 Powder
LUVISKOL VA 64 W
LUVISKOL VA 73 E
LUVISKOL VA 73 W
LUVISKOL VA 281
LUVISKOL VA 551
LUVISKOL VA 731

Synonyms of LUVISKOL VA 37 E:
D9C330MD8B
25086-89-9
Copovidone [BAN:NF]
Acetic acid ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Copovidone
Vinyl acetate N-vinyl-pyrrolidone polymer
Poly(vinylpyrrolidone-co-vinyl-acetate)
UNII-D9C330MD8B
Ethenyl acetate, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
GAF-S 630
Ganex E 535
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Gantron S 630
Gantron S 860
Gantron PVP
LUVISKOL VA 28I
LUVISKOL VA 37I
LUVISKOL VA 55E
LUVISKOL VA 55I
LUVISKOL VA 64
LUVISKOL VA 73E
NSC 114023
Polectron 845
PVP-VA
PVP-VA-E 735
Kolima 10
Kolima 35
Kolima 75
Kollidon VA 64
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
1-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
PVP/VA-S 630
PVP/VA copolymer
2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
I 635
I 735
S 630
Acetic acid vinyl ester, polymer with 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Copolyvidon
E 335
E 535
I 535
Acetic acid, ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, polymer with acetic acid ethenyl ester
1-Ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Polyvinylpyrrolidone - vinyl acetate copolymer
NSC 114024
Acetic acid ethenyl ester, polymer with 1-ethenyl-2-pyrrolidinone
Acetic acid vinyl ester, polymer with 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone
2-Pyrrolidinone,1-vinyl-, polymer with vinyl acetate
2-Pyrrolidinone, 1-ethenyl-, polymer with ethenyl acetate
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
LUVISKOL VA 64
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone polymer
Vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidinone copolymer
Kolima 10
Gantron S 860
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate polymer
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone polymer
Polectron 845
Vinylpyrrolidinone-vinyl acetate polymer
Kolima 35
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone copolymer
LUVISKOL VA 37E
Vinyl acetate-N-vinylpyrrolidone polymer
PVP-VA
Vinyl acetate-N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
S 630
LUVISKOL VA 28I
GAF-S 630
I 735
I 635
I 535
1-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
PVP/Va copolymer
Ganex E 535
E 335
N-Vinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer
Poly(vinyl acetate-vinylpyrrolidinone)
LUVISKOL VA 55I
LUVISKOL VA 37I
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidinone copolymer
Vinyl acetate-1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone copolymer
Kollidon VA 64
PVP/VA-S 630
Kolima 75
LUVISKOL VA 55
EPVP-VA-E 735
Gantron PVP
Gantron S 630
8013-98-7
37359-37-8
89335-67-1
1257874-67-1
1427441-60-8
1832636-70-0
LUVOMAXX 6PPD
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a purple flake.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is turns dark brown on exposure to light.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a polluting antioxidant.

CAS Number: 793-24-8
EC Number: 212-344-0
Molecular Formula: C18H24N2
Molecular Weight: 268.39700

In addition to LUVOMAXX 6PPD good antioxidant performance, LUVOMAXX 6PPD also has the function of anti-ozone, anti-bending and anti-cracking, and inhibiting harmful metals such as copper and manganese.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD performance is similar to that of antioxidant 4010NA, but LUVOMAXX 6PPD toxicity and skin irritation are less than 4010NA, and LUVOMAXX 6PPD solubility in water is better than 4010NA (wash loss rate: 4010NA is 50%, while 4020 is only 20% of 15-chemicalbook15).

LUVOMAXX 6PPD can be widely used in tire, tape and many other industrial rubber products preparation, the general dosage is 0.5-1.5%.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is not suitable for making light colored products because of serious pollution.

Antioxidant 4020 is one of the main types of LUVOMAXX 6PPD.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is the main good variety commonly used in rubber industry at home and abroad, and also the development direction of antioxidant in the future.

The aqueous solubility of LUVOMAXX 6PPD is approximately 1 mg/L (50°C), the partition coefficient (1-octanol/water) (log Kow) is 4.68 (calculated value), and the vapor pressure is 4.93×10-6 mmHg (= 6.57×10-5 Pa) (25°C, calculated value).
Biodegradability (aerobic degradation) is characterized by a BOD degradation rate of approximately 2%, and bioaccumulation is thought to be low.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD is designated as a Class 1 Designated Chemical Substance under the Law Concerning Reporting, etc. of Releases to the Environment of Specific Chemical Substances and Promoting Improvements in Their Management (PRTR Law).
The main use of LUVOMAXX 6PPD is as a rubber antioxidant.

The production quantity of LUVOMAXX 6PPD in fiscal 2012 was 10,000 t, and that of LUVOMAXX 6PPD (C3–10) in fiscal 2012 was less than 1,000 t.
The production and import category under the PRTR Law is more than 100 t.

Applications of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
As a kind of ursol rubber antioxidant, LUVOMAXX 6PPD has better compatibility with rubbers, seldom blooming, low volatility, low toxicity, with excellent antioxidant, anti-ozone, anti-flex cracks , anti-insolation cracks, strong inhibition on copper ormanganese and other toxic metals, applicable to all types of synthetic rubber and natural rubber.
With good dispensability in sizing material and little effect on vulcanization, LUVOMAXX 6PPD can soften sizing material, so can be used for tires and other kinds of rubber products, also can be used as heat oxygen stabilizer for polyethylene, polypropylene and acrylic resin.

Uses of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is a polluting antioxidant.
In addition to LUVOMAXX 6PPD good antioxidant properties, LUVOMAXX 6PPD also has the effects of anti-ozone, anti-bending and cracking, and inhibiting harmful metals such as copper and manganese.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD performance is similar to that of antioxidant 4010NA, but LUVOMAXX 6PPD toxicity and skin irritation are less than 4010NA, and LUVOMAXX 6PPD solubility in water is better than 4010NA (water washing loss rate: 4010NA is 50%, while 4020 is only 15-20%).
LUVOMAXX 6PPD can be widely used in the preparation of tires, tapes and many other industrial rubber products.

The general dosage is 0.5-1.5%.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is not suitable for making light-colored products due to serious pollution.

Anti-aging agent 4020 is one of the main varieties of LUVOMAXX 6PPD anti-aging agents.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD is the main good varieties commonly used in the rubber industry at home and abroad, and they are also the development direction of antioxidants in the future.

LUVOMAXX 6PPD is used as an antiozonant and antioxidant for natural rubber and synthetic rubber.
LUVOMAXX 6PPD has excellent protection against ozone cracking and flex fatigue.

Industry Uses:
Antioxidant,
Chemical reaction regulator,
Elasticizer,
Fuel,
Not Known or Reasonably Ascertainable,
Other,
Other (specify),
Processing aids, not otherwise listed.

Consumer Uses:
Antioxidant,
Elasticizer,
Fuel,
Not Known or Reasonably Ascertainable,
Other,
Other (specify),
Processing aids, not otherwise listed.

Handling and Storage of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Precautions for safe handling:
NO open flames.
Handling in a well ventilated place.

Wear suitable protective clothing.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Avoid formation of dust and aerosols.
Use non-sparking tools.
Prevent fire caused by electrostatic discharge steam.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Provision to contain effluent from fire extinguishing.
Store in an area without drain or sewer access.
Separated from strong oxidants.

Storage Conditions of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Keep in a cool, dry, dark location in a tightly sealed container or cylinder.
Keep away from incompatible materials.

Nonfire Spill Response of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Small Spills And Leakage:
Should a spill occur while you are handling this chemical, FIRST REMOVE ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION, then you should dampen the solid spill material with 60-70% ethanol and transfer the dampened material to a suitable container.
Use absorbent paper dampened with 60-70% ethanol to pick up any remaining material.

Seal the absorbent paper, and any of your clothes, which may be contaminated, in a vapor-tight plastic bag for eventual disposal.
Solvent wash all contaminated surfaces with 60-70% ethanol followed by washing with a soap and water solution.
Do not reenter the contaminated area until the Safety Officer (or other responsible person) has verified that the area has been properly cleaned.

Storage Precautions:
You should keep this material in a tightly closed container under an inert atmosphere, and store LUVOMAXX 6PPD at refrigerated temperatures.
STORE AWAY FROM SOURCES OF IGNITION.

Reactivity of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Reactive Group:
Amines, Phosphines, and Pyridines

Reactivity Profile:
You should protect N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-P-PHENYLENEDIAMINE from exposure to strong oxidizing agents such as chlorine or hydrogen peroxide.
This material will ignite if heated strongly.

Autoignition Temperature:
~500 °C

Safety of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Packing level: I; II; III
Hazard category: 9
Transport codes: 3077
wgk germany: 2
Hazard class code: 9
Safety instructions: 36/37-60-61
RTECS Number: ST0900000
Marks: Xn,N

Storage features:
Provision to contain effluent from fire extinguishing. Store in an area without drain or sewer access. Separated from strong oxidants.

Precautionary statement(s):
P273-P280-P501

Hazard Statements:
H302-H317-H410

Vapor Pressure:
Vapour pressure at 25°C: negligible

Toxicity:
LD50 oral in rat: 3580mg/kg

Air and Water Reactions:
This chemical may be sensitive to prolonged exposure to air. Insoluble in water.

First Aid of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:

Eyes:
First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present.
Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center.

Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop.

Skin:
IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing.
Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water.
If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment.

Inhalation:
IMMEDIATELY leave the contaminated area.
Take deep breaths of fresh air.

If symptoms (such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop, call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital.
Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere.

Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used.
If not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing.

Ingestion:
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
If the victim is conscious and not convulsing, give 1 or 2 glasses of water to dilute the chemical and IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center.

Be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital if advised by a physician.
If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, ensure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body.

DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital.

Identifiers of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
Formula: C18H24N2
InChI: InChI=1S/C18H24N2/c1-14(2)13-15(3)19-17-9-11-18(12-10-17)20-16-7-5-4-6-8-16/h4-12,14-15,19-20H,13H2,1-3H3
InChI key: InChIKey=ZZMVLMVFYMGSMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N
SMILES: C=1C=CC(=CC1)NC2=CC=C(C=C2)NC(C)CC(C)C
CAS: 793-24-8

Product Name: Antioxidant 4020
CAS No.: 793-24-8
Molecular Formula: C18H24N2
InChIKeys: InChIKey=ZZMVLMVFYMGSMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Molecular Weight: 268.39700
Exact Mass: 268.40
EC Number: 212-344-0
ICSC Number: 1635
UN Number: 3077
DSSTox ID: DTXSID9025114
Color/Form: Dark, violet solid
HScode: 2921519090
Categories: Antioxidants

Properties of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
PSA: 24.06000
XLogP3: 5.6
Appearance: Purple flakes.
Density: 1.07 g/cm3
Melting Point: 50 °C
Boiling Point: 260ºC
Flash Point: 204ºC
Refractive Index: 1.599
Water Solubility: H2O:
Molecular Weight: 268.4
XLogP3: 5.6
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 2
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 2
Rotatable Bond Count: 6
Exact Mass: 268.193948774
Monoisotopic Mass: 268.193948774
Topological Polar Surface Area: 24.1
Heavy Atom Count: 20
Complexity: 250
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 1
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 1
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Other LUVOMAXX Products:

Pure Substances:
LUVOMAXX BHT
LUVOMAXX BHP
LUVOMAXX CDPA
LUVOMAXX DTPD
LUVOMAXX IPPD
LUVOMAXX MBI/OC
LUVOMAXX MMBI/OC
LUVOMAXX ODPA
LUVOMAXX SDPA
LUVOMAXX TMQ

Polymer-Bound Preparations.
LUVOMAXX IPPD GR 80
LUVOMAXX MBI GR 80
LUVOMAXX MMBI GR 70

Dry Liquid Preparations:
LUVOMAXX SDPA DL 72 C
LUVOMAXX TNPP DL 70

Sulphenamides:
LUVOMAXX CBS
LUVOMAXX DCBS
LUVOMAXX TBBS
LUVOMAXX TBSI

Thiazoles:
LUVOMAXX MBT
LUVOMAXX MBTS
LUVOMAXX ZMBT

Dithiocarbamates:
LUVOMAXX TDEC
LUVOMAXX ZBEC
LUVOMAXX ZDBC
LUVOMAXX ZDEC

Guanidines:
LUVOMAXX DPG

Dithiophosphates:
LUVOMAXX ZDTP

Thiurams:
LUVOMAXX DPTT
LUVOMAXX TBzTD
LUVOMAXX TETD
LUVOMAXX TiBTD
LUVOMAXX TMTM

Thioureas:
LUVOMAXX ETU
LUVOMAXX MTT

Sulphur donors:
LUVOMAXX DTDM

Amine Accelerators:
LUVOMAXX HMT

Synonyms of LUVOMAXX 6PPD:
1,4-Benzenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-
1,4-Benzenediamine, N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-
1-N-(4-Methylpentan-2-yl)-4-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
4-(1,3-Dimethylbutylamino)diphenylamine
Accinox ZC
Antage 6C
Antigene 6C
Antioxidant 4020
Antioxidant 6C
Antioxidant 6PPD
Antioxidant 6PPD (4020)
Antioxidant CD 13
Antioxidant PD 2
Antoxidant 4020
Antoxidant 6ppd
Antozite 67
Antozite 67F
Bhtox-4020
Cd 13
Diafen 13
Diafen FDMB
Dmbpd
Dusantox 6PPD
Flexzone 7F
Flexzone 7L
Flexzone 7P
Forte 6C
Kumanox 13
Kumanox 13C
Luvomaxx 6PPD
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N-Phenyl-1,4-Benzenediamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N-Phenyl-p-phenylene Diamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
N-(1.3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N′-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-N'-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-Phenyl-N′-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine
N-Phenyl-N′-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-p-phenylenediamine
N1-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-1,4-benzenediamine
Nocceler 6C
Nocrac 6C
Ozonone 6C
Permanax 120
Permanax 6PPD
Pilflex 13
Rubber Antioxidant 4020
Rubber Antioxidant 4020PPD
Santoflex 13
Santoflex 13F
Santoflex 6PPD
Sunsine 6PPD
Uop 562
Uop 588
Vulkanox 4020
Vulkanox 4020LG
Wingstay 300
p-Phenylenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N′-phenyl-
4-[(4-METHYL-2-PENTYL)AMINO]DIPHENYLAMINE
6PPD
ANTOZITE 67P
N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-1,4-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
N-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-N'-PHENYL-P-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
N-(4-METHYL-2-PENTYL)-N'-PHENYL-1,4-PHENYLENEDIAMINE
SANTOFLEX(R) 13 PASTILLES
4-Benzenediamine,N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N’-phenyl-1
antage6c
Antioxidant4020
antioxidantcd13
antozite67
antozite67f
dbda
diafen13
dmbpd
dusantox6ppd
flexzone7f
flexzone7l
n-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-n’-phenyl-4-benzenediamine
793-24-8
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N1-(4-Methylpentan-2-yl)-N4-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
Antioxidant cd
Santoflex 13
Wingstay 300
Antioxidant 4020
Flexzone 7L
Dusantox 6PPD
Permanax 120
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
1,4-Benzenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-
N-1,3-Dimethylbutyl-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
N-Phenyl-N'-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-p-phenylenediamine
HJD0U67PS1
p-Phenylenediamine, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-
4-N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-1-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
Flexzone 7F
Santoflex 6PPD
Diafen FDMB
Nocrane 6C
Permanax 6PPD
Santoflex 13F
Antage 6C
Antozite 67
Antozite 67F
Nocrac 6C
Ozonon 6C
Forte 6C
Nocrane 7 L
Diafen 13
Antioxidant CD 13
DBDA
DMBPD
1,4-Benzenediamine, N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N4-phenyl-
Ozonone 6C
CCRIS 2352
CCRIS 4801
HSDB 5755
UOP 562
UOP 588
CD 13
NCI-C56315
EINECS 212-344-0
UNII-HJD0U67PS1
BRN 2215491
N-1,3-Dimethylbutyl-N'-phenyl-p-phenylendiamine
N-Phenyl-N'-(1,3-dimethyl butyl)-para-phenylenediamine
Rubber Antioxidant 6PPD
Akrochem antiozonant pd-2
DSSTox_CID_5114
EC 212-344-0
DSSTox_RID_77672
DSSTox_GSID_25114
SCHEMBL39447
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N/'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
CHEMBL1558796
DTXSID9025114
Tox21_200890
MFCD00072248
AKOS015901311
CS-W012405
GG-0240
4-(1,3-dimethylbutylamino)diphenylamine
NCGC00091548-01
NCGC00091548-02
NCGC00091548-03
NCGC00258444-01
4-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)amino-diphenylamine
76600-84-5
CAS-793-24-8
4-[(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)amino]diphenylamine
D3331
FT-0709790
E76147
(4-anilino-phenyl)-(1,3-dimethyl-butyl)-amine
A839652
Q-201440
n-(1,3-dimethyl butyl)-n'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
n-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-n'-phenyl-1,4-benzenediamine
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N\'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine
n-phenyl-n'-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine
Q27279957
1,4-Benzenediamine,N1-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N1-phenyl-
N-(4-Methyl-2-pentyl)-N'-phenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine
N2-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)-N1-phenyl-benzene-1,2-diamine
1-N-(4-methylpentan-2-yl)-4-N-phenylbenzene-1,4-diamine
N-PHENYL-N'-(1,3-DIMETHYLBUTYL)-P-PHENYL DIAMINE
N-(1,3-Dimethylbutyl)-N'-phenyl-p-phenylenediamine, AldrichCPR
N-PHENYL-N'-(1,3-DIMETHYL BUTYL)-PARA-PHENYLENEDIAMINE [HSDB]
50809-58-0
LUVOMAXX DCBS
LUVOMAXX DCBS, commonly referred to as DCBS, is a chemical compound used primarily as a rubber vulcanization accelerator.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is a member of the thiazole class of accelerators, which are commonly employed in the rubber industry.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is also used as a stabilizer in various industrial applications to protect against oxidative degradation.

CAS Number: 4979-32-2
Molecular Formula: C19H26N2S2
Molecular Weight: 346.55
EINECS: 225-625-8

LUVOMAXX DCBS is a chemical process that improves the properties of natural or synthetic rubber by cross-linking polymer chains, resulting in improved strength, elasticity, and resistance to wear and aging.
LUVOMAXX DCBS promotes the vulcanization reaction by facilitating the formation of cross-links between polymer chains.
This process enhances the properties of the rubber, making it suitable for various applications, including tires, automotive parts, industrial rubber goods, and footwear.

LUVOMAXX DCBS's important to note that as with any chemical compound, proper handling and safety measures should be followed when using DCBS to avoid potential hazards.
LUVOMAXX DCBS are chemical additives used to speed up the vulcanization process of rubber.
They play a crucial role in the cross-linking of polymer chains, which results in improved mechanical properties and thermal stability of the rubber.

LUVOMAXX DCBS, are part of a group of sulfur-based accelerators used in rubber vulcanization.
Other common thiazole accelerators include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (MBT) and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole disulfide (MBTS).

LUVOMAXX DCBS are widely used in the production of various rubber products, such as tires, conveyor belts, seals, hoses, shoe soles, and automotive components.
The type and dosage of accelerator used depend on the specific rubber compound and the desired properties of the end product.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can occur using various curing systems, such as sulfur curing or peroxide curing.
Sulfur-based accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS are commonly used in sulfur-cured rubber compounds.

LUVOMAXX DCBS are essential for rubber manufacturing, they need to be handled with care, as some of them may pose health and safety risks.
Proper storage, handling, and protective measures should be followed according to manufacturer recommendations and safety data sheets.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may interact with other chemicals in the rubber formulation.
Formulators need to ensure compatibility and stability of the overall rubber compound to achieve desired performance characteristics.

LUVOMAXX DCBS's essential to understand that the specific properties and applications of LUVOMAXX DCBS and other chemicals may be proprietary information belonging to the manufacturers.
For detailed information about LUVOMAXX DCBS, including its applications, performance, and safety considerations, it's best to consult the technical data sheets or safety data sheets provided by the manufacturer or supplier.

Melting point: 104℃
Boiling point: 230°C (rough estimate)
Density: 1.20
vapor pressure: 0Pa at 25℃
refractive index: 1.5800 (estimate)
storage temp.: Sealed in dry,Room Temperature
solubility: Acetone (Slightly), Acetonitrile (Slightly), DMSO (Slightly)
form: Solid
pka: 0.43±0.20(Predicted)
color: Pale Yellow to Light Yellow
Water Solubility: 1.9μg/L at 25℃
LogP: 5.95

LUVOMAXX DCBS is a chemical process used to convert natural or synthetic rubber from a thermoplastic state to a thermosetting state.
The process involves forming cross-links between polymer chains, resulting in a three-dimensional network structure.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts several desirable properties to rubber, including increased tensile strength, hardness, resistance to abrasion, and enhanced thermal stability.

LUVOMAXX DCBS also reduces the susceptibility of rubber to swelling and degradation when exposed to heat, solvents, or environmental factors.
These are the most common type of accelerators used in rubber vulcanization.

Sulfur-based accelerators work in combination with sulfur donors to facilitate the formation of sulfur bridges between polymer chains during vulcanization.
LUVOMAXX DCBS, as a thiazole accelerator, falls into this category.

In recent years, LUVOMAXX DCBS accelerators have gained popularity due to their reduced potential for nitrosamine formation, which is a concern in certain rubber applications.
Some rubber compounds may require the use of secondary accelerators in combination with primary accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS to achieve the desired vulcanization rate and properties.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is critical in the production of rubber tires.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts the necessary durability and resilience required to withstand the stresses of road conditions.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used to manufacture a wide range of industrial rubber products, such as conveyor belts, gaskets, seals, hoses, and O-rings.

Many automotive components, including engine mounts, suspension bushings, and seals, require LUVOMAXX DCBS rubber for optimal performance and longevity.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is commonly used in the production of shoe soles for increased durability and wear resistance.

Uses
One of the most significant uses of LUVOMAXX DCBS is in the production of rubber tires.
LUVOMAXX DCBS helps to enhance the strength, durability, and resilience of tire compounds, making them suitable for different road conditions and extending their lifespan.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the manufacturing of industrial rubber products such as conveyor belts, gaskets, seals, hoses, O-rings, and other components used in machinery and equipment.
LUVOMAXX DCBS imparts superior mechanical properties to these products, making them resistant to wear, abrasion, and environmental factors.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is employed in the production of various automotive rubber components, including engine mounts, suspension bushings, seals, and grommets.
LUVOMAXX DCBS ensures these components can withstand the harsh conditions of automotive use.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used to vulcanize rubber shoe soles.

LUVOMAXX DCBS soles offer improved durability, flexibility, and slip resistance, making them ideal for various types of footwear, including athletic shoes and casual footwear.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the manufacture of rubber seals and gaskets for various industrial applications.
LUVOMAXX DCBS improves the sealing properties of rubber, making them suitable for sealing joints and connections in machinery and equipment.

LUVOMAXX DCBS are used to manufacture conveyor belts used in industries like mining, agriculture, and manufacturing.
Vulcanization enhances the strength and longevity of the belts, allowing them to handle heavy loads and resist wear and tear.
LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in some marine and aerospace applications where rubber components need to withstand challenging environmental conditions and mechanical stress.

LUVOMAXX DCBS is used in the production of rubber belts and hoses for various industrial applications, including conveying materials and fluids.
Vulcanization with LUVOMAXX DCBS ensures these rubber products can withstand mechanical stress and environmental conditions.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can be utilized in the manufacture of rubber rollers used in industrial machinery and printing presses.
LUVOMAXX DCBS improves the rollers' durability and resistance to wear and tear.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may find applications in electrical insulation components, such as cable sheathing and electrical connectors.
The vulcanization process ensures the rubber remains stable under varying electrical conditions.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be incorporated into rubber compounds used for vibration dampeners or isolators.

LUVOMAXX DCBS can effectively absorb and reduce vibrations in machinery and equipment.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be used in various sporting goods, such as rubber balls (e.g., basketballs, soccer balls), where improved elasticity and durability are essential.

LUVOMAXX DCBS may be used in the production of various shoe components beyond just soles, such as insoles, heel cushions, and toe caps, to provide enhanced comfort and support.
LUVOMAXX DCBS can be employed in rubberized fabrics used for various applications, including protective clothing, waterproofing materials, and inflatable structures.

Safety Considerations
When handling rubber vulcanization accelerators like LUVOMAXX DCBS, it is crucial to follow proper safety protocols.
This includes wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), using adequate ventilation, and ensuring proper storage and handling procedures as specified in safety data sheets (SDS) provided by the manufacturer.

Environmental Impact
LUVOMAXX DCBS, like many chemical substances, can have environmental impacts if not properly managed.
Appropriate measures should be taken for waste disposal to avoid environmental contamination.

Fire and Explosion Hazard
LUVOMAXX DCBS is not highly flammable, but it can contribute to the intensity of a fire if involved in one.
It is essential to store LUVOMAXX DCBS away from open flames, sparks, and other sources of ignition.

Synonyms
4979-32-2
LUVOMAXX DCBS
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide
Soxinol DZ
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolsulfene amide
2-BENZOTHIAZOLESULFENAMIDE, N,N-DICYCLOHEXYL-
Accelerator DZ
Sulfenamid DC
Vulkacit DZ
Meramid DCH
Rhodifax 30
C19H26N2S2
EINECS 225-625-8
Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazylsulfenamide
BRN 0621701
n,n-dicyclohexylbenzothiazole-2-sulfenamide
UNII-5OBS6299M8
N,N-Dicyclohexylbenzothiazole-2-sulphenamide
DTXSID3027584
M 181
N,N-Dicyklohexylbenzthiazolsulfenamid [Czech]
N-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-N-cyclohexylcyclohexanamine
5OBS6299M8
N,N-Dicyklohexylbenzthiazolsulfenamid
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenam
EC 225-625-8
S-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N,N-dicyclohexyl-thiohydroxylamine
Vulkacit-DZ
N,N-Dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulphenamide
4-ethoxysalicylanilide
SCHEMBL212831
DTXCID707584
CHEMBL3186869
CMAUJSNXENPPOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N
Tox21_301258
MFCD00236063
STK771201
AKOS001746624
C19-H26-N2-S2
NCGC00255324-01
AS-15580
LS-40820
CAS-4979-32-2
2-benzotiazolsulfenamida, n,n-diciclohexil-
CS-0155326
FT-0746821
N,N-dicyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulfenamide
D82281
2-BENZOTHIAZOLYL-N,N-DICYCLOHEXYLSULFENAMIDE
W-106005
DICYCLOHEXYL-2-BENZOTHIAZOLESULFENAMIDE, N,N-
Q27262639
N~2~,N~2~-dicyclohexyl-1,3-benzothiazole-2-sulfenamide
Thiohydroxylamine, S-benzothiazol-2-yl-N,N-dicyclohexyl-
N-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylthio)-N-cyclohexylcyclohexanamine
LUVOMAXX DCBS
Luvomaxx DCBS The sulfenamide class accelerators include CBS, TBBS, MBS, DCBS etc. and are most popular in the tire industry due to their delayed action as well as faster cure rate offered by them during vulcanization of rubber compounds containing furnace blacks. About Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS has not been registered under the REACH Regulation, therefore as yet ECHA has not received any data about Luvomaxx DCBS from registration dossiers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used by consumers, in articles, by professional workers (widespread uses), in formulation or re-packing, at industrial sites and in manufacturing. Consumer Uses of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: outdoor use resulting in inclusion into or onto a materials (e.g. binding agent in paints and coatings or adhesives), outdoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. metal, wooden and plastic construction and building materials), outdoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. tyres, treated wooden products, treated textile and fabric, brake pads in trucks or cars, sanding of buildings (bridges, facades) or vehicles (ships)) and indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment). Article service life Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment), outdoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. metal, wooden and plastic construction and building materials) and outdoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. tyres, treated wooden products, treated textile and fabric, brake pads in trucks or cars, sanding of buildings (bridges, facades) or vehicles (ships)). Luvomaxx DCBS can be found in complex articles, with no release intended: vehicles, machinery, mechanical appliances and electrical/electronic products (e.g. computers, cameras, lamps, refrigerators, washing machines) and electrical batteries and accumulators. Luvomaxx DCBS can be found in products with material based on: rubber (e.g. tyres, shoes, toys). Widespread uses by professional workers of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used for the manufacture of: rubber products. Other release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS is likely to occur from: indoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. release from fabrics, textiles during washing, removal of indoor paints), indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment) and outdoor use resulting in inclusion into or onto a materials (e.g. binding agent in paints and coatings or adhesives). Formulation or re-packing Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: formulation in materials, in the production of articles, as processing aid and as processing aid. Uses at industrial sites of Luvomaxx DCBS Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following products: polymers. Luvomaxx DCBS is used in the following areas: formulation of mixtures and/or re-packaging. Luvomaxx DCBS is used for the manufacture of: rubber products and plastic products. Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: as processing aid, in the production of articles, as processing aid and formulation in materials. Manufacture of Luvomaxx DCBS Release to the environment of Luvomaxx DCBS can occur from industrial use: manufacturing of the substance. Luvomaxx DCBS is approved for use within allergenic epicutaneous patch tests which are indicated for use as an aid in the diagnosis of allergic contact dermatitis (ACD) in persons 6 years of age and older. The teratogenicity of N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazylsulfenamide (Luvomaxx DCBS) was studied in Wistar rats. Pregnant rats were given Luvomaxx DCBS at a dosage of 0.001, 0.01, 0.1 or 0.5 % in the diet from Day 0 to Day 20 of pregnancy. Daily intakes of Luvomaxx DCBS were 0.7 mg/kg for the 0.001% group, 7.1 mg/kg for the 0.01% group, 69.6 mg/kg for the 0.1% group and 288.8 mg/kg for the 0.5% group. Maternal body weight gain during pregnancy in the 0.1 and 0.5% groups was significantly lowered. Food consumption during pregnancy in the Luvomaxx DCBS treated groups, except for the 0.5% group, did not differ from that in the control group. Neither death nor clinical signs of toxicity were noted in the pregnant females of any group. Lowered weight in fetuses and the placentae were observed in the 0.5% group. There were no significant compound related effects on the incidence of pre- and post-implantation losses and the number and ratio of live fetuses. Morphological examinations of the fetuses revealed no evidence of teratogenesis. It could he concluded that Luvomaxx DCBS possesses no adverse effects on the prenatal development of~the offspring in rats at doses employed in the present study. The invention belongs to the technical field of fine chemical engineering, and concretely relates to an oxidant-free preparation method of N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolesulfenamide (Luvomaxx DCBS). The Luvomaxx DCBS is synthesized from benzothiazole disulfide (a sulfuration promoter DM) and cyclohexylamine by using an inorganic or organic alkaline catalyst, no oxidant is needed in the reaction process, the added catalyst can be repeatedly used, and the addition amount of the catalyst is 5-30% of the weight of benzothiazole disulfide. The yield of the Luvomaxx DCBS product synthesized through the method stabilizes in a range of 98-99.5, methanol insoluble substances in the product are stable, the lowest content of the methanol insoluble substances is 0.1%, and the highest content of the methanol insoluble substances is 0.22%, and no wastewater is generated in the process, so the method is suitable for industrial production. N cyclohexyl 2 benzothiazole sulfenamide (hereinafter referred to as accelerator Luvomaxx DCBS) is one of important kind of sulfenamide vulcanization accelerator, have anti-incipient scorch and the big advantage of curingprocess rate fast two concurrently, in natural rubber, butadiene-styrene rubber, butadiene rubber, isoprene rubber, it is particularly suited for the furnace black sizing material that alkalescence is higher, variable color and pollution are slight, and volume of production and the consumption of the most external Luvomaxx DCBS account for the 50% of thiazoles sulfuration chemicals total amount.In recent years, along with China's radial development, the demand of accelerator Luvomaxx DCBS is also presented the longest trend. The synthetic method of Luvomaxx DCBS mainly has sodium hypochlorite oxidization, Oxygen Catalytic Oxidation method, electrolytic oxidation, chlorine oxidation process, hydrogen peroxide oxidation method etc. at present, oxidizing process has raw material and is easy to get, the advantages such as equipment requirements is the highest, and product yield is high, and technique is simple and widely used by institute both at home and abroad.This method is to carry out condensation with 2-benzothiazolyl mercaptan (hereinafter referred to as M) in the presence of an oxidizer with cyclohexylamine to generate Luvomaxx DCBS, but this technique is owing to using extra oxidant or solvent, course of reaction can produce oxidized byproduct, produces substantial amounts of reluctant waste water, seriously polluted. European patent EP 180169, proposes 1600mL water, the sodium salt of 378g50%M and the sulphuric acid mix and blend of 178.2g cyclohexylamine and 343g20%, it is warming up to 50 DEG C, then adds 457mL15% sodium hypochlorite stirring reaction 30min, obtain 223gLuvomaxx DCBS, product fusing point 102-103 DEG C, purity 99%. German patent DE 3021419, propose in aqueous 10%-30%(weight ratio) 2 one butyl cellosolve solvents in, add M, then 20-50 DEG C it is warmed up to, add cyclohexylamine, then aoxidize at 25-60 DEG C with sodium hypochlorite, be then cooled to 5-l5 DEG C of crystallization, sucking filtration drying, the Luvomaxx DCBS of available purity 99%, yield reaches 90%. Li Yan etc. (petrochemical technology and application, Vol26(1), 2008,31-33) with captax, cyclohexylamine as raw material, water as solvent, use hydrogen peroxide as oxidant to synthesize N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazole sulfonamide (Luvomaxx DCBS).And by orthogonal experiment, synthesis technique is optimized.Luvomaxx DCBS yield is 95.28% with optimal conditions, and fusing point is 99.0 DEG C. The present invention with benzothiazole disulfide (accelerator DM) and cyclohexylamine as raw material, suitable catalyst is selected to synthesize Luvomaxx DCBS, oxidizer is need not during reaction, the catalyst added can be reused, and catalyst charge is the 5-30% of the benzothiazole disulfide weight added, according to the Luvomaxx DCBS product of the inventive method synthesis, stable yield is in the range of 98.0-99.5%, in product, insoluble methyl alcohol is stable, and insoluble methyl alcohol minimum 0.1% is the highest by 0.22%. Synthesizing Luvomaxx DCBS according to the process conditions of the present invention, product appearance is white powder, and product yield is stable more than 98%, and fusing point reaches more than 99.5 DEG C, and insoluble methyl alcohol stable content is in the range of 0.1%-0.22%. Luvomaxx DCBS is a rubber accelerator chemical. The most frequent occupational categories are metal industry, homemakers, health services and laboratories, and building industries. Production In the European Union (EU-15), Luvomaxx DCBS is produced at three sites. One additional company is solely importing. According to the data supplied by these four companies, 16 101 t/a are produced, 431 t/a are imported and 10 524 t/a exported outside of the EU. Thus 6 008 t/a of this substance flow are consumed within Europe. In addition, HPV-scale import not subject to the Regulation 93/793/EEC occurs in the EU-15. A total market volume of 20 000 t/a is assumed in this assessment. Luvomaxx DCBS and other benzothiazole sulphenamides are obtained by oxidation of a mixture of MBT or NaMBT and cyclohexylamine or other amines. Uses Luvomaxx DCBS is exclusively used as vulcanization accelerator in rubber goods manufacture. Vulcanization transforms the rubber from the thermoplastic into the elastomeric state at temperatures between 150 and 200 °C. Luvomaxx DCBS is loaded to the rubber in concentrations of 0.5– 1% (ww) but it breaks down during the curing process. Beside Luvomaxx DCBS, other benzothiazole sulphenamides are used as curing agents. During vulcanization the unstable sulphur-nitrogen link of benzothiazole sulphenamides is split and in a complex reaction sequence the rubber molecules are vulcanized with an intermediate formation of a 2-mercaptobenzothiazole (MBT) radical. Products resulting from the process are basic amines, MBT (partly bound as “pending group”) and secondary reaction products (see section 3.1). The breakdown products are according to experimental data partly included into the rubber matrix and partly released in vulcanization fumes. The most important products of rubber industry are automobile tires which take about 2/3 of the total rubber production. The remaining rubber is used for various types of “rubber goods”. Of these rubber goods, 65 % of the volume is used in the automotive branch. Environmental releases The releases of Luvomaxx DCBS have been estimated for the production sites based on site specific data. The total release of Luvomaxx DCBS from production to the environment has been estimated at < 1 ton per year. Due to a rapid hydrolysis of Luvomaxx DCBS, releases of degradation products to water are also expected beside releases of Luvomaxx DCBS. The generic production site scenario of the TGD does not foresee emissions to air, but the production sites have provided site specific information on their Luvomaxx DCBS releases to air. Also the provided site specific information on benzothiazole (BT), one of the degradation products, shows that releases to air do occur. Releases to air from a generic rubber manufacturing site have been estimated according to OECD emission scenario document to be 31 kg/day expressed as unreacted Luvomaxx DCBS. It is noted, that the major part of this amount is expected to be released in form of breakdown products. In a study investigating losses and analysing substances formed in different type of curing processes, two degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS –benzothiazole and 2-methylbenzothiazole- were detected in the process fumes and a weight loss of 0.05 % was observed. At a generic rubber manufacturing site, no releases to waste water are expected. Based on several studies, the degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS can leach or volatilize out of the rubber matrix. Vulcanization products of Luvomaxx DCBS contained in rubber are released to the environment during their use in tires and rubber goods. The recipient environment for the use in tires is road border soil and surface waters receiving runoff from roads and from road borders. Tire dust entering the European environment contains degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS in an amount which corresponds to 1 149 t Luvomaxx DCBS /a. Households have also been observed to be sources of benzothiazole derivatives. Benzothiazole, 2-benzothiazolone and 2- methylthiobenzothiazole were detected in domestic waste water in Berlin. However, municipal waste water as a collective source of these substances is based on the same study not relevant regarding local risks, although the total release via municipal sewage treatment plants may be relevant for regional exposure. Releases from processing of used tires (tire shredding) and from uses of recycled rubber occur based on experimental data. BT was found in air in vapour and particulate phase of a tire shredding facility in Taiwan. However, it is not possible to estimate environmental concentrations based on the study. Sites where recycled rubber is used are, e.g., sport halls, asphalt, playgrounds and outdoor sport grounds. Landfills release Luvomaxx DCBS degradation products in leachate based on measured data. The source of this release can be assumed to be landfilled tires and rubber goods. For the degradation products no representative estimate of total or local releases could be calculated so far based on the information on the use volume of Luvomaxx DCBS, as the formation of each degradation product cannot be quantified. Environmental concentrations Due to the fact that the quantities of each degradation product formed from Luvomaxx DCBS cannot be estimated, the exposure assessment of the degradation products has to rely on measured data. For the Luvomaxx DCBS production sites aquatic concentrations of Luvomaxx DCBS and its degradation products were derived based on measured data in the effluents (see Tables 3.4, 3.5). Clocalair of 0.66 µg/m3 for Luvomaxx DCBS was estimated based on the site specific information provided on the emissions to air. This would correspond to 0.31 µg BT/m3, if it would be assumed, that all Luvomaxx DCBS degrades in air completely to BT. Regional concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS in air is negligible (Clocal ≈ PEClocal). The highest measured concentration of BT in air around one production site is 0.03 mg/m3. Clocalair of BT for the other two production sites is ≤ 0.02 µg/m3 based on the information provided on the emissions of BT. For a generic rubber manufacturing site, PEClocalair of 8.62 µg /m3 as Luvomaxx DCBS -equivalent has been estimated according to the OECD emission scenario document. It is noted, that the majority of this amount is expected to be present as degradation products. Releases to waste water are expected not to occur. A Clocalair of 0.06 µg/m3 has been estimated for BT based on experimental data. No environmental concentration of MeBT has been derived, but it is based on information on MeBT -releases lower than the concentration of BT. The other environmentally relevant breakdown products are due to their low vapour pressure not expected to be relevant for the air compartment. For water bodies which receive Luvomaxx DCBS breakdown products from tire abrasion from roads and road borders, a tentative PEClocalfreshwater has been derived based on measured data for BT (0.6 µg/l), BTon (0.2 µg/l), MeSBT (5.6 µg/l) and MeBT (0.6 µg/l). Accordingly, a tentative PEClocalsoil for road borders was derived for BT (336 µg/kg dw), MeSBT (86 µg/kg dw) and MeBT (34 µg/kg dw). It is noted, that the monitoring data are scarce for road borders and further measured data are needed. For road borders, no concentration in air has been derived. A Clocalair of 0.023 µg BT/m3 has been derived for air around sport halls. The concentration has been derived based on measured data on BT in sport halls in a Norwegian study. This exposure is caused by recycled tire crumb in ground material. Other benzothiazole derivatives including Luvomaxx DCBS were detected in particulate matter from air samples, but the concentrations were so low (< 1 ng/m3), that they are not considered relevant for the risk assessment. Releases from outdoor sport grounds can be expected based on further experimental data from Norway on other substances than benzothiazole derivatives. However, no measured data from surface waters receiving storm runoff from outdoor sport grounds are available for benzothiazoles and therefore no estimate of the local concentration could be derived. Occupational exposure In Western Europe N-Cyclohexylbenzothiazol-2-sulfenamide (in the following Luvomaxx DCBS) is exclusively used as a vulcanisation accelerator in rubber goods manufacture. Luvomaxx DCBS is produced by four companies in the EU. In 1993 the demand of Luvomaxx DCBS in Western Europe was estimated to 15,500 t which is about 50 % of the total accelerators demand. The world Luvomaxx DCBS production is estimated to 44,000 – 45,000 t for 1993. It is expected that the Luvomaxx DCBS demand will increase in the next years, because Luvomaxx DCBS in contrast to other vulcanisation accelerators cannot form toxic nitrosamine. There are no additional data available and no consumer products listed in the Swedish product register and in other data bases (e.g. Nordic Product Register SPIN). Detailed information on the production volumes and the use of Luvomaxx DCBS is given in chapter 2. Relevant occupational exposure scenarios are to be expected in the following areas: - Production of Luvomaxx DCBS - Use of Luvomaxx DCBS as a vulcanisation accelerator in the rubber industry (e.g. rubber goods, tires) During the vulcanisation (curing) process, Luvomaxx DCBS like any other vulcanising agent is reacting for at least 95 %. Taking into account that the maximum concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS in the uncured compounds is 3.5 % (technical rubber), the amount of Luvomaxx DCBS that can be retained in the finished product is limited to 0.2 %. Due to the resulting low concentration of Luvomaxx DCBS, a considerable exposure to Luvomaxx DCBS during the processing of rubber goods is not expected. Therefore, the processing of rubber, e.g. cutting, melting, is not considered in this report. Occupational exposure limits for Luvomaxx DCBS have not been established in Western Europe and USA. The exposure assessment is based on measured data and literature data, expert judgement and estimations according to the EASE model (Estimation and Assessment of Substance Exposure). The exposure levels should be regarded as reasonable worst case estimates representing the highly exposed workers. Luvomaxx DCBS is a slight greyish powdery substance (vapour pressure 1.5 x 10-8 hPa at 20°C) which decomposes under the influence of heat. According to information provided by industry Luvomaxx DCBS is mainly used in dust suppressed forms (granulates or master batches). But the provided information is non-sufficient, so that exposure due to the handling the powdery substance cannot be excluded. For the large-scale chemical industry, it is assumed that the production and further processing of Luvomaxx DCBS is mainly performed in closed systems. Storage and conveying Luvomaxx DCBS is performed in largely automated equipment. Where skin contact can occur, employees are supplied with work dress, safety shoes, gloves and protecting glasses. Exposure occurs if the systems are breached for certain activities, e.g. filling. Consumer exposure Almost all rubber compounds on the market contain rubber accelerator as Luvomaxx DCBS in a wide range of products, but it is difficult to know which rubber product contain which rubber accelerants. Therefore the use of Luvomaxx DCBS in consumer product cannot be ruled out completely. However, based on relevant databases such as SPIN and Nordic database no direct consumer exposure seems to occur. In addition, based on a search in Google, Current Contents and Toxline we found no indication for exposure to Luvomaxx DCBS through the use of gloves, rubber, toys and household products. Therefore consumer exposure is thought to be minimal and does not need to be further characterized. Humans exposed via the environment Total daily intake of Luvomaxx DCBS via environment is 0.0245 mg/kg bw/day. For benzothiazole, which is one of the environmentally relevant stabile degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS, a total daily intake of 0.004 mg/kg/day has been calculated. Irritation Luvomaxx DCBS has demonstrated few cases of skin irritation in human patch tests with the commercial product, when using petrolatum as a vehicle. In animal tests Luvomaxx DCBS caused slight irritation on the skin and on the conjunctivae of the eye of rabbits. Occasional signs of mild nasal irritation were observed in some Sprague-Dawley CD rats immediately after the 6-hour exposure period with atmospheric concentrations up to 0.048 mg/l Luvomaxx DCBS 5 days per week in a 28-day inhalation toxicity study. The animals recovered from symptoms within 24 hours and these findings did not correlate to histopathological effects. In light of the fact that Luvomaxx DCBS has shown slight irritations at the eye of rabbits it seems plausible that Luvomaxx DCBS leads also to slight irritations at the mucous membranes of the respiratory tract after inhalation. However, these data cannot be used to conclude a potential of Luvomaxx DCBS to cause acute respiratory irritation relevant for classification and labelling. With respect to systemic effects there is concern for repeated dose toxicity (inhalation) for scenario 1 (production of Luvomaxx DCBS). The lowest critical endpoint-specific exposure level is 2 mg/m3 which results from systemic effects after repeated inhalation. This level should be used as reference for establishing an occupational exposure limit. It is assumed that adherence to this reference level will effectively minimise the risk for respiratory tract irritation as well. Based on the marginal information on respiratory tract irritation it is assumed that respiratory tract irritation in the range of Luvomaxx DCBS concentrations tested is mild. Further testing is not considered of priority, because it is assumed that adherence to the critical Luvomaxx DCBS exposure level of 2 mg/m³, which is specifically derived for systemic effects, effectively reduces the risk of respiratory tract irritation. Based on these considerations, conclusion i (on hold) was drawn for local effects in the respiratory tract. Dermal contact is without concern regarding general systemic effects; but may elicit allergic skin reactions due to the skin sensitising potential of Luvomaxx DCBS. With respect to skin sensitisation, there is a general concern for all dermal exposure scenarios; however, because of routinely implemented control measures, the corresponding concern for scenario 1 (production of Luvomaxx DCBS) is relatively low. The releases of Luvomaxx DCBS have been estimated for the production sites based on site specific data. The total release of Luvomaxx DCBS from production to the environment has been estimated at < 1 ton per year. Due to a rapid hydrolysis of Luvomaxx DCBS, releases of degradation products to water are also expected beside releases of Luvomaxx DCBS. The generic production site scenario of the TGD does not foresee emissions to air, but the production sites have provided site specific information on their Luvomaxx DCBS releases to air. Also the provided site specific information on benzothiazole (BT), one of the degradation products, shows that releases to air do occur. Releases to air from a generic rubber manufacturing site have been estimated according to OECD emission scenario document to be 31 kg/day expressed as unreacted Luvomaxx DCBS. It is noted, that the major part of this amount is expected to be released in form of breakdown products. In a study investigating losses and analysing substances formed in different type of curing processes, two degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS –benzothiazole and 2-methylbenzothiazole- were detected in the process fumes and a weight loss of 0.05 % was observed. At a generic rubber manufacturing site, no releases to waste water are expected. Based on several studies, the degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS can leach or volatilize out of the rubber matrix. Vulcanization products of Luvomaxx DCBS contained in rubber are released to the environment during their use in tires and rubber goods. The recipient environment for the use in tires is road border soil and surface waters receiving runoff from roads and from road borders. Tire dust entering the European environment contains degradation products of Luvomaxx DCBS in an amount which corresponds to 1 149 t Luvomaxx DCBS /a. Households have also been observed to be sources of benzothiazole derivatives. Benzothiazole, 2-benzothiazolone and 2- methylthiobenzothiazole were detected in domestic waste water in Berlin. However, municipal waste water as a collective source of these substances is based on the same study not relevant regarding local risks, although the total release via municipal sewage treatment plants may be relevant for regional exposure. Releases from processing of used tires (tire shredding) and from uses of recycled rubber occur based on experimental data. BT was found in air in vapour and particulate phase of a tire shredding facility in Taiwan. However, it is not possible to estimate environmental concentrations based on the study. Sites where recycled rubber is used are, e.g., sport halls, asphalt, playgrounds and outdoor sport grounds. Landfills release Luvomaxx DCBS degradation products in leachate based on measured data. The source of this release can be assumed to be landfilled tires and rubber goods. For the degradation products no representative estimate of total or local releases could be calculated so far based on the information on the use volume of Luvomaxx DCBS, as the formation of each degradation product cannot be quantified. This conclusion concerns Luvomaxx DCBS emissions from the three Luvomaxx DCBS production sites to the aquatic environment as a source of Luvomaxx DCBS and waste water treatment plants of the sites. The conclusion also covers the secondary poisoning route of Luvomaxx DCBS with present exposure levels. In addition, the combined exposure of Luvomaxx DCBS and its breakdown products in the aquatic environment and waste water treatment plants does not cause risks at any producer site. In rubber industry, no releases of vulcanisation agents to the surface waters occur. Consequently, no risks for aquatic environment are expected. This conclusion covers also the exposure of soil for the Luvomaxx DCBS production and rubber industry (emissions to air).
LUWAX A 
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 29 
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 30
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 31
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AF 32
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX AL 3 POWDER
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX E (FLAKES,POWDER)
polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX EVA 3 (POWDER,GRANULES)
Oksidize polietilen wax; polyethylene wax; PE WAX cas no:111-40-0
LUWAX OA
They are waxes for detergents and cleaners and industrial formulators.
Emulsifiable polyethylene wax used to prepare wax emulsions for industrial use.

Luwax OA is an oxidized polyethylene wax.
Luwax OA acts as a lubricant for plastics processing.

Luwax OA is produced by high pressure polymerization process.
Luwax OA is used as dispersant in wax compounds & floor polishes.

Luwax are used to manufacture a variety of wax emulsions for cleaning and care applications, such as polishes for floor, shoes, leather, furniture, and automobiles.

Luwax helps to protect surfaces against mechanical wear, improve surface appearance, and control slip properties when formulated in pastes,creams, or aqueous emulsions.

These ethylene-based polymers are produced by a high pressure polymerization process.
The product properties are primarily determined by the molecular weight, the density and the addition of other monomers.

Products are available as powders, micropowders, granules or pastilles.
Polyethylene waxes are used as additives in a variety of markets and applications.

They can be used in printing inks to improve rub resistance or in paints as a flattening and anti-settling agent.
And they are excellent as dispersants and color enhancers in color concentrates or in wax compounds to increase hardness.
Some of their other uses include improved black heel mark resistance and buffability in floor polishes, and as a lubricant for plastics processing.

Oxidized polyethylene wax of high hardness and medium molar mass.
Soluble in hot non-polar solvents.

Luwax OA is emulsified surfactant.
Surfactants and surfactants make Luwax OA possible to obtain transparent compositions.

Anionic and non-ionic Luwax OA 2 emulsions form a glossy hard film.
In a mixture with styrene-acrylic dispersions, Luwax OA is used in floor products.
Luwax OA is also used in polishes for furniture and cars.

Applications of Luwax OA:

Floor polishes, leather polishes:
Emulsions prepared from Luwax OA, especially anionic and anionic-nonionic emulsions, dry to form tough, glossy films which can beused to protect a variety of substrates.

Luwax OA perform well indry-bright emulsion-type polishes.
Coemulsions with montanic esterwaxes, carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax and paraffin wax can also beprepared if necessary.

Solvents such as mineral spirits can also be addedin special cases.
Solvents such as mineral spirits and solvent naphtha can be added to carpolishes and furniture polishes in order to provide an added cleaningeffect.
Silicone oils improve the gloss, buffability and toughness of protective films.

Textile:
Anionic-nonionic, cationic and nonionic emulsions of Luwax OA used in textile finishing, often in combination with paraffin wax.
Theyimpart a smooth, soft, full handle to fabrics such as cotton and linen, andthey increase the fabrics’ water repellancy.

They can be added to crease-resistant resin finishes to improve their abrasion resistance, sewability andtearing resistance.
Emulsions of this type can also be used to reduce thesusceptibility of fabrics to soiling and improve their washability and waterresistance, especially if the emulsions have a low emulsifier content.

In textile applications, Luwax OA is very important that wax emulsions are resistantto electrolytes and salts that act as catalysts.
The resistance of anionic-nonionic emulsions of Luwax OA to 5 % solutions of ammoniumdihydrogen phosphate, zinc nitrate and magnesium chloride at 20 °C isparticularly good.

Other applications of Luwax OA:
Emulsions prepared from Luwax OA Pastilles and large proportions of par-affin wax dry to form tough, water-repellent films.
These have a variety ofapplications.

Formwork emulsions:
Emulsions of Luwax OA can be applied to wooden and metalforms for concrete.
They have the advantage over oils that they do notpenetrate into the concrete, which causes problems when renderings andfinishes are applied.

Water repellants for particle board:
Wax emulsions are added to the adhesives used to bind particle board toprevent particles of wood from absorbing moisture and swelling.

Temporary protective coatings for metal:
Emulsions can be applied to new cars and machine parts, etc., to protectthem from corrosion during transport and storage.

Size for paper:
Applied to paper in the size press, emulsions of this type give improvedwater resistance, smoothness and gloss.

Solubility of Luwax OA:
The following table shows the “cloud point” of Luwax OA Pastilles, dissol-ved in selected solvents at a concentration of 10 %.
This is the tempera-ture at which the wax just begins to precipitate out of solution on cooling.
The temperature at which Luwax OA forms a clear solution is virtually the same,depending on the rate at which Luwax OA is heated.

Solvent - Boiling point of solvent (°C) - Cloud point (°C)
Mineral spirits: 140 – 200 - ca. 63
Tetrachloroethylene: 121 - ca. 52
Toluene: 111 - ca. 56
Xylene: 135.5 –141 - ca. 58
Xylene/n-butanol (60 : 40): - ca. 68

Miscibility of Luwax OA:
The miscibility of Luwax OA with Luwax OA listed below wasdetermined by melting them and mixing them together in the ratios 9:1 and 1:9.
The wax forms a homogeneous mixture with the following sub-stances in molten and solid form.

Carnauba wax
Fischer-Tropsch wax
Hard microcrystalline wax
Laropal®K 80
Luwax E Flakes
Luwax LG Flakes
Luwax V Flakes
Montan wax, crude
Oppanol®B 15
Oxidized microcrystalline wax
Paraffin wax
Plastic microcrystalline wax (Ozokerite)

Emulsification of Luwax OA:
Luwax OA is easy to prepare very stable emulsions from Luwax OA.
Anionic emulsions are the most finely divided and, depending on the typeand quantity of amine soap used to emulsify them, they can be transpar-ent to crystal-clear.

Cationic and nonionic emulsions are less finely dividedand are milky white in appearance, but anionic-nonionic emulsions can beprepared which are transparent.
Emulsions of Luwax OA, espe-cially anionic and anionic-nonionic emulsions dry to form high-gloss films.

Preparing emulsions of Luwax OA:
Because of the wax’s high melting point, the following method has to beused to prepare emulsions at atmospheric pressure.
The wax and emulsi-fier are melted together at 120 –130 °C.

The mixture is then poured intothe water in the form of a thin jet, and stirred vigorously.
The water has tobe heated to as near to boiling point as possible.

The dimensions of thestirrer and the speed at which Luwax OA rotates should be such that the waterforms a deep vortex.
The hot wax can then be poured into the vortex toprevent Luwax OA from touching the stirrer or the sides of the vessel and formingspecks.
Emulsifiers such as alkali hydroxides or acetic acid, etc., can alsobe added to the hot water.

After all the wax has been added, the emulsion should be stirred for a fur-ther 5 –15 minutes at 96 – 98 °C.
Luwax OA then has to be cooled to 40 – 50 °C asquickly as possible, preferably by passing cold water through coils or ajacket fitted to the vessel.

Generally speaking, emulsions with solids contents of up to 40 % can beprepared from Luwax OA.
They are stable and pumpable at thisconcentration.
The viscosity of emulsions with a solids content of greaterthan 40 % is too high for them to be handled at room temperature.

A less energy-intensive method is to prepare a concentrated emulsion witha solids content of ca. 40 %, and then to dilute Luwax OA down to its final concentration with cold water.

Luwax OA can also be emulsified under pressure in an autoclave.
However, Luwax OA is easier to control the properties of the emulsion if the variousingredients are added one at a time at atmospheric pressure.
Coemulsions can be prepared with other waxes such as paraffin wax,microcrystalline waxes (hard, plastic or oxidized), montanic ester waxesand carnauba wax.

Types of emulsion of Luwax OA:
The following points are important when preparing emulsions of Luwax OA.

Anionic:
Emulsifiers: Salts of oleic acid or other long-chain fatty acids together withhigh-boiling amines such as morpholine (b. p. 127 –130 °C),diethylethanolamine (b. p. 160 –163 °C) and 2-amino-2-methylpropanol (b. p. 165 –168 °C).
The wax and the oleic acid are melted together at 120 –130 °C.
The mix-ture is then stirred and cooled to 100 °C, during which time the amineforms a salt. The mixture is then reheated to 120 –130 °C and poured intothe water.

Anionic-nonionic:
Emulsifiers: Ethoxylated fatty alcohols such as Lutensol AT 11, LutensolON 70 or Lutensol TO 8, together with small quantities ofalkali hydroxide.
The alkali hydroxide forms a salt with the acid groups of the wax, whichmakes Luwax OA very easy to emulsify.

The best method is to dissolve the hydroxide in the water.
A slightly more transparent emulsion is obtained ifthe hydroxide is added to the molten wax/emulsifier mixture, but the emul-sion does not form a more transparent film on drying, and any benefits areoutweighed by disadvantages such as foaming, spitting and the formationof specks.
If emulsions of this type are to be used for finishing textiles, small quan-tities of highly ethoxylated fatty alcohols such as Lutensol AT 25 or Emulan OC are usually added to improve their stability towards metalsalts such as magnesium chloride and zinc nitrate

Cationic:
Emulsifiers: Salts of ethoxylated amines such as Lutensol FA 12 or Armo-blen 1101and short-chain monocarboxylic acids such asacetic acid.
The acetic acid is added to the water.
A cationic emulsifier is formed whenthe molten wax/amine mixture is poured in.

Nonionic:
Emulsifiers: Ethoxylated fatty alcohols such as Lutensol AT 25.

Storage of Luwax OA:
The shelf life of Luwax OA Pastilles is virtually unlimited, provided they arestored properly in their sealed original packaging

Safety of Luwax OA:
We know of no ill effects that could have resulted from using Luwax OA for the purposes for which they are intended and from processingthem in accordance with current practice.
According to the experience we have gained over many years and theother information at our disposal, Luwax OA do not exert anyharmful effects on health, provided they are used properly, due attention isgiven to the precautions necessary for handling chemicals, and the infor-mation and advice given in our Safety Data Sheet is observed.

Properties of Luwax OA:
Form: pastilles, powder
Drop Point'C: 109
Melting Point Monoscope: 104
Density at 23'C, g/cm3: 0.97
Avergae Molar Mass Viscosimetric g/mol: 4000
Viscosity at 120'C, mm2/S: 360

Chemical Compound:
Oxidized polyethylene wax
LYOCOL RDN
Lyocol RDN (Clariant, Switzerland) was used as a dispersing agent and acetic acid was used to adjust the pH of the dyebath.
Dispersing agent designed for high temperature processes.
he polymer solution (containing 30-35% notified polymer) used in the formulation of this product is called Lyocol RDN liquid.

Synonyms
Lyocol® RDN/PRDN,
Cyclanon® MSA p,
Cyclanon® Eco plus liq
& Elkaline® F
Auxiliary package
for right-first-time
(shade & fastness)
• Lyocol® RDN/PRDN: dispersing
agent designed for high
temperature process
• Cyclanon® MSA p: Alkaline
reducing agent for clearing 1
• Cyclanon® Eco plus Liq: Acid
reducing agent for clearing 2
• Ekaline® F: Dispersing booster
for acid and alkaline clearing
LYSINE
Lysine (abbreviated as Lys or K) is an α-amino acid with the chemical formula HO2CCH(NH2)(CH2)4NH2.
Lysine's codons are AAA and AAG.
Lysine is a base, as are arginine and histidine.


CAS Number: 70-54-2 DL
56-87-1 L
923-27-3 D
EC Number: 200-294-2
MDL number: MFCD00064433
Chemical formula: C6H14N2O2



SYNONYMS:
L-lysine, D-lysine, (2S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid (L-lysine), (2R)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid (D-lysine), Lysine, D-lysine, L-lysine, LYS, h-Lys-OH, 2,6-diaminohexanoic acid, Alpha-epsilon-diaminocaproic acid, Hydrochlorure de L-Lysine, L-2,6-Diaminohexanoic Acid, L-Lysine, L-Lysine HCL, L-Lysine Hydrochloride, L-Lysine Monohydrochloride, Lisina, Lys, Lysine HCl, Lysine Hydrochloride, Lysine Monohydrochloride, Monochlohydrate de L- Lysine, Monochlohydrate de Lysine, L-lysine, lysine, 56-87-1, h-Lys-oh, lysine acid, (S)-Lysine, (2S)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid, Aminutrin, alpha-Lysine, L-(+)-Lysine, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid, (S)-2,6-Diaminocaproic acid, Hydrolysin, Lysinum, 25104-18-1, Lysinum [Latin], L-lys, Lisina [Spanish], L-Norleucine, 6-amino-, lysin, Lysine, L-, (S)-alpha,epsilon-Diaminocaproic acid, Lisina, LYS (IUPAC abbreviation), Lysine [USAN], lys, CHEBI:18019, L-2,6-Diaminocaproic acid, lysina, (+)-S-Lysine, Hexanoic acid, 2,6-diamino-, (S)-, BRN 1722531, HSDB 2108, a-Lysine, 2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid, (S)-, AI3-26523, L-Lysin, EINECS 200-294-2, UNII-K3Z4F929H6, DTXSID6023232, 6-ammonio-L-norleucine, K3Z4F929H6, 12798-06-0, DTXCID403232, L-Lysine base, Lysinum (Latin), 4-04-00-02717 (Beilstein Handbook Reference), MFCD00064433, LYSINE (II), LYSINE [II], LYSINE (MART.), LYSINE [MART.], L-LYSINE, MONOACETATE, 3H-Lysine, 2,6-diaminohexanoate, L-Lysine, labeled with tritium, L-aLysine, .alpha.-Lysine, 1ozv, 1yxd, 3h-l-lysine, 6-amino-Aminutrin, NCGC00164527-01, L-?Lysine, H-Lys, (-)-lysine, 6-amino-L-Norleucine, Lysine (USAN/INN), L-2,6-Diainohexanoate, L-2,6-Diaminocaproate, LYSINE [VANDF], LYSINE [HSDB], LYSINE [USAN], LYSINE [INN], L-LYSINE [FHFI], LYSINE [WHO-DD], (S)-a,e-Diaminocaproate, LYSINE [MI], L-Lysine, >=97%, bmse000043, bmse000914, Epitope ID:136017, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoate, L-2,6-Diainohexanoic acid, CHEMBL8085, GTPL724, (S)-2,6-diamino-Hexanoate, (S)-a,e-Diaminocaproic acid, L-Lysine, analytical standard, L-Lysine, >=98%, FG, (S)-2,6-diamino-Hexanoic acid, B05XB03, L-Lysine, >=98% (TLC), BDBM217367, (2S)-2,6-Diamino-hexanoic acid, HY-N0469, L-H2N(CH2)4CH(NH2)COOH, Tox21_112158, s5630, .alpha.,.epsilon.-Diaminocaproic acid, AKOS006239081, AKOS015855172, CCG-266180, CS-W019758, DB00123, CAS-56-87-1, NCGC00166296-02, 20166-34-1, AC-14492, AS-11733, TYROSINE IMPURITY B [EP IMPURITY], (S)-.alpha.,.epsilon.-Diaminocaproic acid, L-Lysine, crystallized, >=98.0% (NT), AM20100376, L0129, L-Lysine, Vetec(TM) reagent grade, >=98%, A20652, C00047, D02304, G72513, A904498, A919375, J-521651, (S)-2,6-Diaminocaproic acid, (S)-(+)-Lysine, Lysine,



Lysine is an essential amino acid.
Normal requirements for lysine have been found to be about 8 g per day or 12 mg/kg in adults.
Children and infants need more- 44 mg/kg per day for an eleven to-twelve-year old, and 97 mg/kg per day for three-to six-month old.
Lysine is highly concentrated in muscle compared to most other amino acids.


Lysine is high in foods such as wheat germ, cottage cheese and chicken.
Of meat products, wild game and pork have the highest concentration of lysine.
Fruits and vegetables contain little lysine, except avocados.


Normal lysine metabolism is dependent upon many nutrients including niacin, vitamin B6, riboflavin, vitamin C, glutamic acid and iron.
Excess arginine antagonizes lysine.
Several inborn errors of lysine metabolism are known.


Most are marked by mental retardation with occasional diverse symptoms such as absence of secondary sex characteristics, undescended testes, abnormal facial structure, anemia, obesity, enlarged liver and spleen, and eye muscle imbalance.
Lysine also may be a useful adjunct in the treatment of osteoporosis.
Although high protein diets result in loss of large amounts of calcium in urine, so does lysine deficiency.


Lysine may be an adjunct therapy because it reduces calcium losses in urine.
Lysine deficiency also may result in immunodeficiency.
Requirements for this amino acid are probably increased by stress.


Lysine toxicity has not occurred with oral doses in humans.
Lysine dosages are presently too small and may fail to reach the concentrations necessary to prove potential therapeutic applications.
Lysine metabolites, amino caproic acid and carnitine have already shown their therapeutic potential.


Thirty grams daily of amino caproic acid has been used as an initial daily dose in treating blood clotting disorders, indicating that the proper doses of lysine, its precursor, have yet to be used in medicine.
Low lysine levels have been found in patients with Parkinson's, hypothyroidism, kidney disease, asthma and depression.


The exact significance of these levels is unclear, yet lysine therapy can normalize the level and has been associated with improvement of some patients with these conditions.
Abnormally elevated hydroxylysines have been found in virtually all chronic degenerative diseases and coumadin therapy.


The levels of this stress marker may be improved by high doses of vitamin C.
Lysine is particularly useful in therapy for marasmus (wasting) and herpes simplex.
It stops the growth of herpes simplex in culture, and has helped to reduce the number and occurrence of cold sores in clinical studies.


Dosing has not been adequately studied, but beneficial clinical effects occur in doses ranging from 100 mg to 4 g a day.
Higher doses may also be useful, and toxicity has not been reported in doses as high as 8 g per day.
Diets high in lysine and low in arginine can be useful in the prevention and treatment of herpes.


Some researchers think herpes simplex virus is involved in many other diseases related to cranial nerves such as migraines, Bell's palsy and Meniere's disease.
Lysine is an essential amino acid.
Lysine is often added to animal feed.


Lysine is an amino acid.
Amino acids are molecules that act as the building blocks of proteins.
Specifically, lysine is an essential amino acid.


That means that your body can’t make lysine on its own, and instead it must be obtained through your diet.
Lysine can be found in protein-rich plant and animal-based foods like eggs, lentils, meat, dairy products, and fish.
Lysine can also be taken as a dietary supplement.


The supplement label might say “l-lysine,” which is the form of lysine used in supplements.
As a supplement, lysine offers a number of benefits.
Lysine is an amino acid that is found mostly in animal products.


Though more research is needed, it may help reduce anxiety, prevent cold sores, improve calcium absorption, and promote wound healing.
Lysine is a building block for protein and an essential amino acid.
Because your body cannot make it, you need to obtain it from food.

You need lysine for:
*growth
*muscle turnover
*forming carnitine, a substance found in most cells of your body
*transporting fats across your cells to be burned for energy
*Lysine is the form of lysine your body can utilize.
*Lysine’s naturally found in food and is the type used in supplements.


Lysine is an essential amino acid.
Many people know that several amino acids are known as the “building blocks of protein” and are needed in order for a huge number of internal functions to work properly, including growth.


Lysine was first discovered by a German scientist known only as Dreschel in 1889, who was able to isolate the amino acid from casein, or milk protein.
The exact structure of Lysine was recorded just three years later.
Of the few hundred amino acids found in nature, 20 are necessary for protein creation and growth, and only 10 of those 20 can be produced by the body.


The remaining 10 are known as “essential” amino acids because humans must consume them for proper health.
Amino acid deficiencies cause a degradation of internal cells and can lead to huge problems, so it’s important to get enough of them in your diet.
It’s common to be deficient in lysine and glutamine, in particular.


Essential amino acids are most often stereoisomers, meaning they exist in two variations that are identical to one another as mirror images.
There are both D- and L- forms of these amino acids, and the L- form is used in protein synthesis and therefore the form found in food and supplements.
Because of this, most people simply refer to this nutrient as “lysine” for short.


There are many incredible Lysine benefits, from its use as a common treatment for cold sores to a potential anti-anxiety supplement.
As is true with most nutrients available in supplement form, Lysine can be taken orally but is absorbed best into the body when consumed through dietary sources.


Lysine’s found in large amounts in various kinds of meat, beans, cheeses and eggs.
Specifically, Lysine is very important in the creation of carnitine, which converts fatty acids into energy and also lowers cholesterol levels.
Lysine, also known as L-lysine, is an essential amino acid for the body.


Lysine also seems to play a role in absorbing calcium and helps the body form collagen, which aids in the growth and maintenance of bones and connective tissue (including skin).
Unlike some other amino acids, the body cannot synthesize lysine on its own.


Therefore, the body can only obtain lysine through the diet.
Lysine is important for normal growth as well as muscle turnover.
Besides, lysine helps transport fat through cells to burn for energy.


L-lysine is the form of lysine your body can use.
Lysine is found in foods and is the type used in supplements.
Lysine is industrially produced by microbial fermentation, from a base mainly of sugar.


Genetic engineering research is actively pursuing bacterial strains to improve the efficiency of production and allow lysine to be made from other substrates.
Lysine is an essential amino acid.
The human body cannot make lysine, so it must be eaten in the diet.


Sources of Lysine include meat, fish, dairy, and eggs.
Lysine is a building block for making proteins in the body.
Lysine might also prevent the herpes virus from growing.


People use lysine for cold sores, canker sores, athletic performance, diabetes, and many other conditions, but there is no good scientific evidence to support most of these uses.
Lysine is an essential amino acid.
There are two chemical versions of lysine: L-lysine and D-lysine.


L-lysine is the bioactive form found in foods and supplements that your body uses, and it's our focus here.
Lysine, or L-lysine, is an essential amino acid, meaning it is necessary for human health, but the body cannot make it.
You have to get lysine from food or supplements.


Amino acids like lysine are the building blocks of protein.
Lysine is an amino acid commonly paired with Vitamin C in many supplements.
While an essential amino acid Lysine does not hold much promise as a supplement beyond reducing the symptoms of herpes simplex.


Lysine is an essential amino acid that your body doesn’t produce on its own, which means it must come from diet or supplementation.
Primary dietary sources of lysine are meat, poultry, fish, dairy, tofu, lentils, and beans.
However, because many individuals don’t get enough lysine through diet alone, supplementation of this essential amino acid is advisable.


Lysine is an essential amino acid that is important for collagen synthesis and maintaining good bone health.
Lysine helps boost the immune system and treats cold sores.
Some evidence suggests that Lysine may be beneficial in the reduction of Lipoprotein (a), a cardiovascular toxin.


Lysine stimulates the release of human growth hormone and may facilitate muscle growth.
Lysine is one of the essential amino acids that people must obtain through food.
Lysine is one of the essential amino acids, which are those that the body cannot make and that people need to obtain from dietary sources.


Lysine, also called L-lysine, is an amino acid that is necessary for many bodily functions.
People describe amino acids as the building blocks of protein because they combine with other compounds to form this macronutrient.
The medical community defines lysine as an essential amino acid because, unlike some other amino acids, the body cannot synthesize it.


As a result, people need to include Lysine in their diet.
Lysine (Lys, K) is one of the 22 amino acids found in proteins.
Due to its 4-aminobutyl (primary amine) side chain, it belongs to the group of basic amino acids such as histidine and arginine


Like many other amino acids, this amino acid has both L- and D- isomers.
However, Lysine's active isomer, in other words, its isomer that exists in nature, is L - Lysine.
Lysine (symbol Lys or K) is an α-amino acid that is a precursor to many proteins.


Lysine contains an α-amino group (which is in the protonated −NH+3 form when dissolved in water), an α-carboxylic acid group (which is in the deprotonated −COO− form when dissolved in water), and a side chain lysyl ((CH2)4NH2), classifying it as a basic, charged (at physiological pH), aliphatic amino acid.
Lysine is encoded by the codons AAA and AAG.
Like almost all other amino acids, the α-carbon is chiral and lysine may refer to either enantiomer or a racemic mixture of both.


For the purpose of this article, lysine will refer to the biologically active enantiomer L-lysine, where the α-carbon is in the S configuration.
The human body cannot synthesize lysine.
Lysine is essential in humans and must therefore be obtained from the diet.


In organisms that synthesise lysine, two main biosynthetic pathways exist, the diaminopimelate and α-aminoadipate pathways, which employ distinct enzymes and substrates and are found in diverse organisms.
Lysine catabolism occurs through one of several pathways, the most common of which is the saccharopine pathway.


Lysine was first isolated by the German biological chemist Ferdinand Heinrich Edmund Drechsel in 1889 from hydrolysis of the protein casein, and thus named it Lysin, from Greek λύσις (lysis) 'loosening'.
In 1902, the German chemists Emil Fischer and Fritz Weigert determined lysine's chemical structure by synthesizing it.


The one-letter symbol K was assigned to lysine for being alphabetically nearest, with L being assigned to the structurally simpler leucine, and M to methionine.
Lysine (abbreviated as Lys or K) is an α-amino acid with the chemical formula HO2CCH(NH2)(CH2)4NH2.


This amino acid is an essential amino acid, which means that humans cannot synthesize Lysine.
Lysine's codons are AAA and AAG.
Lysine is a base, as are arginine and histidine.


The ε-amino group acts as a site for hydrogen binding and a general base in catalysis.
Common posttranslational modifications of Lysine include methylation of the ε-amino group, giving methyl-, dimethyl-, and trimethyllysine.
The latter occurs in calmodulin.


Other posttranslational modifications include acetylation.
Collagen contains hydroxylysine which is derived from lysine by lysyl hydroxylase.
Lysine is an L-alpha-amino acid.


Lysine has a role as a micronutrient, a nutraceutical, an anticonvulsant, an Escherichia coli metabolite, a Saccharomyces cerevisiae metabolite, a plant metabolite, a human metabolite, an algal metabolite and a mouse metabolite.
Lysine is an aspartate family amino acid, a proteinogenic amino acid, a L-lysine and a L-alpha-amino acid.
Lysine is a conjugate base of a L-lysinium(1+).


Lysine is a conjugate acid of a L-lysinate. It is an enantiomer of a D-lysine.
Lysine is a tautomer of a L-lysine zwitterion and a L-Lysine zwitterion.
Lysine is a metabolite found in or produced by Escherichia coli.


Lysine is a natural product found in Pinus densiflora, Cyperus aromaticus, and other organisms with data available.
Lysine is one of nine essential amino acids in humans required for growth and tissue repair.
Lysine is supplied by many foods, especially red meats, fish, and dairy products.


Lysine seems to be active against herpes simplex viruses and present in many forms of diet supplements.
The mechanism underlying this effect is based on the viral need for amino acid arginine; lysine competes with arginine for absorption and entry into cells.
Lysine inhibits HSV growth by knocking out arginine.


Many lysine supplements are also vegan or gluten-free.
The label should tell you whether the supplement is either vegan or gluten-free.
The label should also list the supplement form.


Topical lysine (cream) is also available, but only in combination form.
This means that lysine creams will include other ingredients, like other various vitamins, minerals, or nutrients.
Lysine is an amino acid supplement used to treat clinical signs associated with feline herpes virus infection in cats.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LYSINE:
Lysine is used to make carnitine - an amino acid found in most cells of the body.
Reported lysine benefits include improved blood sugar control, management of anxiety and stress, collagen formation, and wound healing.


Your body cannot make lysine, so you must get it from food or supplements.
Lysine is important for proper growth, and it plays an essential role in the production of carnitine, a nutrient responsible for converting fatty acids into energy and helping lower cholesterol.


Lysine appears to help the body absorb calcium, and it plays an important role in the formation of collagen, a substance important for bones and connective tissues including skin, tendons, and cartilage.
Lysine uses the purest, most absorbable form of this amino acid – without adding unnecessary additives or preservatives.
Daily lysine requirement is between 1-1.5 g.


Although Lysine has been claimed that as a food it may be beneficial against HSV infection, scientific evidence regarding its benefits is not well established.
Lysine has an important role in calcium absorption, the construction of muscle proteins, the recovery process after surgery and sports injuries, and the synthesis of hormones , antibodies and enzymes by the body.


There are various health benefits of lysine and lysine supplements, including improving cold sores, reducing blood pressure, and preventing the symptoms of lysine deficiency.
Lysine plays several roles in humans, most importantly proteinogenesis, but also in the crosslinking of collagen polypeptides, uptake of essential mineral nutrients, and in the production of carnitine, which is key in fatty acid metabolism.


Lysine is also often involved in histone modifications, and thus, impacts the epigenome.
The ε-amino group often participates in hydrogen bonding and as a general base in catalysis.
The ε-ammonium group (−NH+3) is attached to the fourth carbon from the α-carbon, which is attached to the carboxyl (−COOH) group.


Due to its importance in several biological processes, a lack of lysine can lead to several disease states including defective connective tissues, impaired fatty acid metabolism, anaemia, and systemic protein-energy deficiency.
O-Glycosylation of lysine residues in the endoplasmic reticulum or Golgi apparatus is used to mark certain proteins for secretion from the cell.


-Use of lysine in animal feed
Lysine production for animal feed is a major global industry, reaching in 2009 almost 700,000 tons for a market value of over €1.22 billion.
Lysine is an important additive to animal feed because it is a limiting amino acid when optimizing the growth of certain animals such as pigs and chickens for the production of meat.

Lysine supplementation allows for the use of lower-cost plant protein (maize, for instance, rather than soy) while maintaining high growth rates, and limiting the pollution from nitrogen excretion.
In turn, however, phosphate pollution is a major environmental cost when corn is used as feed for poultry and swine.


-Herpes simplex virus (HSV):
Some studies suggest that taking lysine on a regular basis may help prevent outbreaks of cold sores and genital herpes.
Others show no improvement.

Lysine has antiviral effects by blocking the activity of arginine, which promotes HSV replication.
One review found that oral lysine is more effective atpreventing an HSV outbreak than it is at reducing the severity and duration of an outbreak.

One study found that taking lysine at the beginning of a herpes outbreak did not reduce symptoms.
Most experts believe that lysine does not improve the healing of cold sores.
But supplementation may reduce recurrences or improve symptoms.


-Osteoporosis:
Lysine helps the body absorb calcium and reduces the amount of calcium that is lost in urine.
Since calcium is crucial for bone health, some researchers think lysine may help prevent bone loss associated with osteoporosis.

Lab studies suggest that lysine in combination with L-arginine (another amino acid) makes bone-building cells more active and enhances production of collagen.
But no studies have examined whether lysine helps prevent osteoporosis in humans.


-Athletic performance:
Athletes sometimes use lysine as a protein supplement.
Some studies suggest lysine helps muscle tissue recover after stress.



IF YOU DO NOT TAKE ENOUGH LYSINE:
Most people get enough lysine in their diet.
Although athletes, burn patients, and vegans who do not eat beans may need more.
If you do not have enough lysine, you may experience:
*Fatigue
*Nausea
*Dizziness
*Loss of appetite
*Agitation
*Bloodshot eyes
*Slow growth
*Anemia
*Reproductive disorders
For vegans, legumes (beans, peas, and lentils) are the best sources of lysine.



IN POPULAR CULTURE, LYSINE:
The 1993 film Jurassic Park, which is based on the 1990 novel Jurassic Park by Michael Crichton, features dinosaurs that were genetically altered so that they could not produce lysine, an example of engineered auxotrophy.

This was known as the "lysine contingency" and was supposed to prevent the cloned dinosaurs from surviving outside the park, forcing them to depend on lysine supplements provided by the park's veterinary staff.
In reality, no animal can produce lysine; it is an essential amino acid.



BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
Because lysine is an amino acid, your body uses it to make proteins and repair muscles.
Lysine supplements may provide benefits for the following:

*Cold sores from herpes simplex virus (HSV)
*Anxiety and stress
*Schizophrenia
*Blood sugar control
*Calcium absorption
*Wound healing
The research on many of these benefits is limited.


*Cold Sores
Cold sores are an unpleasant side effect of HSV 1.
A 2017 review found that oral lysine supplementation of 3 grams per day or more improved the experiences of some people with cold sores.

However, the review stated that more research is needed to determine whether lysine is an effective treatment for this condition.
An earlier review conducted in 2015 also did not find enough evidence to back up claims that lysine can provide cold sore relief.


*Stress and Anxiety
Studies have looked at whether lysine can help manage anxiety and stress.
Research is limited, and it should be noted that many of the studies are small and don't include many participants.

A randomized, double-blind study found that cortisol (a hormone that's increased during stress), was lowered in people who consumed lysine-fortified foods for three months.
The study also found that these foods reduced anxiety measures in males.


*Schizophrenia
Lysine may also be used as a complementary treatment for schizophrenia, according to limited research.
A small pilot study reported that people taking 6 g of lysine daily for four weeks had improved symptoms, including reduced psychosis severity.


*Blood Sugar Control
Lysine supplements may be useful for lowering blood sugar.
A very small study found that high doses of lysine (11 g) taken with glucose resulted in small decreases in blood sugar.
Researchers think that lysine supplementation may either help with insulin secretion or help remove glucose from the blood on its own.


*Calcium Absorption
Lysine supplements may help the body absorb calcium, which can be beneficial for osteoporosis (a disease that causes weak, brittle bones).


*Wound Healing
Lysine has been shown to enhance blood supply and target growth factors, leading to improved wound healing.
A small study evaluated adding a 15% lysine cream to standard treatment for diabetic foot ulcers.
Researchers concluded the 15% lysine cream can significantly improve wound healing but noted that larger studies are needed to confirm these findings.



DIETARY SOURCES OF LYSINE:
Good sources of lysine include foods that are rich in protein, such as:
*Meat, specifically red meat, pork, and poultry
*Cheese, particularly parmesan
*Certain fish, such as cod and sardines
*Eggs
*Soybeans, particularly tofu, isolated soy protein, and defatted soybean flour
*Spirulina
*Fenugreek seed
*Brewer's yeast, beans and other legumes, and dairy products also contain lysine.



HEALTH BENEFITS OF LYSINE INCLUDE:
• Wound healing – Lysine is often recommended for supporting the healing of sores and wounds because of its benefits to collagen formation and immune function.*
• Some evidence indicates lysine can be beneficial for maintaining healthy gum and lip tissues.*
• Promotes immune health – lysine provides nutritional support to help your body maintain its natural defenses.*
• Skin health – This amino acid is known to promote collagen formation, which in turn benefits the health and elasticity of skin.*
• Bone Health – lysine promotes calcium absorption, which is needed to maintain strong bones and teeth



HERE ARE FOUR IMPRESSIVE HEALTH BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
1. Lysine may protect against and treat cold sores by blocking arginine:
Cold sores, or fever blisters, are symptoms of an infection, often appearing on the lip or the corners of your mouth as fluid-filled blisters that can cause discomfort, such as tingling, pain, and burning.

Cold sores are caused by the herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1), which can hide nerve cells near the base of your brain.
In times of stress or if your immune system is weakened, HSV-1 can trigger the development of a cold sore.


2. Lysine may reduce anxiety by blocking stress response receptors:
Lysine may play a role in reducing anxiety, though more research is still needed to support this.
One 2003 study found that it blocked receptors involved in stress response.

Researchers observed that rats given lysine had reduced rates of stress-induced loose bowel movements.
Lysine may also be able to help people with schizophrenia, a mental disorder that disrupts an individual’s perception of the outside world, resulting in changes in thought and behavior.


3. Lysine may improve calcium absorption and retention:
Lysine may help your body hold on to calcium by increasing calcium absorption in your gut and helping your kidneys hold on to the mineral.
Your body needs calcium to keep your bones strong, especially as you age.


4. Lysine can promote wound healing by helping create collagen
Lysine can improve wound healing in your body.
Lysine helps you form collagen, a protein that acts as a scaffold and supports and gives structure to skin and bones.
Lysine may also act as a binding agent, increasing the number of new cells in a wound.



HOW TO STORE LYSINE:
Lysine supplements should be stored in a cool, dry place that does not receive direct sunlight.
Be sure to avoid storing your supplements in an area that could become overly hot or cold.
Do not Lysine store In the bathroom.
Discard lysine supplements after one year or as indicated on the packaging.



WHAT IS LYSINE USED FOR?
Lysine is an essential amino acid, a building block of proteins, and is involved in many biological processes in the body.
Essential amino acids are necessary for human health, but are not synthesized in the body and must be obtained from the diet.

Lysine is used to treat cold sores (herpes simplex labialis), increase alkalinity in the body (metabolic alkalosis), improve bone density, and boost athletic performance.

Lysine plays a vital role in many processes including:
*Synthesis of carnitine, a compound that is involved in converting fatty acids into energy
*Absorption of calcium
*Formation of collagen, the protein in bone and connective tissue such as skin, cartilage, and tendons
*Production of antibodies, hormones, and enzymes
*Herpes simplex viral proteins are rich in arginine, another amino acid, which promotes viral replication.
*Lysine inhibits viral replication by blocking the activity of arginine because it uses the same pathways as arginine.
Studies show that regular intake of lysine may prevent cold sore outbreaks, or reduce their frequency and severity, but may not improve the healing of sores.

Lysine lowers the pH levels in the body and restores acid-base balance in metabolic alkalosis.
Some studies suggest lysine may help muscle tissue recovery and some athletes use it as a protein supplement.
Lysine helps calcium absorption, but there aren’t any studies that support its use in preventing bone loss (osteoporosis).

Good dietary sources of lysine include animal products including red meats, pork and poultry, eggs, cheese, and other dairy products, and certain types of fish such as cod and sardine.
Vegetable sources include soy, legumes, spirulina, and fenugreek seeds.
Lysine supplements are available as oral tablets and capsules, and topical formulations.

-Suggested uses of lysine include:
*Herpes simplex labialis caused by the herpes simplex virus type-1 (HSV-1)
*Metabolic alkalosis
*Enhancement of athletic performance



WHAT DOES LYSINE DO?
*Treatment of cold sores:
Cold sores are a symptom of an infection, usually appearing on the lips or corners of the mouth.
They appear as fluid-filled blisters that can cause discomfort, such as tingling, pain, and burning.

Plus, they can make you feel self-conscious about your appearance.
Cold sores are caused by the herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1).
If you're stressed or your immune system is weakened, HSV-1 can trigger the development of cold sores.

Lysine supplementation can help prevent the HSV-1 virus from reproducing.
It is thought that lysine may block another amino acid called arginine, which HSV-1 needs in order to multiply and thrive.
Some studies suggest that lysine may reduce the duration and frequency of cold sores, however, this evidence is inconsistent.


*Reduce anxiety and stress:
Lysine plays a role in reducing anxiety and stress.
One study showed that lysine blocks receptors involved in the stress response.


*Improve symptoms of schizophrenia:
Lysine may also help people with schizophrenia, a mental disorder that disrupts an individual's perception of the outside world, often resulting in an inability to understand be realistic.

Although research is still in the early stages, there is evidence that lysine can improve symptoms of schizophrenia in conjunction with prescribed medication;


*Improve calcium absorption:
Lysine can help your body keep calcium.
It is believed that lysine increases calcium absorption and helps the kidneys retain the mineral.

A study in 30 women, 15 healthy people, and 15 people with osteoporosis found that calcium and lysine supplements reduced the amount of calcium in the urine; Lysine is responsible for protecting bones and it also plays a role in controlling calcium transport in the body.

Lysine is needed for the formation of collagen, a protein that acts as a scaffold, supporting and giving structure to skin and bones; Lysine itself also acts as a binding agent, increasing the number of new cells at the wound site.
It even promotes the formation of new blood vessels.


*Lowering blood pressure:
A study in 50 adults with lysine deficiency and hypertension found that lysine supplementation significantly reduced blood pressure; Treat diabetes: One study found that lysine may help reduce blood sugar reactivity in people with diabetes.

However, this issue needs to be studied more clearly; Other benefits such as: Promotes healthy skin growth, prevents osteoporosis with calcium supplements, controls blood pressure, treats shingles, prevents plaque buildup in arteries, helps with movement Encourages recovery after intense training



HOW EFFECTIVE IS LYSINE?
Limited studies in client-owned cats have been performed, but there is anecdotal evidence that lysine works to suppress the symptoms of feline herpes virus.



HOW IS LYSINE GIVEN?
Lysine is given by mouth in the form of a powder, crushed tablet, chewable tablet, or paste/gel.
Mix the powder in a small amount of food unless otherwise directed.
This medication can take up to a few weeks before full effects are noted, but gradual improvements are usually noticeable after a few days.



WHAT IF I MISS GIVING MY PET LYSINE?
If you miss a dose, give it when you remember, but if it is close to the time for the next dose, skip the dose you missed and give it at the next scheduled time, and return to the regular dosing schedule.
Never give your pet two doses at once or give extra doses.



FOODS WITH LYSINE:
You can buy lysine supplements, but those with liver or kidney disease should not take them without consulting a doctor.
Pregnant and lactating women should use caution.

Lysine supplements can also interfere with one type of antibiotic (Aminoglycoside).
Another reason to pass on lysine supplements is that taking a single amino acid in supplement form can negatively affect metabolism.

Lysine can also put a burden on the kidneys and affect growth in children.
While there are numerous warnings about taking lysine as a supplement, lysine from food sources is considered safe.
Some people seek out spirulina and fenugreek seeds to boost their lysine intake, but your local supermarket has many sources of lysine, including these:

1. Meat and poultry:
Beef, pork, and poultry are all good sources of lysine.
To promote heart health, most people should choose lean cuts and keep serving sizes small.

2. Cheese:
Almost all cheeses are high in protein and calcium but also high in fat and cholesterol.
The cheese with the most lysine is parmesan.
Just one tablespoon of grated parmesan provides 2 grams of protein and 1 gram of fat.

3. Fish:
Many health experts favor fish as a source of healthy protein.
Cod and sardines are especially high in lysine.

4. Eggs:
Eggs are an inexpensive protein source, although they are high in cholesterol.
The American Heart Association says that most adults can eat an egg a day without harm.

5. Soybeans
Vegans and vegetarians need not worry.
Tofu is a great source of lysine.
If you aren't a tofu fan, you can also get lysine from soy protein and soybean flour.

6. Legumes
Legumes are another protein powerhouse, especially for those on plant-based diets.
Choose from beans, peas, lentils, peanuts, and more.



10 HEALTH BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
Here are the 10 health benefits of lysine.

*Vital for proper growth:
Lysine produces carnitine, a nutrient responsible for converting fatty acids into energy.
Carnitine carries long-chain fatty acids into the mitochondria to produce energy and transports the generated toxins outside the cells.

*Lysine promotes wound healing:
Lysine speeds up wound healing and is required for collagen formation—a protein that gives structure to the skin and bones.

*Lysine prevents herpes simplex virus (HSV):
Lysine may help prevent eruptions of cold sores and herpes affecting the genital area.
It has antiviral activity and prevents HSV replication.

*Lysine prevents osteoporosis:
Because lysine helps the body absorb calcium, the amount of calcium lost in urine is minimized.
Absorption of calcium may help prevent bone loss associated with osteoporosis.

*Lysine boosts athletic performance:
Lysine, when taken as a protein supplement, may help athletes’ muscles recover from stress.

*Lysine iIncreases muscle mass:
A study has shown that lysine may help with muscle loss and enhance strength in older women.

*Lysine relieves stress:
Research suggests that consuming wheat with added lysine reduces stress and anxiety.
Lysine may help reduce cortisol levels in women, and in combination with medications, may be beneficial in controlling symptoms of schizophrenia.

*Pain management:
Lysine serves as an anti-inflammatory agent through inhibition of a compound called cyclooxygenase.

*Diabetes management:
Studies have shown that lysine may be beneficial in reducing blood sugar, although there isn’t sufficient evidence to prove this claim.

*Lysine reduces blood pressure:
A study that included 50 adults with lysine deficiency and high blood pressure concluded that lysine supplements reduced blood pressure.



WHY YOU NEED LYSINE:
Since there are 21 different amino acids, tracking how much you are getting of each one would be a difficult task.
If you are getting adequate protein, you are probably getting enough lysine.
Adults need about 7 grams (g) of protein for every 20 pounds of body weight, so a person weighing 160 pounds would need 56g.

Lysine plays several roles in the body, including two very important ones:
*Lysine helps the body create collagen, which is present in bones and connective tissues such as skin and cartilage.
*Lysine produces carnitine, which converts fatty acids into energy in a process that also lowers cholesterol.
*Lysine is sometimes combined with another amino acid, arginine.

Scientists say that the two amino acids use the same pathways in the body.
Therefore, taking arginine might lower your lysine levels.
As an essential amino acid, lysine is important to health.

1. Muscle Strength
Athletes have used some amino acids, including lysine, in supplement form to increase muscular strength.
Research has failed to prove that lysine improves muscle strength more than strength training alone.
One study of older adults showed that taking a combination of three amino acids, including lysine, improved lean body mass.

2. Bone Health
Lysine can help the body absorb calcium, and it can reduce the amount of calcium lost in your urine.
Researchers have theorized that lysine could prevent osteoporosis, but they have found no evidence that this is true.

3. Mouth Health
Lysine supplements have been used as a treatment for cold sores caused by the herpes simplex virus and for canker sores.
Researchers have not found conclusive evidence that lysine is effective for these problems.

4. Anti-anxiety Effects
Some studies have looked at whether supplements of lysine and arginine could reduce anxiety.
In two studies, the subjects showed reduced levels of the stress hormone cortisol.



GOOD SOURCES OF LYSINE:
Lysine is concentrated in a number of plant- and animal-based foods, including:
*Red meat
*Fish
*Pork
*Poultry
*Cheeses, like parmesan
*Eggs
*Milk
*Spirulina
*Brewer’s yeast
*Lentils
*Beans
*Peas
*Soy products like soybeans and tofu
*Fenugreek seed



HOW TO TAKE LYSINE:
Most people get enough lysine through their diet.
However, taking lysine supplements could be helpful for people who don’t eat a lot of lysine-rich foods like meat, fish, eggs, dairy products, and beans or for those who are trying to manage a specific condition.

Lysine supplements are most commonly available as capsules and powders.
You can take lysine on its own or you can take it alongside other amino acids, like arginine.



DOSAGE OF LYSINE:
Most lysine supplements come in tablets that have between 500mg and 1,000mg of lysine per dose.
How much you take and for how long depends on body weight and what condition you’re hoping to help.
Usually, lysine supplements are used in doses up to 3,000mg a day for up to one year.
Lysine has been determined to be likely safe in doses up to 3,000mg a day for up to one year and up to 6,000mg a day for up to eight weeks.



SOURCES OF LYSINE:
Lysine is an amino acid found in various protein foods, so most people can get all the lysine they need through their diet.
Since lysine is so widely available in food, taking a food-first approach to getting enough of it is recommended.
Lysine supplements would only be required if recommended by a healthcare professional due to an underlying health issue.
Some people, like those who follow a vegan diet, may have difficulty getting enough lysine.

Food
The best sources of lysine come from animal foods, but it can also be found in some plant-based proteins.
The best way to ensure you're getting enough lysine in your diet is to eat a variety of protein foods, including both animal and plant sources.
The recommended daily intake for lysine is 35 milligrams per kilogram (kg) of body weight.

Non-vegan food sources of lysine include:
*Meat
*Chicken
*Dairy products
*Eggs
*Fish
*Shrimp
*Shellfish

Vegan food sources of lysine include:
*Beans
*Wheat germ
*Lentils
*Nuts
*Seeds
*Soy
*Spirulina
*Supplements

Lysine supplements are available in various forms, including:
*Capsules
*Chewable
*Powders



OTHER POTENTIAL BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
Like all amino acids, Lysine is a building block for protein in your body.
These proteins help produce hormones, immune cells, and enzymes.
Lysine may have several benefits in addition to those discussed earlier.
Here are other areas where lysine may benefit your health:

*Eye health:
A 2022 study found that lysine may help dry eye.

*Diabetes:
One 2017 study showed that lysine may help reduce blood sugar response in people with diabetes.

*Blood pressure:
A study in 50 adults with lysine deficiency and high blood pressure found that lysine supplements significantly reduced blood pressure.
Adequate lysine is essential for maintaining your health, and lysine supplements may benefit certain people and conditions.

*Top food sources and supplements
Lysine is found in foods naturally high in protein, including meat and dairy products, and in smaller amounts in plant foods.



FOOD SOURCES OF LYSINE INCLUDE:
*Meat: beef, chicken, and lamb
*Seafood: mussels, prawns, and oysters
*Fish: salmon, cod, and tuna
*Dairy products: milk, cheese, and yogurt
*Legumes: soy, kidney beans, and chickpeas
*Nuts and seeds: pistachios, pumpkin seeds, and cashews

If you’re prone to cold sores, taking 1 g of lysine daily or using a lysine-containing gel may be worth a try, but remember that it’s best to speak to a healthcare professional first.



BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
Lysine is required for important processes such as:
*Growth
*Tissue repair
*Collagen formation
*Calcium absorption
*Antibody, hormone, and enzyme production
*Most people get plenty of lysine through their diets.
*Some people—like athletes, those who are being treated for extensive burns, and those following a vegan diet—may not take in enough lysine through their diet alone to meet their needs.

Supplementation of lysine might help make up for that.
Plus, some studies suggest that taking lysine in supplement form may benefit certain medical conditions.


-Lysine may Prevent Herpes Flares:
Lysine supplements may benefit people who have recurrent infections caused by the herpes simplex virus (HSV).
To replicate, HSV needs the amino acid arginine.
Lysine blocks HSV from using arginine, which prevents the virus from reproducing.
For this reason, taking high doses of supplemental lysine could help reduce the recurrence of HSV lesions like cold sores and genital sores.


-Lysine might Reduce Anxiety:
When combined with the amino acid arginine, lysine may help improve anxiety symptoms.
This may be because the body requires amino acids like lysine and arginine for the production of neurotransmitters—chemical messengers that allow nerve cells to communicate.
Low amino acid intake could lead to an imbalance in neurotransmitters, which could lead to anxiety.


-Lysine may Prevent Mouth Sores:
Lysine is important to collagen formation.
Collagen may be able to help heal mucosal wounds, which are wounds like sores that affect the moist lining of the inside of your mouth.
Taking lysine supplements can help promote collagen production, in turn, decreasing and preventing sores and inflammation (mucositis) from things like radiation or chemotherapy.


-Lysine may Help Lower Blood Pressure
If your diet is low in lysine, taking a lysine supplement may help reduce blood pressure.


-Lysine might Improve Symptoms of Schizophrenia:
Schizophrenia is a mental health disorder that can cause people to hear voices or see things that aren’t there.
One study showed that when used alongside the schizophrenia medication risperidone, daily supplementation with 6g of lysine (two 1-gram capsules three times a day) for eight weeks led to improvements in schizophrenia symptoms.


-Lysine may Increase Muscle Strength:
Some evidence suggests that lysine-rich diets protect against protein breakdown and improve muscle strength.



BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
As a natural disease-fighting agent, Lysine benefits the human body in a variety of ways, many of which are only recently undergoing research.


1. Supports a Healthy Gut:
An extremely common problem that millions of people have, many of whom aren’t even aware of it, is leaky gut syndrome.

This condition is the permeating of your digestive tract lining, allowing larger-than-intended particles to get out of your digestive system and into the rest of your body.
This causes allergic reactions, low energy, joint pain, autoimmune diseases and thyroid disease.

A form of Lysine known as poly-L-lysine very recently was found to have anti-inflammatory effects on the lining of your gut, hopefully leading to more extensive research on how this amino acid may help improve the health of this lining and possibly prevent leaky gut.

Although not necessarily directly linked to leaky gut syndrome, Lysine has also been found to suppress pancreatitis, an inflammation of the pancreas, another important part of the digestive system.


2. Reduces Diabetes-Related Problems:
One of the most difficult things patients with diabetes experience is an increased risk for infection and other diabetes-related conditions.
In the past several years, much attention has been given in this context to the large presence of advanced glycation end products, referred to as AGEs for short.

These AGEs are part of the aging process in the body in all people, but they’re in very high concentrations in diabetic patients.
They’re implicated in many health conditions linked to diabetes, leading scientists to study therapies that involve stopping AGEs from collecting in large numbers.

Studies suggest that one of the Lysine benefits for diabetics may be to prohibit the formation of AGEs in those with diabetes by preventing specific paths of glycation that lead to these products, helping to stave off infection.
Thus, the addition of L-lysine benefits those following a diabetic diet plan if lysine foods are included.


3. Increases Absorption of Calcium:
Consuming Lysine is associated with better absorption of calcium, which leads some to believe that it can help people with or at risk for osteoporosis.

No studies have been done to date on the link between Lysine and osteoporosis, but because of the important role calcium plays in bone health, logic suggests it may be a beneficial nutrient to supplement those with brittle bones.
In fact, calcium is good for more than just your bones.

Consuming appropriate amounts of calcium is associated with:
*healthy weight
*cancer prevention
*PMS symptom reduction
*dental health
*nerve and muscle health
*the prevention of diabetes
Athletes often take L-lysine as a protein supplement to improve performance.
This, too, may be related to the way L-lysine causes your body to absorb calcium.


4. May Decrease Outbreak and Frequency of Cold Sores:
If you’ve heard of Lysine before, it’s probably in conjunction with a natural cold sore remedy.

Cold sores are a result of the herpes simplex-1 virus, also referred to as HSV-1, and around 67 percent of people under 50 are infected with the virus, even if they never display symptoms.
While research is inconsistent on the subject, most individuals who use Lysine to treat cold sores find it to be very effective.

Some studies support that Lysine can help reduce the number of HSV outbreaks someone has, while others say that outbreaks happen at the same frequency but last a shorter period of time.
Experts generally agree that Lysine is unlikely to completely stop outbreaks altogether but may aid in lessening their severity and/or frequency.

One study using a cream combining Lysine with herbs and zinc found that 87 percent of patients saw their cold sores go away by day six of treatment.
This is significant because these outbreaks usually last about 21 days.

The way this nutrient may fight cold sores is not entirely clear, but one such reason may be the way that it interacts with arginine, another amino acid that’s produced in small amounts within the body.

Arginine has been shown to increase the replication rate of herpes virus cells, and high amounts of Lysine in the body decrease the activity of arginine because they work against one another.


5. Reduces Anxiety and Other Psychological Symptoms:
Along with eating foods high in B vitamins, magnesium and omega-3 fatty acids, you can also try increasing your Lysine intake to minimize anxiety.

Because Lysine may help your body absorb calcium, which is another beneficial nutrient for anxiety sufferers, this may be one of the primary ways in which it helps remedy anxiety.

In addition to helping you absorb calcium more efficiently, Lysine behaves like a serotonin receptor antagonist.
That’s a wordy phrase that means Lysine partially binds to serotonin receptors in order to partially prevent anxiety responses.


6. May Help in the Treatment of Cancer:
Researchers continue to discover more ways that nutrients found in our food and in nature may potentially target malignant cells without killing good ones.
In 2007, scientists at Florida State University studied the effects of “lysine conjugates” on damaged strands of DNA, like the ones found in cancer.

Basically, this substance can locate a damaged strand by identifying “cleavage” in it (a damaged spot) and cause the rest of the strand to cleave (tear apart) as well.

The cell is usually unable to repair this damage, leading to apoptosis, the death of cells.
The more you learn about lysine, the more you realize how fascinating the potential of this treatment is and how it works alongside specific types of light.

The cancer-killing ability of lysine conjugates are only activated when exposed to particular types of light, which allows researchers, and potentially doctors, to inject or place the treatment into the most concentrated location of cancer cells and activate them at their most potentially effective spots.
The scientists conducting the FSU study found results ranging from 25 percent all the way to 90 percent of destroyed cancer cells, which is astounding.



BIOLOGICAL ROLES OF LYSINE:
The most common role for lysine is proteinogenesis.
Lysine frequently plays an important role in protein structure.
Since its side chain contains a positively charged group on one end and a long hydrophobic carbon tail close to the backbone, lysine is considered somewhat amphipathic.

For this reason, lysine can be found buried as well as more commonly in solvent channels and on the exterior of proteins, where it can interact with the aqueous environment.
Lysine can also contribute to protein stability as its ε-amino group often participates in hydrogen bonding, salt bridges and covalent interactions to form a Schiff base.

A second major role of lysine is in epigenetic regulation by means of histone modification.
There are several types of covalent histone modifications, which commonly involve lysine residues found in the protruding tail of histones.

Modifications often include the addition or removal of an acetyl (−CH3CO) forming acetyllysine or reverting to lysine, up to three methyl (−CH3), ubiquitin or a sumo protein group.
The various modifications have downstream effects on gene regulation, in which genes can be activated or repressed.

Lysine has also been implicated to play a key role in other biological processes including; structural proteins of connective tissues, calcium homeostasis, and fatty acid metabolism.
Lysine has been shown to be involved in the crosslinking between the three helical polypeptides in collagen, resulting in its stability and tensile strength.

This mechanism is akin to the role of lysine in bacterial cell walls, in which lysine (and meso-diaminopimelate) are critical to the formation of crosslinks, and therefore, stability of the cell wall.
This concept has previously been explored as a means to circumvent the unwanted release of potentially pathogenic genetically modified bacteria.

It was proposed that an auxotrophic strain of Escherichia coli (X1776) could be used for all genetic modification practices, as the strain is unable to survive without the supplementation of DAP, and thus, cannot live outside of a laboratory environment.
Lysine has also been proposed to be involved in calcium intestinal absorption and renal retention, and thus, may play a role in calcium homeostasis.

Finally, lysine has been shown to be a precursor for carnitine, which transports fatty acids to the mitochondria, where they can be oxidised for the release of energy.

Carnitine is synthesised from trimethyllysine, which is a product of the degradation of certain proteins, as such lysine must first be incorporated into proteins and be methylated prior to being converted to carnitine.

However, in mammals the primary source of carnitine is through dietary sources, rather than through lysine conversion.
In opsins like rhodopsin and the visual opsins (encoded by the genes OPN1SW, OPN1MW, and OPN1LW), retinaldehyde forms a Schiff base with a conserved lysine residue, and interaction of light with the retinylidene group causes signal transduction in color vision.



NUTRITIONAL VALUE OF LYSINE:
Lysine is an essential amino acid in humans.
The human daily nutritional requirement varies from ~60 mg/kg in infancy to ~30 mg/kg in adults.

This requirement is commonly met in a western society with the intake of lysine from meat and vegetable sources well in excess of the recommended requirement.

In vegetarian diets, the intake of lysine is less due to the limited quantity of lysine in cereal crops compared to meat sources.
Given the limiting concentration of lysine in cereal crops, it has long been speculated that the content of lysine can be increased through genetic modification practices.

Often these practices have involved the intentional dysregulation of the DAP pathway by means of introducing lysine feedback-insensitive orthologues of the DHDPS enzyme.
These methods have met limited success likely due to the toxic side effects of increased free lysine and indirect effects on the TCA cycle.

Plants accumulate lysine and other amino acids in the form of seed storage proteins, found within the seeds of the plant, and this represents the edible component of cereal crops.

This highlights the need to not only increase free lysine, but also direct lysine towards the synthesis of stable seed storage proteins, and subsequently, increase the nutritional value of the consumable component of crops.

While genetic modification practices have met limited success, more traditional selective breeding techniques have allowed for the isolation of "Quality Protein Maize", which has significantly increased levels of lysine and tryptophan, also an essential amino acid.

This increase in lysine content is attributed to an opaque-2 mutation that reduced the transcription of lysine-lacking zein-related seed storage proteins and, as a result, increased the abundance of other proteins that are rich in lysine.

Commonly, to overcome the limiting abundance of lysine in livestock feed, industrially produced lysine is added.
The industrial process includes the fermentative culturing of Corynebacterium glutamicum and the subsequent purification of lysine.



DIETARY SOURCES OF LYSINE:
Good sources of lysine are high-protein foods such as eggs, meat (specifically red meat, lamb, pork, and poultry), soy, beans and peas, cheese (particularly Parmesan), and certain fish (such as cod and sardines).

Lysine is the limiting amino acid (the essential amino acid found in the smallest quantity in the particular foodstuff) in most cereal grains, but is plentiful in most pulses (legumes).
Beans contain the lysine that maize lacks, and in the human archeological record beans and maize often appear together, as in the Three Sisters: beans, maize, and squash.

A food is considered to have sufficient lysine if it has at least 51 mg of lysine per gram of protein (so that the protein is 5.1% lysine).
L-lysine HCl is used as a dietary supplement, providing 80.03% L-lysine.
As such, 1 g of L-lysine is contained in 1.25 g of L-lysine HCl.



HEALTH BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
The human body needs lysine for healthy functioning.
Lysine is a crucial component of proteins that play a role in helping body tissue grow and recover from damage.



OTHER BENEFITS OF LYSINE INCLUDE:
*helping the body absorb calcium, iron, and zinc
*promoting collagen growth
*helping produce enzymes, antibodies, and hormones
*supporting the immune system

When people do not get enough lysine, they may experience the following symptoms:
*fatigue
*poor concentration
*irritability
*nausea
*red eyes
*hair loss
*anorexia
*inhibited growth
*anemia
*problems with the reproductive system



HEALTH BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
*Treating herpes
Lysine might help control the herpes virus.
As a result, lysine supplements may reduce the number and frequency of cold sore outbreaks, for which the herpes simplex type 1 virus is responsible.

Lysine can also help with the treatment of genital herpes.
Some sources recommend that people with a history of herpes infections take at least 1,000 milligrams (mg) of lysine supplements a day.
Smaller amounts than this were found to be ineffective.


*Lowering blood pressure
According to one small-scale study, lysine can help reduce high blood pressure in people whose dietary intake of this amino acid is insufficient.
However, more research is necessary before experts can determine whether or not lysine is an effective treatment for high blood pressure.


*Treating diabetes
The results of a small study on 12 healthy volunteers suggest that lysine can slow the rise in blood glucose levels after eating.
This discovery could lead to effective treatments for people with diabetes, but there is still a need for more research.



SOURCES OF LYSINE:
Lysine is present in many different foods.
The primary sources are animal products, such as meat and dairy products.
For vegetarians and vegans, legumes and wheat germ are good sources of this amino acid.

The following foods will help people meet their daily recommended intake of lysine:
*red meat
*chicken
*eggs
*fish, such as cod or sardines
*beans
*lentils
*Parmesan
*cottage cheese
*wheat germ
*nuts
*soybeans
*brewer’s yeast
*spirulina, a type of algae that manufacturers compress and sell in tablet or powder form
Most people, including vegetarians, get enough lysine from their usual diet and do not need to take supplements.



BENEFITS OF LYSINE:
Due to the functions that lysine supports in the body, researchers are interested in the potential of lysine supplements for:
*preventing loss of lean muscle mass and mobility issues in older adults
*relieving anxiety
*preventing bone loss and osteoporosis by helping the body absorb calcium
*promoting the healthy growth of skin
*treating shingles
*moderating blood pressure
*preventing plaque buildup in arteries
*supporting hair growth
*building muscle in bodybuilders
*helping athletes recover from intense workouts



BIOSYNTHESIS OF LYSINE:
Two pathways have been identified in nature for the synthesis of lysine.
The diaminopimelate (DAP) pathway belongs to the aspartate derived biosynthetic family, which is also involved in the synthesis of threonine, methionine and isoleucine, whereas the α-aminoadipate (AAA) pathway is part of the glutamate biosynthetic family.


DAP PATHWAY OF LYSINE:
The DAP pathway is found in both prokaryotes and plants and begins with the dihydrodipicolinate synthase (DHDPS) (E.C 4.3.3.7) catalysed condensation reaction between the aspartate derived, L-aspartate semialdehyde, and pyruvate to form (4S)-4-hydroxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-(2S)-dipicolinic acid (HTPA).
The product is then reduced by dihydrodipicolinate reductase (DHDPR) (E.C 1.3.1.26), with NAD(P)H as a proton donor, to yield 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrodipicolinate (THDP).

From this point on, four pathway variations have been found, namely the acetylase, aminotransferase, dehydrogenase, and succinylase pathways.
Both the acetylase and succinylase variant pathways use four enzyme catalysed steps, the aminotransferase pathway uses two enzymes, and the dehydrogenase pathway uses a single enzyme.

These four variant pathways converge at the formation of the penultimate product, meso‑diaminopimelate, which is subsequently enzymatically decarboxylated in an irreversible reaction catalysed by diaminopimelate decarboxylase (DAPDC) to produce L-lysine.

The DAP pathway is regulated at multiple levels, including upstream at the enzymes involved in aspartate processing as well as at the initial DHDPS catalysed condensation step.
Lysine imparts a strong negative feedback loop on these enzymes and, subsequently, regulates the entire pathway.


CATABOLISM OF LYSINE:
As with all amino acids, catabolism of lysine is initiated from the uptake of dietary lysine or from the breakdown of intracellular protein.
Catabolism is also used as a means to control the intracellular concentration of free lysine and maintain a steady-state to prevent the toxic effects of excessive free lysine.

There are several pathways involved in lysine catabolism but the most commonly used is the saccharopine pathway, which primarily takes place in the liver (and equivalent organs) in animals, specifically within the mitochondria.
This is the reverse of the previously described AAA pathway.

In animals and plants, the first two steps of the saccharopine pathway are catalysed by the bifunctional enzyme, α-aminoadipic semialdehyde synthase (AASS), which possess both lysine-ketoglutarate reductase (LKR) and SDH activities, whereas in other organisms, such as bacteria and fungi, both of these enzymes are encoded by separate genes.

The first step involves the LKR catalysed reduction of L-lysine in the presence of α-ketoglutarate to produce saccharopine, with NAD(P)H acting as a proton donor.
Saccharopine then undergoes a dehydration reaction, catalysed by SDH in the presence of NAD+, to produce AAS and glutamate.

AAS dehydrogenase (AASD) (E.C 1.2.1.31) then further dehydrates the molecule into AAA.
Subsequently, PLP-AT catalyses the reverse reaction to that of the AAA biosynthesis pathway, resulting in AAA being converted to α-ketoadipate.
The product, α‑ketoadipate, is decarboxylated in the presence of NAD+ and coenzyme A to yield glutaryl-CoA, however the enzyme involved in this is yet to be fully elucidated.

Some evidence suggests that the 2-oxoadipate dehydrogenase complex (OADHc), which is structurally homologous to the E1 subunit of the oxoglutarate dehydrogenase complex (OGDHc) (E.C 1.2.4.2), is responsible for the decarboxylation reaction.
Finally, glutaryl-CoA is oxidatively decarboxylated to crotonyl-CoA by glutaryl-CoA dehydrogenase (E.C 1.3.8.6), which goes on to be further processed through multiple enzymatic steps to yield acetyl-CoA; an essential carbon metabolite involved in the tricarboxylic acid cycle (TCA).



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LYSINE:
Molecular formula: C6H14N2O2
Molecular mass: 146.19 g/mol
Appearance: Solid, colorless nail-shaped or hexagonal particles
Melting point: 224–225 °C
Physical state: Solid
Color: Colorless, light yellow, light green
Odor: Not available
Melting point/freezing point: 215 °C - Decomposes on heating
Initial boiling point and boiling range: Not available

Flammability (solid, gas): Not available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: Not available
Flash point: Not applicable
Autoignition temperature: Not available
Decomposition temperature: Not available
pH: Not available
Viscosity:
Kinematic viscosity: Not available
Dynamic viscosity: Not available
Water solubility: Not available
Partition coefficient (n-octanol/water): Not available

Vapor pressure: Not available
Density: Not available
Relative density: Not available
Relative vapor density: Not available
Particle characteristics: Not available
Explosive properties: Not available
Oxidizing properties: None
Other safety information: Not available
Molecular Weight: 146.19 g/mol
XLogP3: -3
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 3
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 4
Rotatable Bond Count: 5

Exact Mass: 146.105527694 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass: 146.105527694 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area: 89.3 Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 10
Formal Charge: 0
Complexity: 106
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 1
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 1
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes



FIRST AID MEASURES of LYSINE:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
After inhalation:
Fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
*In case of eye contact:
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed:
After swallowing:
Make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult doctor if feeling unwell.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LYSINE:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Observe possible material restrictions.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.
Clean up affected area.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LYSINE:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information:
Suppress (knock down) gases/vapors/mists with a water spray jet.
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LYSINE:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
Safety glasses
*Respiratory protection:
Recommended Filter type: Filter type P1
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LYSINE:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Tightly closed.
Dry.
strongly hygroscopic



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LYSINE:
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature) .
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
no information available


LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE
Lysine Monohydrochloride is kind of white powder.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is the necessary amino acid for the animal but which can not be synthesized by themselves.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a kind of feed additive which is made from corn starch and other raw materials.


CAS Number: 657-27-2
EC Number: 211-519-9
MDL number: MFCD00064564
Linear Formula: H2N(CH2)4CH(NH2)CO2H·HCl
Molecular Formula: C6H15ClN2O2



(S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, DL-Lysine monohydrochloride, 70-53-1, 2,6-diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, DL-LYSINE HYDROCHLORIDE, 22834-80-6, Lysine hydrochloride, DL-, DL-Lysine, monohydrochloride, Lysine, hydrochloride (1:1), Lysine monohydrochloride, DL-lysine xhydrochloride, L-Lysine-2-13C hydrochloride, NSC9253, MFCD00064563, NSC-46705, 2,6-diaminohexanoic acid,hydrochloride, 81478P92RJ, Lysine, monohydrochloride, C6H15ClN2O2, Enisyl, L-LYSINE-13C6 HCL 98 ATOM% 13C 95% CHE&, L-Lysine-6-13C hydrochloride, 1J3H6DC5PT, Lysine dihydrochloride, DL-, D-Lysine, hydrochloride, L-Lysine, hydrochloride, (2S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid,hydrochloride, 117614-94-5, Lysine monohydrochloride, dl-, DL-Lysine hydrochloride (VAN), UNII-81478P92RJ, NSC-206291, EINECS 200-739-0, NSC 46705, DL-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, AI3-18306, DL-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, UNII-1J3H6DC5PT, EC 200-739-0, LYSINE, (L), SCHEMBL41760, WLN: Z4YZVQ &GH –L, WLN: Z4YZVQ &QH –D, BVHLGVCQOALMSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N, DTXSID601014484, LYSINE, DL-, HYDROCHLORIDE, NSC46705, 2,3-Dihydro-5-benzofuranaceticAcid, EINECS 210-523-8, AC7885, NSC206291, AKOS015847946, HY-W027251, 2,6-Diamino-hexanoic acid, hydrochloride, AS-13498, SY007003, AM20100661, CS-0071275, FT-0625536, FT-0627946, FT-0628058, FT-0657912, FT-0658876, L0070, DL-Lysine monohydrochloride, >=98% (HPLC), EN300-17974, D06469, A816381, Q-201027, Q27269206, F2191-0219, 2,6-Diaminohexanoic Acid Hydrochloride, l-lysine hydrochloride, l-lysine monohydrochloride, lysine hydrochloride, h-lys-oh.hcl, l-lysine, monohydrochloride, lyamine, darvyl, lysion, s-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, enisyl DL-Lysine monohydrochloride, H-DL-Lys-OH.HCl, 2,6-diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, 2,6-diaminohexanoic acid,hydrochloride, DL-LYSINE HYDROCHLORIDE, Dl-lysine monoHCl, lysine hydrochloride, Lysine, hydrochloride(1:1), L-lysine monohydrochloride ((S)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, amino acid), Lysine Hydrochloride,(S)-(+)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride,L-Lysine monohydrochloride,L-Lysine monohydrocholoride,L-Lysine Hydrochloride,(S)-(+)-Lysine monohydrochloride,(S)-(+)-2,6-Diaminocaproic acid monohydrochloride,H-Lys-OH.HCl L-(+)-Lysine Monohydrochloride, H-Lys-OH・HCl, L(+)-Lysine Hydrochloride, L-LYSINE HCL, L-LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE, LYSINE HCL, LYSINE HYDROCHLORIDE, LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE, L-Lysine HCl USP,monohydrochloride, l-lysin, L-LYS HCL, L-LYSINE, HYDROCHLORIDE USP,L-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, (2S)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid,hydrochloride, L-Lysine HCl, L-Lysine hydrochloride, L-Lysine monohydrocholoride, L-Lysine monohydrochloride, L-Lysine, hydrochloride(1:?), L-Lysine, monohydrochloride, lysine hydrochloride, POLY-L-LYSINE HYDROCHLORIDE,L-Lysine, hydrochloride (1:1), Lysine, monohydrochloride, L-, L-Lysine, monohydrochloride, Darvyl, Lyamine, Lysine monohydrochloride, Lysine hydrochloride, L-Lysine hydrochloride, L-Gen, Lysion, NSC 9253, L-(+)-Lysine monohydrochloride, Relys, Bovi-Lysine, L-Lysine monohydrochloride, L 5626, (2S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, L-Lysine Monohydrochloride, Darvyl, L-(+)-Lysine Monohydrochloride, L-Gen, Lyamine, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic Acid Hydrochloride, Lysine Hydrochloride, Lysine Monohydrochloride, Lysion, NSC 9253, Relys, (USP), (2S)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, (2S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, (S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid monohydrochloride, anhydrous L-lysine monohydrochloride, EINECS 211-519-9, L-Lysine,hydrochloride (1:1),Lysine,monohydrochloride, L-,L-Lysine,monohydrochloride, Darvyl, Lyamine, Lysine monohydrochloride,Lysine hydrochloride, L-Lysine hydrochloride, L-Gen,Lysion,NSC 9253,L-(+)-Lysine monohydrochloride, Relys, Bovi-Lysine, L-Lysine monohydrochloride, L 5626,(2S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride,(S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride, 305-76-0,93394-22-0, L-Lysine monohydrochloride, L(+)-LYS hydrochloride, L(+)-2,6-Diaminocaproic acid hydrochloride, L(+)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride



Lysine Monohydrochloride is a key amino acid in calcium absorption.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid that occurs naturally in the human body.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for humans with various benefits including treating herpes, increasing calcium absorption, reducing diabetes-related illnesses and improving gut health.


Lysine Monohydrochloride, meeting the standards of FCCIV, stands as an essential amino acid indispensable in various biochemical pathways.
This meticulously crafted compound, whether in the form of white crystals or fine powder, embodies pharmaceutical-grade purity, ensuring optimal efficacy and safety across diverse applications.


Its multifaceted properties contribute significantly to several physiological functions, making Lysine Monohydrochloride a fundamental component in numerous industries.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for humans with various benefits including treating herpes, increasing calcium absorption, reducing diabetes-related illnesses and improving gut health.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is kind of white powder.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is the necessary amino acid for the animal but which can not be synthesized by themselves.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a kind of feed additive which is made from corn starch and other raw materials.


The producing of Lysine Monohydrochloride depends on bioengineering principle through the processing of liquid deep-level fermentation and refining.
Lysine Monohydrochloride contains a wealth of nutritional amino acid, protein, vitamins, betaine and protein meal.
Lysine Monohydrochloride also contains a large number of inorganic salts which can make the animals to largely assimilate and metabolize protein in the feed, and can intensify and increase the nutrition in the feed, as well as promote digestion and assimilation.


At the same time, Lysine Monohydrochloride has the features of promoting animals' growth rate, and strengthening abilities of anti-illness.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for the human body.
Lysine Monohydrochloride can enhance hematopoietic function, enhance gastric juice secretion, increase protein utilization, increase disease resistance, maintain metabolic balance, and promote the physical and intellectual development of children.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for humans with various benefits including treating herpes, increasing calcium absorption, reducing diabetes-related illnesses and improving gut health.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a white or nearly white, practically odorless, free-flowing, crys talline powder.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is freely soluble in water, but is almost insoluble in alcohol and in ether.
Lysine Monohydrochloride melts at about 260°C with decomposition.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a white crystalline powder


Lysine Monohydrochloride is a hydrochloride salt of L-lysine.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is registered under the REACH Regulation and is manufactured in and / or imported to the European Economic Area, at ≥ 1 000 to < 10 000 tonnes per annum.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is often added to animal feed.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is the hydrochloride salt of L-lysine.


Lysine Monohydrochloride contains a L-lysine.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a kind of amino acid, that can not be compounded in the animal body.
Lysine Monohydrochloride plays an important role in metabolism.


Lysine Monohydrochloride has the function of increasing the practical utilities of feed, improving the meat quality, and promoting the growth of animals.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is especially useful for rumen animals such as milk cattle, meat cattle, sheep, and so on.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a kind of good feed additive for ruminants.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is one of the essential amino acids for humans and mammals.
The body cannot synthesize by itself and must be supplemented by food.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is mainly found in animal foods and legumes.


The content of Lysine Monohydrochloride in cereals is very low.
Lysine Monohydrochloride has positive nutritional significance in promoting human growth and development, enhancing immunity, anti-virus, promoting fat oxidation, relieving anxiety, etc.


Lysine Monohydrochloride can also promote the absorption of certain nutrients, which can interact with some.
The synergistic effect of nutrients can better exert the physiological functions of various nutrients. ​​​​​​​
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid occurring in animals and humans.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is required for proper growth and protein synthesis in the body, and has an established role in lowering the cholesterol level by producing carnitine.
Lysine Monohydrochloride aids in calcium, zinc and iron absorption.


Athletes take Lysine Monohydrochloride as a supplement for lean mass building and for proper muscle and bone health.
Lysine Monohydrochloride competes with arginine during viral replication and reduces herpes simplex virus infection.
Lysine Monohydrochloride supplementation reduces chronic anxiety in human and reduces viscosity of serum albumin solution for injections.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is an alpha-amino acid salt that is essential in humans.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an amino acid and protein building block.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a lysine derivative.



USES and APPLICATIONS of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
Lysine Monohydrochloride finds extensive utility across multiple sectors.
In pharmaceuticals, Lysine Monohydrochloride aids in tissue repair and supports the immune system due to its involvement in protein synthesis.
Animal feed utilizes Lysine Monohydrochloride's benefits for enhanced growth and development in livestock.


Additionally, the food industry leverages Lysine Monohydrochloride's properties as a food additive for nutritional fortification.
Moreover, in cosmetics, Lysine Monohydrochloride contributes to skincare formulations, aiding in collagen synthesis and skin rejuvenation.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is also present in various food sources, including red meat, dairy products, eggs, and legumes.


In the pharmaceutical and food industries, Lysine Monohydrochloride is extensively utilized as a nutritional supplement and as an additive in animal feeds.
Moreover, Lysine Monohydrochloride finds application in research and laboratory experiments aimed at investigating the biochemical and physiological effects of the compound.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used for biochemistry.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is believed to interact with cell receptors and enzymes within the body, thereby potentially influencing biochemical and physiological processes.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used as a component in pre-fixative solution for electron microscopy.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is used as a component in blocking solution for immunohistochemistry(IHC).
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the preparation of Periodate-lysine-paraformaldehyde (PLP) fixative for IHC.
Uses of Lysine Monohydrochloride: amino acid, nutrient


Lysine Monohydrochloride is widely used as nutritional supplements in food and beverage industries.
Lysine Monohydrochloride can also be used in animal feed as source of L-Lysine.?
Lysine Monohydrochloride can be used in a wide variety of industries including: food production, beverage, pharmaceutical, agriculture/animal feed, and various other industries.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following products: washing & cleaning products, adhesives and sealants, air care products, anti-freeze products, biocides (e.g. disinfectants, pest control products), coating products, fillers, putties, plasters, modelling clay, leather treatment products, lubricants and greases, perfumes and fragrances, polishes and waxes and cosmetics and personal care products.


Other release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners), outdoor use as processing aid and indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment).


Other release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride is likely to occur from: indoor use in long-life materials with high release rate (e.g. release from fabrics, textiles during washing, removal of indoor paints).
Lysine Monohydrochloride is intended to be released from scented: clothes, paper products and CDs.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following products: washing & cleaning products, laboratory chemicals, cosmetics and personal care products, adhesives and sealants, air care products, anti-freeze products, biocides (e.g. disinfectants, pest control products), coating products, fillers, putties, plasters, modelling clay, fertilisers, leather treatment products, lubricants and greases, plant protection products, photo-chemicals and polishes and waxes.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following areas: agriculture, forestry and fishing, health services and scientific research and development.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used for the manufacture of: chemicals.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used by consumers, in articles, by professional workers (widespread uses), in formulation or re-packing, at industrial sites and in manufacturing.


Other release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners) and outdoor use.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following products: fertilisers.


Release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride can occur from industrial use: formulation of mixtures and formulation in materials.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following products: washing & cleaning products, laboratory chemicals, pH regulators and water treatment products, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics and personal care products, coating products, perfumes and fragrances and polishes and waxes.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the following areas: formulation of mixtures and/or re-packaging, scientific research and development, health services and mining.


Lysine Monohydrochloride is used for the manufacture of: chemicals and electrical, electronic and optical equipment.
Release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride can occur from industrial use: as an intermediate step in further manufacturing of another substance (use of intermediates), in the production of articles, in processing aids at industrial sites and as processing aid.


Release to the environment of Lysine Monohydrochloride can occur from industrial use: manufacturing of the substance.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the biomanufacturing of recombinant proteins and monoclonal antibodies and is an important constituent in cell culture media.


Ungraded products supplied by Spectrum are indicative of a grade suitable for general industrial use or research purposes and typically are not suitable for human consumption or therapeutic use.
Lysine Monohydrochloride has been used as a component in pre-fixative solution for electron microscopyas a component in blocking solution for immunohistochemistry(IHC)in the preparation of Periodate-lysine-paraformaldehyde (PLP) fixative for IHC.



APPLICATION/FEATURES OF LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
*Lysine Monohydrochloride is used as a component in pre-fixative solution for electron microscopy
*Lysine Monohydrochloride is used as a component in blocking solution for immunohistochemistry (IHC)
*Lysine Monohydrochloride is used in the preparation of Periodate-lysine-paraformaldehyde (PLP) fixative for IHC



STRUCTURE OF LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
The chemical name of Lysine Monohydrochloride.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is a basic essential amino acid.
Because the content of lysine in cereal food is very low, and Lysine Monohydrochloride is easily destroyed and lacking during processing, it is called the first limiting amino acid.



KEY FEATURES OF LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
*Essential Amino Acid: Crucial for protein synthesis and tissue repair.
*Pharmaceutical Grade: Complies with stringent FCCIV standards for exceptional quality.
*Versatile Utility: Integral in pharmaceuticals, animal feed, food, and cosmetic industries.



BIOCHEM/PHYSIOL ACTIONS OF LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
Lysine Monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid in animals and humans.
Lysine Monohydrochloride is necessary for protein synthesis in the body and proper growth. L-lysine lowers the cholesterol level by producing carnitine.
Lysine Monohydrochloride aids in calcium, zinc and iron absorption.
Athletes take Lysine Monohydrochloride as a supplement for lean mass building and for proper muscle and bone health.
Lysine Monohydrochloride competes with arginine during viral replication and reduces herpes simplex virus infection.
Lysine Monohydrochloride supplementation reduces chronic anxiety in human.
Lysine Monohydrochloride reduces viscosity of serum albumin solution for injections.



SYNTHESIS OF LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
Lysine Monohydrochloride can be synthesisied by microbial fermentation to give crude L-Lysine , and then purified and synthesized by crystallization in hydrochloric acid.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
CAS Number: 657-27-2
Molecular Weight: 182.65
Beilstein: 3563889
EC Number: 211-519-9
MDL number: MFCD00064564
Molecular Weight: 182.65 g/mol
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 4
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 4
Rotatable Bond Count: 5
Exact Mass: 182.0822054 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass: 182.0822054 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area: 89.3Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 11
Formal Charge: 0

Complexity: 106
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 1
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 2
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
Physical state: powder
Color: white
Odor: No data available
Melting point/freezing point:
Melting point/range: 263 °C
Initial boiling point and boiling range: > 262 °C
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available

Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Flash point: Not applicable
Autoignition temperature: does not ignite
Decomposition temperature > 262 °C -
pH: 5,0 - 6 at 91,3 g/l at 25 °C
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Water solubility: 500 g/l at 20 °C completely soluble
Partition coefficient:
n-octanol/water: log Pow: < -3,3 at 24 °C
Bioaccumulation is not expected.
Vapor pressure: < 0,1 hPa at 20 °C
Density: 1,28 g/cm3 at 20 °C
Relative density: 1,28 at 20 °C

Relative vapor density: No data available
Particle characteristics: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: none
Other safety information:
Surface tension 74 mN/m at 1g/l at 20 °C
CAS number: 657-27-2
EC number: 211-519-9
Hill Formula: C₆H₁₅ClN₂O₂
Molar Mass: 182.64g/mol
HS Code: 2922 41 00
Density: 1.28 g/cm3 (20 °C)
Melting Point: 262 °C
pH value: 5.5 - 6.0 (100 g/l, H₂O, 20 °C)
vapor pressure: bulk density: 360 kg/m3
solubility: 420g/l
Appearance :Crystalline powder

Physical State :Solid
Storage :Store at room temperature
Formula:C6H14N2O2.ClH
InChI:InChI=1S/C6H14N2O2.ClH/c7-4-2-1-3-5(8)6(9)10;/h5H,1-4,7-8H2,(H,9,10);1H/t5-;/m0./s1
InChI key:InChIKey=BVHLGVCQOALMSV-JEDNCBNOSA-N
SMILES:Cl.O=C(O)C(N)CCCCN
Melting Point: 263.0°C to 264.0°C
Color: White
Foreign Amino Acids: 0.5% max. (TLC, 50μgspotting)
Heavy Metals (as Pb): 15ppm max.
Assay Percent Range: 99+%
Infrared Spectrum: Authentic
Linear Formula: H2N(CH2)4CH(NH2)CO2H·HCl
Iron (Fe): 30ppm max.
Loss on Drying: 0.4% max. (105°C, 3 hrs)
Merck Index: 15, 5697

Solubility Information:
Solubility in water: 65 g/100 mL (20°C).
IUPAC Name: (2S)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;hydrochloride
Specific Rotation: + 21.00
Sulfate: 300ppm max.
Formula Weight: 182.65
Percent Purity: ≥99%
Sulfated Ash: 0.1% max.
Specific Rotation Condition: +21° (20°C c=8,6N HCl)
Physical Form: Crystalline Powder or Crystals
Chemical Name or Material: L(+)-Lysine monohydrochloride
Melting point: 263 °C (dec.)(lit.)
alpha: 21 º (c=8, 6N HCl)
Density: 1.28 g/cm3 (20℃)
vapor pressure: FEMA: 3847 | L-LYSINE
storage temp.: 2-8°C
solubility: H2O: 100 mg/mL

form: powder
color: White to Off-white
PH: 5.5-6.0 (100g/l, H2O, 20℃)
Odor: odorless
optical activity: [α]20/D +20.5±0.5°, c = 5% in 5 M HCl
Water Solubility: 65 g/100 mL (20 ºC)
λmax:
λ: 260 nm Amax: 0.1
λ: 280 nm Amax: 0.1
Merck: 14,5636
BRN: 3563889
Stability: Stable.
Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents.
LogP: -1.036 (est)
CAS DataBase Reference: 657-27-2(CAS DataBase Reference)
FDA 21 CFR: 310.545

EWG's Food Scores: 1
FDA UNII: JNJ23Q2COM
EPA Substance Registry System: Lysine hydrochloride (657-27-2)
Molecular Weight: 182.64800
Exact Mass: 182.08200
EC Number: 228-160-9
HScode: 29224100
PSA: 89.34000
XLogP3: 1.72990
Appearance: White crystalline powder
Density: 1.28 g/cm3 (20℃)
Melting Point: 251-253 °C
Boiling Point: 311.5ºC at 760 mmHg
Flash Point: 142.2ºC
Water Solubility: H2O: 65 g/100 mL (20 ºC)
Storage Conditions: 2-8ºC
Vapor Pressure:


FIRST AID MEASURES of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
After inhalation:
Fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
*In case of eye contact:
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed:
After swallowing:
Make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult doctor if feeling unwell.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Observe possible material restrictions.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.
Clean up affected area.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information:
Suppress (knock down) gases/vapors/mists with a water spray jet.
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
Safety glasses
*Skin protection:
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Respiratory protection:
Recommended Filter type: Filter type P1
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Tightly closed.
Dry.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE:
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature) .
-Conditions to avoid:
no information available
-Incompatible materials:
No data available


LYSINE MONOHYDROCHLORIDE

Lysine monohydrochloride, as you provided, is a chemical compound with the molecular formula C6H15ClN2O2.
Lysine monohydrochloride is a salt formed by the combination of the amino acid lysine with hydrochloric acid (HCl).
Lysine monohydrochloride is often used in various applications, including as a nutritional supplement in animal feeds and in pharmaceutical formulations.
Lysine monohydrochloride plays a crucial role in protein synthesis and is an essential amino acid for humans and animals, meaning it must be obtained through diet since the body cannot synthesize it on its own.

CAS Number: 657-27-2
EC Number: 211-518-3



APPLICATIONS


Lysine monohydrochloride is primarily used as a nutritional supplement in animal feeds to enhance the protein content and promote animal growth.
Lysine monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for livestock and poultry, and its supplementation helps improve feed efficiency and overall health.
In the pharmaceutical industry, Lysine monohydrochloride is used as an ingredient in the formulation of various medications and supplements.

Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the production of lysine-containing dietary supplements and multivitamins for humans.
Lysine monohydrochloride is used to treat lysine deficiency, a condition that can result in growth and health issues in both animals and humans.

Lysine monohydrochloride is a vital component of cell culture media in biotechnology and pharmaceutical research, where it supports cell growth and protein production.
In the food and beverage industry, Lysine monohydrochloride is used as a flavor enhancer and nutritional additive.
Lysine monohydrochloride is commonly found in processed meats, dairy products, and protein-rich supplements.

Lysine monohydrochloride plays a role in the formulation of cosmetics and personal care products due to its skin-conditioning properties.
Lysine monohydrochloride aids in collagen production and contributes to skin repair and overall skin health.

In the agriculture sector, Lysine monohydrochloride is used as a foliar spray to correct nutrient deficiencies in plants.
Lysine monohydrochloride can enhance plant growth and improve crop yields.
Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in aquaculture to supplement the diets of fish and crustaceans, promoting their growth and health.

Lysine monohydrochloride is an important ingredient in pet food formulations to meet the amino acid requirements of dogs and cats.
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the brewing industry to promote yeast fermentation during beer production.

Lysine monohydrochloride can be added to poultry vaccines to enhance their efficacy.
Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the preparation of stable isotopic labeling reagents for mass spectrometry analysis in proteomics research.
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the textile industry for dye fixing and color improvement in fabrics.

Lysine monohydrochloride is a component of hair care products to strengthen hair and improve its texture.
Lysine monohydrochloride plays a role in the production of specialty fertilizers for agriculture and horticulture.
In the pharmaceutical sector, Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the synthesis of various medications, including antiviral drugs.

Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in the manufacture of nutritional drinks and protein shakes for athletes and fitness enthusiasts.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be added to animal drinking water to ensure proper lysine intake.
In the cosmetics industry, it is found in skin creams and lotions designed to promote skin health.
Overall, Lysine monohydrochloride has a wide range of applications across various industries, contributing to the well-being of animals, humans, and plants.

Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the production of amino acid formulations for parenteral nutrition, providing essential nutrients to patients who cannot consume food orally.
Lysine monohydrochloride is a critical component in the synthesis of lysine-rich animal and fish feeds, contributing to the aquaculture and livestock industries.
Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in the manufacture of amino acid-based animal vaccines to enhance immune responses.

Lysine monohydrochloride plays a role in the preparation of animal health supplements, ensuring optimal lysine intake for pets and farm animals.
In the poultry industry, it is added to broiler feeds to promote rapid growth and improved meat quality.
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the production of pet food to meet the nutritional requirements of dogs, cats, and other companion animals.

In laboratory research, it serves as a standard reference material for amino acid analysis and chromatography.
Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the production of lysine-enriched dairy products like yogurt and cheese, enhancing their nutritional value.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be found in dietary supplements designed to support muscle growth and recovery in athletes and bodybuilders.
Lysine monohydrochloride is added to cereal-based products to increase their protein content and nutritional value.

In the pharmaceutical industry, it is used to formulate medications for treating herpes simplex virus (HSV) infections.
Lysine monohydrochloride is essential in the production of lysine fortifiers for various food products, ensuring adequate amino acid content.
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the production of lysine-containing hair care products to improve hair strength and texture.
In the manufacturing of biodegradable plastics, it serves as a precursor for lysine-based polymers.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be used as a chelating agent in analytical chemistry and metal ion detection methods.

Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the textile industry to enhance the colorfastness of dyed fabrics.
Lysine monohydrochloride plays a role in the production of specialty animal feeds for exotic and zoo animals, ensuring their nutritional needs are met.
Lysine monohydrochloride is added to beverages like protein shakes and energy drinks to enhance their amino acid content.

Lysine monohydrochloride is used as an ingredient in skin creams and serums to improve skin hydration and texture.
In the brewing industry, it can be added to yeast nutrients to promote yeast health and fermentation during beer production.
Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in the preparation of lysine supplements for individuals with dietary restrictions or lysine-deficient diets.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be used as a nutritional fortifier in infant formula and baby food products.

In the fish farming industry, it is included in fish feeds to support growth and overall health.
Lysine monohydrochloride is an essential component in the production of lysine-enriched soybean meal for animal nutrition.
Overall, Lysine monohydrochloride continues to have a significant impact on various industries, contributing to improved nutrition, animal health, and product quality.


Lysine monohydrochloride, often referred to as lysine HCl, is a versatile compound with several important applications across various industries.
Some of its key applications include:

Animal Nutrition:
Lysine monohydrochloride is primarily used as a nutritional supplement in animal feeds, especially for poultry, swine, and aquaculture.
Lysine monohydrochloride helps improve the protein content of the feed and supports animal growth and development.

Pharmaceuticals:
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the pharmaceutical industry as an ingredient in the formulation of medications and supplements.
Lysine monohydrochloride is an essential amino acid for humans, and its supplementation can be important in certain therapeutic contexts.

Cell Culture:
Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in cell culture media for biotechnology and pharmaceutical research.
Lysine monohydrochloride promotes cell growth and protein production, making it crucial for cell culture applications.

Food and Beverage:
In the food industry, it is used as a flavor enhancer and nutritional additive.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be found in various food products, including processed meats, dairy items, and protein supplements.

Cosmetics and Personal Care:
Due to its skin-conditioning properties, lysine monohydrochloride is used in the formulation of cosmetics, skincare products, and hair care products to improve skin and hair health.

Agriculture:
Lysine monohydrochloride is used as a foliar spray in agriculture to correct nutrient deficiencies in plants, enhancing plant growth and crop yields.

Brewing:
In the brewing industry, lysine monohydrochloride is sometimes added to yeast nutrients to promote yeast fermentation during beer production.

Animal Health:
Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the preparation of animal health supplements, ensuring optimal lysine intake for pets and farm animals.

Laboratory Research:
Lysine monohydrochloride serves as a standard reference material for amino acid analysis and chromatography in research laboratories.

Aquaculture:
Lysine monohydrochloride is added to fish and crustacean feeds in aquaculture to promote growth and overall health in aquatic species.

Pet Food:
Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the production of pet food to meet the nutritional requirements of dogs, cats, and other companion animals.

Baking:
In the baking industry, it can be added to cereal-based products to increase their protein content and nutritional value.

Biodegradable Plastics:
Lysine monohydrochloride serves as a precursor for lysine-based polymers used in the production of biodegradable plastics.

Chelating Agent:
Lysine monohydrochloride can be used as a chelating agent in analytical chemistry and metal ion detection methods.

Textiles:
Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the textile industry to improve the colorfastness of dyed fabrics.



DESCRIPTION


Lysine monohydrochloride, as you provided, is a chemical compound with the molecular formula C6H15ClN2O2.
Lysine monohydrochloride is a salt formed by the combination of the amino acid lysine with hydrochloric acid (HCl).
Lysine monohydrochloride is often used in various applications, including as a nutritional supplement in animal feeds and in pharmaceutical formulations.
Lysine monohydrochloride plays a crucial role in protein synthesis and is an essential amino acid for humans and animals, meaning it must be obtained through diet since the body cannot synthesize it on its own.

Lysine monohydrochloride is a crystalline, white to off-white powder.
Lysine monohydrochloride is the hydrochloride salt of the essential amino acid lysine.
The molecular formula of Lysine monohydrochloride is C6H15ClN2O2.

Lysine monohydrochloride has a molecular weight of approximately 182.65 g/mol.
Lysine monohydrochloride is highly soluble in water, making it easy to incorporate into various formulations.
Lysine monohydrochloride is odorless and has a slightly sweet taste.
Lysine monohydrochloride is one of the nine essential amino acids that the human body needs for various physiological functions.
Lysine monohydrochloride plays a crucial role in protein synthesis and is involved in the formation of collagen, enzymes, and other important biomolecules.

Lysine monohydrochloride is often used as a nutritional supplement in animal feeds to improve the protein content and overall health of livestock and poultry.
Lysine monohydrochloride is a vital nutrient for the growth and development of animals and helps optimize their feed conversion rates.
In the pharmaceutical industry, Lysine monohydrochloride is used in the formulation of various medications and supplements.

Lysine monohydrochloride is employed in the production of lysine-containing supplements and multivitamins for humans.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be used to treat lysine deficiency, which can lead to various health issues in animals and humans.
Lysine monohydrochloride is considered safe for consumption when used as directed in dietary supplements and pharmaceuticals.

Lysine monohydrochloride is an important component in cell culture media for the cultivation of mammalian cells and viruses.
Lysine monohydrochloride helps enhance cell growth and protein production in biotechnology and pharmaceutical research.
Lysine monohydrochloride is widely utilized in the food and beverage industry as a flavor enhancer and nutritional additive.
Lysine monohydrochloride can be found in various food products, including processed meats, dairy, and protein-rich supplements.

Lysine monohydrochloride is utilized in cosmetics and personal care products for its skin conditioning properties.
Lysine monohydrochloride aids in collagen production and skin repair, contributing to its use in skincare formulations.
In agriculture, Lysine monohydrochloride is used as a foliar spray to correct nutrient deficiencies in plants.

Lysine monohydrochloride can improve the nutritional content of animal and plant-based feeds.
Lysine monohydrochloride is essential for the maintenance of healthy skin, hair, and connective tissues.
Lysine deficiency can result in impaired growth, anemia, and weakened immune function.
Overall, Lysine monohydrochloride plays a crucial role in various industries, contributing to the health and well-being of humans, animals, and plants.



PROPERTIES


Physical Properties:

Molecular Formula: C6H15ClN2O2
Molecular Weight: Approximately 182.65 g/mol
Physical State: White to off-white crystalline powder
Odor: Odorless
Taste: Slightly sweet
Solubility: Highly soluble in water; slightly soluble in ethanol; practically insoluble in ether
Melting Point: Approximately 255-263°C (491-505°F) (decomposes)
Density: Approximately 1.4 g/cm³
pKa (Lysine Amino Group): ~10.5 (basic)
Hygroscopicity: Absorbs moisture from the air


Chemical Properties:

Chemical Structure: Lysine monohydrochloride is an amino acid compound, specifically the hydrochloride salt of lysine.
Solubility in Water: Highly soluble, forming a clear and colorless solution.
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) Content: Contains one molecule of hydrochloric acid per lysine molecule.
Isomerism: Lysine exists in two enantiomeric forms, L-lysine (the biologically active form) and D-lysine.
pH: When dissolved in water, Lysine monohydrochloride imparts a slightly basic pH to the solution.



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If Lysine monohydrochloride dust is inhaled and respiratory distress or irritation occurs, move the affected person to fresh air immediately.
Provide artificial respiration if the person is not breathing and seek immediate medical attention.
If breathing difficulties persist, administer oxygen if trained to do so and if available.


Skin Contact:

In case of skin contact with Lysine monohydrochloride, immediately remove contaminated clothing and shoes.
Wash the affected skin area gently but thoroughly with soap and water for at least 15 minutes.
Seek medical attention if skin irritation, redness, or chemical burns develop.
Cover the affected area with a sterile bandage or dressing if necessary to prevent contamination.


Eye Contact:

If Lysine monohydrochloride comes into contact with the eyes, immediately rinse the affected eye(s) with gently flowing lukewarm water for at least 15 minutes.
Hold the eyelids open to ensure thorough flushing of the eye.
Remove contact lenses if present and easy to do so after the initial rinse.
Seek immediate medical attention from an eye specialist (ophthalmologist).
Continue rinsing the eye(s) with water while awaiting medical help.
Do not delay seeking medical attention, as eye injuries can worsen over time.


Ingestion:

If Lysine monohydrochloride is ingested accidentally, do not induce vomiting unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
Rinse the mouth with water and encourage the affected person to drink water or milk.
Seek immediate medical attention or contact a poison control center for guidance.
Provide medical professionals with information about the chemical ingested, its concentration, and the circumstances of ingestion.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Protective Equipment:
When handling Lysine monohydrochloride, wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety goggles, lab coat, gloves, and a mask to prevent skin and eye contact, inhalation, and ingestion.

Ventilation:
Work in a well-ventilated area or use local exhaust ventilation to control dust and aerosol generation.
This helps minimize the risk of inhalation exposure.

Avoidance:
Avoid generating dust or aerosols.
Use equipment designed to handle the substance safely, such as dust collection systems and sealed containers.

Hygiene: Wash hands and any exposed skin thoroughly with soap and water after handling Lysine monohydrochloride.
Avoid touching your face, eyes, or mouth during handling.

Storage Containers:
Use containers made of materials compatible with Lysine monohydrochloride, such as glass, plastic, or stainless steel.
Ensure containers are tightly sealed to prevent moisture absorption and contamination.

Labeling:
Clearly label containers with the substance's name, hazard warnings, and handling instructions.

Spills and Leaks:
In case of a spill or leak, wear appropriate PPE, and carefully collect the spilled material using non-sparking tools.
Dispose of it according to local regulations.


Storage:

Location:
Store Lysine monohydrochloride in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight and heat sources.
Maintain a stable temperature to prevent degradation.

Moisture Control:
Protect the substance from moisture, as it can affect its quality.
Store it in a moisture-resistant container or with desiccants.

Separation:
Keep Lysine monohydrochloride separated from incompatible substances, such as strong acids, strong bases, and strong oxidizers, to prevent chemical reactions.

Flammables:
Store away from flammable materials and ignition sources, as Lysine monohydrochloride is not flammable but may pose a fire hazard under certain conditions.

Accessibility:
Store Lysine monohydrochloride in a location that is not easily accessible to unauthorized personnel, especially children and pets.

Inventory Control:
Maintain proper inventory records to ensure that the substance is used within its shelf life and is regularly inspected for signs of degradation or contamination.

Emergency Equipment:
Have emergency equipment, such as eyewash stations and safety showers, readily available in case of accidental exposure.

Chemical Compatibility:
Be aware of the compatibility of storage materials (containers, labels, etc.) with Lysine monohydrochloride to avoid degradation or contamination.



SYNONYMS


Lysine HCl
L-Lysine hydrochloride
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate
Lysine chloride
Lysine monochloride
Lysine hydrochloride salt
Lysine chloride monohydrate
L-2,6-Diaminohexanoic acid hydrochloride
Lysine monohydrochloride monohydrate
L-Lysine monochloride monohydrate
Lysine hydrochloride hydrate
Lysine monohydrochloride hydrate
Lysine HCl monohydrate
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate
Lysine chloride hydrate
Lysine monochloride hydrate
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate salt
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine chloride monohydrate salt
Lysine monochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine HCl monohydrate powder
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine chloride monohydrate powder
Lysine monochloride monohydrate powder
L-Lysine HCl
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate
Lysine chloride monohydrate
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine monochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine HCl monohydrate salt
Lysine chloride hydrate
Lysine monochloride hydrate
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate powder
L-Lysine HCl monohydrate powder
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine chloride monohydrate powder
Lysine monochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine hydrochloride for cell culture
Lysine HCl for cell culture
Lysine hydrochloride for biotechnology
Lysine chloride for biotechnology
Lysine monochloride for biotechnology
L-Lysine HCl for pharmaceutical use
Lysine hydrochloride for pharmaceutical applications
Lysine chloride for pharmaceutical formulations
Lysine monochloride for pharmaceutical production
L-Lysine hydrochloride for nutritional supplements
Lysine HCl for animal nutrition
Lysine monohydrochloride for animal feeds
Lysine HCl monohydrate
Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine chloride monohydrate salt
L-Lysine hydrochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine monochloride monohydrate salt
Lysine HCl hydrate
Lysine hydrochloride hydrate powder
Lysine chloride hydrate salt
L-Lysine monohydrochloride
L-Lysine monohydrochloride monohydrate
Lysine chloride monohydrate powder
Lysine monochloride monohydrate powder
Lysine hydrochloride for cell culture
Lysine HCl for biotechnology
Lysine chloride for biopharmaceuticals
Lysine monochloride for cell culture media
L-Lysine hydrochloride for pharmaceutical use
Lysine HCl for medicinal applications
Lysine hydrochloride for dietary supplements
Lysine chloride for veterinary nutrition
Lysine monochloride for animal feeds
L-Lysine hydrochloride for cosmetics
Lysine HCl for skincare products
Lysine hydrochloride for hair care formulations
Lysine chloride for food additives
M OF PEARL
Copolymer of Maleic and Acrylic Acid; ACRYLIC ACID MALEIC ANHYDRIDE COPOLYMER CAS:26677-99-6
MA/AA
Copolymer of Maleic and Acrylic Acid; ACRYLIC ACID MALEIC ANHYDRIDE COPOLYMER CAS:26677-99-6
MACADAMIA NUT OIL
Macadamia nut oil is liquid at room temperature.
Macadamia nut oil, is clear, lightly amber-colored with a slightly nutty smell.


CAS Number: 159518-86-2
Botanical Name: Foliage of the Macadamia Tree
Macadamia integrifolia
Name: macadamia ternifolia seed oil
INCI: Macadamia Integrifolia (Macadamia) Seed Oil or Macadamia Ternifolia (Macadamia) Seed Oil


Popularly used for cooking, hair and beauty treatments, Macadamia nut oilis derived from the nuts of macadamia trees, native to Australia.
Unlike coconut oil, Macadamia nut oil is a clear, light yellow liquid at room temperature that is mostly used in its pure form.
Macadamia Nut Oil is a non-volatile oil collected from the nuts of the Australian native, Macadamia Tree.


Macadamia nut oil is a popular addition to culinary and cosmetic/personal care formulations.
Macadamia nuts contain up to 75% of their weight in oil.
Macadamia nut oil is a clear oil with a light amber color and contains the highest percentage of monounsaturates when compared to olive and canola oil.


Macadamia nut oil accumulation does not commence until the nuts are fully grown, and the shell hardens, signally peak harvest time.
The fatty acid composition and lack of cholesterol have lead to the promotion of the macadamia nut and resulting oil as a health food.
Macadamia nut oil is generally used in frying applications due to its high heat capacity and flashpoint.


Macadamia nut oil’s light almost unnoticeable taste and scent, and stability its a popular alternative oil in baked goods.
As a natural emollient, macadamia nut oil is a popular addition to skin healthy or conscious formulations in the personal care industry.
On the comedogenic scale, macadamia nut oil scores a 2-3, meaning that for most skin types, Macadamia nut oil will not clog pores and promote acne.


For a reference point, the currently trending coconut oil, scores a 4-5 on the scale, meaning that any prolonged use will cause clogging and acne for almost all individuals; only those who are very lucky can get away with using Macadamia nut oil daily.
Macadamia nut oil is also one of the only oils, which chemical makeup matches that of sebum, creating an almost seamless integration, with very little chance of irritation.


The close match also creates the feeling of an extremely rich and luxe product that won’t feel heavy on the skin or hair.
Macadamia nut oil’s strong fixative properties make it a useful addition to many perfume formulations to enhance staying power without affecting the scent.
Macadamia nut oil is liquid at room temperature.


The refined oil, Macadamia nut oil, is clear, lightly amber-colored with a slightly nutty smell.
Macadamia nut oil is the non-volatile oil collected from the nuts of the macadamia (Macadamia integrifolia), a native Australian plant.
Macadamia nut oil contains approximately 60% oleic acid, 19% palmitoleic acid, 1-3% linoleic acid and 1-2% α-linolenic acid.


Macadamia nut oil displays chemical properties typical of a vegetable triglyceride oil, as it is stable due to its low polyunsaturated fat content.
Macadamia nut oil is obtained from the macadamia nut (Macadamia Ternifolia), a tree that grows mainly in Australia, South Africa and the Pacific regions.
Macadamia nut oil content of the fresh nut is 75%.


The cold pressed oil is pale yellow or gold with a characteristic odour.
Macadamia nut oil is customary to use the refined quality which is almost colourless/a pale yellow and is almost odourless.
Macadamia nut oil contains 80% monounsaturated fatty acids, with a ratio of 3:1 oleic and palmitoleic.


Macadamia nut oil is one of the oils with a higher content of palmitoleic, about 20%, and it is this content that differentiates it from other oils.
Its rich and nutty flavor and nutritional benefits make Macadamia nut oil popular for cooking, roasting and dressings, or as an alternative to butter for baking and frying.


Macadamia nut oil is the non-volatile fat extracted from the macadamia nut flesh.
Macadamia nut oil has an exquisite taste and is a true delicacy with a fine, delicate, buttery flavour.
The large round macadamia nuts are carefully peeled and processed and are organically grown.


Pamper yourself with this cold-pressed organic luxury oil!
Enjoy this exquisite oil on green salads or fresh cheeses, or with fish, soups and fresh juices.
Pour over fine desserts and enjoy the slightly sweet, lively flavour of Macadamia nut oil.


Macadamia Nut Oil is made from high-quality nuts from Australia’s sunshine state, Queensland.
Macadamia nuts are packed with nutrients, vitamins, and minerals, all of which are kept throughout our pioneering cold-pressed extraction method, ensuring you end up with an oil that is delicious and healthy.


As well as its natural health benefits, the macadamia nut is the perfect oil to use with food.
Macadamia nut oil has a buttery and delicate quality, and is perfect for high-heat cooking (smoke point 210°C).
Bring a touch of smoothness to your meals with this delicious oil, Macadamia nut oil .


Macadamia nut oil is thought to penetrate the skin better and more deeply than most other carrier oils and leaves no oily residue.
This makes Macadamia nut oil a great base oil to use for massage blends with essential oils as it helps to infuse the positive properties of the essential oils into the skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil is easily-absorbed and a fantastic skin conditioner.
At 3%, Macadamia nut oil is the lowest of all culinary oils in polyunsaturated Omega 6 fatty acids (olive oil=8%, canola=23%).
Excessive Omega 6 Fatty Acids may have an adverse impact on blood clotting, immune function & inflammation.


Macadamia nut oil is obtained from cold-pressing peeled macadamia nuts.
Macadamia nut oil has a pale yellow colour and is nearly odourless, but may have a mild, nutty fragrance.
Macadamia nut oil has a reasonable smoke point (210°C) which means it can be used in stir fries, sautéing as well as being used instead of butter in baking recipes or to coat vegetables.


You could also use macadamia nut oil to dress salads.
Macadamia nut oil is a delight for the skin.
Macadamia nut oil contains monounsaturated fatty acids, and closely resembles sebum (the oil naturally produced by one's skin to help protect it) and absorptions quickly into skin.


Macadamia nut oil is an unrefined oil that is sensitive to light and will degrade accordingly.
Macadamia nut oil has a beautiful nutty odor.
Macadamia nut oil is produced by pressing macadamia nuts, a transparent, pale yellow liquid.


Macadamia nut oil is carefully extracted from macadamia nut pulp and transformed into a delectable elixir.
Excellent for all skin types and full of potent antioxidants and necessary fatty acids, Macadamia nut oil is a true superfood for your skin.
Macadamia nut oil contains high amounts of palmitoleic acid (22%), a crucial fatty acid that starts reducing in quantity with age, and acts as an all-around multitasker and a true skin hero.


Macadamia nut oil is usually cold pressed.
Macadamia nut oil is extracted from the nuts and then added to the skincare products, to create magic for your skin.
Macadamia nut oil is the healthiest of all cooking oils, at 80% monounsaturated.


Macadamia nut oil tastes good, too!
We love the subtle, nutty flavor of this pure macadamia nut oil.
Ideal for stir fry and sauté dishes with a high smoke point of 389°F.


Macadamia nut oil is delicious with fish, chicken and vegetable dishes.
Excellent as a Macadamia nut oil for salad dressings or to be used in baking as a substitute for butter.
Honestly, where we like this best is in brownie mix.


Throw in a few chopped mac nuts, and wow!
Macadamia Nut Oil makes any baked good jump out of the pan.
Macadamia Nut Oil imparts a delightful flavor and is also good on popcorn.


Interestingly enough, we have quite a few wholesale customers who use this as a massage oil because of its viscosity combined with the pleasant smell.
Expeller pressed from 100% Hawaiian macadamia nuts.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains Vitamin E.


Macadamia nut oil is cold pressed from the kernels of the macadamia tree’s fruit, yielding a versatile lightweight oil naturally high in palmitoleic and oleic fatty acid content.
Macadamia nut oil is virgin, meaning it is unrefined and therefore carries a characteristic color and nutty aroma with natural variation due to the raw material.


Macadamia nut oil is relatively stable with resistance to oxidation due to its fatty acid makeup and has a higher smoke point than a large portion of other vegetable oils.
Macadamia nut oil is an excellent ingredient in cosmetic and personal-care formulations due to its natural emollient properties.


The golden yellow oil, Macadamia nut oil, coming from the Macadamia nut, a native Australian nut.
Similar to other plant oils, Macadamia nut oil's loaded with emollient and nourishing fatty acids.
Macadamia nut oil's a high oleic acid oil (50-67% oleic acid and only 0-5% linoleic acid) that makes it very emollient and ideal for dry skin types (and less ideal for acne-prone skin).


Emollient oil from the nut of the Macadamia tree containing high levels of monounsaturated fatty acids.
Exceptionally stable and resistant to rancidity, and containing natural tocopherols, Macadamia nut oil is an ideal emollient oil for creams, lotions and massage products.


Macadamia nut oil is expeller extracted, cold pressed and filtered, but otherwise unrefined.
Macadamia Nut Oil is said to act as a natural anti-inflammatory (perhaps due to its oleic acid content).
Macadamia nut oil's possible anti-inflammatory action combined with its viscosity and slip make it a good candidate for massage applications.


If not used in a small dilution with another vegetable oil, Macadamia Nut Oil may overpower a blend.
Macadamia nut oil as it is sometimes called—is produced by extracting oil from the fruit (or nut) of the Australian Macadamia integrifolia tree.
Macadamia nut oil does provide some health and beauty benefits, but not all of them are supported by strong scientific evidence.


Cold-pressed Macadamia nut oil is composed mostly of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs), with oleic and palmitoleic acids as the main fatty acids.
Macadamia nut oil also contains bioactive compounds such as tocopherols, phytosterols, squalene, and polyphenols.
Macadamia nut oils contain 83–85% unsaturated fatty acids and 15–17% saturated fatty acids .


The predominant fatty acids are oleic (56-65%), palmitoleic (18–23%), and palmitic (7–9%) acids .
The Macadamia nut tree is an ancient tree tracing its origin back 50 million years ago to the rainforests of the east coast of Australia.
Macadamia nuts have been wild collected by Indigenous Australians and eaten as a nutrient-dense bush food for over 50,000 years.
Though endemic to Australia, where European settlers first began commercially cultivating it in the 1800s, Macadamias were farmed on a much larger scale in

Hawaii and now grow extensively in other locations, including Kenya.
Macadamia nut oil is the result of the cold-pressing of the inner kernel of the Macadamia nut, which has to be cracked first.
This outer shell is so hard that Fairoils uses special machinery to do this job without ruining the inner kernel.



USES and APPLICATIONS of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil is used in food as a frying or salad oil, and in cosmetic formulations as an emollient or fragrance fixative.
Cosmetic Uses of Macadamia nut oil: skin conditioning - emollient
Macadamia nut oilis easily absorbed in the surface layers of the skin with an anti-inflammatory action.


Macadamia nut oil is also valued for its draining action, anti-inflammatory and protection of the circulatory system.
Macadamia nut oil is used for facial and body application.
Macadamia nut oil has emollient, nourishing, softening and firming properties.


Macadamia nut oil is very moisturising and is also suitable for shaving.
Macadamia nut oil is known for its toning properties.
Macadamia nut oil promotes skin elasticity and provides excellent cuticle care.


Also suitable for hair care, Macadamia nut oil is good because it absorbs quickly without leaving a greasy film.
Macadamia nut oil softens the hair, promotes manageability and regenerates split ends.
Ideally, Macadamia nut oil is thoroughly massaged into the hair and scalp, left on for a few hours or overnight and then washed out with shampoo.


Macadamia nut oil can also be used for facial cleansing and care.
A few drops of an essential oil, Macadamia nut oil, gives the oil a delightful fragrance.
Macadamia nut oil is especially beneficial for dry, mature and wrinkle-prone skin as it has high amounts of the same palmitoleic acid found in the sebum of humans.


As skin gets older it produces less sebum making Macadamia Nut Oil perhaps the perfect oil for ageing skin.
Works very well on Macadamia nut oil's own but is even better when used as a carrier oil combined with pure essential oils.
Experience the exquisite nourishment of Silky Skin’s 100% Macadamia Nut Oil, a gem in the world of skincare.


Extracted from pure macadamia nuts, this luxurious oil is enriched with flavonoids, antioxidants, and the perfect ratio of vital fatty acids that are beneficial for your skin.
Similar to your skin’s natural sebum, this lightweight oil seeps deeply into your skin, hydrating, soothing, and accelerating the healing of scars, sunburns, and dry patches.


Embrace the age-defying power of Macadamia Nut Oil and witness your skin restore its youthful firmness.
Macadamia nut oil is easily absorbed into the skin, making it a common carrier oil used in topical skincare products such as face serums, lotions, skin creams, and moisturizers.


In addition to personal-care uses, Macadamia nut oil is sought-after throughout the culinary industry as a cooking oil and in a variety of sauces, salad dressings, and packaged food items.
Macadamia Nut Oil is light and golden with a nutty flavour, making it wonderful for sauces, vinaigrettes and sauteing.


Macadamia nut oil is also great for baking, with its nutty flavour and buttery texture.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains high levels of monounsaturated fats (more than olive oil even!) as well as natural antioxidants and Palmitoleic Acid which aids fat metabolism.


Macadamia nut oil's unique property is that it contains high amounts of a rare fatty acid called palmitoleic acid (12-25%) that give Macadamia oil a "cushiony" feel.
Macadamia nut oil's also easily absorbed and makes the skin soft and supple.


Macadamia kernels contain high oil content (> 60%) and one of the commonly used techniques to recover oil from its kernel is cold pressing.
Many people use Macadamia nut oil for hair treatments and to boost skin health.
Cold pressing of macadamia kernel generates defatted macadamia meal as a by-product.


The defatted macadamia meal contains high protein and carbohydrate levels and can be utilized to produce an array of food products.
Macadamia nut oil is loaded with nutrients, fatty acids, and potassium, and the concentration of palmitoleic acid makes it a well-known ingredient in cosmetic products and is found in various skin lotions, face creams, hair masks, etc.


Macadamia nut oil is used skincare formulas, creams, lotions, massage oils, reflexology creams/oils, hair-care and bath products.
Macadamia nut oil is excellent for pan or stir fries, in salad dressings, in cakes or bread or just drizzled over your pasta or baked food.
Macadamia nut oil is used in place of other fats for frying, stir fries, dressings or baking ingredients.


Macadamia nut oil is used to replace the butter in mashed potato (only a small amount required).
Macadamia nut oil is a healthy alternative to other food oils with its high levels of monounsaturates (80-85%), no cholesterol and with significant levels of natural antioxidants.


Macadamia nut oil tolerates high temperatures with a smoke point at 200° – 210° C and a flash point at 252° C so is perfect for shallow frying and it can be used as a tasty alternative to other oil in baking.
Macadamia nut oil is used to Drizzle over salads, vegetable dishes, pasta or noodles.


*Uses in food:
Macadamia nut oil can be used for frying due to its high heat capacity along with other properties useful as an edible oil:
*Contains up to 85% monounsaturated fats
*Unrefrigerated shelf life of one to two years
*Smoke point of 210 °C (410 °F)
*Flashpoint of over 300 °C (572 °F)
*Fatty acids


-Massage uses of Macadamia Nut Oil:
Macadamia Nut Oil can be used as a substitute for Almond Sweet or Grapeseed Oil for massage as it is easily absorbed by the skin without leaving it greasy.


-Skincare uses of Macadamia Nut Oil:
Macadamia Nut Oil is great for skincare, use on its own or can be used to make your own skincare formulations.
Create a soothing and moisturising facial serum by combining 50ml of Macadamia Nut Oil with 0.5ml (approx. 10 drops) of Lavender Essential Oil #102 and massage a few drops into your face and neck.
Use Macadamia Nut Oil as a natural alternative to shaving foam.
Macadamia nut oil will help the razor glide over the skin and help prevent razor burn, whilst smoothing and moisturising the skin.


-Hair uses of Macadamia Nut Oil:
Combine 100ml of Macadamia Nut Oil with 0.25ml (approx. 5 drops) of Tea Tree #109 and 0.25ml (approx. 5 drops) Chamomile Oil #134 for a deep repair mask.
Massage a small amount into your hair and scalp and leave to work for around 30 minutes.
Wash as normal, you may need to wash twice.


-Cooking uses of Macadamia Nut Oil:
Spruce up your dishes by adding some oil to your cuisine.
This versatile oil can be used in salad dressings, smoothies, pasta dishes, a dip for bread, drizzled over grilled fish or meat, roasted vegetables and many more.
Macadamia Nut Oil adds flavour and richness.



FAQs OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
1. Is Macadamia nut oil good for the skin on the face?
Yes, Macadamia nut oil is excellent for all skin types.
Macadamia nut oil is an all-around multitasker and a true skin hero.

In addition to being an excellent moisturiser for dry skin, Macadamia nut oil also has potent anti-inflammatory effects that will aid to calm and soothe sensitive skin.
Macadamia nut oil is great for those with ageing skin because it reduces the visible appearance of wrinkles and fine lines.


2. Is Macadamia nut oil good for acne-prone skin?
Macadamia nut oil is suitable for usage on skin that is prone to acne because it won't clog pores and is light, non-greasy, and quickly absorbed.
The anti-inflammatory characteristics of Macadamia nut oil's fatty acids can also be great for new flair ups as well as healing and repairing the old ones.


3. Is Macadamia nut oil good for oily skin?
Even if your skin is naturally oily, macadamia nut oil is a fantastic choice for you.
Macadamia nut oil improves your skin’s natural oil barrier.
Macadamia nut oil can help calm and soothe skin that is red, itchy, dry, flaky, or otherwise irritated in order to help it return to its normal equilibrium.


4. Does Macadamia nut oil clog your pores?
No Macadamia nut oil does not clog your pores.
Macadamia nut oil is a lightweight oil that absorbs quickly in the skin and allows it to breathe.



IMPORTANT COMPONENETS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Important components:
Macadamia nut oil is rich in minerals such as magnesium, copper and iron.
Macadamia nut oil also has a high oleic acid content and is particularly rich in squalane, a natural antioxidant, which is also present naturally in our skin.



WHY YOU SHOULD BE USING MACADAMIA NUT OIL IN YOUR COOKING:
*Macadamia nut oil in cooking
When people talk about cooking oils, the conversation often begins and ends with olive oil.
But it’s not the only game in town.

A host of other oils can be used to create sweet and savoury dishes – and these oils can often be easier to use and a lot healthier for you.
One of the most versatile is Macadamia nut oil.
Boasting a smooth buttery flavour, Macadamia nut oil is great for roasting, baking and deep-frying, and can also be used as a base for salad dressings and even a substitute for butter when baking.

One of the most important characteristics of this oil is its high smoke point.
Macadamia nut oil smoke point is between 210°C and 234°C.
That’s important as an oil’s smoke point is the temperature at which Macadamia nut oil sends up smoke and gives your food an unpleasant, bitter taste.
Another key feature of Macadamia nut oil is its high monounsaturated fat content, around 80% to 85%.
Monounsaturates are good fats and have been shown to lower cholesterol levels and help the body burn fat more easily.



HOW TO USE MACADAMIA NUT OIL IN YOUR COOKING:
As a salad dressing
For a delicious salad dressing, Macadamia nut oil makes a great base.
Macadamia salad dressing recipe is quick and simple to make, combine the oil, red-wine vinegar, caster sugar, Dijon mustard, salt and pepper and apply liberally.


*As a marinade:
Macadamia nut oil also makes a fantastic base for a full-flavoured marinade.
Moroccan lamb with macadamia rice pilaf recipe is a hearty and healthy meal, sure to prove a hit with your family.
Lamb backstraps are marinated with a flavoursome mixture of mac oil, garlic, cumin and sumac.


*In a stir fry:
A hot wok and mac oil is the perfect starting point for your next stir fry.
This chicken, mushroom and macadamia stir fry is a quick and crowd-pleasing mid-week family dinner.
Macadamia nut oil as substitute for butter when baking

Another smart way to use Macadamia nut oilis as substitute for butter.
In this decadent spiced chocolate fruit cake recipe, raisins, prunes, rum and chocolate feature alongside the secret ingredient: half a cup of Brookfarm’s Premium Grade Maca Oil.
The cake is best enjoyed with a generous serve of vanilla ice cream or custard.


*For roasting:
Breathing new life into the Sunday roast, this roast chicken with macadamia couscous stuffing is a delicious twist on the classic roast chook.
To impress guests, our roasted potato skins with macadamias, bacon, rocket and blue cheese is a tapas-style party winner.


*Macadamia nut oil for deep-frying:
This an be used for deep-frying, offering a healthier alternative to other frying oils.
This beer battered fish with macadamia salt and pepper dust perfectly shows off the benefit of deep-frying with mac oil – the result is crisp and delicious battered fish.



SKIN BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil is a lightweight oil, that is well absorbed without feeling greasy.
Macadamia nut oil’s high in monounsaturated fatty acids, including Oleic Acid (Omega 9), which are very moisturising, regenerating and softening on the skin.

These fatty acids also have anti-inflammatory properties.
The Linoleic Acid (Omega 6) in Macadamia nut oil helps to restore the skin’s barrier function and reduce water loss.
Macadamia nut oil also contains Palmitoleic Acid (Omega 7), an active anti-microbial that is found naturally in youthful skin.

Palmitoleic Acid (Omega 7) levels in our skin reduce with age, contributing to the appearance of fine lines, wrinkles and weathered skin.
Macadamia nut oil has been shown to slow the signs of ageing and has also been used to improve the appearance of scars, sunburn and other minor skin irritations.



5 BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL FOR YOUR SKIN:
1. Smoother skin:
Macadamia nut oil helps to achieve smoother skin and helps to build and strengthen the skin barrier.
Oleic acid, found in macadamia nut oil, is great for maintaining skin suppleness.
Macadamia nut oil has a lot of additional fatty acids in addition to oleic acid, which help to soften your skin and protect it from ever feeling tight or dry.


2. Hydrated:
In terms of hydration, the water you're drinking nourishes every other part of your body and your skin is the last body part that gets any hydration.
Drinking a lot of water won't give you exceptionally moisturised skin.

We recommend you try Macadamia nut oil because it has everything your skin needs to be hydrated and maintain its own natural moisture balance.
Macadamia nut oil is packed with vitamin E, which binds to water and keeps it in the cells of your skin.


3. Calm:
Do you have sensitive skin?
Does your face become red and inflamed no matter what you put on it?
Macadamia nut oil contains higher quantities of Omega 3 and Omega 6 fatty acids, which have potent calming properties.

Even the most sensitive skin types can benefit from macadamia nut oil since it has a balanced amount of omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids.
Macadamia nut oil can help calm and soothe skin that is red, itchy, dry, flaky, or otherwise irritated in order to help it return to its normal equilibrium.

Even if your skin is naturally oily, macadamia nut oil is a fantastic choice for you.
Macadamia nut oil improves your skin’s natural oil barrier.


4. Antioxidant Rich:
Antioxidants are essential for the health of your skin cells.
Free radicals are unstable molecules that attach to your skin cells and harm them.
Antioxidants assist your skin cells fight off and neutralise the free radicals.

Free radicals are produced by the sun's ultraviolet radiation, smoking, pollution, and even food additives like sugar.
Skin that has been damaged by free radicals seems dull and older than it actually is.

Squalene, one of the most potent antioxidants found in macadamia nut oil, is also its best antioxidant.
Your cell's reaction to free radical stresses is lessened by squalene.
Your body produces squalene naturally, but as we get older, these levels decrease.
This is where macadamia nut oil comes in handy, supplying squalene to the cells, shielding our skin, and enabling it to age in the most elegant way.


5. Visibly reduce the appearance of wrinkles:
By promoting the regeneration of skin keratinocytes, the palmitoleic acid and squalene found in macadamia nut oil may work to delay the onset of wrinkles.
Additionally, linoleic acid aids in maintaining the skin's moisture content and suppleness by lowering trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL).
Macadamia nut oil's moisturising properties are beneficial for dry skin, aged skin, newborn skin, lip balms, and eye creams.



ORGANIC MACADAMIA NUT OIL GOES WELL WITH:
Organic macadamia nut goes well with:
Vegetables and raw vegetables: carrots, peas, cauliflower, avocado salad
Meat and fish: beef carpaccio, fish fillets, sole, speckled trout, carp

Side dishes, vegetarian dishes: mozzarella, spaetzle, red cabbage, Amaranth dumplings
Soups and sauces: vegetable soup, cream of cauliflower soup
Desserts: fruit salad, dumplings, poppy seed filling, melon cocktail, cheese dumplings
Lettuces: curly endives, chicory, Chinese cabbage



THE TASTE OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
With its delicate, smooth and buttery flavours, Olivado Extra Virgin Macadamia Nut Oil is perfect for panfrying or using as a butter substitute when baking.
Macadamia nut oil can be used in pastries and all baked goods, as well as omelettes and other egg dishes to lift the texture and taste.
Macadamia nut oil’s also great for sizzling steaks in the pan or on the barbecue.



THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
There are surprising health benefits to the macadamia nut that add to a healthy lifestyle.
Rich in essential fatty acids, such as palmitoleic acid, which help to prevent premature aging, macadamia nuts are also high in Oleic Acid, which helps to prevent trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL), making it perfect for moisturising dry, sensitive skin.

Macadamia nut oil also contains a high proportion of this omega-7 monounsaturated fat, it giving your hair an extra boost, either when ingested or rubbed into your curls and locks directly.
Macadamia nut oil is also very high in natural antioxidants and contains Omega 3 and Omega 6, which can have a powerful effect on the overall health of the body, as well as a rich source of fibre.

Transform Your Meals With Our Delicious Macadamia nut oil
By using our extra virgin macadamia nut oil in your cooking, you can transform a regular meal into something special.
Add a dash to your baking to give a sweet, rich flavour that sets your cupcakes apart, or season your meat on the barbie to impress your guests.



THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil is a healthy oil that people use for cooking.
There may also be health benefits of using Macadamia nut oil for the heart, hair, and skin.
Macadamia nuts grow on macadamia trees, which are native to Australia.

Similarly to olive oil, Macadamia nut oil is a liquid at room temperature.
People use this oil in cooking and health and beauty applications.
Macadamia nut oil is rich in nutrients, including healthful fatty acids and potassium.
For this reason, many people believe that Macadamia nut oil has a range of health benefits.


1. Cooking and eating:
A person can use Macadamia nut oil as a substitute for other oils in many dishes.
With a higher smoke point than some other oils, such as olive oil, it is perfect for sautéing, roasting, and grilling.
Its mild flavor also makes Macadamia nut oil a good choice for baked goods or as an appropriate base for salad dressings and marinades.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil offers several potential health benefits when a person uses it in cooking and as part of a balanced and healthful diet.
These include:

*Heart health:
Consuming Macadamia nut oil may support heart health.
It has high levels of monounsaturated fat.
According to the American Heart Association (AHA), monounsaturated fats can lower levels of bad cholesterol, which, in turn, can reduce a person’s risk of heart attack and stroke.


*Antioxidants:
Macadamia nut oil is a source of antioxidants.
According to the National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health, free radicals in the body can cause oxidative stress.
This may play a role in aging and the development of a number of diseases, including cancer.

Consuming antioxidants, however, may help counter these free radicals.
Macadamia nut oil is also rich in oleic acid, an unsaturated fatty acid that has antioxidant properties.

Other studies indicate that oleic acid consumption may have a beneficial effect on cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases.
However, further research is needed to confirm these findings.


*Vitamin E:
Macadamia nut oil also contains substances called tocotrienols, which are part of the vitamin E family.
Research indicates that vitamin E and tocotrienols are potent antioxidants that may protect against cancer and a variety of other health conditions, including cardiovascular and neurological diseases.



2. Topical skin application:
Macadamia nut oil is an ingredient in many skin care products, but can a person also apply the pure oil directly to the skin.
Macadamia nut oil is important to test the oil on a small area of the skin first.
Although Macadamia nut oil is generally safe, some people may develop a rash after applying it directly to the skin.
People with tree nut allergies should avoid using Macadamia nut oil.


BENEFIRS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Some people claim that there are health benefits to applying Macadamia nut oil to the skin.
These benefits include moisturization and the prevention of wrinkles and skin damage.

However, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal or indirect.
The vitamin E present in Macadamia nut oil has many properties that may benefit a person’s skin.
For example, it absorbs easily, making it a good moisturizer for very dry skin.

However, be aware that applying Macadamia nut oil directly to the skin may clog pores and lead to breakouts of acne.
Prolonged exposure to sunlight can damage the DNA in a person’s skin.
Test tube studies suggest that applying vitamin E to the skin may protect against this damage.

3. Natural hair conditioner:
Many people use pure Macadamia nut oil to strengthen and condition their hair.
Similarly to using olive oil, a person can take a small amount of Macadamia nut oil and rub it directly into their hair.
Macadamia nut oil is generally best to let the oil soak into the hair for a short amount of time before rinsing out the excess.


BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
People who use Macadamia nut oil as a hair conditioner claim that it can help:
*strengthen hair
*smooth hair
*add shine
*make hair more manageable
Again, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal.



FRUITS, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia integrifolia is an Australian tree with holly-like leaves that grows well in a moist organic soil and can withstand temperatures as low as −4.4 °C (24 °F).
Seedlings bear in 5–7 years.
The fruit is borne in a case enclosing an extremely hard spherical nut. The kernel is whitish, sweet and eaten raw or roasted.

The flowers are white to cream and the leaves are in whorls of three.
Propagation is by seed, grafting or air layering.
It is grown commercially.

Common names of the trees are the Australian nut or the Queensland nut.
Species that are “smooth shelled macadamia” are called Macadamia integrifolia and “rough shelled macadamia” are called Macadamia tetraphylla.
Macadamia ternifolia is also the name used for M. integrifolia.

Macadamia integrifolia is native to Australia where it grows in rain forests and close to streams.
Macadamia tetraphylla is native to Southeastern Queensland and Northeastern New South Wales.



OIL, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil content ranges from 65% to 75% and sugar content ranges from 6% to 8%.
These factors result in variable colors and texture when the nuts are roasted under the same conditions.
Macadamia nut oil is liquid at room temperature.

The refined oil, Macadamia nut oil, is clear, lightly amber-colored with a slightly nutty smell.
Macadamia nut oil has a specific gravity of 900–920 and a flash point of over 300 °C (572 °F).
Oil accumulation does not commence until the nuts are fully grown and the shell hardens.

It accumulates rapidly in the kernel during late summer when the reducing sugar content decreases.
The composition of mature, roasted and salted macadamia nuts is shown.
As with many oil seeds, the protein is low in methionine.

Fresh kernels contain up to 4.6% sugar, mostly non-reducing sugar.
Macadamia nut oil consists of mainly unsaturated fatty acids and is similar in both species, although the proportion of unsaturated to saturated fatty acids appears to be slightly higher in M. integrifolia (6.2:1 compared with 4.8:1).

The fatty acid composition and the absence of cholesterol may lead to the promotion of macadamias as a high-energy health food.
The major volatile components in roasted macadamia kernels are apparently similar to those found in other roasted nuts, although little detailed information is available.



EXTRA VIRGIN COLD PRESSED MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*A delicate, light, nutty and buttery oil.
*Use for sweet and savoury cooking/baking.
*High in antioxidants and Omega fatty acids - for a healthy heart.
*Suitable for sautéing, frying, dressing and baking.

Macadamia nut oil has been cold pressed straight from the nut.
The cold pressing process helps to retain all the nutritional qualities found within the macadamia nut oil.
Macadamia nut oil contains one of the highest levels of mono-unsaturated fat amongst the culinary oils which makes it an important addition to a healthy diet.
Macadamia nut oil is also high in antioxidants and Omega 3 & Omega 6.



10 WAYS MAGIC MACADAMIA NUT OIL BENEFITS YOUR SKIN
Macadamia nut oil is the ultimate carrier oil for skincare products, which is why you'll find it in some of our products.
No matter what your age or skin type, oils are a wonderful skin food.
When you're young, your skin exudes a luminosity and is nicely plump due to the abundance of naturally occurring oils.

As we age, your cell turnover declines and so too does your skin's ability to produce oil.
A topical application of oils is an essential component of age defying skincare.
Oils act as a carrier for other key ingredients, as well as improving the function of the lipid barrier, which keeps the skin moist and hydrated.

But not all oils are created equal.
They have various ratings on the comedogenic scale (a measure of how heavy or light an oil is in relation to clogging the pores).

*Comedogenic rating of 0 – this oil does not clog pores.
*Comedogenic rating of 1 – slight chance oil will clog pores.
*Comedogenic rating of 2 – for most people, the oil will not clog pores.
*Comedogenic rating of 3 – some people will be fine using this oil, but many will break out in pimples or acne due to clogged pores.
*Comedogenic rating of 4 – most people will break out with this oil, depending on skin type.
*Comedogenic rating of 5 – virtually guaranteed to make you break out. Very few people can tolerate these oils on the skin.

Some people swear by using nothing but coconut oil on their skin and I have to wonder what’s going on there, because coconut oil is highly comedogenic (4 to 5 on the scale).
Macadamia nut oil'll clog your pores and make you break out eventually if it’s all you’re using.

If not, then you're lucky.
Macadamia nut oil's an oil that is OK for daily use on the rest of the body, and as an added emollient in a facial formulation, but as the only form of hydration for the face, it's a no from me.

One of our favourite oils is macadamia, which is a fantastic oil extracted from the meat of the nut.
Not only are macas delicious to eat, but our skin happily soaks up the beneficial properties of this oil.

The macadamia tree is an indigenous species to Australia and is over 60,000 years old.
It’s believed it first began growing in the rainforests of northern NSW and there are now more than six million macadamia trees growing in Australia, many of them planted in order to cater to the high demand for macadamia nut oil in personal care products and cosmetics.



10 BENEFITS OF Macadamia nut oil FOR SKINCARE
Other than jojoba oil (which is actually considered a waxy ester as opposed to an oil) Macadamia nut oil's the closest match to the naturally occurring sebum of the skin.
Macadamia nut oil is hypoallergenic and non-comedogenic oil.

Macadamia nut oil contains squalene and oleic acid that assists with cell regeneration, making this oil particularly useful for dry or chapped skin as it softens and moisturises.
Macadamia nut oil contains omega 6 linoleic acid which is useful for balancing sebum production in oily skin and creates a natural protective barrier.

The shell in which it is housed and added to Macadamia nut oil is rich in naturally occurring vitamin E.
Oils extracted from macadamia contain omega 7 or palmitoleic acid, which is beneficial for wound healing, wounds, scratches and burns.
Macadamia nut oil contains phytosterols that assist with itchiness and redness.

Macadamia nut oil's highly emollient oil, yet light and penetrating that's excellent for dry and mature skins that have a reduced production of natural sebum.
Macadamia nut oil extracted from macadamia has excellent spreadability, lubrication and penetration properties that imparts a smooth non greasy after effect.

Macadamia nut oil also has a slight sunscreen effect.
When you eat it, Macadamia nut oil has the perfect balance of omega 3:6 ratio (essential fatty acids our bodies don’t manufacture).
Omega-3 is a renowned anti-inflammatory and omega-6 is a pro-inflammatory, making Macadamia nut oil useful for any disease that is inflammatory in nature such as arthritis and cardiovascular disease.

Apart from all the goodies Macadamia nut oil delivers to your skin, the composition of oil extracted from macadamia is rich in phytochemical compound such as tocopherols, squalene and tocotrienols, which protect the oil against oxidation.
While a lot of oils go rancid fairly quickly, Macadamia nut oil is considered stable once harvested for a period of two years.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*Macadamia Nut Oil provides deep hydration without clogging pores.
*Macadamia Nut Oil promotes skin renewal with its rich content of Squalane and Omega-9 Oleic acid.
*Macadamia Nut Oil fights free radicals and protects skin with powerful antioxidants.
*Macadamia Nut Oil soothes and calms skin irritation.
*Hypoallergenic – safe for sensitive skin.



HOW TO USE MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*Apply directly to your skin as needed.
*Perfect for blending with other skincare products such as creams, serums, and lotions.
*Macadamia Nut Oil can be incorporated into hair care, sun care, and lip care routines.
*Patch test recommended before the first use.
Always dilute with a carrier oil for topical use.



NUTRITION FACTS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
The following nutrition information is provided by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) for one tablespoon of Macadamia nut oil.
Calories: 120
Fat: 14g
Sodium: 0mg
Carbohydrates: 0g
Fiber: 0g
Sugars: 0g
Protein: 0g



FATS IN MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil contains different types of fat, including saturated fat, polyunsaturated fat and monounsaturated fat.
More specifically, the oil contains:
Oleic acid (approximately 55-67%), a monounsaturated fat that can improve cardiovascular health when used in place of saturated fats or refined carbohydrates.

Palmitoleic acid (approximately 18-25%), a monounsaturated fatty acid that may have beneficial effects on insulin sensitivity and cholesterol metabolism.
Palmitic acid (approximately 7-9%), a saturated fatty acid that may increase LDL cholesterol and have a negative effect on heart health.

Stearic acid (approximately 2-5%), a saturated fatty acid that can decrease LDL cholesterol (although not as effectively as unsaturated fats).
Linoleic acid (approximately 1-4%), or omega-6 fatty acids, these polyunsaturated fats are sometimes associated with weight loss, although evidence is lacking.

You'll also consume some polyunsaturated fat with consumption of Macadamia nut oil.
Research has shown that these essential fatty acids can help lower your LDL (bad) cholesterol and prevent cardiovascular disease.
Nutrition experts recommend that you get 3-10% of your daily calories from polyunsaturated fat.

The saturated fat in Macadamia nut oil (stearic acid) may have a beneficial effect on heart health, but in general, health experts recommend that we decrease our intake of saturated fat and consume mono- and polyunsaturated fats instead.
There is no carbohydrate or protein in Macadamia nut oil.



HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
According to fans of the product, Macadamia nut oil benefits the skin and hair and can provide anti-aging advantages to people who use it. Specifically, Macadamia nut oil is used topically to:

*Soften and moisturize aging skin
*Heal mild wounds
*Provide antioxidant benefits
*Soften hair and produce a shinier appearance

Some of these applications are supported by scientific evidence, but very few studies have been conducted on the cosmetic uses of Macadamia nut oil.
However, a recent review of related literature found that the fatty acid composition of Macadamia nut oil has potential in the cosmetic industry.

Macadamia nut oil can also be used for cooking.
Replacing saturated fat, such as lard or butter with an unsaturated fat such as Macadamia nut oil, may boost heart health.

Macadamia Nut Oil is made up of about 80% mono-unsaturated fatty acids.
With its high levels of palmitoleic acid, Macadamia nut oil penetrates the skin easily while leaving behind a protective film, making it ideal for delicate skin.

Macadamia nut oil is also very rich in oleic acid, which has emollient properties. It makes the skin soft, supple, and more radiant.
Macadamia nut oil moisturizes and nourishes dry skin and prevents the peroxidation of cellular lipids.




MACADAMIA NUT OIL HEALTH BENEFITS:
*Heart health improves with monounsaturated oils:
Macadamia nut oil contains one of the highest levels of monounsaturated fats amongst all food oils, and at 84%, is even higher than Olive Oil.
And while Macadamia nut oil may sound bad to have high levels of fat, it is the type of fat that matters.
These types of fats (monounsaturated) actually help to lower the bad type of cholesterol (saturated).

This is great for heart health because LDL cholesterol (the bad type) contributes to plaque in the arteries, and the HDL cholesterol (the good type), carries the LDL type back to the liver, where it is broken down and passed through the body.
This lowers your bad cholesterol and results in less chance of heart disease or stroke.

Macadamia nut oil gives great results for your skin
The great thing about using macadamia nut oil for your skin is it can be taken internally or topically for great results.
Each drop is rich in essential fatty acids, such as palmitoleic acid, which helps prevent premature aging, and Oleic Acid, which helps to prevent trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL), making it perfect for moisturizing dry, sensitive skin.

Macadamia nut oil is also high in phytosterols, which are the building blocks of our cellular membrane and structure.
Phytosterols work the same way that cholesterol does in our skin, which is one of the reasons why macadamia nut oil is known to help repair the skin’s barrier function.

Healthy Hair is given an extra boost with macadamia nut oil
Hair follicles produce natural sebum which contains palmitoleic, one of the aforementioned fatty acids.
As we grow older, our body produces less and less of this substance, and as a result, our hair begins to lose its strength and shine.

As macadamia nut oil contains a high proportion of this omega-7 monounsaturated fat, it gives the hair an extra boost, either when ingested or rubbed into the hair directly.


*Macadamia nut oil contains natural antioxidants:
Macadamia nut oil is also very high in natural antioxidants and contains Omega 3 and Omega 6, which can have a powerful effect on the overall health of the body.

Antioxidants fight off free radicals, dangerous atoms in the body which have a spare electron and want to attach to something.
They are dangerous because once they attach to you, they can corrupt your DNA, causing cancer.
A healthy balance of antioxidants can reduce cancer risk, slow the aging process and lessen the risk of vision loss due to cataracts and macular degeneration.

Macadamia nut oil is a great source of fiber to increase energy levels
Like most nuts, macadamia nuts are a reliable source of fiber and calories.
Just a dozen nuts (30 grams) contain about 10 percent of your daily fiber needs.

Fiber is important in your daily diet because Macadamia nut oil not only aids digestion but also slows the rate at which sugar is absorbed into the bloodstream.
Their high-calorie content also gives a boost of energy “on the go”, perfect if you don’t have time to stop for a meal.

Highly stable to oxidation, Refined Macadamia Nut Oil offers exceptionally good emolliency and it absorbs well into the skin.
Macadamia nut oil will not stain clothing, making it an ideal massage or tanning oil while divinely imparting a slightly nutty aroma.
Macadamia nut oil is a light amber, mobile liquid.



10 BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Apart from being a great moisturiser for the skin and an excellent conditioner for your hair, here are some incredible benefits of macadamia nut oil:
There are multiple benefits of using Macadamia nut oil for skin, hair and body.
Although there are other oils like olive oil, coconut oil amongst others that are usually used for cooking, eating, skin care and hair care, people have started considering Macadamia nut oil now more than ever.

In fact, this nutty and sweet flavoured oil is 40 times stronger than olive oil, which means Macadamia nut oil can potentially reduce the risk of heart ailments, inflammation, and stroke among other things.
Now let’s discuss in detail ten amazing and some lesser-known benefits of Macadamia nut oil.


1. Macadamia nut oil Helps Reduce Itchiness and Rash:
Macadamia nut oil contains phytosterols, which help reduce inflammation.
Being rich in omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids, Macadamia nut oil aids sensitive skin, and reduces itchiness and rashes along with easing out skin conditions like psoriasis and eczema.

If you’re unsure or trying Macadamia nut oil for the first time, then you can start with the Pure Sense Relaxing Macadamia Deep Nourishing Face Cleansing Oil.
Macadamia nut oil is a luxuriously unique cleansing oil that gently cleanses your skin and hydrates it.

As this face wash has a non-drying formula, Macadamia nut oil pampers your skin by satiating its thirst for moisture.
Since the Macadamia nut oil-infused cleansing oil nourishes your skin and calms your senses, you can use it without worrying about rash formation or itchiness.


2. Macadamia nut oil Repairs Scars and Stretch Marks:
Macadamia nut oil for skin is proven to be beneficial in treating stretch marks, healing chapped skin and repairing scars as it contains high levels of linoleic, palmitoleic and oleic acid.
Macadamia nut oil helps nourish the skin and works as a great moisturiser.


3. Macadamia nut oil Prevents Premature Wrinkles:
Macadamia nut oil also contains a rare antioxidant called squalene that helps prevent premature formation of wrinkles on your skin, by shooting up the regeneration of skin keratinocytes.

Apart from palmitoleic acid, another acid in macadamia nut oil that helps keep the skin hydrated and supple is linoleic acid.
Macadamia nut oil benefits baby skin, mature skin, dry skin, hence it is a useful ingredient in eye creams and lip balms as it has great levels of hydration.


4. Macadamia nut oil Heals Chapped Lips:
Since Macadamia nut oil helps reduce inflammation in wounds or sores, it is used in various cosmetic products including lipsticks, sunscreen, skin conditioners and many more.

You can even make a natural lip balm using Macadamia nut oil and beeswax.
Macadamia nut oil helps hydrate chapped lips and noticeably changes the appearance and health of your lips.
If you don’t have time for DIY, no problem.

You can try the Pure Sense Macadamia Nourishing Lip Balm that is infused with the goodness of Macadamia nut oil.
Macadamia nut oil is made with organic ingredients and is free from sulphates and parabens.
Along with Macadamia nut oil, this nourishing lip balm also contains castor oil that helps get rid of discolouration and gives your lips a fresher look.


5. Macadamia nut oil Tames Frizzy, Dry and Dull Hair:
Macadamia nut oil contains fatty acids that add moisture to the hair.
This works great for dry and frizzy hair as Macadamia nut oil is lightweight and non-greasy.
So, the moisturisation that Macadamia nut oil provides transforms your lifeless hair into fresh and healthy-looking hair without weighing it down.


6. Macadamia nut oil Hydrates the Scalp and Regenerates Scalp Skin:
Macadamia nut oil has the ability to regularise the oil production of the scalp, hence keeping the scalp and hair moisturised at all times.
As mentioned earlier, Macadamia nut oil contains linoleic acid that helps restore skin barrier function, while oleic acid regenerates scalp skin, softens it by moisturisation and nourishment.

Macadamia nut oil powerfully boosts the overall health of your hair right from the roots.
Speaking of how Macadamia nut oil works wonders to protect your scalp health, you can go a step further to give your hair the care it deserves with the Pure Sense Macadamia Deep Nourish Hair Care Combo.

Infused with macadamia, this deep nourishing hair care combo includes a hair cleanser and hair conditioner, which gently clean and nourish your scalp and leave it looking frizz-free.
Enriched with ethically sourced macadamia nut oil, the hair conditioner locks in the nutrients that soften your hair and adds a natural shine as well.


7. Macadamia nut oil Regulates Oil Production:
Macadamia nut oil has the ability to regularise the oil production of the scalp, hence keeping the scalp and hair moisturised at all times.
The oleic acid in Macadamia nut oil renews and restores body levels for sebum production.
This helps people with oily hair type as Macadamia nut oil puts a stop to oil overproduction and in turn, reduces dandruff and other bacteria.


8. Macadamia nut oil is Packed with Antioxidants:
Just like most nuts, macadamia nuts are also a great source of antioxidants.
Free radicals can increase the risk of heart diseases, diabetes and Alzheimer's disease that can be significantly neutralised by antioxidants in order to reduce the risk of such diseases.
Macadamia nut oil is also rich in tocotrienols, a form of vitamin E that helps lower cholesterol levels.


9. Macadamia nut oil Works Best for Roasting, Baking and Deep-Frying:
Macadamia nut oil has a smooth buttery flavour and works phenomenally for roasting, baking and deep-frying food.
You can also use Macadamia nut oil as a base for salad dressing and a substitute for butter when you bake cookies or other such food items.


10. Macadamia nut oil Aids Weight Loss:
Macadamia nut oil is loaded with minerals, vitamins, antioxidants, fibre and healthy fats; all of which promote weight loss.
Palmitoleic acid in Macadamia nut oil helps increase fat metabolism and reduce fat storage.
The omega-7 fatty oil controls the burning of fat and appetite that indirectly supports weight loss.



FUNCTIONALITY OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*Macadamia nut oil is an excellent emollient.
*Macadamia nut oil is a good oil for hair care products & sun care products.
*Macadamia nut oil aids in relieving skin & scalp irritation, both inflammation & itching.
*Macadamia nut oil is a popular lubricating oil, commonly used in massage for this very reason.
*Macadamia nut oil has very stable & a decent shelf life.
*Macadamia nut oil is a very good carrier to blend with other oils, mainly essential oils.
Due to its refined state the profile of Macadamia nut oil does not impact the aroma of the essential oil.
*Macadamia nut oil is a cost effective carrier oil, so you can buy lots of it!



PRODUCTION AND EXTRACTION OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
The Macadamia tree is an evergreen tree that belongs to the plant family Proteaceae, which is indigenous to Australia and can grow to 12 metres in height.
Macadamia nut trees have been a major small-holder crop in Kenya for the last 30 years.
The tropical climate found around the equator in Kenya, along with the fertile soils found in the Kenyan highlands, makes for ideal Macadamia growing conditions.

Fairoils conducts all macadamia processing at our Athi River facility, south of Nairobi, Kenya.
The very hard exterior shell of the Macadamia nut is cracked (and retained) to extract the oil-rich kernel.
Fairoils then cold presses on purpose-built oil presses to produce a pure & natural macadamia nut oil.

Macadamia nut oil is double-filtered before being stored in large stainless-steel tanks capped with nitrogen, to preclude oxidation.
Kenya is a major food-grade kernel exporter into the US & Europe.
The very selective nature of the export industry means a large portion of nuts are rejected.

Fairoils provides these farmers a valuable second income stream by offering them a market for their rejected nuts.
The main harvest season in Kenya is from March to August, but often kernel exporters hold large volumes of nuts allowing for rejected kernels to be available until October/ November.

The macadamia kernel has a very high oil content yielding 58% to 60% of oil by weight. Macadamia nut oil contains one of the highest levels of monounsaturated fats amongst all food-grade oils including Olive Oil.
Macadamia nut oil is rich in essential fatty acids and also contains Omega 3, Omega 6 and Omega 7.



HEALTHY FATS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil has one of the highest concentrations of monounsaturated fats (oleic acid) of available oils.
This incredible omega-9 fat, oleic acid, helps maintain a healthy heart. In fact, Macadamia nut oil's considered the gold standard for optimizing the health of our internal environment.
Macadamia nut oil is so high in monounsaturated fats (84-85% by weight) that it even surpasses extra virgin olive oil (65-74% by weight).



IDEAL RATIO OF ESSENTIAL FATTY ACIDS, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil has a perfect ratio of Omega-6 to Omega-3 fatty acids, 1:1.
Our hunter-gatherer ancestors ate an equal balance (1:1 ratio) of linoleic acid (Omega-6) to alpha linolenic acid (Omega-3) essential fatty acids (EFAs).
Junk food, rampant vegetable oil use, and the feeding of grain to food animals (even fish) have resulted in our current consumption ratios rising to a scary 20:1 ratio.



GREAT FOR COOKING, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil has an extremely high smoke point (410 degrees), which means it's excellent for stir-fry and baking.
Olive oil has a much lower smoke point (325 degrees or less) and Macadamia nut oil degrades when used in cooking.
Macadamia nut oil has a sweet buttery taste, is resistant to oxidation, and is extremely high in vitamin E (four times higher than olive oil) making it the ideal heart-healthy, performance-enhancing, fat.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil is cold pressed from the nut of the macadamia tree, an evergreen with white to pink and purple flowers, which is native to Australia.
Most of the commercially cultivated Macadamia ternifolia trees are now located in Hawaii and East Africa.
The macadamia nut oil is high in omega 7, palmitic acid (22%) which is excellent for treating dry, mature and damaged skin.

Macadamia nut oil's hydrating effects are long lasting and the moisture is retained for many hours.
If used on its own, Macadamia nut oil may feel a little heavy with its oily, protective barrier on the skin.
Macadamia nut oil can be combined in massage blends and skincare formulations with one of the lighter oils, such as apricot or grapeseed, to reduce heaviness and increase absorption.


The rich, ‘cushiony’ feel of Macadamia nut oil is a quality that is particularly useful where a heavier cream is desired, such as highly emollient creams and sun lotions.
Its ability to leave a silky, non-greasy finish also makes Macadamia nut oil popular in hair products for smoothing the cuticle and leaving a lustrous shine.

As far as nuts go macadamia nuts are king because they are highest in healthy monounsaturated fats and lowest in inflammatory omega-6 fats.
Macadamia nut oil is an extremely stable oil, with a longer shelf life than many other cold pressed oils.
The stability, together with its emollient quality and similarity to human sebum, make Macadamia nut oil a popular ingredient in cosmetics, especially skincare formulas.

Macadamia nut oil is not only nutritious in terms of its oils, but in its host of vitamins – A, B1, B2, B6, C and E – and its mineral content.
Macadamia nut oil’s phytosterol content is attributed with aiding skin recovery, reducing itchiness and inflammation (like a ‘natural cortisone’).



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Appearance: pale yellow to amber oily liquid (est)
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No
Saponification Value: 193.00 to 198.00
Flash Point: > 320.00 °F. TCC ( > 160.00 °C. )
Soluble in: cyclomethicone, dimethicone, cloudy, glycerin, cloudy, isopropyl myristate,
mineral oil, propylene glycol, cloudy, sorbitol, cloudy,
soybean oil, sunflower oil, water, 2.551e-020 mg/L @ 25 °C (est)
Insoluble in:, water, dimethicone, alcohol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, glycerin
APPEARANCE AT 20°C Slight viscous clear liquid
COLOR Pale yellow to yellow-orange
ODOR Nearly odorless
OPTICAL ROTATION (°) 0 / 0
DENSITY AT 20°C (G/ML)) 0,905 - 0,920
REFRACTIVE INDEX ND20 1,4600 - 1,4700
FLASHPOINT (°C) 340
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water
ASSAY (% GC) Oleic acid: 55-65% - palmitoleic acid: 15-30%
ACID VALUE (MG KOH/G) < 5
Botanical Name: Foliage of the Macadamia Tree
Macadamia integrifolia
Aroma: Sweet, Fatty and Nutty.
More Fragrant than Sweet Almond Oil and Other Nut Oils.
Viscosity: Thick
Absorption/Feel: Macadamia Nuts
Leaves an Oily Film on the Skin
Color: Clear with a Yellow Tinge



MACADAMIA NUT OIL
Macadamia Nut Oil is an oil, commonly known as witch hazel, obtained from Macademia hazelnut.
In other words, Macadamia Nut Oil is obtained from Macademia hazelnut.



CAS Number: 159518-86-2



Macadamia Nut Oil is made from high-quality nuts from Australia’s sunshine state, Queensland.
As well as its natural health benefits, the Macadamia Nut Oil is the perfect oil to use with food.
Macadamia Nut Oil has a buttery and delicate quality, and is perfect for high-heat cooking (smoke point 210°C).


Bring a touch of smoothness to your meals with this delicious oil, Macadamia Nut Oil.
Transform Your Meals With Our Delicious Macadamia Nut Oil
By using our extra virgin Macadamia Nut Oil in your cooking, you can transform a regular meal into something special.


Macadamia Nut Oil is an oil, commonly known as witch hazel, obtained from Macadamia hazelnut.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains high amounts of palmitoleic acid, okeic acid and linoleic acid.
Macadamia Nut Oil also contains omega-6,7 and 3. In addition to all these, it has vitamin E and antioxidant properties.


Macadamia Nut Oil is an oil, commonly known as witch hazel, obtained from Macademia hazelnut.
In other words, Macadamia Nut Oil is obtained from Macademia hazelnut.
Macadamia Nut Oil has vitamin E and antioxidant properties.


Macadamia Nut Oil is used in the field of phytotherapy, the most preferred type of Witch Hazel in cosmetics is “Hamamelis Virginiana”.
Macadamia Nut Oil has been determined that the valuable components contained in witch hazel oil have many benefits on the skin.
In the field of cosmetics, witch hazel oil also has moisturizing, firming, repairing, strengthening, anti-aging, antioxidant, sebum-balancing and cleansing, anti-redness and anti-acne properties.


To have a healthy skin and hair, care with Macadamia Nut Oil.
Ingredients: Hamamelis Virginiana Bark / Leaf Extract
There are no other oils or mixtures in the product content.


Macadamia Nut Oil is produced in its pure form.
Macadamia Nut Oil does not contain any preservatives.
Macadamia Nut Oil is obtained from the macadamia nut (Macadamia Ternifolia), a tree that grows mainly in Australia, South Africa and the Pacific regions.


The oil content of the fresh Macadamia Nut Oil is 75%.
The cold pressed oil, Macadamia Nut Oil, is pale yellow or gold with a characteristic odour.
Macadamia Nut Oil is customary to use the refined quality which is almost colourless/a pale yellow and is almost odourless.


Macadamia nut oil contains 80% monounsaturated fatty acids, with a ratio of 3:1 oleic and palmitoleic.
Macadamia Nut Oil is one of the oils with a higher content of palmitoleic, about 20%, and it is this content that differentiates it from other oils.
Macadamia Nut Oil is easily absorbed in the surface layers of the skin with an anti-inflammatory action.


Macadamia Nut Oil is also valued for its draining action, anti-inflammatory and protection of the circulatory system.
Macadamia Nut Oil is used for facial and body application.
Macadamia Nut Oil has emollient, nourishing, softening and firming properties.


People often overlook Macadamia Nut Oil for cooking, but it is a healthful source of unsaturated fats, vitamin E, and antioxidants.
Macadamia Nut Oil also has a higher smoke point than many other fats and oils, including olive oil.
This makes Macadamia Nut Oil a good choice for sautéing, roasting, and grilling.


Some people also use pure Macadamia Nut Oil as a skin moisturizer and hair conditioner, claiming that topical application has a number of health benefits.
However, most of the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal or indirect.
Macadamia Nut Oil is generally safe to use in both cooking and on the hair and skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil, also known as macadamia oil, is a non-volatile oil extracted from the nuts of the macadamia tree (Macadamia integrifolia), indigenous to Australia.
Macadamia Nut Oil is cold-pressed from the nuts of the Macadamia integrifolia tree, native to Australia. With its beautiful nutty odour.


Macadamia Nut Oil, made only with the finest sourced nuts.
Macadamia Nut Oil's rich and nutty flavor and nutritional benefits make it popular for cooking, roasting and dressings, or as an alternative to butter for baking and frying.


This is a fantastic, regenerative oil, Macadamia Nut Oil, which is high in mono-unsaturated fatty acids and contains levels of Palmitoleic Acid unlike any other known plant oil.
This promotes youthful, hydrated skin.


Rich in Omega 3 and 6 fatty acids, Macadamia Nut Oil has been successfully used to help heal scars and sunburns and is considered safe for use in facial and baby products too.
Macadamia Nut Oil is thicker than most carrier oils with a soft and slightly sticky feel on the skin and can take up to one hour to be absorbed.


This long surface time provides good lubrication which makes Macadamia Nut Oil excellent for whole body massage oils.
Once absorbed, Macadamia Nut Oil leaves the skin feeling soft and smooth.
This fatty acid is also present in human sebum, which decreases with age, which is why Macadamia Nut Oil can be beneficial in anti-ageing formulations.


Macadamia Nut Oil has been cold pressed straight from the nut.
The cold pressing process helps to retain all the nutritional qualities found within the Macadamia Nut Oil.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains one of the highest levels of mono-unsaturated fat amongst the culinary oils which makes it an important addition to a healthy diet.


Macadamia Nut Oil is also high in antioxidants and Omega 3 & Omega 6.
The Macadamia tree, or Macadamia integrifolia, is a small tree native to Queensland, Australia.
The Macadamia tree grows between 2 and 12 meters high and is an evergreen species.


This tree produces white, pink or purple flowers as well as a woody fruit that when cracked open displays two seeds.
These seeds, or nuts, are known as macadamia nuts and when cold- pressed produce an oil.
The oil is golden or pale yellow in colour and has very little scent.


The Macadamia tree obtained its name from the German-Australian botanist Ferdinand von Mueller who named the tree after his friend and scientist, Dr. John Macadam.
Indigenous people in Queensland had been consuming macadamia nuts for centuries before Europeans had discovered it.


Indigenous cultures refer to the Macadamia Nut Oil as bauple, gyndl, jindilli, and boombera.
Macadamia Nut Oil boasts many health benefits due to its high levels of selenium, zinc and fatty acids.
Macadamia Nut Oil is a rich source of oleic acid and palmitoleic acid, fatty acids found naturally in the skin.


Palmitoleic acid contains squalene, preventing against winter chapping.
Macadamia Nut Oil is a highly nutrient dense oil extracted from the nuts of the Macadamia integrifolia tree.
This abundant tree is native to Australia and is also found in certain regions of Hawaii.


Macadamia nut oil has an exquisite taste and is a true delicacy with a fine, delicate, buttery flavour.
The large round macadamia nuts are carefully peeled and processed and are organically grown.
Pamper yourself with this cold-pressed organic luxury oil, Macadamia Nut Oil!


Enjoy this exquisite oil, Macadamia Nut Oil, on green salads or fresh cheeses, or with fish, soups and fresh juices.
Pour over fine desserts and enjoy the slightly sweet, lively flavour of Macadamia nut oil.
Macadamia Nut Oil has a pale yellow color and a slightly nutty flavor.


After opening Macadamia Nut Oil must be stored in the refrigerator. Macadamia Nut Oil is recommended to consume one teaspoon a day.
Macadamia Nut Oil is the healthiest of all cooking oils, at 80% monounsaturated.
Macadamia Nut Oil tastes good, too!


We love the subtle, nutty flavor of this pure macadamia nut oil
Ideal for stir fry and sauté dishes with a high smoke point of 389°F.
Macadamia Nut Oildelicious with fish, chicken and vegetable dishes.


Excellent as Macadamia Nut Oil for salad dressings or to be used in baking as a substitute for butter.
Macadamia Nut Oil is a refined oil with is very light with a neutral odor.
Macadamia Nut Oil is rich in palmitoleic acid, which is bound to a natural triglyceride, therefore it is easily absorbed into the upper skin layers.


Macadamia Nut Oil has excellent spreading properties.
Macadamia Nut Oil has emollient, regenerative and skin conditioning properties.
Best if Macadamia Nut Oil is used within 9 months of the manufacture date.


Macadamia Nut Oil is a rich, restorative oil.
Macadamia Nut Oil can help fight the signs of ageing and is an ideal carrier oil for the face.
Macadamia Nut Oilcomes from the pressed nuts of the Macadamia Tree.


Macadamia Nut Oil has an exotic scent which works well with robust, woody aromatherapy essential oils such as Sandalwood, Cedarwood and Frankincense.
Macadamia Nut Oil is a delight for the skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains monounsaturated fatty acids, and closely resembles sebum (the oil naturally produced by one's skin to help protect it) and absorptions quickly into skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil is an unrefined oil that is sensitive to light and will degrade accordingly.
Macadamia Nut Oil has a beautiful nutty odor.
Macadamia Nut Oil is an especially rich oil that is recommended for mature skin care.


Macadamia Nut Oil contains high levels of palmitoleic acid which protects against environmental damage and squalene which regenerates skin cells and provides a protective barrier layer. Ideal for winter skin care products and lip care.
Macadamia Nut Oil is cold-pressed and unrefined so it has a distinctive nutty scent.


Macadamia Nut Oil can be blended with other vegetable oils to dilute the aroma whilst still making the most of its beneficial properties.
Macadamia nut oil is expeller pressed from the kernels of the macadamia tree’s fruit, yielding a versatile lightweight oil naturally high in palmitoleic and oleic fatty acid content.


Macadamia Nut Oil is virgin, meaning it is unrefined and therefore carries a characteristic color and nutty aroma with natural variation due to the raw material.
Macadamia Nut Oil is relatively stable with resistance to oxidation due to its fatty acid makeup and has a higher smoke point than a large portion of other vegetable oils.


Macadamia Nut Oil is an excellent ingredient in cosmetic and personal-care formulations due to its natural emollient properties.
Macadamia Nut Oil is excellent skin care oil for all skin types.
Macadamia Nut Oil is known as “the vanishing oil” as it is very readily absorbed due to it’s similarity to the fatty acid profile of skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil is very high in palmitoleic acid, one that our skin’s production of diminishes as we age.
Macadamia nut oil contains approximately 60% oleic acid, 19% palmitoleic acid, 1-3% linoleic acid and 1-2% α-linolenic acid.
Some varieties contain roughly equal omega-6 and omega-3.


Although macadamia is cultivated in many different parts of the world, the oil’s fatty acid profile is not greatly influenced by environmental factors.
Macadamia Nut Oildisplays chemical properties typical of a vegetable triglyceride oil.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also very stable due to its low polyunsaturated fat content


Macadamia Nut Oil contains up to 85% monounsaturated fats
Macadamia Nut Oil has an unrefrigerated shelf life of one to two years
Macadamia Nut Oil has a smoke point of 210 °C


Macadamia Nut Oil has a flashpoint of over 300 °C
The Macadamia is a large tropical tree, known above all for its little round nut with a very delicate taste and high oil content.
Native to the forests of Australia, the Macadamia is now cultivated mainly in Hawaii and on Kenyan plateaus.


The Macadamia nut has been known in Aboriginal medicine for thousands of years by virtue of the great treasure it contains, a softening and repairing oil that is particularly rich in unsaturated fatty acids.
Macadamia Oil comes from the pressed nuts of the Macadamia tree.


After cold pressed process, we get a pale-yellow vegetable oil that is light, non-greasy, and easily absorbed into the skin and hair shaft.
Macadamia Nut Oil is priceless delight for the skin.
Oleic aci, which is omega-9 fatty acid, is very moisturizing and regenerating.


Together with linoleic acid in Macadamia Oil helps restore skin’s barrier function and reduce water loss.
Macadamia Nut Oil is an excellent carrier for all anti-aging benefits.
Omega-7 fatty acids also protect hair strands from breaking easily. Ideal for handling heavy curls and frizz hair.



USES and APPLICATIONS of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil is primarily used in unheated forms, such as dressings and drizzles.
This is based on the premise that its unheated use better preserves the oil's delicate flavor and nutritional components.
Therefore, while Macadamia Nut Oil's heat tolerance supports its use in cooking, it is often preferred in raw applications to fully leverage its unique flavor profile.


Macadamia Nut Oil is used in culinary applications as a frying or salad oil, and in cosmetics for its emollient properties and as a fragrance fixative.
Macadamia Nut Oil is rich in monounsaturated fatty acids, and closely resembles sebum (the oil naturally produced by our skin to help protect it) and hence absorbs quickly into the skin without feeling greasy.


Macadamia Nut Oil has been used by Indigenous Australians for thousands of years for both medicinal purposes and cosmetic purposes.
Macadamia nut oil is one of the highest sources of Palmitoleic Fatty Acids, a monounsaturated fatty acid found in the sebum of skin.
As we age our skin becomes depleted of this sebum, which is why Macadamia Nut Oil works wonder for aging and mature skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil has a reasonable smoke point (210°C) which means it can be used in stir fries, sautéing as well as being used instead of butter in baking recipes or to coat vegetables.
You could also use Macadamia Nut Oil to dress salads.


Macadamia Nut Oil is thought to penetrate the skin better and more deeply than most other carrier oils and leaves no oily residue.
This makes Macadamia Nut Oil a great base oil to use for massage blends with essential oils as it helps to infuse the positive properties of the essential oils into the skin.


Macadamia Nut Oil is easily-absorbed and a fantastic skin conditioner.
Macadamia Nut Oil is especially beneficial for dry, mature and wrinkle-prone skin as it has high amounts of the same palmitoleic acid found in the sebum of humans.


Macadamia Nut Oil works very well on its own but is even better when used as a carrier oil combined with pure essential oils.
Macadamia Nut Oil is very beneficial for the skin, enhancing the skins own restorative and protective properties and helping to support the skins ability to heal itself.


Macadamia Nut Oil is a potent source of Omega-9 fatty acids and can be used in many ways for personal care and to enhance any cuisine.
As skin gets older it produces less sebum making Macadamia Nut Oil perhaps the perfect oil for ageing skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil is rich in nutrients and essential fatty acids and has exceptionally good absorption properties.


Macadamia Nut Oil has historically been used for scars, sunburn, minor wounds and other skin irritations.
Macadamia Nut Oil is particularly popular as a facial massage oil in beauty salons and is also good for adding moisture to the décolletage after sun exposure.


Macadamia Nut Oil is easily absorbed into the skin, making it a common carrier oil used in topical skincare products such as face serums, lotions, skin creams, and moisturizers.
In addition to personal-care uses, Macadamia Nut Oil is sought-after throughout the culinary industry as a cooking oil and in a variety of sauces, salad dressings, and packaged food items.


Macadamia Nut Oil is used Skincare formulas, creams, lotions, massage oils, reflexology creams/oils, hair-care and bath products.
Totally edible – Macadamia Nut Oil can be used in food as a frying or salad oil, as well as in cosmetic formulations as an emollient or fragrance fixative.


Macadamia Nut Oil can also be used for frying as it has a high heat capacity.
Use on Macadamia Nut Oilown (it does have a nutty smell, somewhat similar to macadamia nuts!!) or blend with Rosehip oil, Rose, Neroli or other essential oils for a truly exquisite facial treat!


-Uses of Macadamia Nut Oil in food:
Macadamia Nut Oil possesses properties conducive to high-heat cooking, such as a high smoke point and resistance to oxidative degradation.
These qualities suggest its suitability for culinary techniques involving heat.
A study examining the blend of refined bleached deodorized palm olein oil and Macadamia integrifolia oil for deep-fat frying found that the latter displayed enhanced stability and reduced oxidation, highlighting its potential for high-temperature cooking applications.


-Topical skin application:
Macadamia Nut Oil is an ingredient in many skin care products, but can a person also apply the pure oil directly to the skin.
It is important to test Macadamia Nut Oil on a small area of the skin first. ,
Although Macadamia Nut Oil is generally safe, some people may develop a rash after applying it directly to the skin.
People with tree nut allergies should avoid using Macadamia Nut Oil.


-Uses Of Macadamia Nut Oil For Cooking:
Macadamia Nut Oil being an extremely pleasant tasting oil is extremely versatile.
Macadamia Nut Oil has a smooth buttery flavor and may be used for roasting, baking, and deep frying deep frying.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also great for salad dressing and as a butter substitute in baking.
Macadamia Nut Oil can also be used as a foundation for salad dressings and a butter alternative in baking.



BENEFITS AND USES OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Used cosmetically or topically in general, Macadamia Nut Oil is reputed to refresh, revive, and strengthen the skin with its emollience.
It is believed to even out the complexion with toning properties that promote the clearing of conditions such as acne and eczema, thereby enhancing skin's texture and appearance.

Being light in consistency, Macadamia Nut Oil exhibits fast absorption into the skin without clogging pores and makes both a reparative moisturizer for dry, blemished skin as well as an ideal ingredient in natural massage blends.
Macadamia Nut Oil works to balance oil production in the skin of all types while soothing inflammation and shielding skin against harsh environmental pollutants.

When used in haircare applications like as an ingredient in natural shampoos or conditioners, Macadamia Nut Oil has the same protective effect, conditioning the hair and scalp to naturally calm inflammation and promote the health, luster, growth, and strength of the strands.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also great for lips, it locks in moisture and softens lips naturally.



5 BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL FOR YOUR SKIN:
1. Smoother skin
Macadamia nut oil helps to achieve smoother skin and helps to build and strengthen the skin barrier.
Oleic acid, found in macadamia nut oil, is great for maintaining skin suppleness.
Macadamia nut oil has a lot of additional fatty acids in addition to oleic acid, which help to soften your skin and protect it from ever feeling tight or dry.


2. Hydrated
In terms of hydration, the water you're drinking nourishes every other part of your body and your skin is the last body part that gets any hydration.
Drinking a lot of water won't give you exceptionally moisturised skin.
We recommend you try Macadamia nut oil because it has everything your skin needs to be hydrated and maintain its own natural moisture balance.
Macadamia oil is packed with vitamin E, which binds to water and keeps it in the cells of your skin.


3. Calm
Do you have sensitive skin?
Does your face become red and inflamed no matter what you put on it?
Macadamia nut oil contains higher quantities of Omega 3 and Omega 6 fatty acids, which have potent calming properties.

Even the most sensitive skin types can benefit from macadamia nut oil since it has a balanced amount of omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids.
Macadamia nut oil can help calm and soothe skin that is red, itchy, dry, flaky, or otherwise irritated in order to help it return to its normal equilibrium.
Even if your skin is naturally oily, macadamia nut oil is a fantastic choice for you.
Macadamia Nut Oil improves your skin’s natural oil barrier.


4. Antioxidant Rich
Antioxidants are essential for the health of your skin cells.
Free radicals are unstable molecules that attach to your skin cells and harm them.
Antioxidants assist your skin cells fight off and neutralise the free radicals.

Free radicals are produced by the sun's ultraviolet radiation, smoking, pollution, and even food additives like sugar.
Skin that has been damaged by free radicals seems dull and older than it actually is.
Squalene, one of the most potent antioxidants found in macadamia nut oil, is also its best antioxidant.

Your cell's reaction to free radical stresses is lessened by squalene.
Your body produces squalene naturally, but as we get older, these levels decrease.
This is where macadamia nut oil comes in handy, supplying squalene to the cells, shielding our skin, and enabling it to age in the most elegant way.


5. Visibly reduce the appearance of wrinkles
By promoting the regeneration of skin keratinocytes, the palmitoleic acid and squalene found in macadamia nut oil may work to delay the onset of wrinkles.
Additionally, linoleic acid aids in maintaining the skin's moisture content and suppleness by lowering trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL).
Macadamia oil's moisturising properties are beneficial for dry skin, aged skin, newborn skin, lip balms, and eye creams.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
This oil is cold pressed from the nut of the macadamia tree, an evergreen with white to pink and purple flowers, which is native to Australia.
Most of the commercially cultivated Macadamia ternifolia trees are now located in Hawaii and East Africa.

Macadamia Nut Oilis high in omega 7, palmitic acid (22%) which is excellent for treating dry, mature and damaged skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil's hydrating effects are long lasting and the moisture is retained for many hours.
If used on its own, Macadamia Nut Oil may feel a little heavy with its oily, protective barrier on the skin.

Macadamia Nut Oil can be combined in massage blends and skincare formulations with one of the lighter oils, such as apricot or grapeseed, to reduce heaviness and increase absorption.

The rich, ‘cushiony’ feel of Macadamia Nut Oil is a quality that is particularly useful where a heavier cream is desired, such as highly emollient creams and sun lotions.
Its ability to leave a silky, non-greasy finish also makes Macadamia Nut Oil popular in hair products for smoothing the cuticle and leaving a lustrous shine.

As far as nuts go macadamia nuts are king because they are highest in healthy monounsaturated fats and lowest in inflammatory omega-6 fats.
Macadamia Nut Oil is an extremely stable oil, with a longer shelf life than many other cold pressed oils.
The stability, together with its emollient quality and similarity to human sebum, make Macadamia Nut Oil a popular ingredient in cosmetics, especially skincare formulas.

Macadamia Nut Oil is not only nutritious in terms of its oils, but in its host of vitamins – A, B1, B2, B6, C and E – and its mineral content.
Macadamia Nut Oil’s phytosterol content is attributed with aiding skin recovery, reducing itchiness and inflammation (like a ‘natural cortisone’).



10 BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL FOR SKINCARE:
Other than jojoba oil (which is actually considered a waxy ester as opposed to an oil) it's the closest match to the naturally occurring sebum of the skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil is hypoallergenic and non-comedogenic oil.
Macadamia Nut Oil contains squalene and oleic acid that assists with cell regeneration, making this oil particularly useful for dry or chapped skin as it softens and moisturises.

Macadamia Nut Oil contains omega 6 linoleic acid which is useful for balancing sebum production in oily skin and creates a natural protective barrier.
The shell in which Macadamia Nut Oil is housed and added to the oil is rich in naturally occurring vitamin E.
Oils extracted from macadamia contain omega 7 or palmitoleic acid, which is beneficial for wound healing, wounds, scratches and burns.

Macadamia Nut Oil contains phytosterols that assist with itchiness and redness.
Macadamia Nut Oil's highly emollient oil, yet light and penetrating that's excellent for dry and mature skins that have a reduced production of natural sebum.

The oil extracted from Macadamia Nut Oil has excellent spreadability, lubrication and penetration properties that imparts a smooth non greasy after effect.
Macadamia Nut Oil also has a slight sunscreen effect.
When you eat it, Macadamia Nut Oil has the perfect balance of omega 3:6 ratio (essential fatty acids our bodies don’t manufacture).

Omega-3 is a renowned anti-inflammatory and omega-6 is a pro-inflammatory, making it useful for any disease that is inflammatory in nature such as arthritis and cardiovascular disease.

Apart from all the goodies it delivers to your skin, the composition of oil extracted from macadamia is rich in phytochemical compound such as tocopherols, squalene and tocotrienols, which protect the oil against oxidation.
While a lot of oils go rancid fairly quickly, Macadamia Nut Oil is considered stable once harvested for a period of two years.



HOW TO USE MACADAMIA NUT OIL IN YOUR COOKING:
*As a salad dressing
For a delicious salad dressing, Macadamia Nut Oil makes a great base.
Macadamia salad dressing recipe is quick and simple to make, combine Macadamia Nut Oil, red-wine vinegar, caster sugar, Dijon mustard, salt and pepper and apply liberally.


*As a marinade
Macadamia Nut Oil also makes a fantastic base for a full-flavoured marinade.
Moroccan lamb with macadamia rice pilaf recipe is a hearty and healthy meal, sure to prove a hit with your family.
Lamb backstraps are marinated with a flavoursome mixture of mac oil, garlic, cumin and sumac.


*In a stir fry
A hot wok and Macadamia Nut Oil is the perfect starting point for your next stir fry.
This chicken, mushroom and Macadamia Nut Oil stir fry is a quick and crowd-pleasing mid-week family dinner.

Macadamia Nut Oil as a substitute for butter when baking.
Another smart way to use Macadamia Nut Oil is as substitute for butter.

In this decadent spiced chocolate fruit cake recipe, raisins, prunes, rum and chocolate feature alongside the secret ingredient: half a cup of Brookfarm’s Premium Grade Maca Oil.
The cake is best enjoyed with a generous serve of vanilla ice cream or custard.


*For roasting
Breathing new life into the Sunday roast, this roast chicken with Macadamia Nut Oil couscous stuffing is a delicious twist on the classic roast chook.
To impress guests, our roasted potato skins with macadamias, bacon, rocket and blue cheese is a tapas-style party winner.


*Macadamia Nut Oil for deep-frying
This an be used for deep-frying, offering a healthier alternative to other frying oils.
This beer battered fish with macadamia salt and pepper dust perfectly shows off the benefit of deep-frying with mac oil – the result is crisp and delicious battered fish.



WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF USING MACADAMIA NUT OIL ON YOUR SKIN?
This is an ideal choice for skincare products as Macadamia Nut Oil contains over 20% Palmitoleic Acid, which helps to retain moisture in the skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil is therefore a particularly good ingredient to have in products for mature or dry skin.



WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF USING MACADAMIA NUT OIL ON YOUR HAIR?
When used in haircare products Macadamia Nut Oil can be used for conditioning the scalp as it will help to keep the hair soft and thicker without feeling sticky.
Regular use of Macadamia Nut Oil in hair products helps the hair to hold its sheen for longer with a glossier appearance.
Macadamia Nut Oil also makes dry, curly hair much more flexible and easier to manage.



THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil is a healthy oil that people use for cooking.
There may also be health benefits of using Macadamia Nut Oil for the heart, hair, and skin.
Macadamia nuts grow on macadamia trees, which are native to Australia.

Similarly to olive oil, Macadamia Nut Oil is a liquid at room temperature.
People use Macadamia Nut Oil in cooking and health and beauty applications.
Macadamia Nut Oil is rich in nutrients, including healthful fatty acids and potassium.
For this reason, many people believe that Macadamia Nut Oil has a range of health benefits.



COOKING AND EATING, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
A person can use Macadamia Nut Oil as a substitute for other oils in many dishes.
With a higher smoke point than some other oils, such as olive oil, Macadamia Nut Oil is perfect for sautéing, roasting, and grilling.
Its mild flavor also makes Macadamia Nut Oil a good choice for baked goods or as an appropriate base for salad dressings and marinades.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil offers several potential health benefits when a person uses it in cooking and as part of a balanced and healthful diet.
These include:


*Heart health
Consuming Macadamia Nut Oil may support heart health.
Macadamia Nut Oil has high levels of monounsaturated fat.
According to the American Heart Association (AHA), monounsaturated fats can lower levels of bad cholesterol, which, in turn, can reduce a person’s risk of heart attack and stroke.


*Antioxidants
Macadamia Nut Oil is a source of antioxidants.
According to the National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health, free radicals in the body can cause oxidative stress.
This may play a role in aging and the development of a number of diseases, including cancer.

Consuming antioxidants, however, may help counter these free radicals.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also rich in oleic acid, an unsaturated fatty acid that has antioxidant properties.
Other studies indicate that oleic acid consumption may have a beneficial effect on cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases.
However, further research is needed to confirm these findings.


*Vitamin E
Macadamia Nut Oil also contains substances called tocotrienols, which are part of the vitamin E family.
Research indicates that vitamin E and tocotrienols are potent antioxidants that may protect against cancer and a variety of other health conditions, including cardiovascular and neurological diseases.



HOW TO USE MACADAMIA NUT OIL FOR COOKING:
Macadamia Nut Oil is an excellent choice for cooking and at the same time it has a number of health benefits as well.
Macadamia Nut Oil has an extremely pleasant flavour being both buttery and nutty.
In addition Macadamia Nut Oil has a very high smoke point thus making it an excellent choice for frying.

Macadamia Nut Oil is high in monounsaturated fats, the healthy fats that lower cholesterol.
A high-grade Macadamia Nut Oil can go a long way in your kitchen.
Monounsaturated fats are healthy fats that lower cholesterol.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also high in antioxidants which fight free radicals which are dangerous atoms that cause damage to your cells.



TASTE OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
With its delicate, smooth and buttery flavours, Olivado Extra Virgin Macadamia Nut Oil is perfect for panfrying or using as a butter substitute when baking.
Macadamia Nut Oil can be used in pastries and all baked goods, as well as omelettes and other egg dishes to lift the texture and taste.
Macadamia Nut Oil’s also great for sizzling steaks in the pan or on the barbecue.



THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
There are surprising health benefits to the Macadamia Nut Oil that add to a healthy lifestyle.
Rich in essential fatty acids, such as palmitoleic acid, which help to prevent premature aging, macadamia nuts are also high in Oleic Acid, which helps to prevent trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL), making it perfect for moisturising dry, sensitive skin.

Macadamia Nut Oil also contains a high proportion of this omega-7 monounsaturated fat, it giving your hair an extra boost, either when ingested or rubbed into your curls and locks directly.
Macadamia Nut Oil is also very high in natural antioxidants and contains Omega 3 and Omega 6, which can have a powerful effect on the overall health of the body, as well as a rich source of fibre.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Some people claim that there are health benefits to applying Macadamia Nut Oil to the skin.
These benefits include moisturization and the prevention of wrinkles and skin damage.

However, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal or indirect.
The vitamin E present in Macadamia Nut Oil has many properties that may benefit a person’s skin.
For example, Macadamia Nut Oil absorbs easily, making it a good moisturizer for very dry skin.

*Natural hair conditioner
Many people use pure Macadamia Nut Oil to strengthen and condition their hair.
Similarly to using olive oil, a person can take a small amount of the oil and rub Macadamia Nut Oil directly into their hair.
Macadamia Nut Oil is generally best to let the oil soak into the hair for a short amount of time before rinsing out the excess.



HEALTH BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
The following are some of the health advantages of Macadamia Nut Oil:

*Cardiovascular Health
Macadamia Nut Oil contains a high concentration of beneficial fatty acids, superior to many other oils.
Triglycerides are essentially fat in the blood, which can be extremely harmful to your heart since they can clog arteries, increasing your risk of atherosclerosis, heart attacks, and strokes.
Macadamia Nut Oil’s high oleic acid content (even higher than olive oil) makes it vital for harmonizing cholesterol levels and lowering triglyceride levels in the blood.


*Levels Of Energy
Although the benefits to heart health and cholesterol balance are obvious,Macadamia Nut Oil have high-calorie content, providing a quick energy boost to the body, which the oil can also deliver.


*Potential Antioxidant
According to studies, Macadamia Nut Oil includes a high quantity of antioxidants, including tocotrienols, which can significantly impact the body’s overall health.
Free radicals are harmful byproducts of cellular metabolism that can cause various chronic disorders, including apoptosis and cell mutation.
Antioxidants are chemicals that neutralize them.
Macadamia Nut Oil’s high antioxidant content makes it a valuable supplement to your immune system and can aid in the cleansing of your entire system.


*Optical Health
Some antioxidants included in Macadamia Nut Oil have been related to improved eye health, including preventing macular degeneration and delaying cataract formation.
This is accomplished through the same free-radical-neutralizing method as Macadamia Nut Oil’s other antioxidant benefits.


*Keeps The Good Fats
Macadamia Nut Oil has a higher smoke point than other oils,.
As a result, when you cook using Macadamia Nut Oil, you’re less likely to burn up the healthy fats that are the primary reason you’re using it in the first place.
This will also assist in preserving Macadamia Nut Oil’s flavor, which is pleasant and valuable to a variety of meals, mainly when used as a salad dressing.



WHAT DOES MACADAMIA NUT OIL LOOK LIKE?
Macadamia Nut Oil is a light to golden yellow coloured, slightly thicker oil.



WHAT DOES MACADAMIA NUT OIL SMELL LIKE?
Macadamia Nut Oil has a faint nutty aroma.



HOW TO USE MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Use up to 100% of Macadamia Nut Oil in anhydrous products such as balms, masks, butters, and scrubs.
You can also use Macadamia Nut Oil in emulsions and haircare products.
Macadamia Nut Oil has good heat stability so can be used in stage 1 (fat stage), good oxidation stability, a fast absorption rate and is oil soluble.



HISTORY AND ORIGINS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Originally native only to Australia, this tree was brought to Hawaii at the end of the 19th century before becoming more widespread later.
The nut itself is a rich source of nutrients, including many different vitamins and minerals, and Macadamia Nut Oil is resistant to rancidity, hence its growth in popularity around the world.



HOW IS MACADAMIA NUT OIL MADE?
Macadamia Nut Oil is obtained from the nuts of the Macadamia tree by cold pressing and filtering.



IS MACADAMIA NUT OIL SUITABLE FOR VEGANS?
Yes, but not for those with nut allergies.



NATURAL CONTENTS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Alongside its valuable oil contents Macadamia Nut Oil also contains important nutrients such as Vitamin B, calcium, iron, and phosphorous.



PROPERTIES OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil is the ultimate carrier oil for skincare products, which is why you'll find it in some of our products.
No matter what your age or skin type, oils are a wonderful skin food.
When you're young, your skin exudes a luminosity and is nicely plump due to the abundance of naturally occurring oils.

As we age, your cell turnover declines and so too does your skin's ability to produce oil.
A topical application of oils is an essential component of age defying skincare.
Oils act as a carrier for other key ingredients, as well as improving the function of the lipid barrier, which keeps the skin moist and hydrated.

But not all oils are created equal.
They have various ratings on the comedogenic scale (a measure of how heavy or light an oil is in relation to clogging the pores).
Comedogenic rating of 0 – this oil does not clog pores.

Comedogenic rating of 1 – slight chance oil will clog pores.
Comedogenic rating of 2 – for most people, the oil will not clog pores.
Comedogenic rating of 3 – some people will be fine using this oil, but many will break out in pimples or acne due to clogged pores.

Comedogenic rating of 4 – most people will break out with this oil, depending on skin type.
Comedogenic rating of 5 – virtually guaranteed to make you break out.

Very few people can tolerate these oils on the skin.
Some people swear by using nothing but coconut oil on their skin and I have to wonder what’s going on there, because coconut oil is highly comedogenic (4 to 5 on the scale).

Macadamia Nut Oil will clog your pores and make you break out eventually if it’s all you’re using. If not, then you're lucky.
Macadamia Nut Oilan oil that is OK for daily use on the rest of the body, and as an added emollient in a facial formulation, but as the only form of hydration for the face, it's a no from me.

One of favourite oils is macadamia, which is a fantastic oil extracted from the meat of the nut.
It’s a 2 to 3 on the comedogenic scale, so most people find their skin tolerates macadamia well.
Not only are macas delicious to eat, but our skin happily soaks up the beneficial properties of this oil.

The macadamia tree is an indigenous species to Australia and is over 60,000 years old.
It’s believed it first began growing in the rainforests of northern NSW and there are now more than six million macadamia trees growing in Australia, many of them planted in order to cater to the high demand for macadamia nut oil in personal care products and cosmetics.



FRUITS, MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia integrifolia is an Australian tree with holly-like leaves that grows well in a moist, organic soil and can withstand temperatures as low as −4.4°C (24 °F).
Seedlings bear in 5–7 years.
The fruit is borne in a case enclosing an extremely hard spherical nut.

The kernel is whitish, sweet and eaten raw or roasted.
The flowers are white to cream and the leaves are in whorls of three.
Propagation is by seed, grafting or air layering.

It is grown commercially.
Common names of the trees are the Australian nut or the Queensland nut.
Species that are “smooth shelled macadamia” are called Macadamia integrifolia and “rough shelled macadamia” are called Macadamia tetraphylla.

Macadamia ternifolia is also the name used for M. integrifolia.
Macadamia integrifolia is native to Australia where it grows in rain forests and close to streams.
Macadamia tetraphylla is native to Southeastern Queensland and Northeastern New South Wales.



OIL OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil content ranges from 65% to 75% and sugar content ranges from 6% to 8%.
These factors result in variable colors and textures when the nuts are roasted under the same conditions.
Macadamia Nut Oil is liquid at room temperature.

The refined oil, Macadamia Nut Oil, is clear, lightly amber-colored with a slightly nutty smell.
Macadamia Nut Oil has a specific gravity of 900–920 and a flash point of over 300 °C (572 °F).
Oil accumulation does not occur until the nuts are fully grown and the shell hardens.

It accumulates rapidly in the kernel during late summer when the reducing sugar content decreases.
The composition of mature, roasted and salted macadamia nuts is shown.
Fresh kernels contain up to 4.6% sugar.

The oil consists of mainly unsaturated fatty acids and is similar in both species, although the proportion of unsaturated to saturated fatty acids appears to be slightly higher in M. integrifolia.



FATTY ACIDS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia Nut Oil contains approximately 60% oleic acid, 19% palmitoleic acid, 1-3% linoleic acid and 1-2% α-linolenic acid.
Macadamia Nut Oil displays chemical properties typical of a vegetable triglyceride oil, as it is stable due to its low polyunsaturated fat content.



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
Macadamia nut oil is a rich, luxurious oil that is extracted from the nuts of the macadamia tree.
Macadamia Nut Oil is widely used in skincare due to its numerous benefits for the skin.
Here are some of the skin care benefits of macadamia nut oil:

*Moisturizes the skin:
Macadamia Nut Oilis rich in fatty acids that are very similar to the natural oils produced by our skin.
This makes Macadamia Nut Oil an excellent moisturizer for all skin types, including dry and sensitive skin.
Macadamia Nut Oil easily penetrates the skin and helps to keep it hydrated and nourished.

*Anti-aging properties:
Macadamia Nut Oil is also rich in antioxidants that help to fight free radicals that cause skin damage and aging.
Macadamia Nut Oil also contains squalene, which is a natural moisturizer that helps to improve skin elasticity and reduce the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.

*Soothes irritated skin:
Macadamia Nut Oil is also known for its anti-inflammatory properties.
Macadamia Nut Oil helps to soothe and calm irritated skin, reducing redness and swelling.
This makes Macadamia Nut Oil an ideal ingredient for people with sensitive or acne-prone skin.

*Protects against sun damage:
Macadamia Nut Oil also contains a natural sun protection factor (SPF) of around 6.
This makes Macadamia Nut Oil a great ingredient for natural sun protection and can be used in combination with other sun protection products.

*Reduces the appearance of scars and stretch marks:
Macadamia Nut Oil is also known to help reduce the appearance of scars and stretch marks.
Macadamia Nut Oil helps to improve skin elasticity and promotes cell regeneration, which can help to fade scars and marks over time.

Overall, Macadamia Nut Oil is an excellent ingredient for skin care.
Its moisturizing, anti-aging, and soothing properties make Macadamia Nut Oil a great choice for all skin types, and its natural SPF makes it an ideal ingredient for natural sun protection.



KEY COMPONENTS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*Palmitoleic, oleic and palmitic acid



BENEFITS OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
People who use Macadamia Nut Oil as a hair conditioner claim that it can help:
*strengthen hair
*smooth hair
*add shine
*make hair more manageable
Again, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal.



ORGANIC MACADAMIA NUT OIL GOES WELL WITH:
*Vegetables and raw vegetables: carrots, peas, cauliflower, avocado salad
*Meat and fish: beef carpaccio, fish fillets, sole, speckled trout, carp
Side dishes, vegetarian dishes: mozzarella, spaetzle, red cabbage, Amaranth dumplings
*Soups and sauces: vegetable soup, cream of cauliflower soup
*Desserts: fruit salad, dumplings, poppy seed filling, melon cocktail, cheese dumplings
*Lettuces: curly endives, chicory, Chinese cabbage



PROPERTIES AND APPLICATION OF MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
*Macadamia Nut Oil reduces the risk of thrombosis,
*Macadamia Nut Oil improves memory and concentration,protect against the occurrence of coronary heart disease.
*Macadamia Nut Oil strengthens immunity.
*Additionally, macadamia nut oil can also be used in cosmetics: firms, moisturizes and regenerates the skin,
*Macadamia Nut Oil slows the aging process,
*Macadamia Nut Oil accelerates the healing of inflammations,
*Macadamia Nut Oil reduces the appearance of stretch marks and cellulite.
*Macadamia Nut Oil is applied to the hair improves their condition, give them radiance and nourishes the bulb.
*Macadamia nut oil is ideal as a supplement to a variety of salads and salads.
*Macadamia Nut Oil is very popular in the exotic cuisine.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
APPEARANCE AT 20°C : Slight viscous clear liquid
COLOR : Pale yellow to yellow-orange
ODOR : Nearly odorless
OPTICAL ROTATION (°) : 0 / 0
DENSITY AT 20°C (G/ML)): 0,905 - 0,920
REFRACTIVE INDEX ND20 : 1,4600 - 1,4700
FLASHPOINT (°C) : 340
SOLUBILITY : Insoluble in water
ASSAY (% GC) : Oleic acid: 55-65% - palmitoleic acid: 15-30%
ACID VALUE (MG KOH/G) : < 5



FIRST AID MEASURES of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
*Body Protection:
Impervious clothing
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of MACADAMIA NUT OIL:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available


MACADAMIA OIL
Macadamia oil Macadamia oil (or macadamia nut oil) is the non-volatile oil collected from the nuts of the macadamia (Macadamia integrifolia), a native Australian plant. It is used in food as a frying or salad oil, and in cosmetic formulations as an emollient or fragrance fixative. Contents 1 Physical properties 2 Uses in food 3 Fatty acids 4 References 5 External links Physical properties Macadamia integrifolia Fresh macadamia nuts Macadamia nuts contain over 75% of their weight as oil, the remainder is: 9.0% protein, 9.3% carbohydrates, 1.5% moisture, 1.6% mineral matter and 2.0% fiber. Macadamia kernels contain vitamin A1, B1, B2, niacin and essential elements such as calcium, iron, phosphorus, magnesium and potassium. The oil is a triglyceride and contains primarily monounsaturated fats up to 80–84%. Macadamia oil contains the highest percentage of monounsaturates when compared to both olive and canola oils.[1] Macadamia integrifolia is an Australian tree with holly-like leaves that grows well in a moist organic soil and can withstand temperatures as low as −4.4 °C (24 °F). Seedlings bear in 5–7 years. The fruit is borne in a case enclosing an extremely hard spherical nut. The kernel is whitish, sweet and eaten raw or roasted. The flowers are white to cream and the leaves are in whorls of three. Propagation is by seed, grafting or air layering. It is grown commercially.[2] Common names of the trees are the Australian nut or the Queensland nut. Species are “smooth shelled macadamia” called Macadamia integrifolia and “rough shelled macadamia” called Macadamia tetraphylla. Macadamia ternifolia is also the name used for M. integrifolia. Macadamia integrifolia is native to Australia where it grows in rain forests and close to streams. Macadamia tetraphylla is native to Southeastern Queensland and Northeastern New South Wales. The oil content ranges from 65% to 75% and sugar content ranges from 6% to 8%. These factors result in variable colors and texture when the nuts are roasted under the same conditions.[2] Macadamia oil is liquid at room temperature. The refined oil is clear, lightly amber-colored with a slightly nutty smell. It has a specific gravity of 900–920 and a flash point of over 300 °C (572 °F).[3] Oil accumulation does not commence until the nuts are fully grown and the shell hardens. It accumulates rapidly in the kernel during late summer when the reducing sugar content decreases. The composition of mature, roasted and salted macadamia nuts is shown. As with many oil seeds, the protein is low in methionine. Fresh kernels contain up to 4.6% sugar, mostly non-reducing sugar. The oil consists of mainly unsaturated fatty acids and is similar in both species, although the proportion of unsaturated to saturated fatty acids appears to be slightly higher in M. integrifolia (6.2:1 compared with 4.8:1). The fatty acid composition and the absence of cholesterol may lead to the promotion of macadamias as a high-energy health food. The major volatile components in roasted macadamia kernels are apparently similar to those found in other roasted nuts, although little detailed information is available.[4] Uses in food Macadamia oil can be used for frying due to its high heat capacity along with other properties useful as an edible oil:[citation needed] It contains up to 85% monounsaturated fats It has an unrefrigerated shelf life of one to two years It has a smoke point of 210 °C (410 °F) Has a flashpoint of over 300 °C (572 °F) Nutritive value (g/100g) of macadamia nuts roasted in oil and salted.[4] Macadamia oil contains approximately 60% oleic acid, 19% palmitoleic acid, 1-3% linoleic acid and 1-2% α-linolenic acid. The oil displays chemical properties typical of a vegetable triglyceride oil, as it is stable due to its low polyunsaturated fat content.[9] Macadamia oil (or macadamia nut oil) is the non-volatile oil collected from the nut meat of the macadamia (Macadamia integrifolia) tree, a native Australian nut. It is used in food as a frying or salad oil, and in cosmetic formulations as an emollient or fragrance fixative. What is Macadamia oil? Macadamia oil is pressed from the macadamia and is prized for its high smoke point (410d degrees) as well as being high in monounsaturated fats. This oil is produced in small amounts in Hawaii with larger production in Australia. In addition to culinary uses macadamia oil is also used in cosmetics and personal care products. Where To Buy Macadamia Oil You can find this oil at special food stores. Whole Foods Market sometimes stocks it. you can also purchase it online at Amazon.com Macadamia Oil. Substitute for Macadamia oil If you don't have macadamia oil you can susbstitute avocado oil (smoke point 520F) The health benefits of macadamia oil Cooking and eating Topical skin application Natural hair conditioner Summary If you buy something through a link on this page, we may earn a small commission. How this works. Macadamia oil is a clear, light-yellow liquid that comes from pressed macadamia nuts. It is a healthful oil that people use for cooking, and there may also be health benefits of using pure oil to moisturize the skin and condition the hair. Macadamia nuts grow on macadamia trees, which are native to Australia. Similarly to olive oil, macadamia oil is a liquid at room temperature. People use this oil in cooking and health and beauty applications. Macadamia oil is rich in nutrients, including healthful fatty acids and potassium. For this reason, many people believe that macadamia oil has a range of health benefits. In this article, we discuss three uses of macadamia oil and their potential health benefits. 1. Cooking and eating Macadamia oil can substitute for other oils in many dishes. A person can use macadamia oil as a substitute for other oils in many dishes. With a higher smoke point than some other oils, such as olive oil, it is perfect for sautéing, roasting, and grilling. Its mild flavor also makes macadamia oil a good choice for baked goods or as an appropriate base for salad dressings and marinades. Benefits Macadamia oil offers several potential health benefits when a person uses it in cooking and as part of a balanced and healthful diet. These include: Heart health Consuming macadamia oil may support heart health. It has high levels of monounsaturated fat. According to the American Heart Association (AHA), monounsaturated fats can lower levels of bad cholesterol, which, in turn, can reduce a person’s risk of heart attack and stroke. Antioxidants Macadamia oil is a source of antioxidants. According to the National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health, free radicals in the body can cause oxidative stress. This may play a role in aging and the development of a number of diseases, including cancer. Consuming antioxidants, however, may help counter these free radicals. Macadamia oil is also rich in oleic acid, an unsaturated fatty acid that has antioxidant properties. A 2016 study in rats suggests that taking oleic acid supplements may help protect against the effects of oxidative stress. Other studies indicate that oleic acid consumption may have a beneficial effect on cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. However, further research is needed to confirm these findings. Vitamin E Macadamia oil also contains substances called tocotrienols, which are part of the vitamin E family. Research indicates that vitamin E and tocotrienols are potent antioxidants that may protect against cancer and a variety of other health conditions, including cardiovascular and neurological diseases. 2. Topical skin application Macadamia oil is an ingredient in many skin care products, but can a person also apply the pure oil directly to the skin. It is important to test the oil on a small area of the skin first. Although macadamia oil is generally safe, some people may develop a rash after applying it directly to the skin. People with tree nut allergies should avoid using macadamia oil. Benefits Macadamia oil is a common ingredient in skin care products. Some people claim that there are health benefits to applying macadamia oil to the skin. These benefits include moisturization and the prevention of wrinkles and skin damage. However, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal or indirect. The vitamin E present in macadamia oil has many properties that may benefit a person’s skin. For example, it absorbs easily, making it a good moisturizer for very dry skin. However, be aware that applying macadamia oil directly to the skin may clog pores and lead to breakouts of acne. Prolonged exposure to sunlight can damage the DNA in a person’s skin. Test tube studies suggest that applying vitamin E to the skin may protect against this damage. MEDICAL NEWS TODAY NEWSLETTER Stay in the know. Get our free daily newsletter Expect in-depth, science-backed toplines of our best stories every day. Tap in and keep your curiosity satisfied. Enter your email Your privacy is important to us 3. Natural hair conditioner Many people use pure macadamia oil to strengthen and condition their hair. Similarly to using olive oil, a person can take a small amount of the oil and rub it directly into their hair. It is generally best to let the oil soak into the hair for a short amount of time before rinsing out the excess. Benefits People who use macadamia oil as a hair conditioner claim that it can help: strengthen hair smooth hair add shine make hair more manageable Again, the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal. Summary People often overlook macadamia oil for cooking, but it is a healthful source of unsaturated fats, vitamin E, and antioxidants. Macadamia oil also has a higher smoke point than many other fats and oils, including olive oil. This makes it a good choice for sautéing, roasting, and grilling. Some people also use pure macadamia oil as a skin moisturizer and hair conditioner, claiming that topical application has a number of health benefits. However, most of the evidence for these benefits is largely anecdotal or indirect. Macadamia oil is generally safe to use in both cooking and on the hair and skin. However, people with nut allergies should avoid using macadamia oil. A range of pure macadamia oil and macadamia oil-containing products are available to buy online. Macadamia Oil for Hair Benefits Risks How to use Effectiveness vs. other oils Takeaway If you buy something through a link on this page, we may earn a small commission. How this works. Overview According to some, macadamia oil can calm, smooth, and add shine to hair when topically applied. Macadamia oil comes from the nuts of macadamia trees. It has a clear, light yellow appearance. Unlike coconut oil, it’s liquid at room temperature. Macadamia oil is rich in fatty acids and potassium. Its concentration of palmitoleic acid, in particular, makes it a popular ingredient in cosmetic products that are meant to smooth skin and hair. Macadamia oil is popular in its pure, cold-pressed form as a cooking oil and as a hair-styling product. Macadamia oil is also found in hair masks, skin lotions, and face creams. What are the benefits? Macadamia oil can strengthen hair Macadamia oil penetrates hair more efficiently than some other oils, like mineral oil. Mineral oil can build up on your scalp. Over time, it can make your hair feel heavier and look duller. But vegetable and fruit oils (for example, coconut oilTrusted Source) have been found to penetrate the hair follicles more effectively. Macadamia oil shares this property. When macadamia oil binds to the hair shaft and infuses it with fatty acids, your hair follicles may be left stronger and healthier. Macadamia oil also contains antioxidants, which help hair to recover from environmental exposure to things like pollutants in the air. Macadamia oil can smooth hair The emollient qualities of macadamia oil can help smooth hair, giving it a shinier appearance. Anecdotally, hair that’s treated daily with macadamia oil may hold its sheen and become glossier over time. Macadamia oil can make curly hair more manageable Macadamia oil is especially popular for curly hair. Curly hair types can be especially vulnerable to damage from the environment. Curly hair that’s dried out and damaged is very hard to style and can break easily. But macadamia oil helps restore moisture to the hair shaft, locks it in, and adds natural protein to the hair. Curly hair that’s properly moisturized is easier to untangle and style. Are there any risks? Macadamia oil is a safe ingredient for almost everyone to use on their hair. If you’re allergic to tree nuts, it’s possible that you’ll have an allergic reaction to macadamia oil. However, the oil contains less of the tree nut proteins that trigger a reaction, so there’s also a chance that you won’t react to it. Otherwise, using macadamia oil for long-term hair treatment shouldn’t cause problems with your hair or scalp. If you have a history of allergies or are concerned about an allergic reaction to macadamia oil, do a patch test of the oil on your skin before trying a full application. Put a small amount on a dime-sized spot on the inside of your arm. If there’s no reaction in 24 hours, it should be safe to use. If you do develop allergy symptoms, discontinue use. Using macadamia oil as a treatment You can use macadamia oil on your hair using several methods. You might want to start by trying pure macadamia oil on your hair to add shine after blow-drying or straightening it. It’s not a good idea to apply macadamia oil to your hair before heat styling because the oil may damage your hair if it’s heated above a certain temperature. Take a dime-sized dollop of virgin, cold-pressed macadamia oil. Rub it between your palms and then smooth it throughout your hair. Pay careful attention to getting the oil to the ends of your hair to help repair split ends and damage. Pure macadamia oil can be purchased in a small amount specifically for this purpose. Shop for these products here. You can also purchase or make your own deep-conditioning hair mask using macadamia oil. Mix macadamia oil with a fresh avocado and let it sit on your hair for 15 minutes. Then rinse your hair well. This may thoroughly moisturize your hair while restoring essential proteins. If you’d rather buy something than make your own, shop online for hair masks now. Shampoos and conditioners that contain macadamia are also easy to purchase online. Does it work? Macadamia oil should make hair look shinier and stronger within one application. If you continue use, the consistency of your hair may change to be healthier and easier to maintain. For curly hair and natural hair types, macadamia oil may be an especially valuable tool to combat frizz and flyaways. But we don’t have solid clinical evidence to understand the mechanism that makes macadamia oil work. Macadamia oil vs. other oils Macadamia oil contains high concentrations of palmitoleic acid. This makes it unique in comparison to the other tree nut and plant oils, many of which are richer in linoleic acid. Macadamia oil is much more expensive to purchase and use than coconut oil, avocado oil, and Moroccan oil. While it promises similar results, we have less research to tell us how macadamia oil influences hair strength and health. Compared to other popular hair oil treatments, macadamia oil is one of the lesser studied plant oils. It would appear, though, that macadamia oil is one of the more efficient treatments for curly or natural types of hair. The takeaway Macadamia oil is rich in fatty acids that bind to hair and make it stronger and easier to manage. For certain hair types, macadamia oil may very well be a “miracle ingredient” that hydrates hair without making it appear heavy. But the evidence we have about macadamia oil and how well it works is almost completely anecdotal. We need more information to understand how macadamia oil works and who it works for. If you’d like to try topical macadamia oil, there is very little risk of an allergic reaction, even if you have a tree nut allergy. But discontinue use of any product if you experience hives, a fever, raised skin bumps, or clogged pores after treatment. The Top 4 Health Benefits of Macadamia Oil Jun 14 You’re standing in the grocery store staring at eight rows of shelves trying to decide which bottle of cooking oil to buy. Do you stick with olive oil? Branch out to avocado oil? Try your hand at MCT oil? And then, you see it... Macadamia oil. Macadamia nuts are delicious, and, as it turns out, the many benefits of the vitamins and minerals in macadamia nuts are passed down to its oil. No wonder they’re the highest ranked healthiest nut. From its role in supporting skin and heart health to other ways you can use this amazing oil, here's why it should be in your kitchen (and maybe bathroom cabinet as well). Table of Contents Infamous Macadamia Nuts Top 4 Health (And Beauty) Benefits of Macadamia Oil Few, If Any, Side Effects Are You a Believer? Nutrition of Macadamia Nuts If you've ever visited Hawaii, you probably picked up that brown box of chocolates with gold writing. Who knew those chocolate-covered macadamia nuts were nearly a superfood, right? Macadamia nuts originated in Australia but were transplanted to Hawaii in 1881 (thank you, William Purvis). It took a while to raise healthy enough trees to produce nuts to commercially harvest a viable crop. But the commercial industry eventually took off in 1934. Nowadays, 90% of macadamia nuts come from Hawaii [*]. Nutritional Information Macadamia oil is essentially just as healthy as whole nuts, minus small amounts of the fiber and protein. But all the healthy fats are pretty much squeezed out in their oil. Here’s a snapshot of the calorie profile from one ounce (28 grams) of whole roasted macadamia nuts [*]: Yes, they pack some calories but are totally worth it because they’re loaded with important vitamins and nutrients like omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids and manganese [*]. Top Benefits of Macadamia Oil 1. Provides Quality Fats Nuts are high in healthy fats -- especially macadamia nuts. That’s what sets them apart from other foods. They’re made up of nearly 60% monounsaturated fat. Monounsaturated fats have been shown to have a number of health benefits, including [*]: Supports weight loss Research has shown that dietary fat can support reduced appetite and suppressed caloric intake [*]. This means that subjects had a lower tendency to overeat calories when they consumed more fat. With high levels of fat, adding macadamia oil to your cooking (or morning coffee) may keep you fuller for longer periods of time, reducing the chances that you might overeat. Promotes heart health Monounsaturated fats help lower cholesterol and decrease triglycerides (fat in the blood) with its high content of oleic acid. This helps to essentially rebalance the ratio of omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids and may support a reduced risk of heart disease [*]. Improves insulin sensitivity A study conducted on 162 healthy men and women substituting a diet high in saturated fats for monounsaturated fats found they had improved insulin sensitivity without affecting insulin secretion levels [*]. Provides antioxidants Macadamia oil possesses vitamin E, which is not only an essential nutrient for eye health [*], but also a powerful antioxidant that combats free radicals in the body [*]. Below is the nutrition label for FBOMB's Cold Pressed Macadamia Oil. Made with just the oil from macadamia nuts and vitamin E, you can see how macadamia oil can be a great source of these antioxidants. Macadamia oil nutrition This oil also contains tocotrienols. According to research, these antioxidants may support a reduced risk of some cancers [*]. 2. Improves the Appearance of Skin We can all agree that having great skin as a side effect of eating healthy is a huge bonus. In addition to having high levels of oleic acids which are important for heart health, macadamia oil is also high in palmitoleic acid. This is an omega-7 fatty acid. Research has shown that palmitoleic acid may support skin health and hydration. and improve skin elasticity when consumed [*]. You can also put it on your skin to hydrate it. Win/win! 3. Moisturizes and Deep Conditions Hair Palmitoleic acid isn't just good for your skin. It's also great for your hair. Apply the oil directly on your hair and scalp to moisturize your locks and boost shine while reducing dandruff. You don't have to buy expensive deep conditioner products ever again. 4. Boosts Flavor While Cooking Have you tasted macadamia nuts? The flavor is buttery, nutty, and unreal. So obviously one of the biggest benefits of cooking with macadamia oil is the flavor! With a rich taste that lends itself to marinades and dressings, it's delicious chilled and drizzled over a crisp cold salad. The smoke point of macadamia oil is 407°F, which is about double the smoke point of olive oil at 207°F [*]. That means it’s a great cooking oil and doesn’t burn as easily. This oil excels when you grill or sauté with it. Side Effects of Macadamia Oil There are few, if any, side effects of this oil, and the ones that do exist are typically experienced by those who overindulge a bit too much. If you limit yourself to a couple of tablespoons per day, you shouldn't experience any issues. Constipation Allergic Reaction Weight Gain: While loaded with healthy fats, a caloric surplus invariably leads to weight gain. If you're concerned about consuming macadamia oil, check with your doctor or medical practitioner. Incorporate Macadamia Oil into Your Daily Diet Macadamia oil (like the nut) is nearly a superfood and easy to cook with. It’s loaded with quality fats, antioxidants, and fatty acids and, at the very least, it tastes amazing. Not sure if you'll like it? Try FBOMB’s 100% Pure Macadamia Oil in small portion sizes. 5 proven health benefits of our macadamia oil Olivado’s extra virgin Macadamia oil is made from the highest quality nuts from Australia’s sunshine state, Queensland. Here are 5 ways macadamia oil can enrich your diet and lifestyle. HOME BLOG 5 PROVEN HEALTH BENEFITS OF OUR MACADAMIA OIL AUTHOR The Olivado TeamDATE October 11, 2017 Share Tweet Pin Email Macadamia nuts are some of the most sought-after in the world, and it’s not hard to see why. As well as being delicious, they are packed with nutrients, vitamins, and minerals. As well as a food source, their husks can be used for fertiliser, the oil is used for a variety of products in the cosmetic industry, and the rest can be used as animal feed. Indigenous to Australia, it wasn’t until the late 19th Century that the nut was grown outside of Queensland, when William H. Purvis brought the nut to Hawaii. Even then it was well into the 20th Century before an industry started to grow around this remarkable food. But it’s not simply a tasty snack. There are surprising health benefits to the macadamia nut that add to a healthy lifestyle. Macadamia nuts Heart health improves with monounsaturated oils Our cold-pressed extra virgin macadamia oil contains one of the highest levels of monounsaturated fats amongst all food oils, and at 84%, is even higher than Olive Oil. And while it may sound bad to have high levels of fat, it is the type of fat that matters. These types of fats (monounsaturated) actually help to lower the bad type of cholesterol (saturated). This is great for heart health, because LDL cholesterol (the bad type) contributes to plaque in the arteries, and the HDL cholesterol (the good type), carries the LDL type back to the liver, where it is broken down and passed through the body. This lowers your bad cholesterol and results in less chance of heart disease or stroke. Macadamia oil gives great results for your skin The great thing about using macadamia oil for your skin is it can be taken internally or topically for great results. Each drop is rich in essential fatty acids, such as palmitoleic acid, which helps prevent premature aging, and Oleic Acid, which helps to prevent trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL), making it perfect for moisturising dry, sensitive skin. Macadamia oil is also high in phytosterols, which are the building blocks of our cellular membrane and structure. Phytosterols work the same way that cholesterol does in our skin, which is one of the reasons why macadamia oil is known to help repair the skin’s barrier function. Macadamia not oil for hair Healthy Hair is given an extra boost with macadamia oil Hair follicles produce a natural sebum which contains palmitoleic, one of the aforementioned fatty acids. As we grow older, our body produces less and less of this substance, and as a result, our hair begins to lose its strength and shine. As macadamia oil contains a high proportion of this omega-7 monounsaturated fat, it gives the hair an extra boost, either when ingested or rubbed into the hair directly. Macadamia oil contains natural antioxidants Macadamia oil is also very high in natural antioxidants and contains Omega 3 and Omega 6, which can have a powerful effect on the overall health of the body. Antioxidants fight off free radicals, dangerous atoms in the body which have a spare electron and want to attach to something. They are dangerous because once they attach onto you, they can corrupt your DNA, causing cancer. A healthy balance of antioxidants can reduce cancer risk, slow the ageing process and lessen the risk of vision loss due to cataracts and macular degeneration. Macadamia oil is a great source of fibre to increase energy levels Like most nuts, macadamia nuts are a reliable source of fibre and calories. Just a dozen nuts (30 grams) contain about 10 percent of your daily fibre needs. Fibre is important in your daily diet because it not only aids digestion, but also slows the rate that sugar is absorbed into the bloodstream. Their high calorie content also gives a boost of energy “on the go”, perfect if you don’t have time to stop for a meal. Macadamia oil Only the best quality oils from Olivado Olivado’s Extra Virgin Macadamia Oil is made from high-quality nuts from Australia’s sunshine state, Queensland. As well as its natural health benefits, the macadamia nut is the perfect oil to use with food. It has a buttery and delicate quality, and is perfect for high heat cooking (smoke point 210°C). The high smoking point, combined with our unique cold-pressed extraction method, means when cooking with our macadamia oil, you are far less likely to burn off the beneficial fats. You can buy our macadamia oil and discover our delicious range of cooking oils in Countdown and selected New Worlds and by clicking here, or contact us if you would like to know more about our oils and their health benefits. About As the world’s largest producer of extra virgin avocado oil, we pride ourselves on our quality, our sustainability practices, and our commitment to our workers. The name Olivado is synonymous with exceptional oils. Stay tuned to our blog for delicious recipes, sustainability news, Olivado happenings and plenty about our amazing range of oils. What can compare to the sweet, buttery mac nut’s tender embrace? As far as nuts, seeds, and pseudo-nuts go, its fatty acid profile is unparalleled. Throw a handful into a bowl of Greek yogurt, along with blueberries, blackberries, and strawberries (or any berry, really), and you’ve got yourself a rich, masterful dessert with minimal linoleic acid. And it’s got good amounts of magnesium, manganese, thiamine, copper, and iron. Pack a baggy full and you’ve got yourself the perfect trail food for day long hikes. Suffice it to say, they’re my go-to snack when I’m feeling a bit peckish throughout the day. But that’s not why I’m here today – to extoll the virtues of the macadamia nut. I tend to get a little carried away when it comes to those little mouth bombs of satiety, so I apologize. Today’s post concerns the mac nut’s lifeblood: macadamia oil. I know what I’ve said about seed oils in the past, but this is different. I liken the concept of macadamia oil to that of olive oil; they are inherently, obviously, blatantly fatty foods, and extracting said fat isn’t a stretch, nor does it require industrial solvents and complex processes (they may do so to increase production and efficiency, but you can crush a mac nut and leave an oily residue; you can’t do the same for a kernel of corn to produce corn oil). In fact, the layman extracts his own virgin, first-press macadamia oil every time he bites into one. You can feel the macadamia oil droplets oozing out of the obliterated nut mass and into your mouth. Being the most energy (specifically, fat-derived energy) dense nut of all, it’s totally saturated with the stuff. Macadamia oil imparts a mild, buttery, rather macadamia-y flavor to foods, but it’s mild enough to use for homemade mayonnaise. It is highly shelf-stable and resistant to heat-induced oxidation; in one test, it bested rice bran oil, walnut oil, sesame oil, almond oil, avocado oil, grapeseed oil, and hazelnut oil in an oxidative potential test. Of all the seed and nut oils, macadamia oil withstood temperatures up to 120 degrees C (about 250 degrees F) without significant oxidation. It also excelled at the shelf stability test, being the only oil tested that exceeded the manufacturer’s given “best-before” date. I rarely expect companies to be totally accurate, but to be completely wrong in the opposite direction is a nice surprise! Keep your macadamia oil in a dark bottle and in the fridge, or a cool dark place, and I bet it’ll stay fresh even longer. I’m still wary of doing any heavy duty sauteeing or high heat grilling using macadamia oil as the primary fat, but it looks to be pretty stable as far as oils go with a smoke point of anywhere between 210 and 234 degrees C (410-453 degrees F), depending on who you ask. Macadamia oil owes its stability mostly to its extremely low omega-6 fatty acid content (the lowest of all traditional cooking oils, next to coconut oil), high monounsaturated fatty acid content (it runs over 80% MUFA, mostly oleic acid, which is higher than olive oil’s content), and a decent portion of saturated fat (around 16%, which is pretty good for a nut oil). Omega-6 linoleic acid is the most unstable, so having almost none of it makes macadamia oil superior to most. Macadamia oil also contains varying amounts of antioxidants which appear to confer some antioxidative (surprise, surprise) support. One study of vitamin E in Hawaiian cultivars found that while the tocopherol content was basically nonexistent, comparatively higher amounts of tocotrienols (T3) were detected in samples of macadamia oil extracts, including appreciable amounts of alpha-, beta-, and gamma-tocotrienols (no delta-tocotrienols were found). Though the bioavailability of tocotrienols after oral ingestion is lower than that of tocopherols, tocotrienols are more potent antioxidants. Besides, we should be focused on reducing oxidation of the fat we’re about to consume, rather than consume oxidized fats and then try to mitigate the damage by consuming antioxidants. Tocotrienols in macadamia oil seem to achieve that. Consider that walnut oil contains some of the highest levels of tocopherols and yet is the most prone to rancidity and oxidation. Don’t think that tocotrienols are totally useless orally, though; orally ingested tocotrienols have evinced bioavailability in a number of tissues and organs. That same study also found that macadamia oils are rich sources of squalene, a naturally occurring antioxidant present in human skin surface lipids that protects us from sun-induced lipid peroxidation. It’s primarily used in our bodies to synthesize both cholesterol and vitamin D, but its role in macadamia nuts may be to prevent oxidative damage – kinda like how it does to our skin cell lipids. At any rate, it’s a complex relationship, the one between fatty acid profile, antioxidant content, and stability, but it can be said with reasonable certainty that monounsaturated fats are more stable than polyunsaturated fats, and antioxidants play some role in oxidative protection of fats. Another feature of
MACKADET OPR2
Mackadet OPR2 is an opacifying concentrate, designed as an alternative to polymeric opacifiers.
Mackadet OPR2 is an easy-to-formulate, cold process concentrate based on non-polymer renewable resources, which degrade naturally in the environment.
Mackadet OPR2 is a biodegradable solution for cleansing products that give a creamy white appearance to formulations.

CAS: 627-83-8
MF: C38H74O4
MW: 594.99
EINECS: 211-014-3

This innovative technology answers the consumer demand for pure, simple and renewable cosmetic formulations.
Mackadet OPR2 is a bio-based opacifier that offers a fantastic alternative to synthetic acrylate-based ingredients.
Mackadet OPR2 is made from renewable ingredients, fully biodegradable and comes as a cold processable concentrate.
Mackadet OPR2 is a vegetable-derived liquid dispersion that is used to opacify personal care or household products without the need for heat.
Mackadet OPR2 is sulfate free, paraben free and formaldehyde free.

Mackadet OPR2 is an opacifying and pearlizing agent.
Mackadet OPR2 is designed as an alternative to polymeric opacifier.
Mackadet OPR2 is an easy-to-formulate, cold process concentrate based on non-polymer renewable resources, which degrade naturally in the environment.
Mackadet OPR2 is recommended for hair, skin & beauty care applications.
Mackadet OPR2 is suitable for shampoos, body wash (rinse-off) and personal care products.
Mackadet OPR2 has a shelf life of 730 days.

Mackadet OPR2 is a detergent additive that has been shown to be effective in reducing body mass index.
Mackadet OPR2 is a compound of ethylene glycol and fatty acid esters that are obtained by reacting fatty acids with ethylene glycol.
Mackadet OPR2 is used as an emulsifier, surfactant, and thickener in a variety of detergent compositions.
This additive also has cationic properties, which can be useful for cleaning surfaces and removing grease from fabrics.
Mackadet OPR2 has been demonstrated to exhibit antimicrobial activity against bacteria and fungi.
The amide group of Mackadet OPR2 can bind to the copper ions found in the cell membrane of bacteria such as Staphylococcus aureus, disrupting its function.

Mackadet OPR2 is the diester of stearic acid and ethylene glycol.
Mackadet OPR2 is mostly commonly encountered in personal care products and cosmetics where it is used to produce pearlescent effects as well as a moisturizer.
Mackadet OPR2 is an opacifier and pearling agent used in cleansing products making them white and glossy.
Mackadet OPR2 can also give body to shampoos, creams, and emulsions.
Mackadet OPR2 is white to cream-colored waxy solid.

Mackadet OPR2 Chemical Properties
Melting point: 79°C
Boiling point: 567.52°C (rough estimate)
Density: 0.8581
Refractive index: 1.4760 (estimate)
LogP: 16.525 (est)
EPA Substance Registry System: Mackadet OPR2 (627-83-8)

Uses
Mackadet OPR2 is suggested for use as an opacifier, pearlescing agent and viscosity modifier in cosmetic formulations and household product formulations.
Mackadet OPR2 is used in the making of face wash and shampoo.

When forced to crystalize as thin platelets glycol distearate can give liquids and gels a pearlescent appearance.
Mackadet OPR2 is often used by the producers of personal care products (e.g. shower gel) to increase the visual appeal of their products.
Mackadet OPR2 may also act as a skin moisturizer.
Mackadet OPR2 is also commonly used as an embedding agent in microscopy.

Synthesis
Mackadet OPR2 may be produced via the esterification of stearic acid (or its esters) with ethylene glycol.
Mackadet OPR2 can also be produced by a reaction of stearic acid with ethylene oxide.

Synonyms
Ethylene glycol distearate
Glycol distearate
627-83-8
Ethylene distearate
Ethylene stearate
Stearic acid, ethylene ester
EGDS
Emerest 2355
Elfan L 310
Ethylene glycol dioctadecanoate
2-octadecanoyloxyethyl octadecanoate
ETHYLENEGLYCOLDISTEARATE
OCTADECANOIC ACID, 1,2-ETHANEDIYL ESTER
Ethylene glycol, distearate
Genapol PMs
Glycol distearate [USAN]
Secoster DMS
Alkamuls EGDS
Kemester EGDS
Lexemul EGDS
McAlester EGDS
Kessco EGDS
Mapeg EGDS
Lipo EGDS
Rita EDGS
ethane-1,2-diyl dioctadecanoate
Rewopal PG 280
1,2-Ethanediyl bis(octadecanoate)
NSC 6820
NSC-6820
Glycol distearate (USAN)
UNII-13W7MDN21W
13W7MDN21W
Octadecanoic acid, 1,1'-(1,2-ethanediyl) ester
EINECS 211-014-3
2-(octadecanoyloxy)ethyl octadecanoate
EC 211-014-3
Emalex EG-diS
Pegosperse 50DS
Emalex EG-di-S
Pegosperse 50 DS
Ethylene dioctadecanoate
Tegin BL 315
Ethane-1,2-diyl distearate
SCHEMBL29407
Ethylene glycol distearate VA
GLYCOL DISTEARATE [II]
CHEMBL2106683
DTXSID6027260
GLYCOL DISTEARATE [INCI]
2-(Stearoyloxy)ethyl stearate #
GLYCOL DISTEARATE [VANDF]
NSC6820
CHEBI:177103
Octadecanoic acid,2-ethanediyl ester
LMFA07010887
Stearic acid, ethylene ester (8CI)
AKOS015915533
ethylene glycol distearate, AldrichCPR
BS-49020
Ethylene glycol, diester with stearic acid
CS-0454383
D04353
F71303
W-204237
Q10860420
MACKAM H2C-HA

Mackam H2C-HA is a high-foaming amphoteric surfactant with excellent foaming properties.
Mackam H2C-HA is a versatile hydrotroping agent used to enhance the solubility of nonionic surfactants in alkaline systems.

CAS Number: 14960-06-6
EC Number: 239-032-7

High-foaming amphoteric surfactant, Surfactant for hydrotroping, Hydrotroping agent, Alkaline system stabilizer, pH stable surfactant, Versatile surfactant, Biodegradable surfactant, Environmentally friendly surfactant, Nonionic surfactant hydrotrope, Anionic surfactant stabilizer, Cationic surfactant compatibilizer, Nonionic surfactant booster, Foaming agent, High-foaming surfactant



APPLICATIONS


Mackam H2C-HA is commonly used in hard surface cleaners for its stability in highly acidic and highly alkaline systems.
Mackam H2C-HA is a key ingredient in formulations designed for cleaning kitchen surfaces, countertops, and appliances.
Mackam H2C-HA is incorporated into liquid dishwashing detergents to enhance their cleaning performance.

Mackam H2C-HA effectively removes grease, food residues, and stains from dishes, pots, and pans.
Mackam H2C-HA is utilized in vehicle cleaning products for its foaming action and soil removal capabilities.

Mackam H2C-HA helps to break down dirt, grime, and road residues from vehicle exteriors.
Mackam H2C-HA is added to bathroom and shower cleaners to eliminate soap scum, limescale, and other deposits.

Mackam H2C-HA contributes to the efficacy of bubble bath formulations, creating luxurious and bubbly foam.
Mackam H2C-HA is a preferred ingredient in body wash formulations, providing gentle cleansing and foaming properties.
Mackam H2C-HA enhances the sensory experience of shampoo formulations with its rich lather and cleansing action.
As a hand soap component, it ensures effective cleansing while maintaining skin softness.

Mackam H2C-HA is used in facial cleansers and body washes for its mild and gentle cleansing properties.
Mackam H2C-HA is added to personal care formulations to improve their foam stability and texture.

Mackam H2C-HA is suitable for use in baby care products due to its mildness and compatibility with sensitive skin.
Mackam H2C-HA finds application in pet grooming products such as shampoos and conditioners.

Mackam H2C-HA helps to remove dirt, oil, and odors from pet fur while being gentle on their skin.
Mackam H2C-HA is incorporated into carpet and upholstery cleaners for effective stain removal.
Mackam H2C-HA can be used in laundry detergents to boost their cleaning power and foam stability.

Mackam H2C-HA aids in the removal of dirt, grime, and stains from clothing and household fabrics.
Mackam H2C-HA serves as a formulation aid in industrial and institutional cleaning products.

Mackam H2C-HA contributes to the effectiveness of degreasers, floor cleaners, and multipurpose cleaners.
Mackam H2C-HA is used in agricultural formulations such as crop protection products and adjuvants.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to improve the spreadability and wetting of agricultural sprays.

Mackam H2C-HA is added to paint and coating formulations as a dispersing agent and emulsifier.
Mackam H2C-HA is utilized in various industrial applications where effective surface cleaning and soil removal are required.

Mackam H2C-HA is a versatile surfactant used in the formulation of air fresheners and odor neutralizers.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to disperse and solubilize fragrance oils and deodorizing agents in air care products.

Mackam H2C-HA is added to glass and window cleaners to improve their cleaning efficiency and streak-free performance.
Mackam H2C-HA aids in the removal of dirt, fingerprints, and smudges from glass surfaces.

Mackam H2C-HA is utilized in floor care products such as floor cleaners and polishes to enhance their cleaning and shining properties.
Mackam H2C-HA contributes to the removal of dirt, stains, and scuff marks from various types of flooring.

Mackam H2C-HA is incorporated into wax and polish formulations for automobiles, furniture, and floors.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to provide a glossy and protective finish to surfaces while repelling water and dirt.

Mackam H2C-HA is used in industrial degreasers and metal cleaners for the removal of oil, grease, and other contaminants.
Mackam H2C-HA assists in the cleaning of machinery, equipment, and metal surfaces in manufacturing facilities.

Mackam H2C-HA finds application in the formulation of concrete cleaners and degreasers for construction and maintenance purposes.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to remove oil stains, dirt, and grime from concrete surfaces, driveways, and garage floors.

Mackam H2C-HA is added to rust removers and metal surface treatments to improve their effectiveness and corrosion resistance.
Mackam H2C-HA serves as a wetting agent and emulsifier in agricultural pesticide formulations.

Mackam H2C-HA helps to improve the dispersibility and stability of active ingredients in pesticide sprays and concentrates.
Mackam H2C-HA is used in fire-fighting foam formulations for its foaming and spreading properties.
Mackam H2C-HA aids in the suppression and extinguishing of flammable liquids and combustible materials.

Mackam H2C-HA is incorporated into personal lubricants and intimate care products for its mild and non-irritating properties.
Mackam H2C-HA enhances the lubricity and smoothness of intimate lubricants, reducing friction and discomfort.

Mackam H2C-HA is added to cosmetic formulations such as makeup removers and facial cleansers for its gentle cleansing action.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to dissolve makeup, dirt, and impurities from the skin's surface without stripping away natural oils.

Mackam H2C-HA is utilized in hand sanitizers and antibacterial cleansers for its antimicrobial and cleansing properties.
Mackam H2C-HA helps to reduce the spread of germs and bacteria while leaving hands feeling clean and refreshed.
Mackam H2C-HA finds application in industrial foam cleaning systems for equipment and machinery sanitation.
Mackam H2C-HA assists in the removal of residues, contaminants, and biofilms from processing equipment and surfaces.



DESCRIPTION


Mackam H2C-HA is a high-foaming amphoteric surfactant with excellent foaming properties.
Mackam H2C-HA is a versatile hydrotroping agent used to enhance the solubility of nonionic surfactants in alkaline systems.

Mackam H2C-HA is known for its stability over the entire pH range, making it suitable for a wide range of formulations.
Mackam H2C-HA exhibits exceptional compatibility with anionic, cationic, and nonionic surfactants.
Mackam H2C-HA possesses an outstanding biodegradability profile, aligning with environmentally friendly formulation practices.

As an alkaline system stabilizer, it maintains its effectiveness even in highly acidic or highly alkaline formulations.
Mackam H2C-HA rinses freely without leaving behind any residue, ensuring clean and refreshed surfaces.
Its residue-free rinsing property makes it ideal for hard surface cleaners where streak-free results are desired.

Mackam H2C-HA is commonly used in liquid dishwash detergents for its effective grease removal capabilities.
Mackam H2C-HA is a key component in vehicle cleaning products, providing foaming action and thorough soil removal.

Mackam H2C-HA enhances the cleaning performance of kitchen cleaners by effectively removing grease and grime.
In bathroom and shower cleaners, it helps to eliminate soap scum, limescale, and other deposits.

Mackam H2C-HA serves as an essential ingredient in shampoos, providing rich lather and effective cleansing.
As a hand soap component, it offers gentle yet thorough cleaning for hands.
In bubble baths, it contributes to luxurious and bubbly foam for a relaxing bathing experience.
Mackam H2C-HA is a favored choice for body wash formulations, offering gentle cleansing and foaming properties.

Mackam H2C-HA is derived from natural sources, aligning with the trend towards natural and sustainable ingredients.
Mackam H2C-HA is non-irritating and suitable for use in formulations for sensitive skin types.
Mackam H2C-HA enhances the sensory experience of products with its pleasant foaming and cleansing properties.

Mackam H2C-HA contributes to the overall efficacy and performance of personal care and household cleaning products.
Mackam H2C-HA undergoes thorough quality control measures to ensure consistency and reliability in formulations.

Its stable nature makes it a dependable ingredient for formulators seeking predictable results.
Mackam H2C-HA meets regulatory standards and guidelines for cosmetic and household product ingredients.

Mackam H2C-HA offers formulators flexibility in creating innovative and effective formulations for various applications.
Mackam H2C-HA is a versatile, stable, and effective surfactant suitable for a wide range of personal care and household cleaning products.



PROPERTIES


Acid Number, MG KOH/G: 42.0 – 55.0
pH (As Is, 25C): 6.0 - 7.0
Solids (Microwave), %: 28.0 – 31.0
Water, %: 69.0 – 72.0
Total Active, % = Solids: 28.0 – 31.0



FIRST AID


Inhalation:

If inhaled, remove the affected person to fresh air immediately.
Keep the individual at rest in a comfortable position.
If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen if available and trained to do so.
Seek medical attention if respiratory symptoms persist or worsen.


Skin Contact:

Remove contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash the affected skin area thoroughly with soap and water.
Rinse skin continuously under running water for at least 15 minutes to ensure complete removal of the substance.
If irritation or redness develops, seek medical attention.
Wash contaminated clothing before reuse.


Eye Contact:

Flush eyes with gently flowing water for at least 15 minutes, holding eyelids open to ensure thorough rinsing.
Seek immediate medical attention if irritation, redness, or other adverse effects persist.
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do so, after rinsing the eyes.


Ingestion:

If swallowed accidentally, do not induce vomiting unless instructed to do so by medical personnel.
Rinse mouth thoroughly with water and spit out.
Do not give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Seek medical attention immediately or contact a poison control center.


General Measures:

Remove the affected individual from the exposure area to a well-ventilated area.
Provide rest and reassurance to the affected person.
Keep the individual warm and calm.
If symptoms persist or worsen, seek medical advice promptly.
Have the product container or label available to provide relevant information to medical personnel.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Handling:

Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), including gloves, safety goggles, and protective clothing, when handling Mackam H2C-HA.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing.
In case of contact, follow the first aid measures outlined in the safety data sheet.
Use Mackam H2C-HA in a well-ventilated area to prevent inhalation of vapors or aerosols.

Do not eat, drink, or smoke while handling the product to prevent accidental ingestion.
Handle Mackam H2C-HA with care to prevent spills or leaks.
Use suitable spill containment measures and equipment, such as spill kits and absorbent materials.
Avoid generating dust or aerosols when handling dry forms of Mackam H2C-HA. Use appropriate dust control measures, such as local exhaust ventilation or respiratory protection.
Follow good industrial hygiene practices, including regular hand washing and avoiding unnecessary exposure to the product.


Storage:

Store Mackam H2C-HA in a cool, dry, and well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight, heat sources, and ignition sources.
Keep containers tightly closed when not in use to prevent contamination and moisture absorption.
Store Mackam H2C-HA away from incompatible materials, such as strong acids, oxidizing agents, and alkalis.
Ensure proper segregation and labeling of Mackam H2C-HA containers to prevent confusion and accidental mixing with other chemicals.

Store Mackam H2C-HA in containers made of compatible materials, such as high-density polyethylene (HDPE) or polypropylene (PP), to prevent chemical interactions and container degradation.
Follow any specific storage temperature and humidity requirements specified by the manufacturer or supplier.
Keep Mackam H2C-HA out of reach of children, unauthorized personnel, and animals to prevent accidental exposure and ingestion.

Regularly inspect stored containers for signs of damage, leaks, or deterioration.
Replace damaged or compromised containers promptly.
Ensure that storage areas are equipped with appropriate spill containment and cleanup materials, such as absorbent pads, spill kits, and neutralizing agents.
Follow any additional storage recommendations provided in the product safety data sheet or manufacturer's instructions.
MACKAMINE LA
MACKAMINE LA is a vegetable derived grade of lauramine oxide that provides excellent foam boosting and foam stability.
MACKAMINE LA is compatible with most surfactants, contains no amide or ester groups and will not hydrolyze in acid systems.
MACKAMINE LA is also stable in highly alkaline products and in the presence of hypochlorite bleach.

CAS Number: 70592-80-2
Molecular Formula: C10H13Br2N
EINECS Number:2746872

Synonyms: N,N-Dimethyltridecylamine N-oxide, N,N-dimethyltridecan-1-amine Oxide, 5960-96-3, dimethyltridecylamine oxide,70592-80-2, SCHEMBL81375, 4O0K0U14OZ,DTXSID80880367, VHXSGTCOHZCUKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N, AKOS024386384, N,N-DIMETHYLTRIDECYLAMINEN-OXIDE, Tridecylamine, N,N-dimethyl-, N-oxide, 1-Tridecanamine, N,N-dimethyl-, N-oxide, DB-326876, NS00014247, J-519583, Q27260260

MACKAMINE LA is a vegetable derived grade of lauramine oxide that provides excellent foam boosting and foam stability.
MACKAMINE LA is compatible with most surfactants, contains no amide or ester groups and will not hydrolyze in acid systems.
MACKAMINE LA is also stable in highly alkaline products.

MACKAMINE LA by Verdant Specialty Solutions is a pure, vegetable-derived foaming agent.
Acts as a secondary surfactant and conditioning agent.
Provides excellent foam boosting and stability.

MACKAMINE LA is compatible with most surfactants and does not hydrolyze in acid systems.
MACKAMINE LA is a salt and preservative-free grade.
MACKAMINE LA is also stable in highly alkaline products.

Exhibits good viscosity and low level of residual amine.
MACKAMINE LA is suitable for shampoos, bubble bath, hand soaps, face and body cleansers.
MACKAMINE LA is a cocoamine oxide surfactant.

This high foaming surfactant can be used in a broad number of industrial applications where coupling, detergency and compatibility are important.
Among amine oxides, MACKAMINE LA produces the most foam.
MACKAMINE LA is a surfactant commonly used in various household and industrial cleaning products.

It belongs to the class of chemicals known as amine oxides.
MACKAMINE LA is valued for its ability to act as a detergent, emulsifier, and foam booster.
In cleaning products, MACKAMINE LA helps to remove dirt, grease, and other contaminants from surfaces by lowering the surface tension of water, allowing it to more effectively penetrate and lift away grime.

MACKAMINE LA's often found in formulations for dishwashing detergents, laundry detergents, all-purpose cleaners, and personal care products like shampoos and body washes.
Foaming agent, foam booster and foam stabilizer, viscosity modifier, wetting agent and detergent.
Good chemical stability and used as a thickener in formulations containing peroxide or hypochlorite.

MACKAMINE LA, emulsifier and detergent.
Recommended for use in metal cleaning, hard surface cleaners, light duty detergents and textiles.
MACKAMINE LA is a pure lauramine oxide that provides excellent foam boosting and foam stability.

MACKAMINE LA is compatible with most surfactants, contains no amide or ester groups and will not hydrolyze in acid systems.
MACKAMINE LA is also stable in highly alkaline products.
MACKAMINE LA can be used in foam control, as a cleaning agent, and as a stabilizer.

MACKAMINE LA, also known as dodecyldimethylamine oxide (DDAO), is an amine oxide–based zwitterionic surfactant, with a C12 (dodecyl) alkyl tail.
MACKAMINE LA is one of the most frequently-used surfactants of this type.
Like other amine oxide–based surfactants it is antimicrobial, being effective against common bacteria such as S. aureus and E. coli, however, it is also non-denaturing and may be used to solubilize proteins.

At high concentrations, LDAO forms liquid crystalline phases.
Despite having only one polar atom that is able to interact with water – the oxygen atom (the quaternary nitrogen atom is hidden from intermolecular interactions), DDAO is a strongly amphiphilic surfactant: it forms normal micelles and normal liquid crystalline phases.
High amphiphilicity of this surfactant can be explained by the fact that it forms not only very strong hydrogen bonds with water: the energy of DDAO – water hydrogen bond is about 50 kJ/mol, but it also has high experimental partition coefficient in non-polar medium, as characterized by experimental logP 5.284.

MACKAMINE LA is a versatile amphoteric surfactant predominantly used in the formulation of personal care products, HI&I cleaners and laundry detergents serving as a foam booster and stabilizer, viscosity builder and surfactant formulations' detergency elevator.
MACKAMINE LA is stable in hard waters, acidic environments, highly electrolyte and hypochlorite bleaching solutions.
At lower pH values it earns partially cationic character leading to a conditioning effect on hair and skin, thus being widely used in conditioners, liquid soaps and shaving foams.

MACKAMINE LA was applied to the skin of two humans to study cutaneous absorption and metabolism of lauramine oxide.
Ninety-two percent of the applied radioactivity was recovered from the skin of the test subjects 8 hr after dosing, and 0.1 and 0.23% of the radioactivity was recovered from the excretion products of the test subjects.
The stratum corneum contained <0.2% of the applied dose.

MACKAMINE LA is a type of amine oxide surfactant commonly used in the production of household and industrial cleaning products.
MACKAMINE LA is known for its excellent foaming and emulsifying properties, making it suitable for applications in various cleaning formulations.
MACKAMINE LA is a concentrated cocoamine oxide surfactant.

Can be used in a broad number of industrial cleaning applications where coupling, high foaming, detergency and compatibility are important.
MACKAMINE LA is a cleaning agent, or "surfactant," that can also be found in a variety of products including shampoos and dishwashing detergents.
MACKAMINE LA is a crucial surfactant widely employed in various industrial applications.

Chemically, MACKAMINE LA belongs to the amine oxide family, featuring a lauryl hydrophobic tail and a dimethylamine oxide hydrophilic head.
As a versatile surfactant, MACKAMINE LA exhibits excellent surface-active properties, making it particularly valuable in formulations requiring emulsification, wetting, and detergency.
Its unique structure allows MACKAMINE LA to function effectively in both water and oil-based systems, contributing to its broad applicability in diverse industries such as household cleaning products, personal care items, and agricultural formulations.

The distinctive properties of LDAO make it an essential component in formulating products that necessitate stable emulsions, enhanced foaming characteristics, and efficient removal of dirt and grease.
Opportunities in the MACKAMINE LA market are driven by the growing demand for sustainable and eco-friendly surfactants.
As environmental awareness increases, there is a heightened preference for surfactants that exhibit superior performance while being biodegradable.

MACKAMINE LA aligns with these sustainability trends, positioning itself as a favorable choice for industries seeking green alternatives.
Moreover, the expanding scope of applications for MACKAMINE LA in industrial cleaning, textile processing, and agrochemical formulations further amplifies market opportunities.
The segmentation of the Lauryl Dimethyl Amine Oxide market is multifaceted, with key divisions based on end-use industries such as household and personal care, agriculture, and industrial applications.

Additionally, regional dynamics play a significant role in market segmentation, as variations in regulatory landscapes and industrial preferences influence the adoption of MACKAMINE LA across different geographical areas.
MACKAMINE LA is a kind of weak cationic surfactant, in acid medium was cationic, and in alkaline medium was nonionic.
Excellent antistatic, foaming, softening, thicking, solubilizing, foam-stabilizing performance.

Also, MACKAMINE LA can produce lots of foam, mild irritation to skin and eyes.
MACKAMINE LA is a standard liquid surfactant.
It appears as a clear yellow liquid.

MACKAMINE LA is used as a viscosity modifier and foam enhancer for shampoos and shower gels.
It is also applied as a foam enhancer and detergent in hard surface cleaners, sanitizing products, dishwashing liquids, and car wash systems.
In addition, this product is suitable as a water-based nonionic surfactant compatible with anionic and cationic systems.

MACKAMINE LA has better cleaning performance than LAO (Lauramidopropylamine oxide) and CAO (Cocamidopropylamine oxide).
MACKAMINE LA is colorless or light yellow transparent liquid at room temperature, it is special type surfactant, in acidic medium it is cationic type surfactant, while in neutral or alkaline medium it is non-ionic surfactant.
Besides the performance of general surfactant, MACKAMINE LA has superior solubilization, thickening, emulsifying, foaming, foam stabling, soften, moisture keeping, antistatic and soften functions.

MACKAMINE LA has the chemical formula C12H27NO.
MACKAMINE LA belongs to the family of amine oxides, which are characterized by the presence of an oxygen atom double-bonded to a nitrogen atom within an amine functional group.
MACKAMINE LA typically appears as a clear to pale yellow liquid with a slight odor.

MACKAMINE LA is soluble in water and most organic solvents.
As a surfactant (surface-active agent), MACKAMINE LA has both hydrophilic (water-attracting) and lipophilic (oil-attracting) properties.
This enables it to effectively emulsify oils and fats, allowing them to be dispersed and rinsed away in water.

MACKAMINE LA is also known for its ability to generate foam.
In cleaning products such as dishwashing liquids and shampoos, it contributes to the formation of stable foam, which helps to lift dirt and debris from surfaces and aids in the cleaning process.
It is compatible with various other surfactants and ingredients commonly used in cleaning and personal care formulations, making it a versatile ingredient in product development.

When used as directed in formulated products, MACKAMINE LA is considered safe for consumer use.
However, as with any chemical, it's important to follow safety guidelines and handle it with care to avoid skin or eye irritation.

Molar mass: 229.408 g·mol−1
Appearance: White solid
Density: 0.996 g/ml
Melting point: 132–133 °C (270–271 °F; 405–406 K)
Boiling point: 320 °C (608 °F; 593 K)

In addition to its primary role as a surfactant and foam booster, MACKAMINE LA can also serve as a viscosity builder in certain formulations.
By adjusting the concentration of this compound, formulators can control the thickness and consistency of cleaning and personal care products.
MACKAMINE LA is biodegradable under aerobic conditions, meaning it can be broken down by microorganisms in the presence of oxygen, its environmental impact can vary depending on factors such as concentration, usage volume, and disposal methods.

As with all chemicals, responsible handling, and proper disposal practices are important to minimize environmental impact.
MACKAMINE LA is regulated by various government agencies responsible for overseeing the safety and labeling of chemical ingredients in consumer products.
MACKAMINE LA is important for manufacturers to comply with relevant regulations and guidelines to ensure the safety and efficacy of their products.

Beyond household cleaning products and personal care items, MACKAMINE LA finds applications in industrial settings, such as in the formulation of industrial cleaners, degreasers, and institutional-grade detergents.
Its versatility and effectiveness make it a popular choice in various industries where efficient cleaning and surface tension reduction are essential.
Formulators often consider factors such as pH compatibility, stability, and compatibility with other ingredients when incorporating MACKAMINE LA into product formulations.

Optimization of these factors can help maximize the performance and shelf life of the final product.
Ongoing research and development efforts continue to explore new uses, formulations, and improvements in the performance of MACKAMINE LA and other surfactants.
This includes efforts to enhance biodegradability, reduce environmental impact, and improve overall sustainability in the industry.

A 30% aqueous solution of MACKAMINE LA which is based on a tertiary amine derived from natural alcohols.
MACKAMINE LA is a strongly hydrophilic surfactant and is a colourless, viscous and foamy water based surfactant with a mild odour.
When mixed with acids, MACKAMINE LA can behave as a cationic surfactant but in neutral or alkaline conditions, it acts as a non-ionic surfactant.

When blended with anionic surfactants, MACKAMINE LA is an excellent foam booster.
It is commonly used in washing up liquids, shampoos, bubble baths, thickened bleach cleaners, vehicle cleaners and a wide range of other cleaners.
Compatible with bleach and hypochlorite.

MACKAMINE LA is often added to them to produce foaming, allowing hypochlorite solutions to cling to surfaces and increase contact time.
MACKAMINE LA also allows bleach stable fragrances to be added to hypochlorite to help reduce the odours associated with bleach.
MACKAMINE LA is a non-ionic surfactant, used for it's detergency, foam enhancing, stabilisation and thickening properties.

MACKAMINE LA is stable in the presence of acids, bases, electrolytes and oxidising agents and shows very good resistance to hard water.
It can also be used in the textile industry as a lubricant, emulsifier, wetting agent and dye dispersant.
A 30% aqueous solution of MACKAMINE LA which is based on a tertiary amine derived from natural alcohols.

MACKAMINE LA is a strongly hydrophilic surfactant and is a colourless, viscous and foamy water based surfactant with a mild odour.
When mixed with acids, MACKAMINE LA can behave as a cationic surfactant but in neutral or alkaline conditions, it acts as a nonionic surfactant.
When blended with anionic surfactants, MACKAMINE LA is an excellent foam booster.

It is commonly used in washing up liquids, shampoos, bubble baths, thickened bleach cleaners, vehicle cleaners and a wide range of other cleaners.
Compatible with bleach and hypochlorite.
MACKAMINE LA is often added to them to produce foaming, allowing hypochlorite solutions to cling to surfaces and increase contact time.

MACKAMINE LA also allows bleach stable fragrances to be added to hypochlorite to help reduce the odours associated with bleach.
One of the key drivers of the MACKAMINE LA market growth is the increasing demand for cleaning products and personal care products.
As consumers become more aware of the importance of cleanliness and hygiene, there is a growing demand for cleaning products in households, public spaces, and industries.

MACKAMINE LA is used as a key ingredient in many cleaning products, such as dishwashing liquids, surface cleaners, and laundry detergents.
Therefore, the growing demand for these products is expected to drive the demand for lauryl dimethyl amine oxide in the market.
MACKAMINE LA has good compatibility to human skin, it has very small physiological toxicity, and easily be biodegraded.

MACKAMINE LA has antibacterial,mould proof, calcium-soap dispersing functions.
MACKAMINE LA has very good detergency function, its foam is copious and stable, its property is mild and low irritation.

MACKAMINE LA is widely used in personal, household cleaning products and a variety of industrial detergents, such as shampoo, bath liquid, facial cleanser, liquid laundry, tableware detergent, construction exterior wall cleaning and textile auxiliaries etc. In shampoo, it make the hair smoother, easy to comb, the foam is fine and shiny.
In detergents, MACKAMINE LA give products thickening, lower irritation, increase effective etc.

Uses:
MACKAMINE LA is a building block used in synthetic chemistry.
MACKAMINE LA is used as detergent, emulsifier, wetting agent, foaming agent, softener, milling agent and dyeing auxiliary.
MACKAMINE LA also can be used as sterilizing agent and antistatic agent, as a coagulant during metal plating, as an initiating agent or inhibiting agent in polymerization, as an emulsifying agent or moisturizing agent in cosmetics; otherwise, it can be used as an antirust agent for metal.

MACKAMINE LA is a key ingredient in many household cleaning products such as dishwashing detergents, all-purpose cleaners, bathroom cleaners, and floor cleaners.
Its ability to emulsify oils and lift dirt makes it effective for removing grease, grime, and stains from various surfaces.
MACKAMINE LA is found in personal care products such as shampoos, conditioners, body washes, and hand soaps.

In these formulations, MACKAMINE LA acts as a surfactant to cleanse the skin and hair by removing dirt, oil, and other impurities.
MACKAMINE LA is used in industrial and institutional cleaning products for applications such as degreasing, surface cleaning, and sanitation.
These products are commonly used in commercial settings like restaurants, hospitals, schools, and manufacturing facilities.

MACKAMINE LA is included in laundry detergents as a surfactant to help remove stains and soils from fabrics.
It aids in the dispersion of dirt and oils during the washing process and helps prevent redeposition of soil onto cleaned fabrics.
MACKAMINE LA is sometimes used in formulations for vehicle wash products, including car shampoos and windshield cleaners.

It helps to loosen and remove dirt, road grime, and bug splatter from vehicle surfaces.
In agriculture, MACKAMINE LA is used in certain pesticide formulations as an adjuvant to improve the spreadability and effectiveness of the active ingredients.
MACKAMINE LA can help the pesticide adhere to plant surfaces and penetrate leaf cuticles more efficiently.

MACKAMINE LA is utilized in various industrial processes where surfactants are needed, such as in metal cleaning, textile processing, and paper manufacturing.
Its ability to reduce surface tension and enhance wetting makes it useful in these applications.
MACKAMINE LA is sometimes used in laboratory research as a surfactant in biochemical assays and cell culture media.

MACKAMINE LA can help solubilize hydrophobic compounds and stabilize emulsions in certain experimental protocols.
MACKAMINE LA is utilized as a foaming agent in firefighting foams, particularly in aqueous film-forming foams (AFFF).
These foams are used to suppress fires involving flammable liquids by forming a protective layer that helps to smother the fire and prevent reignition.

In industrial processes such as emulsion polymerization, MACKAMINE LA can serve as an emulsifier to stabilize the dispersion of monomers in water.
This helps to facilitate the polymerization reaction and produce polymer latex with desired properties.
MACKAMINE LA is sometimes incorporated into adhesive formulations to improve wetting and adhesion properties.

It can enhance the spreadability of adhesives on various substrates, promoting better bonding strength and durability.
MACKAMINE LA is used in the formulation of inks, coatings, and paints as a dispersing agent and wetting agent.
It helps to ensure uniform distribution of pigments and additives in the formulation and promotes adhesion to the substrate.

MACKAMINE LA is employed in oil spill cleanup and remediation efforts.
It can help disperse and emulsify oil slicks, making them more accessible to natural degradation processes or facilitating recovery through skimming or other methods.
In certain industrial applications, MACKAMINE LA may be included in corrosion inhibitor formulations to protect metal surfaces from rust and corrosion.

It can form a protective film on metal surfaces, reducing the impact of corrosive environments.
MACKAMINE LA is used in concrete and construction chemicals as a dispersant and plasticizer.
It helps to improve the workability and flow characteristics of concrete mixes and reduce water requirements, leading to enhanced strength and durability of concrete structures.

In textile processing, MACKAMINE LA is employed as a scouring agent to remove natural oils, waxes, and impurities from fibers before dyeing or finishing.
MACKAMINE LA helps to prepare the fabric for subsequent processing steps and ensures uniform dye penetration.

Safety Profile:
MACKAMINE LA can cause skin and eye irritation upon direct contact. Prolonged or repeated exposure to concentrated solutions may lead to dermatitis or other skin conditions.
It's important to wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), such as gloves and goggles, when handling undiluted LDAO or products containing high concentrations of the compound.
Inhalation of MACKAMINE LA vapor or mist may cause respiratory irritation, coughing, or difficulty breathing, particularly in poorly ventilated areas.

Adequate ventilation should be provided when working with MACKAMINE LA-containing products to minimize exposure to airborne particles.
While MACKAMINE LA is not typically considered highly toxic, ingestion of large quantities may cause gastrointestinal discomfort, nausea, or vomiting.
Ingestion should be avoided, and if swallowed accidentally, medical attention should be sought immediately.

MACKAMINE LA is biodegradable under aerobic conditions, but like many surfactants, it can pose risks to aquatic organisms if released into waterways in significant quantities.
Proper disposal practices should be followed to minimize environmental impact, and spillage should be promptly contained and reported according to regulatory guidelines.

MACKAMINE LA is not considered highly flammable, but it may contribute to the flammability of certain formulations or mixtures.
Care should be taken to store MACKAMINE LA-containing products away from sources of ignition and to follow appropriate safety protocols when handling flammable materials.



MACKINE 301U
DESCRIPTION:


MACKINE 301U acts as a non-ionic surfactant and conditioning agent.
MACKINE 301U is produced from a high-purity, vegetable-derived grade of stearic acid with a minimum of 90% C-18 content.
MACKINE 301U can be neutralized with a variety of acids such as citric & lactic, to form a cationic amine salt.

INCI NAME: Stearamidopropy Dimethylamine



MACKINE 301U is fatty amido-functional tertiary amine available in an easy to handle flake form.
MACKINE 301U can be neutralized with a variety of acids, e.g., citric, lactic, to form a cationic amine salt.
MACKINE 301U is produced from a high purity, vegetable derived grade of stearic acid with a minimum of 90% C-18 content.

Mackine 301 provides the major conditioning action for a creme rinse, finishing rinse or conditioner.
The major advantage the amine salts offer over quaternary ammonium compounds is that they can be rinsed more easily from the hair, thus reducing the possibility of surfactant buildup.
When blended with the proper co-emulsifier, e.g. cetyl alcohol, PEG 400 distearate, both pearly or opaque type conditioners can be developed.

MACKINE 301U Provides excellent conditioning.
MACKINE 301U can be rinsed more easily from the hair and reduces the possibility of surfactant buildup.
MACKINE 301U is recommended for light hair feel and fine hair. Used in hair and skin care products.


Mackine 301 U is an amido amine that provides excellent conditioning and combability properties in hair conditioning applications.
It can be neutralized with a variety of acids such as citric acid or lactic acid to form a cationic amine salt.
The major advantage that amine salts offer over quaternary ammonium compounds is that they have lower environmental impact.

Mackine 301 U requires less water than traditional quats to dilute to a concentration with no foreseeable impact on aquatic species, making it a sustainable, conditioning choice.
Mackine 301 U is also rinsed more easily from the hair, thus reducing the possibility of buildup and increasing volume.

Mackine 301 U MB is an amido amine that provides excellent conditioning and combability properties in hair conditioning applications.
Mackine 301 U can be neutralized with a variety of acids such as citric acid or lactic acid to form a cationic amine salt.
Mackine 301 U is produced from a high purity, vegetable derived grade of stearic acid with a minimum of 90% C-18 content.

The major advantage that amine salts offer over quaternary ammonium compounds is that they have lower environmental impact.
Mackine 301 U MB requires less water than traditional quats to dilute to a concentration with no foreseeable impact on aquatic species, making it a sustainable, conditioning choice.

Mackine 301 U is also rinsed more easily from the hair, thus reducing the possibility of buildup and increasing volume.
When blended with the proper co-emulsifier, e.g. cetyl alcohol, PEG 400 distearate, both pearly or opaque type conditioners can be developed.

Mackine 301 U is a cationic, fatty amido-functional tertiary amine available in an easy-to-handle flake form.
Mackine 301 U provides the major conditioning action for a creme rinse, finishing rinse or conditioner.
The major advantage the amine salts offer over quaternary ammonium compounds is that they can be rinsed more easily from the hair, thus reducing the possibility of surfactant buildup.
When blended with the proper co-emulsifier, e.g. cetyl alcohol or PEG 400 distearate, both pearly and opaque type conditioners can be developed.


PRINCIPAL USES OF MACKINE 301 U:
Liquid Conditioners 0.5% - 1% Mackine 301 should be stored in sealed containers below 30°C in a dry place out of direct sunlight. Handle between 25°C – 35°C.
Mackine 301 U will require heat to incorporate, 75°C until dissolved is recommended.
The neutralizing acid should be added prior to the Mackine 301 U to avoid solubility issues.
Crème Rinses 1% - 2%
Cream Hair Conditioners 1% - 3%




• Body Wash
• Shampoo
• Hand Soap
• Hair Conditioners
• Hair Masks

BENEFITS OF MACKINE 301 U:
• Conditioning
• High active
• Preservative free

SPECIFICATIONS OF MACKINE 301 U:
Appearance @ 25 Deg C Waxy Flake
Appearance (Molten) Clear to Hazy Liquid
Infrared Spectrum Matches Standard
Color Gardner 5 Max
Acid Value 4.0 Max
Melting Point, Capillary, Deg C 65 – 69
Amine Number 148.0 – 152.0
DMAPA, % 0.30 Max
Equivalent Weight 364 – 379
Melting Point, Fisher Johns, Deg C 61 – 70
Specific Gravity @ 67°C 0.91
Shelf life 48 months from date of manufacture
Grade: Technical
Recommended Use
Anti-Ageing Creams & Lotions, Anti Dandruff Shampoo, Conditioners, Conditioning Shampoos, Cosmetics, Emulsifier, Exfoliant Scrub, Eye Creams, Hair Care, Hair Colorants, Hair Conditioner, Hair Styling Aids, Masks Cosmetic, Moisturizing Cream Formulations, Shampoo, Shaving Cream, Skin Care Products, Viscosity Builder
Form: Flake
Prohibited Uses
This product is available exclusively from Univar Solutions across North America.
Applications
Cationic Surfactant
INCI:Stearamidopropyl Dimethylamine
Appearance : solid
Boiling Point: > 200 °C (> 392 °F)
California Prop 65
This product does not contain any chemicals known to State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or any other reproductive harm.
Color: white, light yellow
Evaporation Rate: < 1
Flash Point: 94 °C (201 °F)
Odor: amine-like
Relative Density: 0.91 @ 25 °C (77 °F)
Relative Vapor Density 3.1
Solubility in Water
insoluble
Vapor Pressure < 0.10 mmHg @ 25 °C (77 °F)




SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT MACKINE 301 U:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product

SYNONYMS OF MACKINE 301U:
N, N - Dimethylaminopropyl Stearamide, SAPDMA, Stearamidopropyl Dimethylamine, Stearic Acid 3 (Dimethylaminopropyl) Amide, Stearylamidopropyl Dimethylamine





MACROGOL CETOSTEARYL ETHER 20
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is an oil-in-water emulsifier that is used for the production of ointments, creams, liquid emulsions, gels and other cosmetic formulations.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is supplied in the form of free-flowing, non-dusting micro-granules, and is an efficient protective colloid that can increase the stability of dispersed systems.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a non-ionic surfactant and emulsifying agent that belongs to the class of polyoxyethylene ethers.

CAS Number: 68439-49-6
Molecular Formula: C18H38O
EINECS Number: 939-518-5

Synonyms: Alcohols, C16-18, ethoxylated, 68439-49-6, Eumulgin B25, (C16-C18) Alkyl alcohol ethoxylate;AliphaticC16-18-alcohol,ethoxylated;C16-18-Alkylalcohol,ethoxylate;C16-18-Alkylalcoholethoxylate;cremophor¨a25;ethoxylatedfattyalcohols(c16-18);CETEARETH-2;CETEARETH-3

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20s generally refer to inactive ingredients in pharmaceutical preparations, which can improve the stability, solubility and processability of pharmaceutical preparations.
Pharmaceutical excipients also affect the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and elimination (ADME) processes of co-administered drugs.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a white, wax-like, non-ionic emulsifier with mild odor.

The term "Polyoxyl" indicates the presence of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) chain in the molecule.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be used as an excipient, such as Emulsifier and solubilizer for emulsions and creams, etc.
Pharmaceutical excipients, or pharmaceutical auxiliaries, refer to other chemical substances used in the pharmaceutical process other than pharmaceutical ingredients.

Delivered in pellet form, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used widely for pharmaceutical oil-in-water emulsions and delivers good sensory properties during product application.
The final product has 20 ethoxy groups which form the hydrophilic portion of the surfactant structure.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is suitable for emulsions & creams as well as foams, can be formulated in hot processes and phase inversion technology (PIT), and is stable over a broad pH range.

This research grade product is intended for use in R&D only.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is provided as delivered and specified by the issuing Pharmacopoeia.
All information provided in support of Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20, including SDS and any product information leaflets have been developed and issued under the Authority of the issuing Pharmacopoeia.

Being a nonionic emulsifier, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 has also found success in solubility enhancement and emulsification of actives in topical and dermal delivery systems.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is the INCI name of a cosmetic ingredient, a non-ionic surfactant.
Chemically, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a mixture of cetyl and stearic alcohols ethoxylated with 20 moles of ethylene oxide.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is most frequently obtained from vegetable sources and Ceteareth-20 is a fully vegan ingredient without any components of animal origin.
As it complies with the quality requirements of the pharmacy code published in the European Pharmacopoeia, the product is classified in the Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether group.
The CAS global identification number of Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is 68439-49-6.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 has exceptionally good dispersing, solubilizing (i.e. enhancing solubility) and thickening properties.
The substance exhibits high stability in the presence of electrolytes and hard water, but it is sensitive to specific changes of the environment it is in.
If Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is solution is acidified, it undergoes hydrolysis and breaks up into smaller portions.

The very high degree of ethoxylation of Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 shows strong hydrophilic properties of the substances.
Thus Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20is an excellent stabilising agent and O/W (oil-in-water) emulsifier.
This means it can combine two independent – water and oil – phases of a formulation and thus ensure the appropriate form of the final product.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a foaming substance which stabilises and improves the quality of foam in compositions that use its combination with anionic surfactants, since mixed micelles are formed there.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can act as a solubilizer, i.e. an agent which can introduce hardly soluble substances (e.g. plant extracts and oils or olfactory compositions) into aqueous solutions.
As regards the varied sensitivity of active substances to high temperatures, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be used as an ingredient in the emulsification process already at room temperature due to its high emulsifying properties.

In turn, with its high dispersing and stabilising properties, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 enhances the production of formulations that are available as solids, e.g. in ointments.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can improve the consistency as it is a rheology modifier.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 also ensures very good and even dispersing of the active substance in spray compositions.

According to Global Organisations that conduct research of active substances, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is considered a safe agent with no restrictions applied to its use.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is non-allergenic and non-comedogenic so it is not excluded for people with acne or problematic skin.
This indicates the presence of 20 units of ethylene oxide in the polyethylene glycol chain.

This refers to the combination of cetyl alcohol and stearyl alcohol.
Cetyl alcohol and stearyl alcohol are fatty alcohols derived from coconut or palm oil and are often used in the production of emollients and emulsifiers in cosmetic and pharmaceutical formulations.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is known for its ability to act as an emulsifying agent, helping to stabilize oil-in-water emulsions.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is often used in creams, lotions, ointments, and other topical formulations in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is emulsifying properties make it useful for blending water and oil-based ingredients, ensuring a stable and uniform product.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is chemical structure is derived from the family of ethoxylated fatty alcohols.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used as universally applicable, non-ionic emulsifier for the manufacture of pharmaceutical O/W emulsions.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 reference standard, intended for use in specified quality tests and assays as specified in the USP compendia.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a white, wax-like, non-ionic emulsifier with mild odor; prepared by the ethoxylation of cetyl (C16) and stearyl (C18) alcohols.

Delivered in pellet form, it is used widely for pharmaceutical oil-in-water emulsions and delivers good sensory properties during product application.
The final product has Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 which form the hydrophilic portion of the surfactant structure.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is suitable for emulsions & creams as well as foams.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be formulated in hot processes and phase inversion technology (PIT) and is stable with a broad pH range.
The contents on this website is provided solely for informational purposes and is not intended to be a substitute for professional medical advice, diagnosis, or treatment.
Do not dismiss or postpone getting competent medical advice because of something you read on this website.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is an oil-in-water emulsifier that is used for the production of ointments, creams, liquid emulsions, gels and other cosmetic formulations.
Macrogol 20 Cetostearyl Ether is a non-ionic surfactant that is used as an emulsifying agent and skin conditioner in pharmaceuticals.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be found in products such as shampoos, liquid soaps, sunscreens, ointments, and lotions.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 has been shown to have hemolytic activity and has been associated with cases of erythroblastosis fetalis.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is supplied in white to slightly yellowish pellets.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a compound commonly used in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries.

This research grade product is intended for use in R&D only.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is supplied in the form of free-flowing, non-dusting micro-granules, and is an efficient protective colloid that can increase the stability of dispersed systems.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a white solid whose consistency resembles wax.

Boiling point: 330-400℃ at 101kPa
Density: 0.87g/cm3 at 21℃
vapor pressure: 0-5Pa at 20℃
Flash point: 243℃
solubility: H2O: 1 g/10 mL, clear, colorless
form: Notspecified
Odor: at 100.00?%. mild waxy
LogP: 5.91-8.43 at 22-25℃ and pH5.25-7
Surface tension 67.5mN/m at 6.6mg/L and 25℃

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is suitable for emulsions & creams as well as foams.
This is particularly important in the development of stable and well-textured cosmetic products.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can enhance the absorption of certain ingredients into the skin.

This property is beneficial in pharmaceutical formulations where the delivery of active ingredients through the skin is desired.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is compatible with a wide range of cosmetic and pharmaceutical ingredients, contributing to the versatility of its use in different formulations.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 helps improve the texture and consistency of formulations, providing a smooth and desirable feel to cosmetic and pharmaceutical products.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 are often chosen for their mildness and reduced potential to cause skin irritation compared to some ionic surfactants.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be formulated in hot processes and phase inversion technology (PIT) and is stable with a broad pH range.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is the polyethylene glycol ether of cetearyl alcohol; may contain potentially toxic impurities such as 1,4-dioxane.

The compound has emollient properties, meaning it helps to soften and smooth the skin.
This makes it a valuable ingredient in creams, lotions, and other skincare products.
As an emulsifying agent, it plays a crucial role in stabilizing emulsions by preventing the separation of water and oil phases in formulations.

In pharmaceutical formulations, this ingredient is used in compliance with regulatory requirements for drug products, ensuring safety and efficacy.
In cosmetic creams and lotions, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can contribute to improved spreadability, making the application of the product more user-friendly.
The use of this surfactant can contribute to formulations with reduced sensory residue, meaning that the product is less likely to leave a greasy or sticky feeling on the skin after application.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a white, wax-like, non-ionic emulsifier with mild odor; prepared by the ethoxylation of cetyl (C16) and stearyl (C18) alcohols.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can act as a solubilizing agent, aiding in the dispersion of poorly soluble substances in formulations.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can contribute to the hydration of the skin by forming a barrier that helps to reduce water loss.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is often used in combination with other surfactants to achieve specific properties and improve the overall performance of formulations.
The use of Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 in cosmetic and pharmaceutical products is subject to regulatory standards and guidelines to ensure safety and efficacy.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a non-ionic polyoxyethylene ether of higher saturated fatty alcohols (cetyl/stearyl alcohol).

Universal emulsifier to make o/w emulsions, compatible with all kinds of oils & active ingredients.
Very effective protective colloid that stabilizes all kinds of dispersed systems.
In some formulations, especially in cosmetic products like creams and foams, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 may contribute to stabilizing the foam structure, improving the overall sensory experience during application.

Depending on the formulation and concentration, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can also function as a thickening agent, adding viscosity to the product.
This is particularly useful in creams and lotions to achieve the desired consistency.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is sometimes included in the formulation of shampoos, where it helps in emulsifying and dispersing oily substances, contributing to the cleansing properties of the product.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 makes it suitable for use in formulations intended for application to the skin or hair.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 value of this compound is designed to be suitable for forming stable emulsions.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 balance is an important parameter in selecting surfactants for specific formulations.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is versatility in terms of compatibility with various ingredients allows formulators flexibility in designing cosmetic and pharmaceutical products with specific properties.
The stability of formulations containing Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 contributes to the extended shelf life of cosmetic and pharmaceutical products.

Delivered in pellet form, it is used widely for pharmaceutical oil-in-water emulsions and delivers good sensory properties during product application.
The final product has 20 ethoxy groups which form the hydrophilic portion of the surfactant structure.

Uses:
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in some wound care formulations to aid in the application and spreadability of ointments and creams.
Found in certain anti-aging creams and serums, contributing to the formulation's texture and the delivery of key active ingredients.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a polymer used in cosmetics formulations.

An oil-In-water emulsifier that can function in ointment, cream, gel and other cosmetics formulations.
In cleansers and foaming products, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 may contribute to the stability of the foam, improving the user experience during application.
Included in topical medications such as anti-inflammatory creams and antifungal ointments.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is utilized in the formulation of body lotions to provide a smooth texture and improve the spreadability of the product.
Found in some deodorant formulations where it helps in stabilizing the product and providing a desirable texture.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in some formulations of intimate washes for its emulsifying and mild cleansing properties.

Included in formulations for baby lotions and creams due to its gentle nature and emollient properties.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 may be used in topical preparations for medical devices, such as wound dressings or patches.
Included in some formulations for topical treatments for animals, such as skin creams for pets.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in formulations where compliance with regulatory standards for pharmaceuticals and cosmetics is essential.
Reagent in liquid crystal nanoparticle formulations as an oral drug delivery system for liver specific distributions.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is a valuable ingredient, a washing substance which removes impurities from both the hair and skin.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can remove any dirt and make-up thoroughly so it is used in the formulations of face washing products and make-up removers.
Due to its softening and conditioning properties, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in body lotions, hand and foot creams and hair masks and conditioners.
As Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is an excellent dispersant for the active ingredients in spray formulations.

Since it is based on the structure of Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20, it enhances the permeability of active substances into the skin, by improving transepidermal permeability, and thus it is a valuable ingredient of face creams and oils.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in some sunscreen formulations to help disperse both water-soluble and oil-soluble sunscreen agents, contributing to the overall stability and effectiveness of the product.

Found in the formulation of various makeup and foundation products, where it helps create smooth textures, improve spreadability, and enhance the overall application experience.
Included in some after-shave lotions and creams for its emollient properties, providing a soothing effect on the skin.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in certain hair styling products, such as gels or creams, where it helps in the even distribution of styling agents and contributes to the product's texture.

Included in lip balms and other lip care products for its emollient properties, helping to moisturize and soften the lips.
Employed in dermatological creams for various skin conditions, where it aids in the delivery of active ingredients and provides a suitable base for application.
Reagent in liquid crystal nanoparticle formulations as an oral drug delivery system for liver specific distributions.

Included in some pre-shave products, such as creams or gels, where it can help provide a smooth surface for shaving.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in the formulation of pre-moistened cleansing wipes for their emulsifying properties and ability to deliver active ingredients to the skin.
Incorporated into hand creams and lotions for its emollient qualities, helping to soften and hydrate the skin.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in formulations for foot creams or balms, providing emollient and moisturizing properties for the skin on the feet.
In some formulations of nutraceuticals or dietary supplements, Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 may be used as a solubilizing agent for certain fat-soluble vitamins or other active ingredients.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutical creams and ointments, providing emulsifying properties for the stable incorporation of both water-soluble and oil-soluble active ingredients.

Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is employed in the formulation of skin lotions and creams, contributing to their emollient properties and ensuring a smooth and stable texture.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 can be found in facial cleansers where it aids in emulsifying oils and dirt, facilitating their removal during cleansing.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is used in hair care products, it helps to emulsify oils and condition the hair, contributing to the overall performance of shampoos and conditioners.

Safety Profile:
In case of contact, rinse eyes thoroughly with water. If irritation persists, seek medical attention.
While not typically an issue in normal use, inhaling high concentrations of aerosolized forms of products containing this ingredient may lead to respiratory irritation.
Adequate ventilation during manufacturing processes is recommended.

Ingesting significant amounts of the Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20 is not common due to its use in topical formulations.
However, ingestion could lead to gastrointestinal discomfort.
Ingestion is not an intended route of exposure.

The quality of the ingredient may vary depending on the source and manufacturing process.
Impurities in the substance or in the raw materials used could pose additional risks.
Macrogol Cetostearyl Ether 20's advisable to perform patch tests before using products containing this ingredient, especially for individuals with sensitive skin.

Contact with the eyes may cause irritation.
Some individuals may be sensitive or allergic to certain ingredients, and skin irritation or sensitization can occur.